Eric Lee / smarc-uboot

Download as
Browse Code ยป

Commit add63f94a9c3bbe1af3fdf3f4c56a5185a4c0504

Authored by Prabhakar Kushwaha
Committed by York Sun
1 parent 068789773d
Exists in smarc_8mq_lf_v2020.04 and in 22 other branches 8qm-imx_v2020.04_5.4.70_2.3.0, emb_lf_v2022.04, pitx_8mp_lf_v2020.04, smarc-8m-android-10.0.0_2.6.0, smarc-8m-android-11.0.0_2.0.0, smarc-8mp-android-11.0.0_2.0.0, smarc-imx6_v2018.03_4.14.98_2.0.0_ga, smarc-imx7_v2017.03_4.9.11_1.0.0_ga, smarc-imx7_v2018.03_4.14.98_2.0.0_ga, smarc-imx_v2017.03_4.9.11_1.0.0_ga, smarc-imx_v2017.03_4.9.88_2.0.0_ga, smarc-imx_v2017.03_o8.1.0_1.3.0_8m, smarc-imx_v2018.03_4.14.78_1.0.0_ga, smarc-n7.1.2_2.0.0-ga, smarc_8m-imx_v2018.03_4.14.98_2.0.0_ga, smarc_8m-imx_v2019.04_4.19.35_1.1.0, smarc_8m_00d0-imx_v2018.03_4.14.98_2.0.0_ga, smarc_8mm-imx_v2018.03_4.14.98_2.0.0_ga, smarc_8mm-imx_v2019.04_4.19.35_1.1.0, smarc_8mm-imx_v2020.04_5.4.24_2.1.0, smarc_8mp_lf_v2020.04, smarc_8mq-imx_v2020.04_5.4.24_2.1.0

arch: powerpc: update the eLBC IP input clock 

eLBC IP clock is always a constant divisor of platform clock
pre-defined per SoC. Clock ratio register (LCRR) used in
current implementation governs eLBC IP output cloc.

Update sys_info->freq_localbus to represent eLBC input clock with
value constant divisor of platform clock.

Signed-off-by: Prabhakar Kushwaha <prabhakar.kushwaha@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>

Showing 4 changed files with 24 additions and 40 deletions Inline Diff

1 # 1 #
2 # (C) Copyright 2000 - 2013 2 # (C) Copyright 2000 - 2013
3 # Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, wd@denx.de. 3 # Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, wd@denx.de.
4 # 4 #
5 # SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+ 5 # SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+
6 # 6 #
7 7
8 Summary: 8 Summary:
9 ======== 9 ========
10 10
11 This directory contains the source code for U-Boot, a boot loader for 11 This directory contains the source code for U-Boot, a boot loader for
12 Embedded boards based on PowerPC, ARM, MIPS and several other 12 Embedded boards based on PowerPC, ARM, MIPS and several other
13 processors, which can be installed in a boot ROM and used to 13 processors, which can be installed in a boot ROM and used to
14 initialize and test the hardware or to download and run application 14 initialize and test the hardware or to download and run application
15 code. 15 code.
16 16
17 The development of U-Boot is closely related to Linux: some parts of 17 The development of U-Boot is closely related to Linux: some parts of
18 the source code originate in the Linux source tree, we have some 18 the source code originate in the Linux source tree, we have some
19 header files in common, and special provision has been made to 19 header files in common, and special provision has been made to
20 support booting of Linux images. 20 support booting of Linux images.
21 21
22 Some attention has been paid to make this software easily 22 Some attention has been paid to make this software easily
23 configurable and extendable. For instance, all monitor commands are 23 configurable and extendable. For instance, all monitor commands are
24 implemented with the same call interface, so that it's very easy to 24 implemented with the same call interface, so that it's very easy to
25 add new commands. Also, instead of permanently adding rarely used 25 add new commands. Also, instead of permanently adding rarely used
26 code (for instance hardware test utilities) to the monitor, you can 26 code (for instance hardware test utilities) to the monitor, you can
27 load and run it dynamically. 27 load and run it dynamically.
28 28
29 29
30 Status: 30 Status:
31 ======= 31 =======
32 32
33 In general, all boards for which a configuration option exists in the 33 In general, all boards for which a configuration option exists in the
34 Makefile have been tested to some extent and can be considered 34 Makefile have been tested to some extent and can be considered
35 "working". In fact, many of them are used in production systems. 35 "working". In fact, many of them are used in production systems.
36 36
37 In case of problems see the CHANGELOG file to find out who contributed 37 In case of problems see the CHANGELOG file to find out who contributed
38 the specific port. In addition, there are various MAINTAINERS files 38 the specific port. In addition, there are various MAINTAINERS files
39 scattered throughout the U-Boot source identifying the people or 39 scattered throughout the U-Boot source identifying the people or
40 companies responsible for various boards and subsystems. 40 companies responsible for various boards and subsystems.
41 41
42 Note: As of August, 2010, there is no longer a CHANGELOG file in the 42 Note: As of August, 2010, there is no longer a CHANGELOG file in the
43 actual U-Boot source tree; however, it can be created dynamically 43 actual U-Boot source tree; however, it can be created dynamically
44 from the Git log using: 44 from the Git log using:
45 45
46 make CHANGELOG 46 make CHANGELOG
47 47
48 48
49 Where to get help: 49 Where to get help:
50 ================== 50 ==================
51 51
52 In case you have questions about, problems with or contributions for 52 In case you have questions about, problems with or contributions for
53 U-Boot, you should send a message to the U-Boot mailing list at 53 U-Boot, you should send a message to the U-Boot mailing list at
54 <u-boot@lists.denx.de>. There is also an archive of previous traffic 54 <u-boot@lists.denx.de>. There is also an archive of previous traffic
55 on the mailing list - please search the archive before asking FAQ's. 55 on the mailing list - please search the archive before asking FAQ's.
56 Please see http://lists.denx.de/pipermail/u-boot and 56 Please see http://lists.denx.de/pipermail/u-boot and
57 http://dir.gmane.org/gmane.comp.boot-loaders.u-boot 57 http://dir.gmane.org/gmane.comp.boot-loaders.u-boot
58 58
59 59
60 Where to get source code: 60 Where to get source code:
61 ========================= 61 =========================
62 62
63 The U-Boot source code is maintained in the Git repository at 63 The U-Boot source code is maintained in the Git repository at
64 git://www.denx.de/git/u-boot.git ; you can browse it online at 64 git://www.denx.de/git/u-boot.git ; you can browse it online at
65 http://www.denx.de/cgi-bin/gitweb.cgi?p=u-boot.git;a=summary 65 http://www.denx.de/cgi-bin/gitweb.cgi?p=u-boot.git;a=summary
66 66
67 The "snapshot" links on this page allow you to download tarballs of 67 The "snapshot" links on this page allow you to download tarballs of
68 any version you might be interested in. Official releases are also 68 any version you might be interested in. Official releases are also
69 available for FTP download from the ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/ 69 available for FTP download from the ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/
70 directory. 70 directory.
71 71
72 Pre-built (and tested) images are available from 72 Pre-built (and tested) images are available from
73 ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/images/ 73 ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/images/
74 74
75 75
76 Where we come from: 76 Where we come from:
77 =================== 77 ===================
78 78
79 - start from 8xxrom sources 79 - start from 8xxrom sources
80 - create PPCBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/ppcboot) 80 - create PPCBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/ppcboot)
81 - clean up code 81 - clean up code
82 - make it easier to add custom boards 82 - make it easier to add custom boards
83 - make it possible to add other [PowerPC] CPUs 83 - make it possible to add other [PowerPC] CPUs
84 - extend functions, especially: 84 - extend functions, especially:
85 * Provide extended interface to Linux boot loader 85 * Provide extended interface to Linux boot loader
86 * S-Record download 86 * S-Record download
87 * network boot 87 * network boot
88 * PCMCIA / CompactFlash / ATA disk / SCSI ... boot 88 * PCMCIA / CompactFlash / ATA disk / SCSI ... boot
89 - create ARMBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/armboot) 89 - create ARMBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/armboot)
90 - add other CPU families (starting with ARM) 90 - add other CPU families (starting with ARM)
91 - create U-Boot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/u-boot) 91 - create U-Boot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/u-boot)
92 - current project page: see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot 92 - current project page: see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot
93 93
94 94
95 Names and Spelling: 95 Names and Spelling:
96 =================== 96 ===================
97 97
98 The "official" name of this project is "Das U-Boot". The spelling 98 The "official" name of this project is "Das U-Boot". The spelling
99 "U-Boot" shall be used in all written text (documentation, comments 99 "U-Boot" shall be used in all written text (documentation, comments
100 in source files etc.). Example: 100 in source files etc.). Example:
101 101
102 This is the README file for the U-Boot project. 102 This is the README file for the U-Boot project.
103 103
104 File names etc. shall be based on the string "u-boot". Examples: 104 File names etc. shall be based on the string "u-boot". Examples:
105 105
106 include/asm-ppc/u-boot.h 106 include/asm-ppc/u-boot.h
107 107
108 #include <asm/u-boot.h> 108 #include <asm/u-boot.h>
109 109
110 Variable names, preprocessor constants etc. shall be either based on 110 Variable names, preprocessor constants etc. shall be either based on
111 the string "u_boot" or on "U_BOOT". Example: 111 the string "u_boot" or on "U_BOOT". Example:
112 112
113 U_BOOT_VERSION u_boot_logo 113 U_BOOT_VERSION u_boot_logo
114 IH_OS_U_BOOT u_boot_hush_start 114 IH_OS_U_BOOT u_boot_hush_start
115 115
116 116
117 Versioning: 117 Versioning:
118 =========== 118 ===========
119 119
120 Starting with the release in October 2008, the names of the releases 120 Starting with the release in October 2008, the names of the releases
121 were changed from numerical release numbers without deeper meaning 121 were changed from numerical release numbers without deeper meaning
122 into a time stamp based numbering. Regular releases are identified by 122 into a time stamp based numbering. Regular releases are identified by
123 names consisting of the calendar year and month of the release date. 123 names consisting of the calendar year and month of the release date.
124 Additional fields (if present) indicate release candidates or bug fix 124 Additional fields (if present) indicate release candidates or bug fix
125 releases in "stable" maintenance trees. 125 releases in "stable" maintenance trees.
126 126
127 Examples: 127 Examples:
128 U-Boot v2009.11 - Release November 2009 128 U-Boot v2009.11 - Release November 2009
129 U-Boot v2009.11.1 - Release 1 in version November 2009 stable tree 129 U-Boot v2009.11.1 - Release 1 in version November 2009 stable tree
130 U-Boot v2010.09-rc1 - Release candidate 1 for September 2010 release 130 U-Boot v2010.09-rc1 - Release candidate 1 for September 2010 release
131 131
132 132
133 Directory Hierarchy: 133 Directory Hierarchy:
134 ==================== 134 ====================
135 135
136 /arch Architecture specific files 136 /arch Architecture specific files
137 /arc Files generic to ARC architecture 137 /arc Files generic to ARC architecture
138 /arm Files generic to ARM architecture 138 /arm Files generic to ARM architecture
139 /avr32 Files generic to AVR32 architecture 139 /avr32 Files generic to AVR32 architecture
140 /blackfin Files generic to Analog Devices Blackfin architecture 140 /blackfin Files generic to Analog Devices Blackfin architecture
141 /m68k Files generic to m68k architecture 141 /m68k Files generic to m68k architecture
142 /microblaze Files generic to microblaze architecture 142 /microblaze Files generic to microblaze architecture
143 /mips Files generic to MIPS architecture 143 /mips Files generic to MIPS architecture
144 /nds32 Files generic to NDS32 architecture 144 /nds32 Files generic to NDS32 architecture
145 /nios2 Files generic to Altera NIOS2 architecture 145 /nios2 Files generic to Altera NIOS2 architecture
146 /openrisc Files generic to OpenRISC architecture 146 /openrisc Files generic to OpenRISC architecture
147 /powerpc Files generic to PowerPC architecture 147 /powerpc Files generic to PowerPC architecture
148 /sandbox Files generic to HW-independent "sandbox" 148 /sandbox Files generic to HW-independent "sandbox"
149 /sh Files generic to SH architecture 149 /sh Files generic to SH architecture
150 /sparc Files generic to SPARC architecture 150 /sparc Files generic to SPARC architecture
151 /x86 Files generic to x86 architecture 151 /x86 Files generic to x86 architecture
152 /api Machine/arch independent API for external apps 152 /api Machine/arch independent API for external apps
153 /board Board dependent files 153 /board Board dependent files
154 /cmd U-Boot commands functions 154 /cmd U-Boot commands functions
155 /common Misc architecture independent functions 155 /common Misc architecture independent functions
156 /configs Board default configuration files 156 /configs Board default configuration files
157 /disk Code for disk drive partition handling 157 /disk Code for disk drive partition handling
158 /doc Documentation (don't expect too much) 158 /doc Documentation (don't expect too much)
159 /drivers Commonly used device drivers 159 /drivers Commonly used device drivers
160 /dts Contains Makefile for building internal U-Boot fdt. 160 /dts Contains Makefile for building internal U-Boot fdt.
161 /examples Example code for standalone applications, etc. 161 /examples Example code for standalone applications, etc.
162 /fs Filesystem code (cramfs, ext2, jffs2, etc.) 162 /fs Filesystem code (cramfs, ext2, jffs2, etc.)
163 /include Header Files 163 /include Header Files
164 /lib Library routines generic to all architectures 164 /lib Library routines generic to all architectures
165 /Licenses Various license files 165 /Licenses Various license files
166 /net Networking code 166 /net Networking code
167 /post Power On Self Test 167 /post Power On Self Test
168 /scripts Various build scripts and Makefiles 168 /scripts Various build scripts and Makefiles
169 /test Various unit test files 169 /test Various unit test files
170 /tools Tools to build S-Record or U-Boot images, etc. 170 /tools Tools to build S-Record or U-Boot images, etc.
171 171
172 Software Configuration: 172 Software Configuration:
173 ======================= 173 =======================
174 174
175 Configuration is usually done using C preprocessor defines; the 175 Configuration is usually done using C preprocessor defines; the
176 rationale behind that is to avoid dead code whenever possible. 176 rationale behind that is to avoid dead code whenever possible.
177 177
178 There are two classes of configuration variables: 178 There are two classes of configuration variables:
179 179
180 * Configuration _OPTIONS_: 180 * Configuration _OPTIONS_:
181 These are selectable by the user and have names beginning with 181 These are selectable by the user and have names beginning with
182 "CONFIG_". 182 "CONFIG_".
183 183
184 * Configuration _SETTINGS_: 184 * Configuration _SETTINGS_:
185 These depend on the hardware etc. and should not be meddled with if 185 These depend on the hardware etc. and should not be meddled with if
186 you don't know what you're doing; they have names beginning with 186 you don't know what you're doing; they have names beginning with
187 "CONFIG_SYS_". 187 "CONFIG_SYS_".
188 188
189 Previously, all configuration was done by hand, which involved creating 189 Previously, all configuration was done by hand, which involved creating
190 symbolic links and editing configuration files manually. More recently, 190 symbolic links and editing configuration files manually. More recently,
191 U-Boot has added the Kbuild infrastructure used by the Linux kernel, 191 U-Boot has added the Kbuild infrastructure used by the Linux kernel,
192 allowing you to use the "make menuconfig" command to configure your 192 allowing you to use the "make menuconfig" command to configure your
193 build. 193 build.
194 194
195 195
196 Selection of Processor Architecture and Board Type: 196 Selection of Processor Architecture and Board Type:
197 --------------------------------------------------- 197 ---------------------------------------------------
198 198
199 For all supported boards there are ready-to-use default 199 For all supported boards there are ready-to-use default
200 configurations available; just type "make <board_name>_defconfig". 200 configurations available; just type "make <board_name>_defconfig".
201 201
202 Example: For a TQM823L module type: 202 Example: For a TQM823L module type:
203 203
204 cd u-boot 204 cd u-boot
205 make TQM823L_defconfig 205 make TQM823L_defconfig
206 206
207 Note: If you're looking for the default configuration file for a board 207 Note: If you're looking for the default configuration file for a board
208 you're sure used to be there but is now missing, check the file 208 you're sure used to be there but is now missing, check the file
209 doc/README.scrapyard for a list of no longer supported boards. 209 doc/README.scrapyard for a list of no longer supported boards.
210 210
211 Sandbox Environment: 211 Sandbox Environment:
212 -------------------- 212 --------------------
213 213
214 U-Boot can be built natively to run on a Linux host using the 'sandbox' 214 U-Boot can be built natively to run on a Linux host using the 'sandbox'
215 board. This allows feature development which is not board- or architecture- 215 board. This allows feature development which is not board- or architecture-
216 specific to be undertaken on a native platform. The sandbox is also used to 216 specific to be undertaken on a native platform. The sandbox is also used to
217 run some of U-Boot's tests. 217 run some of U-Boot's tests.
218 218
219 See board/sandbox/README.sandbox for more details. 219 See board/sandbox/README.sandbox for more details.
220 220
221 221
222 Board Initialisation Flow: 222 Board Initialisation Flow:
223 -------------------------- 223 --------------------------
224 224
225 This is the intended start-up flow for boards. This should apply for both 225 This is the intended start-up flow for boards. This should apply for both
226 SPL and U-Boot proper (i.e. they both follow the same rules). 226 SPL and U-Boot proper (i.e. they both follow the same rules).
227 227
228 Note: "SPL" stands for "Secondary Program Loader," which is explained in 228 Note: "SPL" stands for "Secondary Program Loader," which is explained in
229 more detail later in this file. 229 more detail later in this file.
230 230
231 At present, SPL mostly uses a separate code path, but the function names 231 At present, SPL mostly uses a separate code path, but the function names
232 and roles of each function are the same. Some boards or architectures 232 and roles of each function are the same. Some boards or architectures
233 may not conform to this. At least most ARM boards which use 233 may not conform to this. At least most ARM boards which use
234 CONFIG_SPL_FRAMEWORK conform to this. 234 CONFIG_SPL_FRAMEWORK conform to this.
235 235
236 Execution typically starts with an architecture-specific (and possibly 236 Execution typically starts with an architecture-specific (and possibly
237 CPU-specific) start.S file, such as: 237 CPU-specific) start.S file, such as:
238 238
239 - arch/arm/cpu/armv7/start.S 239 - arch/arm/cpu/armv7/start.S
240 - arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc83xx/start.S 240 - arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc83xx/start.S
241 - arch/mips/cpu/start.S 241 - arch/mips/cpu/start.S
242 242
243 and so on. From there, three functions are called; the purpose and 243 and so on. From there, three functions are called; the purpose and
244 limitations of each of these functions are described below. 244 limitations of each of these functions are described below.
245 245
246 lowlevel_init(): 246 lowlevel_init():
247 - purpose: essential init to permit execution to reach board_init_f() 247 - purpose: essential init to permit execution to reach board_init_f()
248 - no global_data or BSS 248 - no global_data or BSS
249 - there is no stack (ARMv7 may have one but it will soon be removed) 249 - there is no stack (ARMv7 may have one but it will soon be removed)
250 - must not set up SDRAM or use console 250 - must not set up SDRAM or use console
251 - must only do the bare minimum to allow execution to continue to 251 - must only do the bare minimum to allow execution to continue to
252 board_init_f() 252 board_init_f()
253 - this is almost never needed 253 - this is almost never needed
254 - return normally from this function 254 - return normally from this function
255 255
256 board_init_f(): 256 board_init_f():
257 - purpose: set up the machine ready for running board_init_r(): 257 - purpose: set up the machine ready for running board_init_r():
258 i.e. SDRAM and serial UART 258 i.e. SDRAM and serial UART
259 - global_data is available 259 - global_data is available
260 - stack is in SRAM 260 - stack is in SRAM
261 - BSS is not available, so you cannot use global/static variables, 261 - BSS is not available, so you cannot use global/static variables,
262 only stack variables and global_data 262 only stack variables and global_data
263 263
264 Non-SPL-specific notes: 264 Non-SPL-specific notes:
265 - dram_init() is called to set up DRAM. If already done in SPL this 265 - dram_init() is called to set up DRAM. If already done in SPL this
266 can do nothing 266 can do nothing
267 267
268 SPL-specific notes: 268 SPL-specific notes:
269 - you can override the entire board_init_f() function with your own 269 - you can override the entire board_init_f() function with your own
270 version as needed. 270 version as needed.
271 - preloader_console_init() can be called here in extremis 271 - preloader_console_init() can be called here in extremis
272 - should set up SDRAM, and anything needed to make the UART work 272 - should set up SDRAM, and anything needed to make the UART work
273 - these is no need to clear BSS, it will be done by crt0.S 273 - these is no need to clear BSS, it will be done by crt0.S
274 - must return normally from this function (don't call board_init_r() 274 - must return normally from this function (don't call board_init_r()
275 directly) 275 directly)
276 276
277 Here the BSS is cleared. For SPL, if CONFIG_SPL_STACK_R is defined, then at 277 Here the BSS is cleared. For SPL, if CONFIG_SPL_STACK_R is defined, then at
278 this point the stack and global_data are relocated to below 278 this point the stack and global_data are relocated to below
279 CONFIG_SPL_STACK_R_ADDR. For non-SPL, U-Boot is relocated to run at the top of 279 CONFIG_SPL_STACK_R_ADDR. For non-SPL, U-Boot is relocated to run at the top of
280 memory. 280 memory.
281 281
282 board_init_r(): 282 board_init_r():
283 - purpose: main execution, common code 283 - purpose: main execution, common code
284 - global_data is available 284 - global_data is available
285 - SDRAM is available 285 - SDRAM is available
286 - BSS is available, all static/global variables can be used 286 - BSS is available, all static/global variables can be used
287 - execution eventually continues to main_loop() 287 - execution eventually continues to main_loop()
288 288
289 Non-SPL-specific notes: 289 Non-SPL-specific notes:
290 - U-Boot is relocated to the top of memory and is now running from 290 - U-Boot is relocated to the top of memory and is now running from
291 there. 291 there.
292 292
293 SPL-specific notes: 293 SPL-specific notes:
294 - stack is optionally in SDRAM, if CONFIG_SPL_STACK_R is defined and 294 - stack is optionally in SDRAM, if CONFIG_SPL_STACK_R is defined and
295 CONFIG_SPL_STACK_R_ADDR points into SDRAM 295 CONFIG_SPL_STACK_R_ADDR points into SDRAM
296 - preloader_console_init() can be called here - typically this is 296 - preloader_console_init() can be called here - typically this is
297 done by defining CONFIG_SPL_BOARD_INIT and then supplying a 297 done by defining CONFIG_SPL_BOARD_INIT and then supplying a
298 spl_board_init() function containing this call 298 spl_board_init() function containing this call
299 - loads U-Boot or (in falcon mode) Linux 299 - loads U-Boot or (in falcon mode) Linux
300 300
301 301
302 302
303 Configuration Options: 303 Configuration Options:
304 ---------------------- 304 ----------------------
305 305
306 Configuration depends on the combination of board and CPU type; all 306 Configuration depends on the combination of board and CPU type; all
307 such information is kept in a configuration file 307 such information is kept in a configuration file
308 "include/configs/<board_name>.h". 308 "include/configs/<board_name>.h".
309 309
310 Example: For a TQM823L module, all configuration settings are in 310 Example: For a TQM823L module, all configuration settings are in
311 "include/configs/TQM823L.h". 311 "include/configs/TQM823L.h".
312 312
313 313
314 Many of the options are named exactly as the corresponding Linux 314 Many of the options are named exactly as the corresponding Linux
315 kernel configuration options. The intention is to make it easier to 315 kernel configuration options. The intention is to make it easier to
316 build a config tool - later. 316 build a config tool - later.
317 317
318 318
319 The following options need to be configured: 319 The following options need to be configured:
320 320
321 - CPU Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC85XX. 321 - CPU Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC85XX.
322 322
323 - Board Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC8540ADS. 323 - Board Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC8540ADS.
324 324
325 - CPU Daughterboard Type: (if CONFIG_ATSTK1000 is defined) 325 - CPU Daughterboard Type: (if CONFIG_ATSTK1000 is defined)
326 Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_ATSTK1002 326 Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_ATSTK1002
327 327
328 - Marvell Family Member 328 - Marvell Family Member
329 CONFIG_SYS_MVFS - define it if you want to enable 329 CONFIG_SYS_MVFS - define it if you want to enable
330 multiple fs option at one time 330 multiple fs option at one time
331 for marvell soc family 331 for marvell soc family
332 332
333 - 8xx CPU Options: (if using an MPC8xx CPU) 333 - 8xx CPU Options: (if using an MPC8xx CPU)
334 CONFIG_8xx_GCLK_FREQ - deprecated: CPU clock if 334 CONFIG_8xx_GCLK_FREQ - deprecated: CPU clock if
335 get_gclk_freq() cannot work 335 get_gclk_freq() cannot work
336 e.g. if there is no 32KHz 336 e.g. if there is no 32KHz
337 reference PIT/RTC clock 337 reference PIT/RTC clock
338 CONFIG_8xx_OSCLK - PLL input clock (either EXTCLK 338 CONFIG_8xx_OSCLK - PLL input clock (either EXTCLK
339 or XTAL/EXTAL) 339 or XTAL/EXTAL)
340 340
341 - 859/866/885 CPU options: (if using a MPC859 or MPC866 or MPC885 CPU): 341 - 859/866/885 CPU options: (if using a MPC859 or MPC866 or MPC885 CPU):
342 CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MIN 342 CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MIN
343 CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MAX 343 CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MAX
344 CONFIG_8xx_CPUCLK_DEFAULT 344 CONFIG_8xx_CPUCLK_DEFAULT
345 See doc/README.MPC866 345 See doc/README.MPC866
346 346
347 CONFIG_SYS_MEASURE_CPUCLK 347 CONFIG_SYS_MEASURE_CPUCLK
348 348
349 Define this to measure the actual CPU clock instead 349 Define this to measure the actual CPU clock instead
350 of relying on the correctness of the configured 350 of relying on the correctness of the configured
351 values. Mostly useful for board bringup to make sure 351 values. Mostly useful for board bringup to make sure
352 the PLL is locked at the intended frequency. Note 352 the PLL is locked at the intended frequency. Note
353 that this requires a (stable) reference clock (32 kHz 353 that this requires a (stable) reference clock (32 kHz
354 RTC clock or CONFIG_SYS_8XX_XIN) 354 RTC clock or CONFIG_SYS_8XX_XIN)
355 355
356 CONFIG_SYS_DELAYED_ICACHE 356 CONFIG_SYS_DELAYED_ICACHE
357 357
358 Define this option if you want to enable the 358 Define this option if you want to enable the
359 ICache only when Code runs from RAM. 359 ICache only when Code runs from RAM.
360 360
361 - 85xx CPU Options: 361 - 85xx CPU Options:
362 CONFIG_SYS_PPC64 362 CONFIG_SYS_PPC64
363 363
364 Specifies that the core is a 64-bit PowerPC implementation (implements 364 Specifies that the core is a 64-bit PowerPC implementation (implements
365 the "64" category of the Power ISA). This is necessary for ePAPR 365 the "64" category of the Power ISA). This is necessary for ePAPR
366 compliance, among other possible reasons. 366 compliance, among other possible reasons.
367 367
368 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_TBCLK_DIV 368 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_TBCLK_DIV
369 369
370 Defines the core time base clock divider ratio compared to the 370 Defines the core time base clock divider ratio compared to the
371 system clock. On most PQ3 devices this is 8, on newer QorIQ 371 system clock. On most PQ3 devices this is 8, on newer QorIQ
372 devices it can be 16 or 32. The ratio varies from SoC to Soc. 372 devices it can be 16 or 32. The ratio varies from SoC to Soc.
373 373
374 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PCIE_COMPAT 374 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PCIE_COMPAT
375 375
376 Defines the string to utilize when trying to match PCIe device 376 Defines the string to utilize when trying to match PCIe device
377 tree nodes for the given platform. 377 tree nodes for the given platform.
378 378
379 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510 379 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510
380 380
381 Enables a workaround for erratum A004510. If set, 381 Enables a workaround for erratum A004510. If set,
382 then CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV and 382 then CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV and
383 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY must be set. 383 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY must be set.
384 384
385 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV 385 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV
386 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV2 (optional) 386 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV2 (optional)
387 387
388 Defines one or two SoC revisions (low 8 bits of SVR) 388 Defines one or two SoC revisions (low 8 bits of SVR)
389 for which the A004510 workaround should be applied. 389 for which the A004510 workaround should be applied.
390 390
391 The rest of SVR is either not relevant to the decision 391 The rest of SVR is either not relevant to the decision
392 of whether the erratum is present (e.g. p2040 versus 392 of whether the erratum is present (e.g. p2040 versus
393 p2041) or is implied by the build target, which controls 393 p2041) or is implied by the build target, which controls
394 whether CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510 is set. 394 whether CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510 is set.
395 395
396 See Freescale App Note 4493 for more information about 396 See Freescale App Note 4493 for more information about
397 this erratum. 397 this erratum.
398 398
399 CONFIG_A003399_NOR_WORKAROUND 399 CONFIG_A003399_NOR_WORKAROUND
400 Enables a workaround for IFC erratum A003399. It is only 400 Enables a workaround for IFC erratum A003399. It is only
401 required during NOR boot. 401 required during NOR boot.
402 402
403 CONFIG_A008044_WORKAROUND 403 CONFIG_A008044_WORKAROUND
404 Enables a workaround for T1040/T1042 erratum A008044. It is only 404 Enables a workaround for T1040/T1042 erratum A008044. It is only
405 required during NAND boot and valid for Rev 1.0 SoC revision 405 required during NAND boot and valid for Rev 1.0 SoC revision
406 406
407 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY 407 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY
408 408
409 This is the value to write into CCSR offset 0x18600 409 This is the value to write into CCSR offset 0x18600
410 according to the A004510 workaround. 410 according to the A004510 workaround.
411 411
412 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_DDR_ADDR 412 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_DDR_ADDR
413 This value denotes start offset of DDR memory which is 413 This value denotes start offset of DDR memory which is
414 connected exclusively to the DSP cores. 414 connected exclusively to the DSP cores.
415 415
416 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_M2_RAM_ADDR 416 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_M2_RAM_ADDR
417 This value denotes start offset of M2 memory 417 This value denotes start offset of M2 memory
418 which is directly connected to the DSP core. 418 which is directly connected to the DSP core.
419 419
420 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_M3_RAM_ADDR 420 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_M3_RAM_ADDR
421 This value denotes start offset of M3 memory which is directly 421 This value denotes start offset of M3 memory which is directly
422 connected to the DSP core. 422 connected to the DSP core.
423 423
424 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT 424 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT
425 This value denotes start offset of DSP CCSR space. 425 This value denotes start offset of DSP CCSR space.
426 426
427 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_SINGLE_SOURCE_CLK 427 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_SINGLE_SOURCE_CLK
428 Single Source Clock is clocking mode present in some of FSL SoC's. 428 Single Source Clock is clocking mode present in some of FSL SoC's.
429 In this mode, a single differential clock is used to supply 429 In this mode, a single differential clock is used to supply
430 clocks to the sysclock, ddrclock and usbclock. 430 clocks to the sysclock, ddrclock and usbclock.
431 431
432 CONFIG_SYS_CPC_REINIT_F 432 CONFIG_SYS_CPC_REINIT_F
433 This CONFIG is defined when the CPC is configured as SRAM at the 433 This CONFIG is defined when the CPC is configured as SRAM at the
434 time of U-Boot entry and is required to be re-initialized. 434 time of U-Boot entry and is required to be re-initialized.
435 435
436 CONFIG_DEEP_SLEEP 436 CONFIG_DEEP_SLEEP
437 Indicates this SoC supports deep sleep feature. If deep sleep is 437 Indicates this SoC supports deep sleep feature. If deep sleep is
438 supported, core will start to execute uboot when wakes up. 438 supported, core will start to execute uboot when wakes up.
439 439
440 - Generic CPU options: 440 - Generic CPU options:
441 CONFIG_SYS_GENERIC_GLOBAL_DATA 441 CONFIG_SYS_GENERIC_GLOBAL_DATA
442 Defines global data is initialized in generic board board_init_f(). 442 Defines global data is initialized in generic board board_init_f().
443 If this macro is defined, global data is created and cleared in 443 If this macro is defined, global data is created and cleared in
444 generic board board_init_f(). Without this macro, architecture/board 444 generic board board_init_f(). Without this macro, architecture/board
445 should initialize global data before calling board_init_f(). 445 should initialize global data before calling board_init_f().
446 446
447 CONFIG_SYS_BIG_ENDIAN, CONFIG_SYS_LITTLE_ENDIAN 447 CONFIG_SYS_BIG_ENDIAN, CONFIG_SYS_LITTLE_ENDIAN
448 448
449 Defines the endianess of the CPU. Implementation of those 449 Defines the endianess of the CPU. Implementation of those
450 values is arch specific. 450 values is arch specific.
451 451
452 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR 452 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR
453 Freescale DDR driver in use. This type of DDR controller is 453 Freescale DDR driver in use. This type of DDR controller is
454 found in mpc83xx, mpc85xx, mpc86xx as well as some ARM core 454 found in mpc83xx, mpc85xx, mpc86xx as well as some ARM core
455 SoCs. 455 SoCs.
456 456
457 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_ADDR 457 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_ADDR
458 Freescale DDR memory-mapped register base. 458 Freescale DDR memory-mapped register base.
459 459
460 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_EMU 460 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_EMU
461 Specify emulator support for DDR. Some DDR features such as 461 Specify emulator support for DDR. Some DDR features such as
462 deskew training are not available. 462 deskew training are not available.
463 463
464 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN1 464 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN1
465 Freescale DDR1 controller. 465 Freescale DDR1 controller.
466 466
467 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN2 467 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN2
468 Freescale DDR2 controller. 468 Freescale DDR2 controller.
469 469
470 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN3 470 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN3
471 Freescale DDR3 controller. 471 Freescale DDR3 controller.
472 472
473 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN4 473 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN4
474 Freescale DDR4 controller. 474 Freescale DDR4 controller.
475 475
476 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_ARM_GEN3 476 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_ARM_GEN3
477 Freescale DDR3 controller for ARM-based SoCs. 477 Freescale DDR3 controller for ARM-based SoCs.
478 478
479 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR1 479 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR1
480 Board config to use DDR1. It can be enabled for SoCs with 480 Board config to use DDR1. It can be enabled for SoCs with
481 Freescale DDR1 or DDR2 controllers, depending on the board 481 Freescale DDR1 or DDR2 controllers, depending on the board
482 implemetation. 482 implemetation.
483 483
484 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR2 484 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR2
485 Board config to use DDR2. It can be enabled for SoCs with 485 Board config to use DDR2. It can be enabled for SoCs with
486 Freescale DDR2 or DDR3 controllers, depending on the board 486 Freescale DDR2 or DDR3 controllers, depending on the board
487 implementation. 487 implementation.
488 488
489 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR3 489 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR3
490 Board config to use DDR3. It can be enabled for SoCs with 490 Board config to use DDR3. It can be enabled for SoCs with
491 Freescale DDR3 or DDR3L controllers. 491 Freescale DDR3 or DDR3L controllers.
492 492
493 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR3L 493 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR3L
494 Board config to use DDR3L. It can be enabled for SoCs with 494 Board config to use DDR3L. It can be enabled for SoCs with
495 DDR3L controllers. 495 DDR3L controllers.
496 496
497 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR4 497 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR4
498 Board config to use DDR4. It can be enabled for SoCs with 498 Board config to use DDR4. It can be enabled for SoCs with
499 DDR4 controllers. 499 DDR4 controllers.
500 500
501 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_IFC_BE 501 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_IFC_BE
502 Defines the IFC controller register space as Big Endian 502 Defines the IFC controller register space as Big Endian
503 503
504 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_IFC_LE 504 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_IFC_LE
505 Defines the IFC controller register space as Little Endian 505 Defines the IFC controller register space as Little Endian
506 506
507 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_IFC_CLK_DIV 507 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_IFC_CLK_DIV
508 Defines divider of platform clock(clock input to IFC controller). 508 Defines divider of platform clock(clock input to IFC controller).
509 509
510 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_LBC_CLK_DIV
511 Defines divider of platform clock(clock input to eLBC controller).
512
510 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PBL_PBI 513 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PBL_PBI
511 It enables addition of RCW (Power on reset configuration) in built image. 514 It enables addition of RCW (Power on reset configuration) in built image.
512 Please refer doc/README.pblimage for more details 515 Please refer doc/README.pblimage for more details
513 516
514 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PBL_RCW 517 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PBL_RCW
515 It adds PBI(pre-boot instructions) commands in u-boot build image. 518 It adds PBI(pre-boot instructions) commands in u-boot build image.
516 PBI commands can be used to configure SoC before it starts the execution. 519 PBI commands can be used to configure SoC before it starts the execution.
517 Please refer doc/README.pblimage for more details 520 Please refer doc/README.pblimage for more details
518 521
519 CONFIG_SPL_FSL_PBL 522 CONFIG_SPL_FSL_PBL
520 It adds a target to create boot binary having SPL binary in PBI format 523 It adds a target to create boot binary having SPL binary in PBI format
521 concatenated with u-boot binary. 524 concatenated with u-boot binary.
522 525
523 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_BE 526 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_BE
524 Defines the DDR controller register space as Big Endian 527 Defines the DDR controller register space as Big Endian
525 528
526 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_LE 529 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_LE
527 Defines the DDR controller register space as Little Endian 530 Defines the DDR controller register space as Little Endian
528 531
529 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_SDRAM_BASE_PHY 532 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_SDRAM_BASE_PHY
530 Physical address from the view of DDR controllers. It is the 533 Physical address from the view of DDR controllers. It is the
531 same as CONFIG_SYS_DDR_SDRAM_BASE for all Power SoCs. But 534 same as CONFIG_SYS_DDR_SDRAM_BASE for all Power SoCs. But
532 it could be different for ARM SoCs. 535 it could be different for ARM SoCs.
533 536
534 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_INTLV_256B 537 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_INTLV_256B
535 DDR controller interleaving on 256-byte. This is a special 538 DDR controller interleaving on 256-byte. This is a special
536 interleaving mode, handled by Dickens for Freescale layerscape 539 interleaving mode, handled by Dickens for Freescale layerscape
537 SoCs with ARM core. 540 SoCs with ARM core.
538 541
539 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_MAIN_NUM_CTRLS 542 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_MAIN_NUM_CTRLS
540 Number of controllers used as main memory. 543 Number of controllers used as main memory.
541 544
542 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_OTHER_DDR_NUM_CTRLS 545 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_OTHER_DDR_NUM_CTRLS
543 Number of controllers used for other than main memory. 546 Number of controllers used for other than main memory.
544 547
545 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_HAS_DP_DDR 548 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_HAS_DP_DDR
546 Defines the SoC has DP-DDR used for DPAA. 549 Defines the SoC has DP-DDR used for DPAA.
547 550
548 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_SEC_BE 551 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_SEC_BE
549 Defines the SEC controller register space as Big Endian 552 Defines the SEC controller register space as Big Endian
550 553
551 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_SEC_LE 554 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_SEC_LE
552 Defines the SEC controller register space as Little Endian 555 Defines the SEC controller register space as Little Endian
553 556
554 - MIPS CPU options: 557 - MIPS CPU options:
555 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET 558 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET
556 559
557 Offset relative to CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE for initial stack 560 Offset relative to CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE for initial stack
558 pointer. This is needed for the temporary stack before 561 pointer. This is needed for the temporary stack before
559 relocation. 562 relocation.
560 563
561 CONFIG_SYS_MIPS_CACHE_MODE 564 CONFIG_SYS_MIPS_CACHE_MODE
562 565
563 Cache operation mode for the MIPS CPU. 566 Cache operation mode for the MIPS CPU.
564 See also arch/mips/include/asm/mipsregs.h. 567 See also arch/mips/include/asm/mipsregs.h.
565 Possible values are: 568 Possible values are:
566 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NO_WA 569 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NO_WA
567 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_WA 570 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_WA
568 CONF_CM_UNCACHED 571 CONF_CM_UNCACHED
569 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NONCOHERENT 572 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NONCOHERENT
570 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CE 573 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CE
571 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_COW 574 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_COW
572 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CUW 575 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CUW
573 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_ACCELERATED 576 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_ACCELERATED
574 577
575 CONFIG_SYS_XWAY_EBU_BOOTCFG 578 CONFIG_SYS_XWAY_EBU_BOOTCFG
576 579
577 Special option for Lantiq XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash. 580 Special option for Lantiq XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash.
578 See also arch/mips/cpu/mips32/start.S. 581 See also arch/mips/cpu/mips32/start.S.
579 582
580 CONFIG_XWAY_SWAP_BYTES 583 CONFIG_XWAY_SWAP_BYTES
581 584
582 Enable compilation of tools/xway-swap-bytes needed for Lantiq 585 Enable compilation of tools/xway-swap-bytes needed for Lantiq
583 XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash. The U-Boot image needs to 586 XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash. The U-Boot image needs to
584 be swapped if a flash programmer is used. 587 be swapped if a flash programmer is used.
585 588
586 - ARM options: 589 - ARM options:
587 CONFIG_SYS_EXCEPTION_VECTORS_HIGH 590 CONFIG_SYS_EXCEPTION_VECTORS_HIGH
588 591
589 Select high exception vectors of the ARM core, e.g., do not 592 Select high exception vectors of the ARM core, e.g., do not
590 clear the V bit of the c1 register of CP15. 593 clear the V bit of the c1 register of CP15.
591 594
592 CONFIG_SYS_THUMB_BUILD 595 CONFIG_SYS_THUMB_BUILD
593 596
594 Use this flag to build U-Boot using the Thumb instruction 597 Use this flag to build U-Boot using the Thumb instruction
595 set for ARM architectures. Thumb instruction set provides 598 set for ARM architectures. Thumb instruction set provides
596 better code density. For ARM architectures that support 599 better code density. For ARM architectures that support
597 Thumb2 this flag will result in Thumb2 code generated by 600 Thumb2 this flag will result in Thumb2 code generated by
598 GCC. 601 GCC.
599 602
600 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_716044 603 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_716044
601 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_742230 604 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_742230
602 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_743622 605 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_743622
603 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_751472 606 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_751472
604 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_761320 607 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_761320
605 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_773022 608 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_773022
606 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_774769 609 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_774769
607 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_794072 610 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_794072
608 611
609 If set, the workarounds for these ARM errata are applied early 612 If set, the workarounds for these ARM errata are applied early
610 during U-Boot startup. Note that these options force the 613 during U-Boot startup. Note that these options force the
611 workarounds to be applied; no CPU-type/version detection 614 workarounds to be applied; no CPU-type/version detection
612 exists, unlike the similar options in the Linux kernel. Do not 615 exists, unlike the similar options in the Linux kernel. Do not
613 set these options unless they apply! 616 set these options unless they apply!
614 617
615 COUNTER_FREQUENCY 618 COUNTER_FREQUENCY
616 Generic timer clock source frequency. 619 Generic timer clock source frequency.
617 620
618 COUNTER_FREQUENCY_REAL 621 COUNTER_FREQUENCY_REAL
619 Generic timer clock source frequency if the real clock is 622 Generic timer clock source frequency if the real clock is
620 different from COUNTER_FREQUENCY, and can only be determined 623 different from COUNTER_FREQUENCY, and can only be determined
621 at run time. 624 at run time.
622 625
623 NOTE: The following can be machine specific errata. These 626 NOTE: The following can be machine specific errata. These
624 do have ability to provide rudimentary version and machine 627 do have ability to provide rudimentary version and machine
625 specific checks, but expect no product checks. 628 specific checks, but expect no product checks.
626 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_430973 629 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_430973
627 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_454179 630 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_454179
628 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_621766 631 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_621766
629 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_798870 632 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_798870
630 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_801819 633 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_801819
631 634
632 - Tegra SoC options: 635 - Tegra SoC options:
633 CONFIG_TEGRA_SUPPORT_NON_SECURE 636 CONFIG_TEGRA_SUPPORT_NON_SECURE
634 637
635 Support executing U-Boot in non-secure (NS) mode. Certain 638 Support executing U-Boot in non-secure (NS) mode. Certain
636 impossible actions will be skipped if the CPU is in NS mode, 639 impossible actions will be skipped if the CPU is in NS mode,
637 such as ARM architectural timer initialization. 640 such as ARM architectural timer initialization.
638 641
639 - Linux Kernel Interface: 642 - Linux Kernel Interface:
640 CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ 643 CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ
641 644
642 U-Boot stores all clock information in Hz 645 U-Boot stores all clock information in Hz
643 internally. For binary compatibility with older Linux 646 internally. For binary compatibility with older Linux
644 kernels (which expect the clocks passed in the 647 kernels (which expect the clocks passed in the
645 bd_info data to be in MHz) the environment variable 648 bd_info data to be in MHz) the environment variable
646 "clocks_in_mhz" can be defined so that U-Boot 649 "clocks_in_mhz" can be defined so that U-Boot
647 converts clock data to MHZ before passing it to the 650 converts clock data to MHZ before passing it to the
648 Linux kernel. 651 Linux kernel.
649 When CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ is defined, a definition of 652 When CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ is defined, a definition of
650 "clocks_in_mhz=1" is automatically included in the 653 "clocks_in_mhz=1" is automatically included in the
651 default environment. 654 default environment.
652 655
653 CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES [relevant for MIPS only] 656 CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES [relevant for MIPS only]
654 657
655 When transferring memsize parameter to Linux, some versions 658 When transferring memsize parameter to Linux, some versions
656 expect it to be in bytes, others in MB. 659 expect it to be in bytes, others in MB.
657 Define CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES to make it in bytes. 660 Define CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES to make it in bytes.
658 661
659 CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT 662 CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
660 663
661 New kernel versions are expecting firmware settings to be 664 New kernel versions are expecting firmware settings to be
662 passed using flattened device trees (based on open firmware 665 passed using flattened device trees (based on open firmware
663 concepts). 666 concepts).
664 667
665 CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT 668 CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
666 * New libfdt-based support 669 * New libfdt-based support
667 * Adds the "fdt" command 670 * Adds the "fdt" command
668 * The bootm command automatically updates the fdt 671 * The bootm command automatically updates the fdt
669 672
670 OF_CPU - The proper name of the cpus node (only required for 673 OF_CPU - The proper name of the cpus node (only required for
671 MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards). 674 MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards).
672 OF_SOC - The proper name of the soc node (only required for 675 OF_SOC - The proper name of the soc node (only required for
673 MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards). 676 MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards).
674 OF_TBCLK - The timebase frequency. 677 OF_TBCLK - The timebase frequency.
675 OF_STDOUT_PATH - The path to the console device 678 OF_STDOUT_PATH - The path to the console device
676 679
677 boards with QUICC Engines require OF_QE to set UCC MAC 680 boards with QUICC Engines require OF_QE to set UCC MAC
678 addresses 681 addresses
679 682
680 CONFIG_OF_BOARD_SETUP 683 CONFIG_OF_BOARD_SETUP
681 684
682 Board code has addition modification that it wants to make 685 Board code has addition modification that it wants to make
683 to the flat device tree before handing it off to the kernel 686 to the flat device tree before handing it off to the kernel
684 687
685 CONFIG_OF_SYSTEM_SETUP 688 CONFIG_OF_SYSTEM_SETUP
686 689
687 Other code has addition modification that it wants to make 690 Other code has addition modification that it wants to make
688 to the flat device tree before handing it off to the kernel. 691 to the flat device tree before handing it off to the kernel.
689 This causes ft_system_setup() to be called before booting 692 This causes ft_system_setup() to be called before booting
690 the kernel. 693 the kernel.
691 694
692 CONFIG_OF_IDE_FIXUP 695 CONFIG_OF_IDE_FIXUP
693 696
694 U-Boot can detect if an IDE device is present or not. 697 U-Boot can detect if an IDE device is present or not.
695 If not, and this new config option is activated, U-Boot 698 If not, and this new config option is activated, U-Boot
696 removes the ATA node from the DTS before booting Linux, 699 removes the ATA node from the DTS before booting Linux,
697 so the Linux IDE driver does not probe the device and 700 so the Linux IDE driver does not probe the device and
698 crash. This is needed for buggy hardware (uc101) where 701 crash. This is needed for buggy hardware (uc101) where
699 no pull down resistor is connected to the signal IDE5V_DD7. 702 no pull down resistor is connected to the signal IDE5V_DD7.
700 703
701 CONFIG_MACH_TYPE [relevant for ARM only][mandatory] 704 CONFIG_MACH_TYPE [relevant for ARM only][mandatory]
702 705
703 This setting is mandatory for all boards that have only one 706 This setting is mandatory for all boards that have only one
704 machine type and must be used to specify the machine type 707 machine type and must be used to specify the machine type
705 number as it appears in the ARM machine registry 708 number as it appears in the ARM machine registry
706 (see http://www.arm.linux.org.uk/developer/machines/). 709 (see http://www.arm.linux.org.uk/developer/machines/).
707 Only boards that have multiple machine types supported 710 Only boards that have multiple machine types supported
708 in a single configuration file and the machine type is 711 in a single configuration file and the machine type is
709 runtime discoverable, do not have to use this setting. 712 runtime discoverable, do not have to use this setting.
710 713
711 - vxWorks boot parameters: 714 - vxWorks boot parameters:
712 715
713 bootvx constructs a valid bootline using the following 716 bootvx constructs a valid bootline using the following
714 environments variables: bootdev, bootfile, ipaddr, netmask, 717 environments variables: bootdev, bootfile, ipaddr, netmask,
715 serverip, gatewayip, hostname, othbootargs. 718 serverip, gatewayip, hostname, othbootargs.
716 It loads the vxWorks image pointed bootfile. 719 It loads the vxWorks image pointed bootfile.
717 720
718 Note: If a "bootargs" environment is defined, it will overwride 721 Note: If a "bootargs" environment is defined, it will overwride
719 the defaults discussed just above. 722 the defaults discussed just above.
720 723
721 - Cache Configuration: 724 - Cache Configuration:
722 CONFIG_SYS_ICACHE_OFF - Do not enable instruction cache in U-Boot 725 CONFIG_SYS_ICACHE_OFF - Do not enable instruction cache in U-Boot
723 CONFIG_SYS_DCACHE_OFF - Do not enable data cache in U-Boot 726 CONFIG_SYS_DCACHE_OFF - Do not enable data cache in U-Boot
724 CONFIG_SYS_L2CACHE_OFF- Do not enable L2 cache in U-Boot 727 CONFIG_SYS_L2CACHE_OFF- Do not enable L2 cache in U-Boot
725 728
726 - Cache Configuration for ARM: 729 - Cache Configuration for ARM:
727 CONFIG_SYS_L2_PL310 - Enable support for ARM PL310 L2 cache 730 CONFIG_SYS_L2_PL310 - Enable support for ARM PL310 L2 cache
728 controller 731 controller
729 CONFIG_SYS_PL310_BASE - Physical base address of PL310 732 CONFIG_SYS_PL310_BASE - Physical base address of PL310
730 controller register space 733 controller register space
731 734
732 - Serial Ports: 735 - Serial Ports:
733 CONFIG_PL010_SERIAL 736 CONFIG_PL010_SERIAL
734 737
735 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL010 UARTs. 738 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL010 UARTs.
736 739
737 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL 740 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL
738 741
739 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs. 742 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs.
740 743
741 CONFIG_PL011_CLOCK 744 CONFIG_PL011_CLOCK
742 745
743 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs, set this variable to 746 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs, set this variable to
744 the clock speed of the UARTs. 747 the clock speed of the UARTs.
745 748
746 CONFIG_PL01x_PORTS 749 CONFIG_PL01x_PORTS
747 750
748 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL010 or PL011 UARTs on your board, 751 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL010 or PL011 UARTs on your board,
749 define this to a list of base addresses for each (supported) 752 define this to a list of base addresses for each (supported)
750 port. See e.g. include/configs/versatile.h 753 port. See e.g. include/configs/versatile.h
751 754
752 CONFIG_SERIAL_HW_FLOW_CONTROL 755 CONFIG_SERIAL_HW_FLOW_CONTROL
753 756
754 Define this variable to enable hw flow control in serial driver. 757 Define this variable to enable hw flow control in serial driver.
755 Current user of this option is drivers/serial/nsl16550.c driver 758 Current user of this option is drivers/serial/nsl16550.c driver
756 759
757 - Console Interface: 760 - Console Interface:
758 Depending on board, define exactly one serial port 761 Depending on board, define exactly one serial port
759 (like CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC1, CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC2, 762 (like CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC1, CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC2,
760 CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SCC1, ...), or switch off the serial 763 CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SCC1, ...), or switch off the serial
761 console by defining CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE 764 console by defining CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE
762 765
763 Note: if CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE is defined, the serial 766 Note: if CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE is defined, the serial
764 port routines must be defined elsewhere 767 port routines must be defined elsewhere
765 (i.e. serial_init(), serial_getc(), ...) 768 (i.e. serial_init(), serial_getc(), ...)
766 769
767 - Console Baudrate: 770 - Console Baudrate:
768 CONFIG_BAUDRATE - in bps 771 CONFIG_BAUDRATE - in bps
769 Select one of the baudrates listed in 772 Select one of the baudrates listed in
770 CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below. 773 CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below.
771 CONFIG_SYS_BRGCLK_PRESCALE, baudrate prescale 774 CONFIG_SYS_BRGCLK_PRESCALE, baudrate prescale
772 775
773 - Console Rx buffer length 776 - Console Rx buffer length
774 With CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN it is possible to define 777 With CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN it is possible to define
775 the maximum receive buffer length for the SMC. 778 the maximum receive buffer length for the SMC.
776 This option is actual only for 82xx and 8xx possible. 779 This option is actual only for 82xx and 8xx possible.
777 If using CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN also CONFIG_SYS_MAXIDLE 780 If using CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN also CONFIG_SYS_MAXIDLE
778 must be defined, to setup the maximum idle timeout for 781 must be defined, to setup the maximum idle timeout for
779 the SMC. 782 the SMC.
780 783
781 - Autoboot Command: 784 - Autoboot Command:
782 CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND 785 CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND
783 Only needed when CONFIG_BOOTDELAY is enabled; 786 Only needed when CONFIG_BOOTDELAY is enabled;
784 define a command string that is automatically executed 787 define a command string that is automatically executed
785 when no character is read on the console interface 788 when no character is read on the console interface
786 within "Boot Delay" after reset. 789 within "Boot Delay" after reset.
787 790
788 CONFIG_BOOTARGS 791 CONFIG_BOOTARGS
789 This can be used to pass arguments to the bootm 792 This can be used to pass arguments to the bootm
790 command. The value of CONFIG_BOOTARGS goes into the 793 command. The value of CONFIG_BOOTARGS goes into the
791 environment value "bootargs". 794 environment value "bootargs".
792 795
793 CONFIG_RAMBOOT and CONFIG_NFSBOOT 796 CONFIG_RAMBOOT and CONFIG_NFSBOOT
794 The value of these goes into the environment as 797 The value of these goes into the environment as
795 "ramboot" and "nfsboot" respectively, and can be used 798 "ramboot" and "nfsboot" respectively, and can be used
796 as a convenience, when switching between booting from 799 as a convenience, when switching between booting from
797 RAM and NFS. 800 RAM and NFS.
798 801
799 - Bootcount: 802 - Bootcount:
800 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_LIMIT 803 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_LIMIT
801 Implements a mechanism for detecting a repeating reboot 804 Implements a mechanism for detecting a repeating reboot
802 cycle, see: 805 cycle, see:
803 http://www.denx.de/wiki/view/DULG/UBootBootCountLimit 806 http://www.denx.de/wiki/view/DULG/UBootBootCountLimit
804 807
805 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_ENV 808 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_ENV
806 If no softreset save registers are found on the hardware 809 If no softreset save registers are found on the hardware
807 "bootcount" is stored in the environment. To prevent a 810 "bootcount" is stored in the environment. To prevent a
808 saveenv on all reboots, the environment variable 811 saveenv on all reboots, the environment variable
809 "upgrade_available" is used. If "upgrade_available" is 812 "upgrade_available" is used. If "upgrade_available" is
810 0, "bootcount" is always 0, if "upgrade_available" is 813 0, "bootcount" is always 0, if "upgrade_available" is
811 1 "bootcount" is incremented in the environment. 814 1 "bootcount" is incremented in the environment.
812 So the Userspace Applikation must set the "upgrade_available" 815 So the Userspace Applikation must set the "upgrade_available"
813 and "bootcount" variable to 0, if a boot was successfully. 816 and "bootcount" variable to 0, if a boot was successfully.
814 817
815 - Pre-Boot Commands: 818 - Pre-Boot Commands:
816 CONFIG_PREBOOT 819 CONFIG_PREBOOT
817 820
818 When this option is #defined, the existence of the 821 When this option is #defined, the existence of the
819 environment variable "preboot" will be checked 822 environment variable "preboot" will be checked
820 immediately before starting the CONFIG_BOOTDELAY 823 immediately before starting the CONFIG_BOOTDELAY
821 countdown and/or running the auto-boot command resp. 824 countdown and/or running the auto-boot command resp.
822 entering interactive mode. 825 entering interactive mode.
823 826
824 This feature is especially useful when "preboot" is 827 This feature is especially useful when "preboot" is
825 automatically generated or modified. For an example 828 automatically generated or modified. For an example
826 see the LWMON board specific code: here "preboot" is 829 see the LWMON board specific code: here "preboot" is
827 modified when the user holds down a certain 830 modified when the user holds down a certain
828 combination of keys on the (special) keyboard when 831 combination of keys on the (special) keyboard when
829 booting the systems 832 booting the systems
830 833
831 - Serial Download Echo Mode: 834 - Serial Download Echo Mode:
832 CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO 835 CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO
833 If defined to 1, all characters received during a 836 If defined to 1, all characters received during a
834 serial download (using the "loads" command) are 837 serial download (using the "loads" command) are
835 echoed back. This might be needed by some terminal 838 echoed back. This might be needed by some terminal
836 emulations (like "cu"), but may as well just take 839 emulations (like "cu"), but may as well just take
837 time on others. This setting #define's the initial 840 time on others. This setting #define's the initial
838 value of the "loads_echo" environment variable. 841 value of the "loads_echo" environment variable.
839 842
840 - Kgdb Serial Baudrate: (if CONFIG_CMD_KGDB is defined) 843 - Kgdb Serial Baudrate: (if CONFIG_CMD_KGDB is defined)
841 CONFIG_KGDB_BAUDRATE 844 CONFIG_KGDB_BAUDRATE
842 Select one of the baudrates listed in 845 Select one of the baudrates listed in
843 CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below. 846 CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below.
844 847
845 - Monitor Functions: 848 - Monitor Functions:
846 Monitor commands can be included or excluded 849 Monitor commands can be included or excluded
847 from the build by using the #include files 850 from the build by using the #include files
848 <config_cmd_all.h> and #undef'ing unwanted 851 <config_cmd_all.h> and #undef'ing unwanted
849 commands, or adding #define's for wanted commands. 852 commands, or adding #define's for wanted commands.
850 853
851 The default command configuration includes all commands 854 The default command configuration includes all commands
852 except those marked below with a "*". 855 except those marked below with a "*".
853 856
854 CONFIG_CMD_AES AES 128 CBC encrypt/decrypt 857 CONFIG_CMD_AES AES 128 CBC encrypt/decrypt
855 CONFIG_CMD_ASKENV * ask for env variable 858 CONFIG_CMD_ASKENV * ask for env variable
856 CONFIG_CMD_BDI bdinfo 859 CONFIG_CMD_BDI bdinfo
857 CONFIG_CMD_BEDBUG * Include BedBug Debugger 860 CONFIG_CMD_BEDBUG * Include BedBug Debugger
858 CONFIG_CMD_BMP * BMP support 861 CONFIG_CMD_BMP * BMP support
859 CONFIG_CMD_BSP * Board specific commands 862 CONFIG_CMD_BSP * Board specific commands
860 CONFIG_CMD_BOOTD bootd 863 CONFIG_CMD_BOOTD bootd
861 CONFIG_CMD_BOOTI * ARM64 Linux kernel Image support 864 CONFIG_CMD_BOOTI * ARM64 Linux kernel Image support
862 CONFIG_CMD_CACHE * icache, dcache 865 CONFIG_CMD_CACHE * icache, dcache
863 CONFIG_CMD_CLK * clock command support 866 CONFIG_CMD_CLK * clock command support
864 CONFIG_CMD_CONSOLE coninfo 867 CONFIG_CMD_CONSOLE coninfo
865 CONFIG_CMD_CRC32 * crc32 868 CONFIG_CMD_CRC32 * crc32
866 CONFIG_CMD_DATE * support for RTC, date/time... 869 CONFIG_CMD_DATE * support for RTC, date/time...
867 CONFIG_CMD_DHCP * DHCP support 870 CONFIG_CMD_DHCP * DHCP support
868 CONFIG_CMD_DIAG * Diagnostics 871 CONFIG_CMD_DIAG * Diagnostics
869 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510 * ds4510 I2C gpio commands 872 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510 * ds4510 I2C gpio commands
870 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_INFO * ds4510 I2C info command 873 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_INFO * ds4510 I2C info command
871 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_MEM * ds4510 I2C eeprom/sram commansd 874 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_MEM * ds4510 I2C eeprom/sram commansd
872 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_RST * ds4510 I2C rst command 875 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_RST * ds4510 I2C rst command
873 CONFIG_CMD_DTT * Digital Therm and Thermostat 876 CONFIG_CMD_DTT * Digital Therm and Thermostat
874 CONFIG_CMD_ECHO echo arguments 877 CONFIG_CMD_ECHO echo arguments
875 CONFIG_CMD_EDITENV edit env variable 878 CONFIG_CMD_EDITENV edit env variable
876 CONFIG_CMD_EEPROM * EEPROM read/write support 879 CONFIG_CMD_EEPROM * EEPROM read/write support
877 CONFIG_CMD_EEPROM_LAYOUT* EEPROM layout aware commands 880 CONFIG_CMD_EEPROM_LAYOUT* EEPROM layout aware commands
878 CONFIG_CMD_ELF * bootelf, bootvx 881 CONFIG_CMD_ELF * bootelf, bootvx
879 CONFIG_CMD_ENV_CALLBACK * display details about env callbacks 882 CONFIG_CMD_ENV_CALLBACK * display details about env callbacks
880 CONFIG_CMD_ENV_FLAGS * display details about env flags 883 CONFIG_CMD_ENV_FLAGS * display details about env flags
881 CONFIG_CMD_ENV_EXISTS * check existence of env variable 884 CONFIG_CMD_ENV_EXISTS * check existence of env variable
882 CONFIG_CMD_EXPORTENV * export the environment 885 CONFIG_CMD_EXPORTENV * export the environment
883 CONFIG_CMD_EXT2 * ext2 command support 886 CONFIG_CMD_EXT2 * ext2 command support
884 CONFIG_CMD_EXT4 * ext4 command support 887 CONFIG_CMD_EXT4 * ext4 command support
885 CONFIG_CMD_FS_GENERIC * filesystem commands (e.g. load, ls) 888 CONFIG_CMD_FS_GENERIC * filesystem commands (e.g. load, ls)
886 that work for multiple fs types 889 that work for multiple fs types
887 CONFIG_CMD_FS_UUID * Look up a filesystem UUID 890 CONFIG_CMD_FS_UUID * Look up a filesystem UUID
888 CONFIG_CMD_SAVEENV saveenv 891 CONFIG_CMD_SAVEENV saveenv
889 CONFIG_CMD_FDC * Floppy Disk Support 892 CONFIG_CMD_FDC * Floppy Disk Support
890 CONFIG_CMD_FAT * FAT command support 893 CONFIG_CMD_FAT * FAT command support
891 CONFIG_CMD_FLASH flinfo, erase, protect 894 CONFIG_CMD_FLASH flinfo, erase, protect
892 CONFIG_CMD_FPGA FPGA device initialization support 895 CONFIG_CMD_FPGA FPGA device initialization support
893 CONFIG_CMD_FUSE * Device fuse support 896 CONFIG_CMD_FUSE * Device fuse support
894 CONFIG_CMD_GETTIME * Get time since boot 897 CONFIG_CMD_GETTIME * Get time since boot
895 CONFIG_CMD_GO * the 'go' command (exec code) 898 CONFIG_CMD_GO * the 'go' command (exec code)
896 CONFIG_CMD_GREPENV * search environment 899 CONFIG_CMD_GREPENV * search environment
897 CONFIG_CMD_HASH * calculate hash / digest 900 CONFIG_CMD_HASH * calculate hash / digest
898 CONFIG_CMD_I2C * I2C serial bus support 901 CONFIG_CMD_I2C * I2C serial bus support
899 CONFIG_CMD_IDE * IDE harddisk support 902 CONFIG_CMD_IDE * IDE harddisk support
900 CONFIG_CMD_IMI iminfo 903 CONFIG_CMD_IMI iminfo
901 CONFIG_CMD_IMLS List all images found in NOR flash 904 CONFIG_CMD_IMLS List all images found in NOR flash
902 CONFIG_CMD_IMLS_NAND * List all images found in NAND flash 905 CONFIG_CMD_IMLS_NAND * List all images found in NAND flash
903 CONFIG_CMD_IMMAP * IMMR dump support 906 CONFIG_CMD_IMMAP * IMMR dump support
904 CONFIG_CMD_IOTRACE * I/O tracing for debugging 907 CONFIG_CMD_IOTRACE * I/O tracing for debugging
905 CONFIG_CMD_IMPORTENV * import an environment 908 CONFIG_CMD_IMPORTENV * import an environment
906 CONFIG_CMD_INI * import data from an ini file into the env 909 CONFIG_CMD_INI * import data from an ini file into the env
907 CONFIG_CMD_IRQ * irqinfo 910 CONFIG_CMD_IRQ * irqinfo
908 CONFIG_CMD_ITEST Integer/string test of 2 values 911 CONFIG_CMD_ITEST Integer/string test of 2 values
909 CONFIG_CMD_JFFS2 * JFFS2 Support 912 CONFIG_CMD_JFFS2 * JFFS2 Support
910 CONFIG_CMD_KGDB * kgdb 913 CONFIG_CMD_KGDB * kgdb
911 CONFIG_CMD_LDRINFO * ldrinfo (display Blackfin loader) 914 CONFIG_CMD_LDRINFO * ldrinfo (display Blackfin loader)
912 CONFIG_CMD_LINK_LOCAL * link-local IP address auto-configuration 915 CONFIG_CMD_LINK_LOCAL * link-local IP address auto-configuration
913 (169.254.*.*) 916 (169.254.*.*)
914 CONFIG_CMD_LOADB loadb 917 CONFIG_CMD_LOADB loadb
915 CONFIG_CMD_LOADS loads 918 CONFIG_CMD_LOADS loads
916 CONFIG_CMD_MD5SUM * print md5 message digest 919 CONFIG_CMD_MD5SUM * print md5 message digest
917 (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY and CONFIG_MD5) 920 (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY and CONFIG_MD5)
918 CONFIG_CMD_MEMINFO * Display detailed memory information 921 CONFIG_CMD_MEMINFO * Display detailed memory information
919 CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY md, mm, nm, mw, cp, cmp, crc, base, 922 CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY md, mm, nm, mw, cp, cmp, crc, base,
920 loop, loopw 923 loop, loopw
921 CONFIG_CMD_MEMTEST * mtest 924 CONFIG_CMD_MEMTEST * mtest
922 CONFIG_CMD_MISC Misc functions like sleep etc 925 CONFIG_CMD_MISC Misc functions like sleep etc
923 CONFIG_CMD_MMC * MMC memory mapped support 926 CONFIG_CMD_MMC * MMC memory mapped support
924 CONFIG_CMD_MII * MII utility commands 927 CONFIG_CMD_MII * MII utility commands
925 CONFIG_CMD_MTDPARTS * MTD partition support 928 CONFIG_CMD_MTDPARTS * MTD partition support
926 CONFIG_CMD_NAND * NAND support 929 CONFIG_CMD_NAND * NAND support
927 CONFIG_CMD_NET bootp, tftpboot, rarpboot 930 CONFIG_CMD_NET bootp, tftpboot, rarpboot
928 CONFIG_CMD_NFS NFS support 931 CONFIG_CMD_NFS NFS support
929 CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X * PCA953x I2C gpio commands 932 CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X * PCA953x I2C gpio commands
930 CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X_INFO * PCA953x I2C gpio info command 933 CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X_INFO * PCA953x I2C gpio info command
931 CONFIG_CMD_PCI * pciinfo 934 CONFIG_CMD_PCI * pciinfo
932 CONFIG_CMD_PCMCIA * PCMCIA support 935 CONFIG_CMD_PCMCIA * PCMCIA support
933 CONFIG_CMD_PING * send ICMP ECHO_REQUEST to network 936 CONFIG_CMD_PING * send ICMP ECHO_REQUEST to network
934 host 937 host
935 CONFIG_CMD_PORTIO * Port I/O 938 CONFIG_CMD_PORTIO * Port I/O
936 CONFIG_CMD_READ * Read raw data from partition 939 CONFIG_CMD_READ * Read raw data from partition
937 CONFIG_CMD_REGINFO * Register dump 940 CONFIG_CMD_REGINFO * Register dump
938 CONFIG_CMD_RUN run command in env variable 941 CONFIG_CMD_RUN run command in env variable
939 CONFIG_CMD_SANDBOX * sb command to access sandbox features 942 CONFIG_CMD_SANDBOX * sb command to access sandbox features
940 CONFIG_CMD_SAVES * save S record dump 943 CONFIG_CMD_SAVES * save S record dump
941 CONFIG_SCSI * SCSI Support 944 CONFIG_SCSI * SCSI Support
942 CONFIG_CMD_SDRAM * print SDRAM configuration information 945 CONFIG_CMD_SDRAM * print SDRAM configuration information
943 (requires CONFIG_CMD_I2C) 946 (requires CONFIG_CMD_I2C)
944 CONFIG_CMD_SETGETDCR Support for DCR Register access 947 CONFIG_CMD_SETGETDCR Support for DCR Register access
945 (4xx only) 948 (4xx only)
946 CONFIG_CMD_SF * Read/write/erase SPI NOR flash 949 CONFIG_CMD_SF * Read/write/erase SPI NOR flash
947 CONFIG_CMD_SHA1SUM * print sha1 memory digest 950 CONFIG_CMD_SHA1SUM * print sha1 memory digest
948 (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY) 951 (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY)
949 CONFIG_CMD_SOFTSWITCH * Soft switch setting command for BF60x 952 CONFIG_CMD_SOFTSWITCH * Soft switch setting command for BF60x
950 CONFIG_CMD_SOURCE "source" command Support 953 CONFIG_CMD_SOURCE "source" command Support
951 CONFIG_CMD_SPI * SPI serial bus support 954 CONFIG_CMD_SPI * SPI serial bus support
952 CONFIG_CMD_TFTPSRV * TFTP transfer in server mode 955 CONFIG_CMD_TFTPSRV * TFTP transfer in server mode
953 CONFIG_CMD_TFTPPUT * TFTP put command (upload) 956 CONFIG_CMD_TFTPPUT * TFTP put command (upload)
954 CONFIG_CMD_TIME * run command and report execution time (ARM specific) 957 CONFIG_CMD_TIME * run command and report execution time (ARM specific)
955 CONFIG_CMD_TIMER * access to the system tick timer 958 CONFIG_CMD_TIMER * access to the system tick timer
956 CONFIG_CMD_USB * USB support 959 CONFIG_CMD_USB * USB support
957 CONFIG_CMD_CDP * Cisco Discover Protocol support 960 CONFIG_CMD_CDP * Cisco Discover Protocol support
958 CONFIG_CMD_MFSL * Microblaze FSL support 961 CONFIG_CMD_MFSL * Microblaze FSL support
959 CONFIG_CMD_XIMG Load part of Multi Image 962 CONFIG_CMD_XIMG Load part of Multi Image
960 CONFIG_CMD_UUID * Generate random UUID or GUID string 963 CONFIG_CMD_UUID * Generate random UUID or GUID string
961 964
962 EXAMPLE: If you want all functions except of network 965 EXAMPLE: If you want all functions except of network
963 support you can write: 966 support you can write:
964 967
965 #include "config_cmd_all.h" 968 #include "config_cmd_all.h"
966 #undef CONFIG_CMD_NET 969 #undef CONFIG_CMD_NET
967 970
968 Other Commands: 971 Other Commands:
969 fdt (flattened device tree) command: CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT 972 fdt (flattened device tree) command: CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
970 973
971 Note: Don't enable the "icache" and "dcache" commands 974 Note: Don't enable the "icache" and "dcache" commands
972 (configuration option CONFIG_CMD_CACHE) unless you know 975 (configuration option CONFIG_CMD_CACHE) unless you know
973 what you (and your U-Boot users) are doing. Data 976 what you (and your U-Boot users) are doing. Data
974 cache cannot be enabled on systems like the 8xx or 977 cache cannot be enabled on systems like the 8xx or
975 8260 (where accesses to the IMMR region must be 978 8260 (where accesses to the IMMR region must be
976 uncached), and it cannot be disabled on all other 979 uncached), and it cannot be disabled on all other
977 systems where we (mis-) use the data cache to hold an 980 systems where we (mis-) use the data cache to hold an
978 initial stack and some data. 981 initial stack and some data.
979 982
980 983
981 XXX - this list needs to get updated! 984 XXX - this list needs to get updated!
982 985
983 - Removal of commands 986 - Removal of commands
984 If no commands are needed to boot, you can disable 987 If no commands are needed to boot, you can disable
985 CONFIG_CMDLINE to remove them. In this case, the command line 988 CONFIG_CMDLINE to remove them. In this case, the command line
986 will not be available, and when U-Boot wants to execute the 989 will not be available, and when U-Boot wants to execute the
987 boot command (on start-up) it will call board_run_command() 990 boot command (on start-up) it will call board_run_command()
988 instead. This can reduce image size significantly for very 991 instead. This can reduce image size significantly for very
989 simple boot procedures. 992 simple boot procedures.
990 993
991 - Regular expression support: 994 - Regular expression support:
992 CONFIG_REGEX 995 CONFIG_REGEX
993 If this variable is defined, U-Boot is linked against 996 If this variable is defined, U-Boot is linked against
994 the SLRE (Super Light Regular Expression) library, 997 the SLRE (Super Light Regular Expression) library,
995 which adds regex support to some commands, as for 998 which adds regex support to some commands, as for
996 example "env grep" and "setexpr". 999 example "env grep" and "setexpr".
997 1000
998 - Device tree: 1001 - Device tree:
999 CONFIG_OF_CONTROL 1002 CONFIG_OF_CONTROL
1000 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will use a device tree 1003 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will use a device tree
1001 to configure its devices, instead of relying on statically 1004 to configure its devices, instead of relying on statically
1002 compiled #defines in the board file. This option is 1005 compiled #defines in the board file. This option is
1003 experimental and only available on a few boards. The device 1006 experimental and only available on a few boards. The device
1004 tree is available in the global data as gd->fdt_blob. 1007 tree is available in the global data as gd->fdt_blob.
1005 1008
1006 U-Boot needs to get its device tree from somewhere. This can 1009 U-Boot needs to get its device tree from somewhere. This can
1007 be done using one of the two options below: 1010 be done using one of the two options below:
1008 1011
1009 CONFIG_OF_EMBED 1012 CONFIG_OF_EMBED
1010 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will embed a device tree 1013 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will embed a device tree
1011 binary in its image. This device tree file should be in the 1014 binary in its image. This device tree file should be in the
1012 board directory and called <soc>-<board>.dts. The binary file 1015 board directory and called <soc>-<board>.dts. The binary file
1013 is then picked up in board_init_f() and made available through 1016 is then picked up in board_init_f() and made available through
1014 the global data structure as gd->blob. 1017 the global data structure as gd->blob.
1015 1018
1016 CONFIG_OF_SEPARATE 1019 CONFIG_OF_SEPARATE
1017 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will build a device tree 1020 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will build a device tree
1018 binary. It will be called u-boot.dtb. Architecture-specific 1021 binary. It will be called u-boot.dtb. Architecture-specific
1019 code will locate it at run-time. Generally this works by: 1022 code will locate it at run-time. Generally this works by:
1020 1023
1021 cat u-boot.bin u-boot.dtb >image.bin 1024 cat u-boot.bin u-boot.dtb >image.bin
1022 1025
1023 and in fact, U-Boot does this for you, creating a file called 1026 and in fact, U-Boot does this for you, creating a file called
1024 u-boot-dtb.bin which is useful in the common case. You can 1027 u-boot-dtb.bin which is useful in the common case. You can
1025 still use the individual files if you need something more 1028 still use the individual files if you need something more
1026 exotic. 1029 exotic.
1027 1030
1028 - Watchdog: 1031 - Watchdog:
1029 CONFIG_WATCHDOG 1032 CONFIG_WATCHDOG
1030 If this variable is defined, it enables watchdog 1033 If this variable is defined, it enables watchdog
1031 support for the SoC. There must be support in the SoC 1034 support for the SoC. There must be support in the SoC
1032 specific code for a watchdog. For the 8xx and 8260 1035 specific code for a watchdog. For the 8xx and 8260
1033 CPUs, the SIU Watchdog feature is enabled in the SYPCR 1036 CPUs, the SIU Watchdog feature is enabled in the SYPCR
1034 register. When supported for a specific SoC is 1037 register. When supported for a specific SoC is
1035 available, then no further board specific code should 1038 available, then no further board specific code should
1036 be needed to use it. 1039 be needed to use it.
1037 1040
1038 CONFIG_HW_WATCHDOG 1041 CONFIG_HW_WATCHDOG
1039 When using a watchdog circuitry external to the used 1042 When using a watchdog circuitry external to the used
1040 SoC, then define this variable and provide board 1043 SoC, then define this variable and provide board
1041 specific code for the "hw_watchdog_reset" function. 1044 specific code for the "hw_watchdog_reset" function.
1042 1045
1043 CONFIG_AT91_HW_WDT_TIMEOUT 1046 CONFIG_AT91_HW_WDT_TIMEOUT
1044 specify the timeout in seconds. default 2 seconds. 1047 specify the timeout in seconds. default 2 seconds.
1045 1048
1046 - U-Boot Version: 1049 - U-Boot Version:
1047 CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE 1050 CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE
1048 If this variable is defined, an environment variable 1051 If this variable is defined, an environment variable
1049 named "ver" is created by U-Boot showing the U-Boot 1052 named "ver" is created by U-Boot showing the U-Boot
1050 version as printed by the "version" command. 1053 version as printed by the "version" command.
1051 Any change to this variable will be reverted at the 1054 Any change to this variable will be reverted at the
1052 next reset. 1055 next reset.
1053 1056
1054 - Real-Time Clock: 1057 - Real-Time Clock:
1055 1058
1056 When CONFIG_CMD_DATE is selected, the type of the RTC 1059 When CONFIG_CMD_DATE is selected, the type of the RTC
1057 has to be selected, too. Define exactly one of the 1060 has to be selected, too. Define exactly one of the
1058 following options: 1061 following options:
1059 1062
1060 CONFIG_RTC_MPC8xx - use internal RTC of MPC8xx 1063 CONFIG_RTC_MPC8xx - use internal RTC of MPC8xx
1061 CONFIG_RTC_PCF8563 - use Philips PCF8563 RTC 1064 CONFIG_RTC_PCF8563 - use Philips PCF8563 RTC
1062 CONFIG_RTC_MC13XXX - use MC13783 or MC13892 RTC 1065 CONFIG_RTC_MC13XXX - use MC13783 or MC13892 RTC
1063 CONFIG_RTC_MC146818 - use MC146818 RTC 1066 CONFIG_RTC_MC146818 - use MC146818 RTC
1064 CONFIG_RTC_DS1307 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1307 RTC 1067 CONFIG_RTC_DS1307 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1307 RTC
1065 CONFIG_RTC_DS1337 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1337 RTC 1068 CONFIG_RTC_DS1337 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1337 RTC
1066 CONFIG_RTC_DS1338 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1338 RTC 1069 CONFIG_RTC_DS1338 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1338 RTC
1067 CONFIG_RTC_DS1339 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1339 RTC 1070 CONFIG_RTC_DS1339 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1339 RTC
1068 CONFIG_RTC_DS164x - use Dallas DS164x RTC 1071 CONFIG_RTC_DS164x - use Dallas DS164x RTC
1069 CONFIG_RTC_ISL1208 - use Intersil ISL1208 RTC 1072 CONFIG_RTC_ISL1208 - use Intersil ISL1208 RTC
1070 CONFIG_RTC_MAX6900 - use Maxim, Inc. MAX6900 RTC 1073 CONFIG_RTC_MAX6900 - use Maxim, Inc. MAX6900 RTC
1071 CONFIG_SYS_RTC_DS1337_NOOSC - Turn off the OSC output for DS1337 1074 CONFIG_SYS_RTC_DS1337_NOOSC - Turn off the OSC output for DS1337
1072 CONFIG_SYS_RV3029_TCR - enable trickle charger on 1075 CONFIG_SYS_RV3029_TCR - enable trickle charger on
1073 RV3029 RTC. 1076 RV3029 RTC.
1074 1077
1075 Note that if the RTC uses I2C, then the I2C interface 1078 Note that if the RTC uses I2C, then the I2C interface
1076 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below. 1079 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below.
1077 1080
1078 - GPIO Support: 1081 - GPIO Support:
1079 CONFIG_PCA953X - use NXP's PCA953X series I2C GPIO 1082 CONFIG_PCA953X - use NXP's PCA953X series I2C GPIO
1080 1083
1081 The CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PCA953X_WIDTH option specifies a list of 1084 The CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PCA953X_WIDTH option specifies a list of
1082 chip-ngpio pairs that tell the PCA953X driver the number of 1085 chip-ngpio pairs that tell the PCA953X driver the number of
1083 pins supported by a particular chip. 1086 pins supported by a particular chip.
1084 1087
1085 Note that if the GPIO device uses I2C, then the I2C interface 1088 Note that if the GPIO device uses I2C, then the I2C interface
1086 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below. 1089 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below.
1087 1090
1088 - I/O tracing: 1091 - I/O tracing:
1089 When CONFIG_IO_TRACE is selected, U-Boot intercepts all I/O 1092 When CONFIG_IO_TRACE is selected, U-Boot intercepts all I/O
1090 accesses and can checksum them or write a list of them out 1093 accesses and can checksum them or write a list of them out
1091 to memory. See the 'iotrace' command for details. This is 1094 to memory. See the 'iotrace' command for details. This is
1092 useful for testing device drivers since it can confirm that 1095 useful for testing device drivers since it can confirm that
1093 the driver behaves the same way before and after a code 1096 the driver behaves the same way before and after a code
1094 change. Currently this is supported on sandbox and arm. To 1097 change. Currently this is supported on sandbox and arm. To
1095 add support for your architecture, add '#include <iotrace.h>' 1098 add support for your architecture, add '#include <iotrace.h>'
1096 to the bottom of arch/<arch>/include/asm/io.h and test. 1099 to the bottom of arch/<arch>/include/asm/io.h and test.
1097 1100
1098 Example output from the 'iotrace stats' command is below. 1101 Example output from the 'iotrace stats' command is below.
1099 Note that if the trace buffer is exhausted, the checksum will 1102 Note that if the trace buffer is exhausted, the checksum will
1100 still continue to operate. 1103 still continue to operate.
1101 1104
1102 iotrace is enabled 1105 iotrace is enabled
1103 Start: 10000000 (buffer start address) 1106 Start: 10000000 (buffer start address)
1104 Size: 00010000 (buffer size) 1107 Size: 00010000 (buffer size)
1105 Offset: 00000120 (current buffer offset) 1108 Offset: 00000120 (current buffer offset)
1106 Output: 10000120 (start + offset) 1109 Output: 10000120 (start + offset)
1107 Count: 00000018 (number of trace records) 1110 Count: 00000018 (number of trace records)
1108 CRC32: 9526fb66 (CRC32 of all trace records) 1111 CRC32: 9526fb66 (CRC32 of all trace records)
1109 1112
1110 - Timestamp Support: 1113 - Timestamp Support:
1111 1114
1112 When CONFIG_TIMESTAMP is selected, the timestamp 1115 When CONFIG_TIMESTAMP is selected, the timestamp
1113 (date and time) of an image is printed by image 1116 (date and time) of an image is printed by image
1114 commands like bootm or iminfo. This option is 1117 commands like bootm or iminfo. This option is
1115 automatically enabled when you select CONFIG_CMD_DATE . 1118 automatically enabled when you select CONFIG_CMD_DATE .
1116 1119
1117 - Partition Labels (disklabels) Supported: 1120 - Partition Labels (disklabels) Supported:
1118 Zero or more of the following: 1121 Zero or more of the following:
1119 CONFIG_MAC_PARTITION Apple's MacOS partition table. 1122 CONFIG_MAC_PARTITION Apple's MacOS partition table.
1120 CONFIG_DOS_PARTITION MS Dos partition table, traditional on the 1123 CONFIG_DOS_PARTITION MS Dos partition table, traditional on the
1121 Intel architecture, USB sticks, etc. 1124 Intel architecture, USB sticks, etc.
1122 CONFIG_ISO_PARTITION ISO partition table, used on CDROM etc. 1125 CONFIG_ISO_PARTITION ISO partition table, used on CDROM etc.
1123 CONFIG_EFI_PARTITION GPT partition table, common when EFI is the 1126 CONFIG_EFI_PARTITION GPT partition table, common when EFI is the
1124 bootloader. Note 2TB partition limit; see 1127 bootloader. Note 2TB partition limit; see
1125 disk/part_efi.c 1128 disk/part_efi.c
1126 CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS Memory Technology Device partition table. 1129 CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS Memory Technology Device partition table.
1127 1130
1128 If IDE or SCSI support is enabled (CONFIG_CMD_IDE or 1131 If IDE or SCSI support is enabled (CONFIG_CMD_IDE or
1129 CONFIG_SCSI) you must configure support for at 1132 CONFIG_SCSI) you must configure support for at
1130 least one non-MTD partition type as well. 1133 least one non-MTD partition type as well.
1131 1134
1132 - IDE Reset method: 1135 - IDE Reset method:
1133 CONFIG_IDE_RESET_ROUTINE - this is defined in several 1136 CONFIG_IDE_RESET_ROUTINE - this is defined in several
1134 board configurations files but used nowhere! 1137 board configurations files but used nowhere!
1135 1138
1136 CONFIG_IDE_RESET - is this is defined, IDE Reset will 1139 CONFIG_IDE_RESET - is this is defined, IDE Reset will
1137 be performed by calling the function 1140 be performed by calling the function
1138 ide_set_reset(int reset) 1141 ide_set_reset(int reset)
1139 which has to be defined in a board specific file 1142 which has to be defined in a board specific file
1140 1143
1141 - ATAPI Support: 1144 - ATAPI Support:
1142 CONFIG_ATAPI 1145 CONFIG_ATAPI
1143 1146
1144 Set this to enable ATAPI support. 1147 Set this to enable ATAPI support.
1145 1148
1146 - LBA48 Support 1149 - LBA48 Support
1147 CONFIG_LBA48 1150 CONFIG_LBA48
1148 1151
1149 Set this to enable support for disks larger than 137GB 1152 Set this to enable support for disks larger than 137GB
1150 Also look at CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA. 1153 Also look at CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA.
1151 Whithout these , LBA48 support uses 32bit variables and will 'only' 1154 Whithout these , LBA48 support uses 32bit variables and will 'only'
1152 support disks up to 2.1TB. 1155 support disks up to 2.1TB.
1153 1156
1154 CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA: 1157 CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA:
1155 When enabled, makes the IDE subsystem use 64bit sector addresses. 1158 When enabled, makes the IDE subsystem use 64bit sector addresses.
1156 Default is 32bit. 1159 Default is 32bit.
1157 1160
1158 - SCSI Support: 1161 - SCSI Support:
1159 At the moment only there is only support for the 1162 At the moment only there is only support for the
1160 SYM53C8XX SCSI controller; define 1163 SYM53C8XX SCSI controller; define
1161 CONFIG_SCSI_SYM53C8XX to enable it. 1164 CONFIG_SCSI_SYM53C8XX to enable it.
1162 1165
1163 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN [8], CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID [7] and 1166 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN [8], CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID [7] and
1164 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_DEVICE [CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID * 1167 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_DEVICE [CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID *
1165 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN] can be adjusted to define the 1168 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN] can be adjusted to define the
1166 maximum numbers of LUNs, SCSI ID's and target 1169 maximum numbers of LUNs, SCSI ID's and target
1167 devices. 1170 devices.
1168 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_SYM53C8XX_CCF to fix clock timing (80Mhz) 1171 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_SYM53C8XX_CCF to fix clock timing (80Mhz)
1169 1172
1170 The environment variable 'scsidevs' is set to the number of 1173 The environment variable 'scsidevs' is set to the number of
1171 SCSI devices found during the last scan. 1174 SCSI devices found during the last scan.
1172 1175
1173 - NETWORK Support (PCI): 1176 - NETWORK Support (PCI):
1174 CONFIG_E1000 1177 CONFIG_E1000
1175 Support for Intel 8254x/8257x gigabit chips. 1178 Support for Intel 8254x/8257x gigabit chips.
1176 1179
1177 CONFIG_E1000_SPI 1180 CONFIG_E1000_SPI
1178 Utility code for direct access to the SPI bus on Intel 8257x. 1181 Utility code for direct access to the SPI bus on Intel 8257x.
1179 This does not do anything useful unless you set at least one 1182 This does not do anything useful unless you set at least one
1180 of CONFIG_CMD_E1000 or CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC. 1183 of CONFIG_CMD_E1000 or CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC.
1181 1184
1182 CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC 1185 CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC
1183 Allow generic access to the SPI bus on the Intel 8257x, for 1186 Allow generic access to the SPI bus on the Intel 8257x, for
1184 example with the "sspi" command. 1187 example with the "sspi" command.
1185 1188
1186 CONFIG_CMD_E1000 1189 CONFIG_CMD_E1000
1187 Management command for E1000 devices. When used on devices 1190 Management command for E1000 devices. When used on devices
1188 with SPI support you can reprogram the EEPROM from U-Boot. 1191 with SPI support you can reprogram the EEPROM from U-Boot.
1189 1192
1190 CONFIG_EEPRO100 1193 CONFIG_EEPRO100
1191 Support for Intel 82557/82559/82559ER chips. 1194 Support for Intel 82557/82559/82559ER chips.
1192 Optional CONFIG_EEPRO100_SROM_WRITE enables EEPROM 1195 Optional CONFIG_EEPRO100_SROM_WRITE enables EEPROM
1193 write routine for first time initialisation. 1196 write routine for first time initialisation.
1194 1197
1195 CONFIG_TULIP 1198 CONFIG_TULIP
1196 Support for Digital 2114x chips. 1199 Support for Digital 2114x chips.
1197 Optional CONFIG_TULIP_SELECT_MEDIA for board specific 1200 Optional CONFIG_TULIP_SELECT_MEDIA for board specific
1198 modem chip initialisation (KS8761/QS6611). 1201 modem chip initialisation (KS8761/QS6611).
1199 1202
1200 CONFIG_NATSEMI 1203 CONFIG_NATSEMI
1201 Support for National dp83815 chips. 1204 Support for National dp83815 chips.
1202 1205
1203 CONFIG_NS8382X 1206 CONFIG_NS8382X
1204 Support for National dp8382[01] gigabit chips. 1207 Support for National dp8382[01] gigabit chips.
1205 1208
1206 - NETWORK Support (other): 1209 - NETWORK Support (other):
1207 1210
1208 CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC 1211 CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC
1209 Support for AT91RM9200 EMAC. 1212 Support for AT91RM9200 EMAC.
1210 1213
1211 CONFIG_RMII 1214 CONFIG_RMII
1212 Define this to use reduced MII inteface 1215 Define this to use reduced MII inteface
1213 1216
1214 CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC_QUIET 1217 CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC_QUIET
1215 If this defined, the driver is quiet. 1218 If this defined, the driver is quiet.
1216 The driver doen't show link status messages. 1219 The driver doen't show link status messages.
1217 1220
1218 CONFIG_CALXEDA_XGMAC 1221 CONFIG_CALXEDA_XGMAC
1219 Support for the Calxeda XGMAC device 1222 Support for the Calxeda XGMAC device
1220 1223
1221 CONFIG_LAN91C96 1224 CONFIG_LAN91C96
1222 Support for SMSC's LAN91C96 chips. 1225 Support for SMSC's LAN91C96 chips.
1223 1226
1224 CONFIG_LAN91C96_USE_32_BIT 1227 CONFIG_LAN91C96_USE_32_BIT
1225 Define this to enable 32 bit addressing 1228 Define this to enable 32 bit addressing
1226 1229
1227 CONFIG_SMC91111 1230 CONFIG_SMC91111
1228 Support for SMSC's LAN91C111 chip 1231 Support for SMSC's LAN91C111 chip
1229 1232
1230 CONFIG_SMC91111_BASE 1233 CONFIG_SMC91111_BASE
1231 Define this to hold the physical address 1234 Define this to hold the physical address
1232 of the device (I/O space) 1235 of the device (I/O space)
1233 1236
1234 CONFIG_SMC_USE_32_BIT 1237 CONFIG_SMC_USE_32_BIT
1235 Define this if data bus is 32 bits 1238 Define this if data bus is 32 bits
1236 1239
1237 CONFIG_SMC_USE_IOFUNCS 1240 CONFIG_SMC_USE_IOFUNCS
1238 Define this to use i/o functions instead of macros 1241 Define this to use i/o functions instead of macros
1239 (some hardware wont work with macros) 1242 (some hardware wont work with macros)
1240 1243
1241 CONFIG_DRIVER_TI_EMAC 1244 CONFIG_DRIVER_TI_EMAC
1242 Support for davinci emac 1245 Support for davinci emac
1243 1246
1244 CONFIG_SYS_DAVINCI_EMAC_PHY_COUNT 1247 CONFIG_SYS_DAVINCI_EMAC_PHY_COUNT
1245 Define this if you have more then 3 PHYs. 1248 Define this if you have more then 3 PHYs.
1246 1249
1247 CONFIG_FTGMAC100 1250 CONFIG_FTGMAC100
1248 Support for Faraday's FTGMAC100 Gigabit SoC Ethernet 1251 Support for Faraday's FTGMAC100 Gigabit SoC Ethernet
1249 1252
1250 CONFIG_FTGMAC100_EGIGA 1253 CONFIG_FTGMAC100_EGIGA
1251 Define this to use GE link update with gigabit PHY. 1254 Define this to use GE link update with gigabit PHY.
1252 Define this if FTGMAC100 is connected to gigabit PHY. 1255 Define this if FTGMAC100 is connected to gigabit PHY.
1253 If your system has 10/100 PHY only, it might not occur 1256 If your system has 10/100 PHY only, it might not occur
1254 wrong behavior. Because PHY usually return timeout or 1257 wrong behavior. Because PHY usually return timeout or
1255 useless data when polling gigabit status and gigabit 1258 useless data when polling gigabit status and gigabit
1256 control registers. This behavior won't affect the 1259 control registers. This behavior won't affect the
1257 correctnessof 10/100 link speed update. 1260 correctnessof 10/100 link speed update.
1258 1261
1259 CONFIG_SMC911X 1262 CONFIG_SMC911X
1260 Support for SMSC's LAN911x and LAN921x chips 1263 Support for SMSC's LAN911x and LAN921x chips
1261 1264
1262 CONFIG_SMC911X_BASE 1265 CONFIG_SMC911X_BASE
1263 Define this to hold the physical address 1266 Define this to hold the physical address
1264 of the device (I/O space) 1267 of the device (I/O space)
1265 1268
1266 CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT 1269 CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT
1267 Define this if data bus is 32 bits 1270 Define this if data bus is 32 bits
1268 1271
1269 CONFIG_SMC911X_16_BIT 1272 CONFIG_SMC911X_16_BIT
1270 Define this if data bus is 16 bits. If your processor 1273 Define this if data bus is 16 bits. If your processor
1271 automatically converts one 32 bit word to two 16 bit 1274 automatically converts one 32 bit word to two 16 bit
1272 words you may also try CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT. 1275 words you may also try CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT.
1273 1276
1274 CONFIG_SH_ETHER 1277 CONFIG_SH_ETHER
1275 Support for Renesas on-chip Ethernet controller 1278 Support for Renesas on-chip Ethernet controller
1276 1279
1277 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_USE_PORT 1280 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_USE_PORT
1278 Define the number of ports to be used 1281 Define the number of ports to be used
1279 1282
1280 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_PHY_ADDR 1283 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_PHY_ADDR
1281 Define the ETH PHY's address 1284 Define the ETH PHY's address
1282 1285
1283 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_CACHE_WRITEBACK 1286 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_CACHE_WRITEBACK
1284 If this option is set, the driver enables cache flush. 1287 If this option is set, the driver enables cache flush.
1285 1288
1286 - PWM Support: 1289 - PWM Support:
1287 CONFIG_PWM_IMX 1290 CONFIG_PWM_IMX
1288 Support for PWM module on the imx6. 1291 Support for PWM module on the imx6.
1289 1292
1290 - TPM Support: 1293 - TPM Support:
1291 CONFIG_TPM 1294 CONFIG_TPM
1292 Support TPM devices. 1295 Support TPM devices.
1293 1296
1294 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_INFINEON 1297 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_INFINEON
1295 Support for Infineon i2c bus TPM devices. Only one device 1298 Support for Infineon i2c bus TPM devices. Only one device
1296 per system is supported at this time. 1299 per system is supported at this time.
1297 1300
1298 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C_BURST_LIMITATION 1301 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C_BURST_LIMITATION
1299 Define the burst count bytes upper limit 1302 Define the burst count bytes upper limit
1300 1303
1301 CONFIG_TPM_ST33ZP24 1304 CONFIG_TPM_ST33ZP24
1302 Support for STMicroelectronics TPM devices. Requires DM_TPM support. 1305 Support for STMicroelectronics TPM devices. Requires DM_TPM support.
1303 1306
1304 CONFIG_TPM_ST33ZP24_I2C 1307 CONFIG_TPM_ST33ZP24_I2C
1305 Support for STMicroelectronics ST33ZP24 I2C devices. 1308 Support for STMicroelectronics ST33ZP24 I2C devices.
1306 Requires TPM_ST33ZP24 and I2C. 1309 Requires TPM_ST33ZP24 and I2C.
1307 1310
1308 CONFIG_TPM_ST33ZP24_SPI 1311 CONFIG_TPM_ST33ZP24_SPI
1309 Support for STMicroelectronics ST33ZP24 SPI devices. 1312 Support for STMicroelectronics ST33ZP24 SPI devices.
1310 Requires TPM_ST33ZP24 and SPI. 1313 Requires TPM_ST33ZP24 and SPI.
1311 1314
1312 CONFIG_TPM_ATMEL_TWI 1315 CONFIG_TPM_ATMEL_TWI
1313 Support for Atmel TWI TPM device. Requires I2C support. 1316 Support for Atmel TWI TPM device. Requires I2C support.
1314 1317
1315 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_LPC 1318 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_LPC
1316 Support for generic parallel port TPM devices. Only one device 1319 Support for generic parallel port TPM devices. Only one device
1317 per system is supported at this time. 1320 per system is supported at this time.
1318 1321
1319 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_BASE_ADDRESS 1322 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_BASE_ADDRESS
1320 Base address where the generic TPM device is mapped 1323 Base address where the generic TPM device is mapped
1321 to. Contemporary x86 systems usually map it at 1324 to. Contemporary x86 systems usually map it at
1322 0xfed40000. 1325 0xfed40000.
1323 1326
1324 CONFIG_CMD_TPM 1327 CONFIG_CMD_TPM
1325 Add tpm monitor functions. 1328 Add tpm monitor functions.
1326 Requires CONFIG_TPM. If CONFIG_TPM_AUTH_SESSIONS is set, also 1329 Requires CONFIG_TPM. If CONFIG_TPM_AUTH_SESSIONS is set, also
1327 provides monitor access to authorized functions. 1330 provides monitor access to authorized functions.
1328 1331
1329 CONFIG_TPM 1332 CONFIG_TPM
1330 Define this to enable the TPM support library which provides 1333 Define this to enable the TPM support library which provides
1331 functional interfaces to some TPM commands. 1334 functional interfaces to some TPM commands.
1332 Requires support for a TPM device. 1335 Requires support for a TPM device.
1333 1336
1334 CONFIG_TPM_AUTH_SESSIONS 1337 CONFIG_TPM_AUTH_SESSIONS
1335 Define this to enable authorized functions in the TPM library. 1338 Define this to enable authorized functions in the TPM library.
1336 Requires CONFIG_TPM and CONFIG_SHA1. 1339 Requires CONFIG_TPM and CONFIG_SHA1.
1337 1340
1338 - USB Support: 1341 - USB Support:
1339 At the moment only the UHCI host controller is 1342 At the moment only the UHCI host controller is
1340 supported (PIP405, MIP405, MPC5200); define 1343 supported (PIP405, MIP405, MPC5200); define
1341 CONFIG_USB_UHCI to enable it. 1344 CONFIG_USB_UHCI to enable it.
1342 define CONFIG_USB_KEYBOARD to enable the USB Keyboard 1345 define CONFIG_USB_KEYBOARD to enable the USB Keyboard
1343 and define CONFIG_USB_STORAGE to enable the USB 1346 and define CONFIG_USB_STORAGE to enable the USB
1344 storage devices. 1347 storage devices.
1345 Note: 1348 Note:
1346 Supported are USB Keyboards and USB Floppy drives 1349 Supported are USB Keyboards and USB Floppy drives
1347 (TEAC FD-05PUB). 1350 (TEAC FD-05PUB).
1348 MPC5200 USB requires additional defines: 1351 MPC5200 USB requires additional defines:
1349 CONFIG_USB_CLOCK 1352 CONFIG_USB_CLOCK
1350 for 528 MHz Clock: 0x0001bbbb 1353 for 528 MHz Clock: 0x0001bbbb
1351 CONFIG_PSC3_USB 1354 CONFIG_PSC3_USB
1352 for USB on PSC3 1355 for USB on PSC3
1353 CONFIG_USB_CONFIG 1356 CONFIG_USB_CONFIG
1354 for differential drivers: 0x00001000 1357 for differential drivers: 0x00001000
1355 for single ended drivers: 0x00005000 1358 for single ended drivers: 0x00005000
1356 for differential drivers on PSC3: 0x00000100 1359 for differential drivers on PSC3: 0x00000100
1357 for single ended drivers on PSC3: 0x00004100 1360 for single ended drivers on PSC3: 0x00004100
1358 CONFIG_SYS_USB_EVENT_POLL 1361 CONFIG_SYS_USB_EVENT_POLL
1359 May be defined to allow interrupt polling 1362 May be defined to allow interrupt polling
1360 instead of using asynchronous interrupts 1363 instead of using asynchronous interrupts
1361 1364
1362 CONFIG_USB_EHCI_TXFIFO_THRESH enables setting of the 1365 CONFIG_USB_EHCI_TXFIFO_THRESH enables setting of the
1363 txfilltuning field in the EHCI controller on reset. 1366 txfilltuning field in the EHCI controller on reset.
1364 1367
1365 CONFIG_USB_DWC2_REG_ADDR the physical CPU address of the DWC2 1368 CONFIG_USB_DWC2_REG_ADDR the physical CPU address of the DWC2
1366 HW module registers. 1369 HW module registers.
1367 1370
1368 - USB Device: 1371 - USB Device:
1369 Define the below if you wish to use the USB console. 1372 Define the below if you wish to use the USB console.
1370 Once firmware is rebuilt from a serial console issue the 1373 Once firmware is rebuilt from a serial console issue the
1371 command "setenv stdin usbtty; setenv stdout usbtty" and 1374 command "setenv stdin usbtty; setenv stdout usbtty" and
1372 attach your USB cable. The Unix command "dmesg" should print 1375 attach your USB cable. The Unix command "dmesg" should print
1373 it has found a new device. The environment variable usbtty 1376 it has found a new device. The environment variable usbtty
1374 can be set to gserial or cdc_acm to enable your device to 1377 can be set to gserial or cdc_acm to enable your device to
1375 appear to a USB host as a Linux gserial device or a 1378 appear to a USB host as a Linux gserial device or a
1376 Common Device Class Abstract Control Model serial device. 1379 Common Device Class Abstract Control Model serial device.
1377 If you select usbtty = gserial you should be able to enumerate 1380 If you select usbtty = gserial you should be able to enumerate
1378 a Linux host by 1381 a Linux host by
1379 # modprobe usbserial vendor=0xVendorID product=0xProductID 1382 # modprobe usbserial vendor=0xVendorID product=0xProductID
1380 else if using cdc_acm, simply setting the environment 1383 else if using cdc_acm, simply setting the environment
1381 variable usbtty to be cdc_acm should suffice. The following 1384 variable usbtty to be cdc_acm should suffice. The following
1382 might be defined in YourBoardName.h 1385 might be defined in YourBoardName.h
1383 1386
1384 CONFIG_USB_DEVICE 1387 CONFIG_USB_DEVICE
1385 Define this to build a UDC device 1388 Define this to build a UDC device
1386 1389
1387 CONFIG_USB_TTY 1390 CONFIG_USB_TTY
1388 Define this to have a tty type of device available to 1391 Define this to have a tty type of device available to
1389 talk to the UDC device 1392 talk to the UDC device
1390 1393
1391 CONFIG_USBD_HS 1394 CONFIG_USBD_HS
1392 Define this to enable the high speed support for usb 1395 Define this to enable the high speed support for usb
1393 device and usbtty. If this feature is enabled, a routine 1396 device and usbtty. If this feature is enabled, a routine
1394 int is_usbd_high_speed(void) 1397 int is_usbd_high_speed(void)
1395 also needs to be defined by the driver to dynamically poll 1398 also needs to be defined by the driver to dynamically poll
1396 whether the enumeration has succeded at high speed or full 1399 whether the enumeration has succeded at high speed or full
1397 speed. 1400 speed.
1398 1401
1399 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV 1402 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV
1400 Define this if you want stdin, stdout &/or stderr to 1403 Define this if you want stdin, stdout &/or stderr to
1401 be set to usbtty. 1404 be set to usbtty.
1402 1405
1403 mpc8xx: 1406 mpc8xx:
1404 CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0xBLAH 1407 CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0xBLAH
1405 Derive USB clock from external clock "blah" 1408 Derive USB clock from external clock "blah"
1406 - CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0x02 1409 - CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0x02
1407 1410
1408 If you have a USB-IF assigned VendorID then you may wish to 1411 If you have a USB-IF assigned VendorID then you may wish to
1409 define your own vendor specific values either in BoardName.h 1412 define your own vendor specific values either in BoardName.h
1410 or directly in usbd_vendor_info.h. If you don't define 1413 or directly in usbd_vendor_info.h. If you don't define
1411 CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER, CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME, 1414 CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER, CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME,
1412 CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID and CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID, then U-Boot 1415 CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID and CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID, then U-Boot
1413 should pretend to be a Linux device to it's target host. 1416 should pretend to be a Linux device to it's target host.
1414 1417
1415 CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER 1418 CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER
1416 Define this string as the name of your company for 1419 Define this string as the name of your company for
1417 - CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER "my company" 1420 - CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER "my company"
1418 1421
1419 CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME 1422 CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME
1420 Define this string as the name of your product 1423 Define this string as the name of your product
1421 - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME "acme usb device" 1424 - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME "acme usb device"
1422 1425
1423 CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID 1426 CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID
1424 Define this as your assigned Vendor ID from the USB 1427 Define this as your assigned Vendor ID from the USB
1425 Implementors Forum. This *must* be a genuine Vendor ID 1428 Implementors Forum. This *must* be a genuine Vendor ID
1426 to avoid polluting the USB namespace. 1429 to avoid polluting the USB namespace.
1427 - CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID 0xFFFF 1430 - CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID 0xFFFF
1428 1431
1429 CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID 1432 CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID
1430 Define this as the unique Product ID 1433 Define this as the unique Product ID
1431 for your device 1434 for your device
1432 - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID 0xFFFF 1435 - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID 0xFFFF
1433 1436
1434 - ULPI Layer Support: 1437 - ULPI Layer Support:
1435 The ULPI (UTMI Low Pin (count) Interface) PHYs are supported via 1438 The ULPI (UTMI Low Pin (count) Interface) PHYs are supported via
1436 the generic ULPI layer. The generic layer accesses the ULPI PHY 1439 the generic ULPI layer. The generic layer accesses the ULPI PHY
1437 via the platform viewport, so you need both the genric layer and 1440 via the platform viewport, so you need both the genric layer and
1438 the viewport enabled. Currently only Chipidea/ARC based 1441 the viewport enabled. Currently only Chipidea/ARC based
1439 viewport is supported. 1442 viewport is supported.
1440 To enable the ULPI layer support, define CONFIG_USB_ULPI and 1443 To enable the ULPI layer support, define CONFIG_USB_ULPI and
1441 CONFIG_USB_ULPI_VIEWPORT in your board configuration file. 1444 CONFIG_USB_ULPI_VIEWPORT in your board configuration file.
1442 If your ULPI phy needs a different reference clock than the 1445 If your ULPI phy needs a different reference clock than the
1443 standard 24 MHz then you have to define CONFIG_ULPI_REF_CLK to 1446 standard 24 MHz then you have to define CONFIG_ULPI_REF_CLK to
1444 the appropriate value in Hz. 1447 the appropriate value in Hz.
1445 1448
1446 - MMC Support: 1449 - MMC Support:
1447 The MMC controller on the Intel PXA is supported. To 1450 The MMC controller on the Intel PXA is supported. To
1448 enable this define CONFIG_MMC. The MMC can be 1451 enable this define CONFIG_MMC. The MMC can be
1449 accessed from the boot prompt by mapping the device 1452 accessed from the boot prompt by mapping the device
1450 to physical memory similar to flash. Command line is 1453 to physical memory similar to flash. Command line is
1451 enabled with CONFIG_CMD_MMC. The MMC driver also works with 1454 enabled with CONFIG_CMD_MMC. The MMC driver also works with
1452 the FAT fs. This is enabled with CONFIG_CMD_FAT. 1455 the FAT fs. This is enabled with CONFIG_CMD_FAT.
1453 1456
1454 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF 1457 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF
1455 Support for Renesas on-chip MMCIF controller 1458 Support for Renesas on-chip MMCIF controller
1456 1459
1457 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_ADDR 1460 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_ADDR
1458 Define the base address of MMCIF registers 1461 Define the base address of MMCIF registers
1459 1462
1460 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_CLK 1463 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_CLK
1461 Define the clock frequency for MMCIF 1464 Define the clock frequency for MMCIF
1462 1465
1463 CONFIG_GENERIC_MMC 1466 CONFIG_GENERIC_MMC
1464 Enable the generic MMC driver 1467 Enable the generic MMC driver
1465 1468
1466 CONFIG_SUPPORT_EMMC_BOOT 1469 CONFIG_SUPPORT_EMMC_BOOT
1467 Enable some additional features of the eMMC boot partitions. 1470 Enable some additional features of the eMMC boot partitions.
1468 1471
1469 CONFIG_SUPPORT_EMMC_RPMB 1472 CONFIG_SUPPORT_EMMC_RPMB
1470 Enable the commands for reading, writing and programming the 1473 Enable the commands for reading, writing and programming the
1471 key for the Replay Protection Memory Block partition in eMMC. 1474 key for the Replay Protection Memory Block partition in eMMC.
1472 1475
1473 - USB Device Firmware Update (DFU) class support: 1476 - USB Device Firmware Update (DFU) class support:
1474 CONFIG_USB_FUNCTION_DFU 1477 CONFIG_USB_FUNCTION_DFU
1475 This enables the USB portion of the DFU USB class 1478 This enables the USB portion of the DFU USB class
1476 1479
1477 CONFIG_CMD_DFU 1480 CONFIG_CMD_DFU
1478 This enables the command "dfu" which is used to have 1481 This enables the command "dfu" which is used to have
1479 U-Boot create a DFU class device via USB. This command 1482 U-Boot create a DFU class device via USB. This command
1480 requires that the "dfu_alt_info" environment variable be 1483 requires that the "dfu_alt_info" environment variable be
1481 set and define the alt settings to expose to the host. 1484 set and define the alt settings to expose to the host.
1482 1485
1483 CONFIG_DFU_MMC 1486 CONFIG_DFU_MMC
1484 This enables support for exposing (e)MMC devices via DFU. 1487 This enables support for exposing (e)MMC devices via DFU.
1485 1488
1486 CONFIG_DFU_NAND 1489 CONFIG_DFU_NAND
1487 This enables support for exposing NAND devices via DFU. 1490 This enables support for exposing NAND devices via DFU.
1488 1491
1489 CONFIG_DFU_RAM 1492 CONFIG_DFU_RAM
1490 This enables support for exposing RAM via DFU. 1493 This enables support for exposing RAM via DFU.
1491 Note: DFU spec refer to non-volatile memory usage, but 1494 Note: DFU spec refer to non-volatile memory usage, but
1492 allow usages beyond the scope of spec - here RAM usage, 1495 allow usages beyond the scope of spec - here RAM usage,
1493 one that would help mostly the developer. 1496 one that would help mostly the developer.
1494 1497
1495 CONFIG_SYS_DFU_DATA_BUF_SIZE 1498 CONFIG_SYS_DFU_DATA_BUF_SIZE
1496 Dfu transfer uses a buffer before writing data to the 1499 Dfu transfer uses a buffer before writing data to the
1497 raw storage device. Make the size (in bytes) of this buffer 1500 raw storage device. Make the size (in bytes) of this buffer
1498 configurable. The size of this buffer is also configurable 1501 configurable. The size of this buffer is also configurable
1499 through the "dfu_bufsiz" environment variable. 1502 through the "dfu_bufsiz" environment variable.
1500 1503
1501 CONFIG_SYS_DFU_MAX_FILE_SIZE 1504 CONFIG_SYS_DFU_MAX_FILE_SIZE
1502 When updating files rather than the raw storage device, 1505 When updating files rather than the raw storage device,
1503 we use a static buffer to copy the file into and then write 1506 we use a static buffer to copy the file into and then write
1504 the buffer once we've been given the whole file. Define 1507 the buffer once we've been given the whole file. Define
1505 this to the maximum filesize (in bytes) for the buffer. 1508 this to the maximum filesize (in bytes) for the buffer.
1506 Default is 4 MiB if undefined. 1509 Default is 4 MiB if undefined.
1507 1510
1508 DFU_DEFAULT_POLL_TIMEOUT 1511 DFU_DEFAULT_POLL_TIMEOUT
1509 Poll timeout [ms], is the timeout a device can send to the 1512 Poll timeout [ms], is the timeout a device can send to the
1510 host. The host must wait for this timeout before sending 1513 host. The host must wait for this timeout before sending
1511 a subsequent DFU_GET_STATUS request to the device. 1514 a subsequent DFU_GET_STATUS request to the device.
1512 1515
1513 DFU_MANIFEST_POLL_TIMEOUT 1516 DFU_MANIFEST_POLL_TIMEOUT
1514 Poll timeout [ms], which the device sends to the host when 1517 Poll timeout [ms], which the device sends to the host when
1515 entering dfuMANIFEST state. Host waits this timeout, before 1518 entering dfuMANIFEST state. Host waits this timeout, before
1516 sending again an USB request to the device. 1519 sending again an USB request to the device.
1517 1520
1518 - USB Device Android Fastboot support: 1521 - USB Device Android Fastboot support:
1519 CONFIG_USB_FUNCTION_FASTBOOT 1522 CONFIG_USB_FUNCTION_FASTBOOT
1520 This enables the USB part of the fastboot gadget 1523 This enables the USB part of the fastboot gadget
1521 1524
1522 CONFIG_CMD_FASTBOOT 1525 CONFIG_CMD_FASTBOOT
1523 This enables the command "fastboot" which enables the Android 1526 This enables the command "fastboot" which enables the Android
1524 fastboot mode for the platform's USB device. Fastboot is a USB 1527 fastboot mode for the platform's USB device. Fastboot is a USB
1525 protocol for downloading images, flashing and device control 1528 protocol for downloading images, flashing and device control
1526 used on Android devices. 1529 used on Android devices.
1527 See doc/README.android-fastboot for more information. 1530 See doc/README.android-fastboot for more information.
1528 1531
1529 CONFIG_ANDROID_BOOT_IMAGE 1532 CONFIG_ANDROID_BOOT_IMAGE
1530 This enables support for booting images which use the Android 1533 This enables support for booting images which use the Android
1531 image format header. 1534 image format header.
1532 1535
1533 CONFIG_FASTBOOT_BUF_ADDR 1536 CONFIG_FASTBOOT_BUF_ADDR
1534 The fastboot protocol requires a large memory buffer for 1537 The fastboot protocol requires a large memory buffer for
1535 downloads. Define this to the starting RAM address to use for 1538 downloads. Define this to the starting RAM address to use for
1536 downloaded images. 1539 downloaded images.
1537 1540
1538 CONFIG_FASTBOOT_BUF_SIZE 1541 CONFIG_FASTBOOT_BUF_SIZE
1539 The fastboot protocol requires a large memory buffer for 1542 The fastboot protocol requires a large memory buffer for
1540 downloads. This buffer should be as large as possible for a 1543 downloads. This buffer should be as large as possible for a
1541 platform. Define this to the size available RAM for fastboot. 1544 platform. Define this to the size available RAM for fastboot.
1542 1545
1543 CONFIG_FASTBOOT_FLASH 1546 CONFIG_FASTBOOT_FLASH
1544 The fastboot protocol includes a "flash" command for writing 1547 The fastboot protocol includes a "flash" command for writing
1545 the downloaded image to a non-volatile storage device. Define 1548 the downloaded image to a non-volatile storage device. Define
1546 this to enable the "fastboot flash" command. 1549 this to enable the "fastboot flash" command.
1547 1550
1548 CONFIG_FASTBOOT_FLASH_MMC_DEV 1551 CONFIG_FASTBOOT_FLASH_MMC_DEV
1549 The fastboot "flash" command requires additional information 1552 The fastboot "flash" command requires additional information
1550 regarding the non-volatile storage device. Define this to 1553 regarding the non-volatile storage device. Define this to
1551 the eMMC device that fastboot should use to store the image. 1554 the eMMC device that fastboot should use to store the image.
1552 1555
1553 CONFIG_FASTBOOT_GPT_NAME 1556 CONFIG_FASTBOOT_GPT_NAME
1554 The fastboot "flash" command supports writing the downloaded 1557 The fastboot "flash" command supports writing the downloaded
1555 image to the Protective MBR and the Primary GUID Partition 1558 image to the Protective MBR and the Primary GUID Partition
1556 Table. (Additionally, this downloaded image is post-processed 1559 Table. (Additionally, this downloaded image is post-processed
1557 to generate and write the Backup GUID Partition Table.) 1560 to generate and write the Backup GUID Partition Table.)
1558 This occurs when the specified "partition name" on the 1561 This occurs when the specified "partition name" on the
1559 "fastboot flash" command line matches this value. 1562 "fastboot flash" command line matches this value.
1560 The default is "gpt" if undefined. 1563 The default is "gpt" if undefined.
1561 1564
1562 CONFIG_FASTBOOT_MBR_NAME 1565 CONFIG_FASTBOOT_MBR_NAME
1563 The fastboot "flash" command supports writing the downloaded 1566 The fastboot "flash" command supports writing the downloaded
1564 image to DOS MBR. 1567 image to DOS MBR.
1565 This occurs when the "partition name" specified on the 1568 This occurs when the "partition name" specified on the
1566 "fastboot flash" command line matches this value. 1569 "fastboot flash" command line matches this value.
1567 If not defined the default value "mbr" is used. 1570 If not defined the default value "mbr" is used.
1568 1571
1569 - Journaling Flash filesystem support: 1572 - Journaling Flash filesystem support:
1570 CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND 1573 CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND
1571 Define these for a default partition on a NAND device 1574 Define these for a default partition on a NAND device
1572 1575
1573 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_SECTOR, 1576 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_SECTOR,
1574 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_BANK, CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_NUM_BANKS 1577 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_BANK, CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_NUM_BANKS
1575 Define these for a default partition on a NOR device 1578 Define these for a default partition on a NOR device
1576 1579
1577 - FAT(File Allocation Table) filesystem write function support: 1580 - FAT(File Allocation Table) filesystem write function support:
1578 CONFIG_FAT_WRITE 1581 CONFIG_FAT_WRITE
1579 1582
1580 Define this to enable support for saving memory data as a 1583 Define this to enable support for saving memory data as a
1581 file in FAT formatted partition. 1584 file in FAT formatted partition.
1582 1585
1583 This will also enable the command "fatwrite" enabling the 1586 This will also enable the command "fatwrite" enabling the
1584 user to write files to FAT. 1587 user to write files to FAT.
1585 1588
1586 - CBFS (Coreboot Filesystem) support: 1589 - CBFS (Coreboot Filesystem) support:
1587 CONFIG_CMD_CBFS 1590 CONFIG_CMD_CBFS
1588 1591
1589 Define this to enable support for reading from a Coreboot 1592 Define this to enable support for reading from a Coreboot
1590 filesystem. Available commands are cbfsinit, cbfsinfo, cbfsls 1593 filesystem. Available commands are cbfsinit, cbfsinfo, cbfsls
1591 and cbfsload. 1594 and cbfsload.
1592 1595
1593 - FAT(File Allocation Table) filesystem cluster size: 1596 - FAT(File Allocation Table) filesystem cluster size:
1594 CONFIG_FS_FAT_MAX_CLUSTSIZE 1597 CONFIG_FS_FAT_MAX_CLUSTSIZE
1595 1598
1596 Define the max cluster size for fat operations else 1599 Define the max cluster size for fat operations else
1597 a default value of 65536 will be defined. 1600 a default value of 65536 will be defined.
1598 1601
1599 - Keyboard Support: 1602 - Keyboard Support:
1600 See Kconfig help for available keyboard drivers. 1603 See Kconfig help for available keyboard drivers.
1601 1604
1602 CONFIG_KEYBOARD 1605 CONFIG_KEYBOARD
1603 1606
1604 Define this to enable a custom keyboard support. 1607 Define this to enable a custom keyboard support.
1605 This simply calls drv_keyboard_init() which must be 1608 This simply calls drv_keyboard_init() which must be
1606 defined in your board-specific files. This option is deprecated 1609 defined in your board-specific files. This option is deprecated
1607 and is only used by novena. For new boards, use driver model 1610 and is only used by novena. For new boards, use driver model
1608 instead. 1611 instead.
1609 1612
1610 - Video support: 1613 - Video support:
1611 CONFIG_FSL_DIU_FB 1614 CONFIG_FSL_DIU_FB
1612 Enable the Freescale DIU video driver. Reference boards for 1615 Enable the Freescale DIU video driver. Reference boards for
1613 SOCs that have a DIU should define this macro to enable DIU 1616 SOCs that have a DIU should define this macro to enable DIU
1614 support, and should also define these other macros: 1617 support, and should also define these other macros:
1615 1618
1616 CONFIG_SYS_DIU_ADDR 1619 CONFIG_SYS_DIU_ADDR
1617 CONFIG_VIDEO 1620 CONFIG_VIDEO
1618 CONFIG_CMD_BMP 1621 CONFIG_CMD_BMP
1619 CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE 1622 CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE
1620 CONFIG_VIDEO_SW_CURSOR 1623 CONFIG_VIDEO_SW_CURSOR
1621 CONFIG_VGA_AS_SINGLE_DEVICE 1624 CONFIG_VGA_AS_SINGLE_DEVICE
1622 CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO 1625 CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO
1623 CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO 1626 CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO
1624 1627
1625 The DIU driver will look for the 'video-mode' environment 1628 The DIU driver will look for the 'video-mode' environment
1626 variable, and if defined, enable the DIU as a console during 1629 variable, and if defined, enable the DIU as a console during
1627 boot. See the documentation file doc/README.video for a 1630 boot. See the documentation file doc/README.video for a
1628 description of this variable. 1631 description of this variable.
1629 1632
1630 - LCD Support: CONFIG_LCD 1633 - LCD Support: CONFIG_LCD
1631 1634
1632 Define this to enable LCD support (for output to LCD 1635 Define this to enable LCD support (for output to LCD
1633 display); also select one of the supported displays 1636 display); also select one of the supported displays
1634 by defining one of these: 1637 by defining one of these:
1635 1638
1636 CONFIG_ATMEL_LCD: 1639 CONFIG_ATMEL_LCD:
1637 1640
1638 HITACHI TX09D70VM1CCA, 3.5", 240x320. 1641 HITACHI TX09D70VM1CCA, 3.5", 240x320.
1639 1642
1640 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448AC33: 1643 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448AC33:
1641 1644
1642 NEC NL6448AC33-18. Active, color, single scan. 1645 NEC NL6448AC33-18. Active, color, single scan.
1643 1646
1644 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC20 1647 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC20
1645 1648
1646 NEC NL6448BC20-08. 6.5", 640x480. 1649 NEC NL6448BC20-08. 6.5", 640x480.
1647 Active, color, single scan. 1650 Active, color, single scan.
1648 1651
1649 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC33_54 1652 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC33_54
1650 1653
1651 NEC NL6448BC33-54. 10.4", 640x480. 1654 NEC NL6448BC33-54. 10.4", 640x480.
1652 Active, color, single scan. 1655 Active, color, single scan.
1653 1656
1654 CONFIG_SHARP_16x9 1657 CONFIG_SHARP_16x9
1655 1658
1656 Sharp 320x240. Active, color, single scan. 1659 Sharp 320x240. Active, color, single scan.
1657 It isn't 16x9, and I am not sure what it is. 1660 It isn't 16x9, and I am not sure what it is.
1658 1661
1659 CONFIG_SHARP_LQ64D341 1662 CONFIG_SHARP_LQ64D341
1660 1663
1661 Sharp LQ64D341 display, 640x480. 1664 Sharp LQ64D341 display, 640x480.
1662 Active, color, single scan. 1665 Active, color, single scan.
1663 1666
1664 CONFIG_HLD1045 1667 CONFIG_HLD1045
1665 1668
1666 HLD1045 display, 640x480. 1669 HLD1045 display, 640x480.
1667 Active, color, single scan. 1670 Active, color, single scan.
1668 1671
1669 CONFIG_OPTREX_BW 1672 CONFIG_OPTREX_BW
1670 1673
1671 Optrex CBL50840-2 NF-FW 99 22 M5 1674 Optrex CBL50840-2 NF-FW 99 22 M5
1672 or 1675 or
1673 Hitachi LMG6912RPFC-00T 1676 Hitachi LMG6912RPFC-00T
1674 or 1677 or
1675 Hitachi SP14Q002 1678 Hitachi SP14Q002
1676 1679
1677 320x240. Black & white. 1680 320x240. Black & white.
1678 1681
1679 Normally display is black on white background; define 1682 Normally display is black on white background; define
1680 CONFIG_SYS_WHITE_ON_BLACK to get it inverted. 1683 CONFIG_SYS_WHITE_ON_BLACK to get it inverted.
1681 1684
1682 CONFIG_LCD_ALIGNMENT 1685 CONFIG_LCD_ALIGNMENT
1683 1686
1684 Normally the LCD is page-aligned (typically 4KB). If this is 1687 Normally the LCD is page-aligned (typically 4KB). If this is
1685 defined then the LCD will be aligned to this value instead. 1688 defined then the LCD will be aligned to this value instead.
1686 For ARM it is sometimes useful to use MMU_SECTION_SIZE 1689 For ARM it is sometimes useful to use MMU_SECTION_SIZE
1687 here, since it is cheaper to change data cache settings on 1690 here, since it is cheaper to change data cache settings on
1688 a per-section basis. 1691 a per-section basis.
1689 1692
1690 1693
1691 CONFIG_LCD_ROTATION 1694 CONFIG_LCD_ROTATION
1692 1695
1693 Sometimes, for example if the display is mounted in portrait 1696 Sometimes, for example if the display is mounted in portrait
1694 mode or even if it's mounted landscape but rotated by 180degree, 1697 mode or even if it's mounted landscape but rotated by 180degree,
1695 we need to rotate our content of the display relative to the 1698 we need to rotate our content of the display relative to the
1696 framebuffer, so that user can read the messages which are 1699 framebuffer, so that user can read the messages which are
1697 printed out. 1700 printed out.
1698 Once CONFIG_LCD_ROTATION is defined, the lcd_console will be 1701 Once CONFIG_LCD_ROTATION is defined, the lcd_console will be
1699 initialized with a given rotation from "vl_rot" out of 1702 initialized with a given rotation from "vl_rot" out of
1700 "vidinfo_t" which is provided by the board specific code. 1703 "vidinfo_t" which is provided by the board specific code.
1701 The value for vl_rot is coded as following (matching to 1704 The value for vl_rot is coded as following (matching to
1702 fbcon=rotate:<n> linux-kernel commandline): 1705 fbcon=rotate:<n> linux-kernel commandline):
1703 0 = no rotation respectively 0 degree 1706 0 = no rotation respectively 0 degree
1704 1 = 90 degree rotation 1707 1 = 90 degree rotation
1705 2 = 180 degree rotation 1708 2 = 180 degree rotation
1706 3 = 270 degree rotation 1709 3 = 270 degree rotation
1707 1710
1708 If CONFIG_LCD_ROTATION is not defined, the console will be 1711 If CONFIG_LCD_ROTATION is not defined, the console will be
1709 initialized with 0degree rotation. 1712 initialized with 0degree rotation.
1710 1713
1711 CONFIG_LCD_BMP_RLE8 1714 CONFIG_LCD_BMP_RLE8
1712 1715
1713 Support drawing of RLE8-compressed bitmaps on the LCD. 1716 Support drawing of RLE8-compressed bitmaps on the LCD.
1714 1717
1715 CONFIG_I2C_EDID 1718 CONFIG_I2C_EDID
1716 1719
1717 Enables an 'i2c edid' command which can read EDID 1720 Enables an 'i2c edid' command which can read EDID
1718 information over I2C from an attached LCD display. 1721 information over I2C from an attached LCD display.
1719 1722
1720 - Splash Screen Support: CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN 1723 - Splash Screen Support: CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN
1721 1724
1722 If this option is set, the environment is checked for 1725 If this option is set, the environment is checked for
1723 a variable "splashimage". If found, the usual display 1726 a variable "splashimage". If found, the usual display
1724 of logo, copyright and system information on the LCD 1727 of logo, copyright and system information on the LCD
1725 is suppressed and the BMP image at the address 1728 is suppressed and the BMP image at the address
1726 specified in "splashimage" is loaded instead. The 1729 specified in "splashimage" is loaded instead. The
1727 console is redirected to the "nulldev", too. This 1730 console is redirected to the "nulldev", too. This
1728 allows for a "silent" boot where a splash screen is 1731 allows for a "silent" boot where a splash screen is
1729 loaded very quickly after power-on. 1732 loaded very quickly after power-on.
1730 1733
1731 CONFIG_SPLASHIMAGE_GUARD 1734 CONFIG_SPLASHIMAGE_GUARD
1732 1735
1733 If this option is set, then U-Boot will prevent the environment 1736 If this option is set, then U-Boot will prevent the environment
1734 variable "splashimage" from being set to a problematic address 1737 variable "splashimage" from being set to a problematic address
1735 (see doc/README.displaying-bmps). 1738 (see doc/README.displaying-bmps).
1736 This option is useful for targets where, due to alignment 1739 This option is useful for targets where, due to alignment
1737 restrictions, an improperly aligned BMP image will cause a data 1740 restrictions, an improperly aligned BMP image will cause a data
1738 abort. If you think you will not have problems with unaligned 1741 abort. If you think you will not have problems with unaligned
1739 accesses (for example because your toolchain prevents them) 1742 accesses (for example because your toolchain prevents them)
1740 there is no need to set this option. 1743 there is no need to set this option.
1741 1744
1742 CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN_ALIGN 1745 CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN_ALIGN
1743 1746
1744 If this option is set the splash image can be freely positioned 1747 If this option is set the splash image can be freely positioned
1745 on the screen. Environment variable "splashpos" specifies the 1748 on the screen. Environment variable "splashpos" specifies the
1746 position as "x,y". If a positive number is given it is used as 1749 position as "x,y". If a positive number is given it is used as
1747 number of pixel from left/top. If a negative number is given it 1750 number of pixel from left/top. If a negative number is given it
1748 is used as number of pixel from right/bottom. You can also 1751 is used as number of pixel from right/bottom. You can also
1749 specify 'm' for centering the image. 1752 specify 'm' for centering the image.
1750 1753
1751 Example: 1754 Example:
1752 setenv splashpos m,m 1755 setenv splashpos m,m
1753 => image at center of screen 1756 => image at center of screen
1754 1757
1755 setenv splashpos 30,20 1758 setenv splashpos 30,20
1756 => image at x = 30 and y = 20 1759 => image at x = 30 and y = 20
1757 1760
1758 setenv splashpos -10,m 1761 setenv splashpos -10,m
1759 => vertically centered image 1762 => vertically centered image
1760 at x = dspWidth - bmpWidth - 9 1763 at x = dspWidth - bmpWidth - 9
1761 1764
1762 - Gzip compressed BMP image support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_GZIP 1765 - Gzip compressed BMP image support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_GZIP
1763 1766
1764 If this option is set, additionally to standard BMP 1767 If this option is set, additionally to standard BMP
1765 images, gzipped BMP images can be displayed via the 1768 images, gzipped BMP images can be displayed via the
1766 splashscreen support or the bmp command. 1769 splashscreen support or the bmp command.
1767 1770
1768 - Run length encoded BMP image (RLE8) support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_RLE8 1771 - Run length encoded BMP image (RLE8) support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_RLE8
1769 1772
1770 If this option is set, 8-bit RLE compressed BMP images 1773 If this option is set, 8-bit RLE compressed BMP images
1771 can be displayed via the splashscreen support or the 1774 can be displayed via the splashscreen support or the
1772 bmp command. 1775 bmp command.
1773 1776
1774 - Do compressing for memory range: 1777 - Do compressing for memory range:
1775 CONFIG_CMD_ZIP 1778 CONFIG_CMD_ZIP
1776 1779
1777 If this option is set, it would use zlib deflate method 1780 If this option is set, it would use zlib deflate method
1778 to compress the specified memory at its best effort. 1781 to compress the specified memory at its best effort.
1779 1782
1780 - Compression support: 1783 - Compression support:
1781 CONFIG_GZIP 1784 CONFIG_GZIP
1782 1785
1783 Enabled by default to support gzip compressed images. 1786 Enabled by default to support gzip compressed images.
1784 1787
1785 CONFIG_BZIP2 1788 CONFIG_BZIP2
1786 1789
1787 If this option is set, support for bzip2 compressed 1790 If this option is set, support for bzip2 compressed
1788 images is included. If not, only uncompressed and gzip 1791 images is included. If not, only uncompressed and gzip
1789 compressed images are supported. 1792 compressed images are supported.
1790 1793
1791 NOTE: the bzip2 algorithm requires a lot of RAM, so 1794 NOTE: the bzip2 algorithm requires a lot of RAM, so
1792 the malloc area (as defined by CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN) should 1795 the malloc area (as defined by CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN) should
1793 be at least 4MB. 1796 be at least 4MB.
1794 1797
1795 CONFIG_LZMA 1798 CONFIG_LZMA
1796 1799
1797 If this option is set, support for lzma compressed 1800 If this option is set, support for lzma compressed
1798 images is included. 1801 images is included.
1799 1802
1800 Note: The LZMA algorithm adds between 2 and 4KB of code and it 1803 Note: The LZMA algorithm adds between 2 and 4KB of code and it
1801 requires an amount of dynamic memory that is given by the 1804 requires an amount of dynamic memory that is given by the
1802 formula: 1805 formula:
1803 1806
1804 (1846 + 768 << (lc + lp)) * sizeof(uint16) 1807 (1846 + 768 << (lc + lp)) * sizeof(uint16)
1805 1808
1806 Where lc and lp stand for, respectively, Literal context bits 1809 Where lc and lp stand for, respectively, Literal context bits
1807 and Literal pos bits. 1810 and Literal pos bits.
1808 1811
1809 This value is upper-bounded by 14MB in the worst case. Anyway, 1812 This value is upper-bounded by 14MB in the worst case. Anyway,
1810 for a ~4MB large kernel image, we have lc=3 and lp=0 for a 1813 for a ~4MB large kernel image, we have lc=3 and lp=0 for a
1811 total amount of (1846 + 768 << (3 + 0)) * 2 = ~41KB... that is 1814 total amount of (1846 + 768 << (3 + 0)) * 2 = ~41KB... that is
1812 a very small buffer. 1815 a very small buffer.
1813 1816
1814 Use the lzmainfo tool to determinate the lc and lp values and 1817 Use the lzmainfo tool to determinate the lc and lp values and
1815 then calculate the amount of needed dynamic memory (ensuring 1818 then calculate the amount of needed dynamic memory (ensuring
1816 the appropriate CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN value). 1819 the appropriate CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN value).
1817 1820
1818 CONFIG_LZO 1821 CONFIG_LZO
1819 1822
1820 If this option is set, support for LZO compressed images 1823 If this option is set, support for LZO compressed images
1821 is included. 1824 is included.
1822 1825
1823 - MII/PHY support: 1826 - MII/PHY support:
1824 CONFIG_PHY_ADDR 1827 CONFIG_PHY_ADDR
1825 1828
1826 The address of PHY on MII bus. 1829 The address of PHY on MII bus.
1827 1830
1828 CONFIG_PHY_CLOCK_FREQ (ppc4xx) 1831 CONFIG_PHY_CLOCK_FREQ (ppc4xx)
1829 1832
1830 The clock frequency of the MII bus 1833 The clock frequency of the MII bus
1831 1834
1832 CONFIG_PHY_GIGE 1835 CONFIG_PHY_GIGE
1833 1836
1834 If this option is set, support for speed/duplex 1837 If this option is set, support for speed/duplex
1835 detection of gigabit PHY is included. 1838 detection of gigabit PHY is included.
1836 1839
1837 CONFIG_PHY_RESET_DELAY 1840 CONFIG_PHY_RESET_DELAY
1838 1841
1839 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after 1842 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after
1840 reset before any MII register access is possible. 1843 reset before any MII register access is possible.
1841 For such PHY, set this option to the usec delay 1844 For such PHY, set this option to the usec delay
1842 required. (minimum 300usec for LXT971A) 1845 required. (minimum 300usec for LXT971A)
1843 1846
1844 CONFIG_PHY_CMD_DELAY (ppc4xx) 1847 CONFIG_PHY_CMD_DELAY (ppc4xx)
1845 1848
1846 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after 1849 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after
1847 command issued before MII status register can be read 1850 command issued before MII status register can be read
1848 1851
1849 - IP address: 1852 - IP address:
1850 CONFIG_IPADDR 1853 CONFIG_IPADDR
1851 1854
1852 Define a default value for the IP address to use for 1855 Define a default value for the IP address to use for
1853 the default Ethernet interface, in case this is not 1856 the default Ethernet interface, in case this is not
1854 determined through e.g. bootp. 1857 determined through e.g. bootp.
1855 (Environment variable "ipaddr") 1858 (Environment variable "ipaddr")
1856 1859
1857 - Server IP address: 1860 - Server IP address:
1858 CONFIG_SERVERIP 1861 CONFIG_SERVERIP
1859 1862
1860 Defines a default value for the IP address of a TFTP 1863 Defines a default value for the IP address of a TFTP
1861 server to contact when using the "tftboot" command. 1864 server to contact when using the "tftboot" command.
1862 (Environment variable "serverip") 1865 (Environment variable "serverip")
1863 1866
1864 CONFIG_KEEP_SERVERADDR 1867 CONFIG_KEEP_SERVERADDR
1865 1868
1866 Keeps the server's MAC address, in the env 'serveraddr' 1869 Keeps the server's MAC address, in the env 'serveraddr'
1867 for passing to bootargs (like Linux's netconsole option) 1870 for passing to bootargs (like Linux's netconsole option)
1868 1871
1869 - Gateway IP address: 1872 - Gateway IP address:
1870 CONFIG_GATEWAYIP 1873 CONFIG_GATEWAYIP
1871 1874
1872 Defines a default value for the IP address of the 1875 Defines a default value for the IP address of the
1873 default router where packets to other networks are 1876 default router where packets to other networks are
1874 sent to. 1877 sent to.
1875 (Environment variable "gatewayip") 1878 (Environment variable "gatewayip")
1876 1879
1877 - Subnet mask: 1880 - Subnet mask:
1878 CONFIG_NETMASK 1881 CONFIG_NETMASK
1879 1882
1880 Defines a default value for the subnet mask (or 1883 Defines a default value for the subnet mask (or
1881 routing prefix) which is used to determine if an IP 1884 routing prefix) which is used to determine if an IP
1882 address belongs to the local subnet or needs to be 1885 address belongs to the local subnet or needs to be
1883 forwarded through a router. 1886 forwarded through a router.
1884 (Environment variable "netmask") 1887 (Environment variable "netmask")
1885 1888
1886 - Multicast TFTP Mode: 1889 - Multicast TFTP Mode:
1887 CONFIG_MCAST_TFTP 1890 CONFIG_MCAST_TFTP
1888 1891
1889 Defines whether you want to support multicast TFTP as per 1892 Defines whether you want to support multicast TFTP as per
1890 rfc-2090; for example to work with atftp. Lets lots of targets 1893 rfc-2090; for example to work with atftp. Lets lots of targets
1891 tftp down the same boot image concurrently. Note: the Ethernet 1894 tftp down the same boot image concurrently. Note: the Ethernet
1892 driver in use must provide a function: mcast() to join/leave a 1895 driver in use must provide a function: mcast() to join/leave a
1893 multicast group. 1896 multicast group.
1894 1897
1895 - BOOTP Recovery Mode: 1898 - BOOTP Recovery Mode:
1896 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY 1899 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY
1897 1900
1898 If you have many targets in a network that try to 1901 If you have many targets in a network that try to
1899 boot using BOOTP, you may want to avoid that all 1902 boot using BOOTP, you may want to avoid that all
1900 systems send out BOOTP requests at precisely the same 1903 systems send out BOOTP requests at precisely the same
1901 moment (which would happen for instance at recovery 1904 moment (which would happen for instance at recovery
1902 from a power failure, when all systems will try to 1905 from a power failure, when all systems will try to
1903 boot, thus flooding the BOOTP server. Defining 1906 boot, thus flooding the BOOTP server. Defining
1904 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY causes a random delay to be 1907 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY causes a random delay to be
1905 inserted before sending out BOOTP requests. The 1908 inserted before sending out BOOTP requests. The
1906 following delays are inserted then: 1909 following delays are inserted then:
1907 1910
1908 1st BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 1 sec 1911 1st BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 1 sec
1909 2nd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 2 sec 1912 2nd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 2 sec
1910 3rd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 4 sec 1913 3rd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 4 sec
1911 4th and following 1914 4th and following
1912 BOOTP requests: delay 0 ... 8 sec 1915 BOOTP requests: delay 0 ... 8 sec
1913 1916
1914 CONFIG_BOOTP_ID_CACHE_SIZE 1917 CONFIG_BOOTP_ID_CACHE_SIZE
1915 1918
1916 BOOTP packets are uniquely identified using a 32-bit ID. The 1919 BOOTP packets are uniquely identified using a 32-bit ID. The
1917 server will copy the ID from client requests to responses and 1920 server will copy the ID from client requests to responses and
1918 U-Boot will use this to determine if it is the destination of 1921 U-Boot will use this to determine if it is the destination of
1919 an incoming response. Some servers will check that addresses 1922 an incoming response. Some servers will check that addresses
1920 aren't in use before handing them out (usually using an ARP 1923 aren't in use before handing them out (usually using an ARP
1921 ping) and therefore take up to a few hundred milliseconds to 1924 ping) and therefore take up to a few hundred milliseconds to
1922 respond. Network congestion may also influence the time it 1925 respond. Network congestion may also influence the time it
1923 takes for a response to make it back to the client. If that 1926 takes for a response to make it back to the client. If that
1924 time is too long, U-Boot will retransmit requests. In order 1927 time is too long, U-Boot will retransmit requests. In order
1925 to allow earlier responses to still be accepted after these 1928 to allow earlier responses to still be accepted after these
1926 retransmissions, U-Boot's BOOTP client keeps a small cache of 1929 retransmissions, U-Boot's BOOTP client keeps a small cache of
1927 IDs. The CONFIG_BOOTP_ID_CACHE_SIZE controls the size of this 1930 IDs. The CONFIG_BOOTP_ID_CACHE_SIZE controls the size of this
1928 cache. The default is to keep IDs for up to four outstanding 1931 cache. The default is to keep IDs for up to four outstanding
1929 requests. Increasing this will allow U-Boot to accept offers 1932 requests. Increasing this will allow U-Boot to accept offers
1930 from a BOOTP client in networks with unusually high latency. 1933 from a BOOTP client in networks with unusually high latency.
1931 1934
1932 - DHCP Advanced Options: 1935 - DHCP Advanced Options:
1933 You can fine tune the DHCP functionality by defining 1936 You can fine tune the DHCP functionality by defining
1934 CONFIG_BOOTP_* symbols: 1937 CONFIG_BOOTP_* symbols:
1935 1938
1936 CONFIG_BOOTP_SUBNETMASK 1939 CONFIG_BOOTP_SUBNETMASK
1937 CONFIG_BOOTP_GATEWAY 1940 CONFIG_BOOTP_GATEWAY
1938 CONFIG_BOOTP_HOSTNAME 1941 CONFIG_BOOTP_HOSTNAME
1939 CONFIG_BOOTP_NISDOMAIN 1942 CONFIG_BOOTP_NISDOMAIN
1940 CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTPATH 1943 CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTPATH
1941 CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTFILESIZE 1944 CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTFILESIZE
1942 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS 1945 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS
1943 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 1946 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2
1944 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME 1947 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME
1945 CONFIG_BOOTP_NTPSERVER 1948 CONFIG_BOOTP_NTPSERVER
1946 CONFIG_BOOTP_TIMEOFFSET 1949 CONFIG_BOOTP_TIMEOFFSET
1947 CONFIG_BOOTP_VENDOREX 1950 CONFIG_BOOTP_VENDOREX
1948 CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL 1951 CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL
1949 1952
1950 CONFIG_BOOTP_SERVERIP - TFTP server will be the serverip 1953 CONFIG_BOOTP_SERVERIP - TFTP server will be the serverip
1951 environment variable, not the BOOTP server. 1954 environment variable, not the BOOTP server.
1952 1955
1953 CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL - If the DHCP server is not found 1956 CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL - If the DHCP server is not found
1954 after the configured retry count, the call will fail 1957 after the configured retry count, the call will fail
1955 instead of starting over. This can be used to fail over 1958 instead of starting over. This can be used to fail over
1956 to Link-local IP address configuration if the DHCP server 1959 to Link-local IP address configuration if the DHCP server
1957 is not available. 1960 is not available.
1958 1961
1959 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 - If a DHCP client requests the DNS 1962 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 - If a DHCP client requests the DNS
1960 serverip from a DHCP server, it is possible that more 1963 serverip from a DHCP server, it is possible that more
1961 than one DNS serverip is offered to the client. 1964 than one DNS serverip is offered to the client.
1962 If CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 is enabled, the secondary DNS 1965 If CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 is enabled, the secondary DNS
1963 serverip will be stored in the additional environment 1966 serverip will be stored in the additional environment
1964 variable "dnsip2". The first DNS serverip is always 1967 variable "dnsip2". The first DNS serverip is always
1965 stored in the variable "dnsip", when CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS 1968 stored in the variable "dnsip", when CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS
1966 is defined. 1969 is defined.
1967 1970
1968 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME - Some DHCP servers are capable 1971 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME - Some DHCP servers are capable
1969 to do a dynamic update of a DNS server. To do this, they 1972 to do a dynamic update of a DNS server. To do this, they
1970 need the hostname of the DHCP requester. 1973 need the hostname of the DHCP requester.
1971 If CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME is defined, the content 1974 If CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME is defined, the content
1972 of the "hostname" environment variable is passed as 1975 of the "hostname" environment variable is passed as
1973 option 12 to the DHCP server. 1976 option 12 to the DHCP server.
1974 1977
1975 CONFIG_BOOTP_DHCP_REQUEST_DELAY 1978 CONFIG_BOOTP_DHCP_REQUEST_DELAY
1976 1979
1977 A 32bit value in microseconds for a delay between 1980 A 32bit value in microseconds for a delay between
1978 receiving a "DHCP Offer" and sending the "DHCP Request". 1981 receiving a "DHCP Offer" and sending the "DHCP Request".
1979 This fixes a problem with certain DHCP servers that don't 1982 This fixes a problem with certain DHCP servers that don't
1980 respond 100% of the time to a "DHCP request". E.g. On an 1983 respond 100% of the time to a "DHCP request". E.g. On an
1981 AT91RM9200 processor running at 180MHz, this delay needed 1984 AT91RM9200 processor running at 180MHz, this delay needed
1982 to be *at least* 15,000 usec before a Windows Server 2003 1985 to be *at least* 15,000 usec before a Windows Server 2003
1983 DHCP server would reply 100% of the time. I recommend at 1986 DHCP server would reply 100% of the time. I recommend at
1984 least 50,000 usec to be safe. The alternative is to hope 1987 least 50,000 usec to be safe. The alternative is to hope
1985 that one of the retries will be successful but note that 1988 that one of the retries will be successful but note that
1986 the DHCP timeout and retry process takes a longer than 1989 the DHCP timeout and retry process takes a longer than
1987 this delay. 1990 this delay.
1988 1991
1989 - Link-local IP address negotiation: 1992 - Link-local IP address negotiation:
1990 Negotiate with other link-local clients on the local network 1993 Negotiate with other link-local clients on the local network
1991 for an address that doesn't require explicit configuration. 1994 for an address that doesn't require explicit configuration.
1992 This is especially useful if a DHCP server cannot be guaranteed 1995 This is especially useful if a DHCP server cannot be guaranteed
1993 to exist in all environments that the device must operate. 1996 to exist in all environments that the device must operate.
1994 1997
1995 See doc/README.link-local for more information. 1998 See doc/README.link-local for more information.
1996 1999
1997 - CDP Options: 2000 - CDP Options:
1998 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID 2001 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID
1999 2002
2000 The device id used in CDP trigger frames. 2003 The device id used in CDP trigger frames.
2001 2004
2002 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID_PREFIX 2005 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID_PREFIX
2003 2006
2004 A two character string which is prefixed to the MAC address 2007 A two character string which is prefixed to the MAC address
2005 of the device. 2008 of the device.
2006 2009
2007 CONFIG_CDP_PORT_ID 2010 CONFIG_CDP_PORT_ID
2008 2011
2009 A printf format string which contains the ascii name of 2012 A printf format string which contains the ascii name of
2010 the port. Normally is set to "eth%d" which sets 2013 the port. Normally is set to "eth%d" which sets
2011 eth0 for the first Ethernet, eth1 for the second etc. 2014 eth0 for the first Ethernet, eth1 for the second etc.
2012 2015
2013 CONFIG_CDP_CAPABILITIES 2016 CONFIG_CDP_CAPABILITIES
2014 2017
2015 A 32bit integer which indicates the device capabilities; 2018 A 32bit integer which indicates the device capabilities;
2016 0x00000010 for a normal host which does not forwards. 2019 0x00000010 for a normal host which does not forwards.
2017 2020
2018 CONFIG_CDP_VERSION 2021 CONFIG_CDP_VERSION
2019 2022
2020 An ascii string containing the version of the software. 2023 An ascii string containing the version of the software.
2021 2024
2022 CONFIG_CDP_PLATFORM 2025 CONFIG_CDP_PLATFORM
2023 2026
2024 An ascii string containing the name of the platform. 2027 An ascii string containing the name of the platform.
2025 2028
2026 CONFIG_CDP_TRIGGER 2029 CONFIG_CDP_TRIGGER
2027 2030
2028 A 32bit integer sent on the trigger. 2031 A 32bit integer sent on the trigger.
2029 2032
2030 CONFIG_CDP_POWER_CONSUMPTION 2033 CONFIG_CDP_POWER_CONSUMPTION
2031 2034
2032 A 16bit integer containing the power consumption of the 2035 A 16bit integer containing the power consumption of the
2033 device in .1 of milliwatts. 2036 device in .1 of milliwatts.
2034 2037
2035 CONFIG_CDP_APPLIANCE_VLAN_TYPE 2038 CONFIG_CDP_APPLIANCE_VLAN_TYPE
2036 2039
2037 A byte containing the id of the VLAN. 2040 A byte containing the id of the VLAN.
2038 2041
2039 - Status LED: CONFIG_LED_STATUS 2042 - Status LED: CONFIG_LED_STATUS
2040 2043
2041 Several configurations allow to display the current 2044 Several configurations allow to display the current
2042 status using a LED. For instance, the LED will blink 2045 status using a LED. For instance, the LED will blink
2043 fast while running U-Boot code, stop blinking as 2046 fast while running U-Boot code, stop blinking as
2044 soon as a reply to a BOOTP request was received, and 2047 soon as a reply to a BOOTP request was received, and
2045 start blinking slow once the Linux kernel is running 2048 start blinking slow once the Linux kernel is running
2046 (supported by a status LED driver in the Linux 2049 (supported by a status LED driver in the Linux
2047 kernel). Defining CONFIG_LED_STATUS enables this 2050 kernel). Defining CONFIG_LED_STATUS enables this
2048 feature in U-Boot. 2051 feature in U-Boot.
2049 2052
2050 Additional options: 2053 Additional options:
2051 2054
2052 CONFIG_LED_STATUS_GPIO 2055 CONFIG_LED_STATUS_GPIO
2053 The status LED can be connected to a GPIO pin. 2056 The status LED can be connected to a GPIO pin.
2054 In such cases, the gpio_led driver can be used as a 2057 In such cases, the gpio_led driver can be used as a
2055 status LED backend implementation. Define CONFIG_LED_STATUS_GPIO 2058 status LED backend implementation. Define CONFIG_LED_STATUS_GPIO
2056 to include the gpio_led driver in the U-Boot binary. 2059 to include the gpio_led driver in the U-Boot binary.
2057 2060
2058 CONFIG_GPIO_LED_INVERTED_TABLE 2061 CONFIG_GPIO_LED_INVERTED_TABLE
2059 Some GPIO connected LEDs may have inverted polarity in which 2062 Some GPIO connected LEDs may have inverted polarity in which
2060 case the GPIO high value corresponds to LED off state and 2063 case the GPIO high value corresponds to LED off state and
2061 GPIO low value corresponds to LED on state. 2064 GPIO low value corresponds to LED on state.
2062 In such cases CONFIG_GPIO_LED_INVERTED_TABLE may be defined 2065 In such cases CONFIG_GPIO_LED_INVERTED_TABLE may be defined
2063 with a list of GPIO LEDs that have inverted polarity. 2066 with a list of GPIO LEDs that have inverted polarity.
2064 2067
2065 - CAN Support: CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER 2068 - CAN Support: CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER
2066 2069
2067 Defining CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER enables CAN driver support 2070 Defining CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER enables CAN driver support
2068 on those systems that support this (optional) 2071 on those systems that support this (optional)
2069 feature, like the TQM8xxL modules. 2072 feature, like the TQM8xxL modules.
2070 2073
2071 - I2C Support: CONFIG_SYS_I2C 2074 - I2C Support: CONFIG_SYS_I2C
2072 2075
2073 This enable the NEW i2c subsystem, and will allow you to use 2076 This enable the NEW i2c subsystem, and will allow you to use
2074 i2c commands at the u-boot command line (as long as you set 2077 i2c commands at the u-boot command line (as long as you set
2075 CONFIG_CMD_I2C in CONFIG_COMMANDS) and communicate with i2c 2078 CONFIG_CMD_I2C in CONFIG_COMMANDS) and communicate with i2c
2076 based realtime clock chips or other i2c devices. See 2079 based realtime clock chips or other i2c devices. See
2077 common/cmd_i2c.c for a description of the command line 2080 common/cmd_i2c.c for a description of the command line
2078 interface. 2081 interface.
2079 2082
2080 ported i2c driver to the new framework: 2083 ported i2c driver to the new framework:
2081 - drivers/i2c/soft_i2c.c: 2084 - drivers/i2c/soft_i2c.c:
2082 - activate first bus with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT define 2085 - activate first bus with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT define
2083 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE 2086 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE
2084 for defining speed and slave address 2087 for defining speed and slave address
2085 - activate second bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS2 define 2088 - activate second bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS2 define
2086 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_2 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_2 2089 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_2 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_2
2087 for defining speed and slave address 2090 for defining speed and slave address
2088 - activate third bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS3 define 2091 - activate third bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS3 define
2089 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_3 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_3 2092 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_3 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_3
2090 for defining speed and slave address 2093 for defining speed and slave address
2091 - activate fourth bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS4 define 2094 - activate fourth bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS4 define
2092 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_4 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_4 2095 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_4 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_4
2093 for defining speed and slave address 2096 for defining speed and slave address
2094 2097
2095 - drivers/i2c/fsl_i2c.c: 2098 - drivers/i2c/fsl_i2c.c:
2096 - activate i2c driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_FSL 2099 - activate i2c driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_FSL
2097 define CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_OFFSET for setting the register 2100 define CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_OFFSET for setting the register
2098 offset CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_SPEED for the i2c speed and 2101 offset CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_SPEED for the i2c speed and
2099 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_SLAVE for the slave addr of the first 2102 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_SLAVE for the slave addr of the first
2100 bus. 2103 bus.
2101 - If your board supports a second fsl i2c bus, define 2104 - If your board supports a second fsl i2c bus, define
2102 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_OFFSET for the register offset 2105 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_OFFSET for the register offset
2103 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_SPEED for the speed and 2106 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_SPEED for the speed and
2104 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_SLAVE for the slave address of the 2107 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_SLAVE for the slave address of the
2105 second bus. 2108 second bus.
2106 2109
2107 - drivers/i2c/tegra_i2c.c: 2110 - drivers/i2c/tegra_i2c.c:
2108 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_TEGRA 2111 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_TEGRA
2109 - This driver adds 4 i2c buses with a fix speed from 2112 - This driver adds 4 i2c buses with a fix speed from
2110 100000 and the slave addr 0! 2113 100000 and the slave addr 0!
2111 2114
2112 - drivers/i2c/ppc4xx_i2c.c 2115 - drivers/i2c/ppc4xx_i2c.c
2113 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX 2116 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX
2114 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX_CH0 activate hardware channel 0 2117 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX_CH0 activate hardware channel 0
2115 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX_CH1 activate hardware channel 1 2118 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX_CH1 activate hardware channel 1
2116 2119
2117 - drivers/i2c/i2c_mxc.c 2120 - drivers/i2c/i2c_mxc.c
2118 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC 2121 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC
2119 - enable bus 1 with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC_I2C1 2122 - enable bus 1 with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC_I2C1
2120 - enable bus 2 with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC_I2C2 2123 - enable bus 2 with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC_I2C2
2121 - enable bus 3 with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC_I2C3 2124 - enable bus 3 with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC_I2C3
2122 - enable bus 4 with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC_I2C4 2125 - enable bus 4 with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC_I2C4
2123 - define speed for bus 1 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C1_SPEED 2126 - define speed for bus 1 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C1_SPEED
2124 - define slave for bus 1 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C1_SLAVE 2127 - define slave for bus 1 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C1_SLAVE
2125 - define speed for bus 2 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C2_SPEED 2128 - define speed for bus 2 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C2_SPEED
2126 - define slave for bus 2 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C2_SLAVE 2129 - define slave for bus 2 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C2_SLAVE
2127 - define speed for bus 3 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C3_SPEED 2130 - define speed for bus 3 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C3_SPEED
2128 - define slave for bus 3 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C3_SLAVE 2131 - define slave for bus 3 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C3_SLAVE
2129 - define speed for bus 4 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C4_SPEED 2132 - define speed for bus 4 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C4_SPEED
2130 - define slave for bus 4 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C4_SLAVE 2133 - define slave for bus 4 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C4_SLAVE
2131 If those defines are not set, default value is 100000 2134 If those defines are not set, default value is 100000
2132 for speed, and 0 for slave. 2135 for speed, and 0 for slave.
2133 2136
2134 - drivers/i2c/rcar_i2c.c: 2137 - drivers/i2c/rcar_i2c.c:
2135 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_RCAR 2138 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_RCAR
2136 - This driver adds 4 i2c buses 2139 - This driver adds 4 i2c buses
2137 2140
2138 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C0_BASE for setting the register channel 0 2141 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C0_BASE for setting the register channel 0
2139 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C0_SPEED for for the speed channel 0 2142 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C0_SPEED for for the speed channel 0
2140 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C1_BASE for setting the register channel 1 2143 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C1_BASE for setting the register channel 1
2141 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C1_SPEED for for the speed channel 1 2144 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C1_SPEED for for the speed channel 1
2142 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C2_BASE for setting the register channel 2 2145 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C2_BASE for setting the register channel 2
2143 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C2_SPEED for for the speed channel 2 2146 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C2_SPEED for for the speed channel 2
2144 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C3_BASE for setting the register channel 3 2147 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C3_BASE for setting the register channel 3
2145 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C3_SPEED for for the speed channel 3 2148 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C3_SPEED for for the speed channel 3
2146 - CONFIF_SYS_RCAR_I2C_NUM_CONTROLLERS for number of i2c buses 2149 - CONFIF_SYS_RCAR_I2C_NUM_CONTROLLERS for number of i2c buses
2147 2150
2148 - drivers/i2c/sh_i2c.c: 2151 - drivers/i2c/sh_i2c.c:
2149 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH 2152 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH
2150 - This driver adds from 2 to 5 i2c buses 2153 - This driver adds from 2 to 5 i2c buses
2151 2154
2152 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE0 for setting the register channel 0 2155 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE0 for setting the register channel 0
2153 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED0 for for the speed channel 0 2156 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED0 for for the speed channel 0
2154 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE1 for setting the register channel 1 2157 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE1 for setting the register channel 1
2155 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED1 for for the speed channel 1 2158 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED1 for for the speed channel 1
2156 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE2 for setting the register channel 2 2159 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE2 for setting the register channel 2
2157 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED2 for for the speed channel 2 2160 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED2 for for the speed channel 2
2158 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE3 for setting the register channel 3 2161 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE3 for setting the register channel 3
2159 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED3 for for the speed channel 3 2162 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED3 for for the speed channel 3
2160 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE4 for setting the register channel 4 2163 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE4 for setting the register channel 4
2161 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED4 for for the speed channel 4 2164 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED4 for for the speed channel 4
2162 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_NUM_CONTROLLERS for number of i2c buses 2165 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_NUM_CONTROLLERS for number of i2c buses
2163 2166
2164 - drivers/i2c/omap24xx_i2c.c 2167 - drivers/i2c/omap24xx_i2c.c
2165 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_OMAP24XX 2168 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_OMAP24XX
2166 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED speed channel 0 2169 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED speed channel 0
2167 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE slave addr channel 0 2170 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE slave addr channel 0
2168 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED1 speed channel 1 2171 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED1 speed channel 1
2169 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE1 slave addr channel 1 2172 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE1 slave addr channel 1
2170 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED2 speed channel 2 2173 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED2 speed channel 2
2171 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE2 slave addr channel 2 2174 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE2 slave addr channel 2
2172 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED3 speed channel 3 2175 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED3 speed channel 3
2173 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE3 slave addr channel 3 2176 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE3 slave addr channel 3
2174 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED4 speed channel 4 2177 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED4 speed channel 4
2175 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE4 slave addr channel 4 2178 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE4 slave addr channel 4
2176 2179
2177 - drivers/i2c/zynq_i2c.c 2180 - drivers/i2c/zynq_i2c.c
2178 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ 2181 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ
2179 - set CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ_SPEED for speed setting 2182 - set CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ_SPEED for speed setting
2180 - set CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ_SLAVE for slave addr 2183 - set CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ_SLAVE for slave addr
2181 2184
2182 - drivers/i2c/s3c24x0_i2c.c: 2185 - drivers/i2c/s3c24x0_i2c.c:
2183 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_S3C24X0 2186 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_S3C24X0
2184 - This driver adds i2c buses (11 for Exynos5250, Exynos5420 2187 - This driver adds i2c buses (11 for Exynos5250, Exynos5420
2185 9 i2c buses for Exynos4 and 1 for S3C24X0 SoCs from Samsung) 2188 9 i2c buses for Exynos4 and 1 for S3C24X0 SoCs from Samsung)
2186 with a fix speed from 100000 and the slave addr 0! 2189 with a fix speed from 100000 and the slave addr 0!
2187 2190
2188 - drivers/i2c/ihs_i2c.c 2191 - drivers/i2c/ihs_i2c.c
2189 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS 2192 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS
2190 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_CH0 activate hardware channel 0 2193 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_CH0 activate hardware channel 0
2191 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_0 speed channel 0 2194 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_0 speed channel 0
2192 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_0 slave addr channel 0 2195 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_0 slave addr channel 0
2193 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_CH1 activate hardware channel 1 2196 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_CH1 activate hardware channel 1
2194 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_1 speed channel 1 2197 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_1 speed channel 1
2195 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_1 slave addr channel 1 2198 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_1 slave addr channel 1
2196 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_CH2 activate hardware channel 2 2199 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_CH2 activate hardware channel 2
2197 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_2 speed channel 2 2200 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_2 speed channel 2
2198 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_2 slave addr channel 2 2201 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_2 slave addr channel 2
2199 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_CH3 activate hardware channel 3 2202 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_CH3 activate hardware channel 3
2200 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_3 speed channel 3 2203 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_3 speed channel 3
2201 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_3 slave addr channel 3 2204 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_3 slave addr channel 3
2202 - activate dual channel with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_DUAL 2205 - activate dual channel with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_DUAL
2203 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_0_1 speed channel 0_1 2206 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_0_1 speed channel 0_1
2204 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_0_1 slave addr channel 0_1 2207 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_0_1 slave addr channel 0_1
2205 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_1_1 speed channel 1_1 2208 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_1_1 speed channel 1_1
2206 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_1_1 slave addr channel 1_1 2209 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_1_1 slave addr channel 1_1
2207 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_2_1 speed channel 2_1 2210 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_2_1 speed channel 2_1
2208 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_2_1 slave addr channel 2_1 2211 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_2_1 slave addr channel 2_1
2209 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_3_1 speed channel 3_1 2212 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_3_1 speed channel 3_1
2210 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_3_1 slave addr channel 3_1 2213 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_3_1 slave addr channel 3_1
2211 2214
2212 additional defines: 2215 additional defines:
2213 2216
2214 CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_BUSES 2217 CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_BUSES
2215 Hold the number of i2c buses you want to use. 2218 Hold the number of i2c buses you want to use.
2216 2219
2217 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DIRECT_BUS 2220 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DIRECT_BUS
2218 define this, if you don't use i2c muxes on your hardware. 2221 define this, if you don't use i2c muxes on your hardware.
2219 if CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS is not defined or == 0 you can 2222 if CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS is not defined or == 0 you can
2220 omit this define. 2223 omit this define.
2221 2224
2222 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS 2225 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS
2223 define how many muxes are maximal consecutively connected 2226 define how many muxes are maximal consecutively connected
2224 on one i2c bus. If you not use i2c muxes, omit this 2227 on one i2c bus. If you not use i2c muxes, omit this
2225 define. 2228 define.
2226 2229
2227 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BUSES 2230 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BUSES
2228 hold a list of buses you want to use, only used if 2231 hold a list of buses you want to use, only used if
2229 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DIRECT_BUS is not defined, for example 2232 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DIRECT_BUS is not defined, for example
2230 a board with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS = 1 and 2233 a board with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS = 1 and
2231 CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_BUSES = 9: 2234 CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_BUSES = 9:
2232 2235
2233 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BUSES {{0, {I2C_NULL_HOP}}, \ 2236 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BUSES {{0, {I2C_NULL_HOP}}, \
2234 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 1}}}, \ 2237 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 1}}}, \
2235 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 2}}}, \ 2238 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 2}}}, \
2236 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 3}}}, \ 2239 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 3}}}, \
2237 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 4}}}, \ 2240 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 4}}}, \
2238 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 5}}}, \ 2241 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 5}}}, \
2239 {1, {I2C_NULL_HOP}}, \ 2242 {1, {I2C_NULL_HOP}}, \
2240 {1, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9544, 0x72, 1}}}, \ 2243 {1, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9544, 0x72, 1}}}, \
2241 {1, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9544, 0x72, 2}}}, \ 2244 {1, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9544, 0x72, 2}}}, \
2242 } 2245 }
2243 2246
2244 which defines 2247 which defines
2245 bus 0 on adapter 0 without a mux 2248 bus 0 on adapter 0 without a mux
2246 bus 1 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 1 2249 bus 1 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 1
2247 bus 2 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 2 2250 bus 2 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 2
2248 bus 3 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 3 2251 bus 3 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 3
2249 bus 4 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 4 2252 bus 4 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 4
2250 bus 5 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 5 2253 bus 5 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 5
2251 bus 6 on adapter 1 without a mux 2254 bus 6 on adapter 1 without a mux
2252 bus 7 on adapter 1 with a PCA9544 on address 0x72 port 1 2255 bus 7 on adapter 1 with a PCA9544 on address 0x72 port 1
2253 bus 8 on adapter 1 with a PCA9544 on address 0x72 port 2 2256 bus 8 on adapter 1 with a PCA9544 on address 0x72 port 2
2254 2257
2255 If you do not have i2c muxes on your board, omit this define. 2258 If you do not have i2c muxes on your board, omit this define.
2256 2259
2257 - Legacy I2C Support: CONFIG_HARD_I2C 2260 - Legacy I2C Support: CONFIG_HARD_I2C
2258 2261
2259 NOTE: It is intended to move drivers to CONFIG_SYS_I2C which 2262 NOTE: It is intended to move drivers to CONFIG_SYS_I2C which
2260 provides the following compelling advantages: 2263 provides the following compelling advantages:
2261 2264
2262 - more than one i2c adapter is usable 2265 - more than one i2c adapter is usable
2263 - approved multibus support 2266 - approved multibus support
2264 - better i2c mux support 2267 - better i2c mux support
2265 2268
2266 ** Please consider updating your I2C driver now. ** 2269 ** Please consider updating your I2C driver now. **
2267 2270
2268 These enable legacy I2C serial bus commands. Defining 2271 These enable legacy I2C serial bus commands. Defining
2269 CONFIG_HARD_I2C will include the appropriate I2C driver 2272 CONFIG_HARD_I2C will include the appropriate I2C driver
2270 for the selected CPU. 2273 for the selected CPU.
2271 2274
2272 This will allow you to use i2c commands at the u-boot 2275 This will allow you to use i2c commands at the u-boot
2273 command line (as long as you set CONFIG_CMD_I2C in 2276 command line (as long as you set CONFIG_CMD_I2C in
2274 CONFIG_COMMANDS) and communicate with i2c based realtime 2277 CONFIG_COMMANDS) and communicate with i2c based realtime
2275 clock chips. See common/cmd_i2c.c for a description of the 2278 clock chips. See common/cmd_i2c.c for a description of the
2276 command line interface. 2279 command line interface.
2277 2280
2278 CONFIG_HARD_I2C selects a hardware I2C controller. 2281 CONFIG_HARD_I2C selects a hardware I2C controller.
2279 2282
2280 There are several other quantities that must also be 2283 There are several other quantities that must also be
2281 defined when you define CONFIG_HARD_I2C. 2284 defined when you define CONFIG_HARD_I2C.
2282 2285
2283 In both cases you will need to define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SPEED 2286 In both cases you will need to define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SPEED
2284 to be the frequency (in Hz) at which you wish your i2c bus 2287 to be the frequency (in Hz) at which you wish your i2c bus
2285 to run and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE to be the address of this node (ie 2288 to run and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE to be the address of this node (ie
2286 the CPU's i2c node address). 2289 the CPU's i2c node address).
2287 2290
2288 Now, the u-boot i2c code for the mpc8xx 2291 Now, the u-boot i2c code for the mpc8xx
2289 (arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8xx/i2c.c) sets the CPU up as a master node 2292 (arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8xx/i2c.c) sets the CPU up as a master node
2290 and so its address should therefore be cleared to 0 (See, 2293 and so its address should therefore be cleared to 0 (See,
2291 eg, MPC823e User's Manual p.16-473). So, set 2294 eg, MPC823e User's Manual p.16-473). So, set
2292 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE to 0. 2295 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE to 0.
2293 2296
2294 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_MPC5XXX 2297 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_MPC5XXX
2295 2298
2296 When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer 2299 When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer
2297 chips might think that the current transfer is still 2300 chips might think that the current transfer is still
2298 in progress. Reset the slave devices by sending start 2301 in progress. Reset the slave devices by sending start
2299 commands until the slave device responds. 2302 commands until the slave device responds.
2300 2303
2301 That's all that's required for CONFIG_HARD_I2C. 2304 That's all that's required for CONFIG_HARD_I2C.
2302 2305
2303 If you use the software i2c interface (CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT) 2306 If you use the software i2c interface (CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT)
2304 then the following macros need to be defined (examples are 2307 then the following macros need to be defined (examples are
2305 from include/configs/lwmon.h): 2308 from include/configs/lwmon.h):
2306 2309
2307 I2C_INIT 2310 I2C_INIT
2308 2311
2309 (Optional). Any commands necessary to enable the I2C 2312 (Optional). Any commands necessary to enable the I2C
2310 controller or configure ports. 2313 controller or configure ports.
2311 2314
2312 eg: #define I2C_INIT (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SCL) 2315 eg: #define I2C_INIT (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SCL)
2313 2316
2314 I2C_PORT 2317 I2C_PORT
2315 2318
2316 (Only for MPC8260 CPU). The I/O port to use (the code 2319 (Only for MPC8260 CPU). The I/O port to use (the code
2317 assumes both bits are on the same port). Valid values 2320 assumes both bits are on the same port). Valid values
2318 are 0..3 for ports A..D. 2321 are 0..3 for ports A..D.
2319 2322
2320 I2C_ACTIVE 2323 I2C_ACTIVE
2321 2324
2322 The code necessary to make the I2C data line active 2325 The code necessary to make the I2C data line active
2323 (driven). If the data line is open collector, this 2326 (driven). If the data line is open collector, this
2324 define can be null. 2327 define can be null.
2325 2328
2326 eg: #define I2C_ACTIVE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SDA) 2329 eg: #define I2C_ACTIVE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SDA)
2327 2330
2328 I2C_TRISTATE 2331 I2C_TRISTATE
2329 2332
2330 The code necessary to make the I2C data line tri-stated 2333 The code necessary to make the I2C data line tri-stated
2331 (inactive). If the data line is open collector, this 2334 (inactive). If the data line is open collector, this
2332 define can be null. 2335 define can be null.
2333 2336
2334 eg: #define I2C_TRISTATE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir &= ~PB_SDA) 2337 eg: #define I2C_TRISTATE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir &= ~PB_SDA)
2335 2338
2336 I2C_READ 2339 I2C_READ
2337 2340
2338 Code that returns true if the I2C data line is high, 2341 Code that returns true if the I2C data line is high,
2339 false if it is low. 2342 false if it is low.
2340 2343
2341 eg: #define I2C_READ ((immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat & PB_SDA) != 0) 2344 eg: #define I2C_READ ((immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat & PB_SDA) != 0)
2342 2345
2343 I2C_SDA(bit) 2346 I2C_SDA(bit)
2344 2347
2345 If <bit> is true, sets the I2C data line high. If it 2348 If <bit> is true, sets the I2C data line high. If it
2346 is false, it clears it (low). 2349 is false, it clears it (low).
2347 2350
2348 eg: #define I2C_SDA(bit) \ 2351 eg: #define I2C_SDA(bit) \
2349 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SDA; \ 2352 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SDA; \
2350 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SDA 2353 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SDA
2351 2354
2352 I2C_SCL(bit) 2355 I2C_SCL(bit)
2353 2356
2354 If <bit> is true, sets the I2C clock line high. If it 2357 If <bit> is true, sets the I2C clock line high. If it
2355 is false, it clears it (low). 2358 is false, it clears it (low).
2356 2359
2357 eg: #define I2C_SCL(bit) \ 2360 eg: #define I2C_SCL(bit) \
2358 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SCL; \ 2361 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SCL; \
2359 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SCL 2362 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SCL
2360 2363
2361 I2C_DELAY 2364 I2C_DELAY
2362 2365
2363 This delay is invoked four times per clock cycle so this 2366 This delay is invoked four times per clock cycle so this
2364 controls the rate of data transfer. The data rate thus 2367 controls the rate of data transfer. The data rate thus
2365 is 1 / (I2C_DELAY * 4). Often defined to be something 2368 is 1 / (I2C_DELAY * 4). Often defined to be something
2366 like: 2369 like:
2367 2370
2368 #define I2C_DELAY udelay(2) 2371 #define I2C_DELAY udelay(2)
2369 2372
2370 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SCL / CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SDA 2373 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SCL / CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SDA
2371 2374
2372 If your arch supports the generic GPIO framework (asm/gpio.h), 2375 If your arch supports the generic GPIO framework (asm/gpio.h),
2373 then you may alternatively define the two GPIOs that are to be 2376 then you may alternatively define the two GPIOs that are to be
2374 used as SCL / SDA. Any of the previous I2C_xxx macros will 2377 used as SCL / SDA. Any of the previous I2C_xxx macros will
2375 have GPIO-based defaults assigned to them as appropriate. 2378 have GPIO-based defaults assigned to them as appropriate.
2376 2379
2377 You should define these to the GPIO value as given directly to 2380 You should define these to the GPIO value as given directly to
2378 the generic GPIO functions. 2381 the generic GPIO functions.
2379 2382
2380 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD 2383 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD
2381 2384
2382 When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer 2385 When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer
2383 chips might think that the current transfer is still 2386 chips might think that the current transfer is still
2384 in progress. On some boards it is possible to access 2387 in progress. On some boards it is possible to access
2385 the i2c SCLK line directly, either by using the 2388 the i2c SCLK line directly, either by using the
2386 processor pin as a GPIO or by having a second pin 2389 processor pin as a GPIO or by having a second pin
2387 connected to the bus. If this option is defined a 2390 connected to the bus. If this option is defined a
2388 custom i2c_init_board() routine in boards/xxx/board.c 2391 custom i2c_init_board() routine in boards/xxx/board.c
2389 is run early in the boot sequence. 2392 is run early in the boot sequence.
2390 2393
2391 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BOARD_LATE_INIT 2394 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BOARD_LATE_INIT
2392 2395
2393 An alternative to CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD. If this option is 2396 An alternative to CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD. If this option is
2394 defined a custom i2c_board_late_init() routine in 2397 defined a custom i2c_board_late_init() routine in
2395 boards/xxx/board.c is run AFTER the operations in i2c_init() 2398 boards/xxx/board.c is run AFTER the operations in i2c_init()
2396 is completed. This callpoint can be used to unreset i2c bus 2399 is completed. This callpoint can be used to unreset i2c bus
2397 using CPU i2c controller register accesses for CPUs whose i2c 2400 using CPU i2c controller register accesses for CPUs whose i2c
2398 controller provide such a method. It is called at the end of 2401 controller provide such a method. It is called at the end of
2399 i2c_init() to allow i2c_init operations to setup the i2c bus 2402 i2c_init() to allow i2c_init operations to setup the i2c bus
2400 controller on the CPU (e.g. setting bus speed & slave address). 2403 controller on the CPU (e.g. setting bus speed & slave address).
2401 2404
2402 CONFIG_I2CFAST (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only) 2405 CONFIG_I2CFAST (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only)
2403 2406
2404 This option enables configuration of bi_iic_fast[] flags 2407 This option enables configuration of bi_iic_fast[] flags
2405 in u-boot bd_info structure based on u-boot environment 2408 in u-boot bd_info structure based on u-boot environment
2406 variable "i2cfast". (see also i2cfast) 2409 variable "i2cfast". (see also i2cfast)
2407 2410
2408 CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS 2411 CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
2409 2412
2410 This option allows the use of multiple I2C buses, each of which 2413 This option allows the use of multiple I2C buses, each of which
2411 must have a controller. At any point in time, only one bus is 2414 must have a controller. At any point in time, only one bus is
2412 active. To switch to a different bus, use the 'i2c dev' command. 2415 active. To switch to a different bus, use the 'i2c dev' command.
2413 Note that bus numbering is zero-based. 2416 Note that bus numbering is zero-based.
2414 2417
2415 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES 2418 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES
2416 2419
2417 This option specifies a list of I2C devices that will be skipped 2420 This option specifies a list of I2C devices that will be skipped
2418 when the 'i2c probe' command is issued. If CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS 2421 when the 'i2c probe' command is issued. If CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
2419 is set, specify a list of bus-device pairs. Otherwise, specify 2422 is set, specify a list of bus-device pairs. Otherwise, specify
2420 a 1D array of device addresses 2423 a 1D array of device addresses
2421 2424
2422 e.g. 2425 e.g.
2423 #undef CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS 2426 #undef CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
2424 #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES {0x50,0x68} 2427 #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES {0x50,0x68}
2425 2428
2426 will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on a board with one I2C bus 2429 will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on a board with one I2C bus
2427 2430
2428 #define CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS 2431 #define CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
2429 #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES {{0,0x50},{0,0x68},{1,0x54}} 2432 #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES {{0,0x50},{0,0x68},{1,0x54}}
2430 2433
2431 will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on bus 0 and address 0x54 on bus 1 2434 will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on bus 0 and address 0x54 on bus 1
2432 2435
2433 CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM 2436 CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM
2434 2437
2435 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for DDR SPD. 2438 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for DDR SPD.
2436 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that SPD is on I2C bus 0. 2439 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that SPD is on I2C bus 0.
2437 2440
2438 CONFIG_SYS_RTC_BUS_NUM 2441 CONFIG_SYS_RTC_BUS_NUM
2439 2442
2440 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the RTC. 2443 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the RTC.
2441 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that RTC is on I2C bus 0. 2444 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that RTC is on I2C bus 0.
2442 2445
2443 CONFIG_SYS_DTT_BUS_NUM 2446 CONFIG_SYS_DTT_BUS_NUM
2444 2447
2445 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the DTT. 2448 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the DTT.
2446 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that DTT is on I2C bus 0. 2449 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that DTT is on I2C bus 0.
2447 2450
2448 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DTT_ADDR: 2451 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DTT_ADDR:
2449 2452
2450 If defined, specifies the I2C address of the DTT device. 2453 If defined, specifies the I2C address of the DTT device.
2451 If not defined, then U-Boot uses predefined value for 2454 If not defined, then U-Boot uses predefined value for
2452 specified DTT device. 2455 specified DTT device.
2453 2456
2454 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_READ_REPEATED_START 2457 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_READ_REPEATED_START
2455 2458
2456 defining this will force the i2c_read() function in 2459 defining this will force the i2c_read() function in
2457 the soft_i2c driver to perform an I2C repeated start 2460 the soft_i2c driver to perform an I2C repeated start
2458 between writing the address pointer and reading the 2461 between writing the address pointer and reading the
2459 data. If this define is omitted the default behaviour 2462 data. If this define is omitted the default behaviour
2460 of doing a stop-start sequence will be used. Most I2C 2463 of doing a stop-start sequence will be used. Most I2C
2461 devices can use either method, but some require one or 2464 devices can use either method, but some require one or
2462 the other. 2465 the other.
2463 2466
2464 - SPI Support: CONFIG_SPI 2467 - SPI Support: CONFIG_SPI
2465 2468
2466 Enables SPI driver (so far only tested with 2469 Enables SPI driver (so far only tested with
2467 SPI EEPROM, also an instance works with Crystal A/D and 2470 SPI EEPROM, also an instance works with Crystal A/D and
2468 D/As on the SACSng board) 2471 D/As on the SACSng board)
2469 2472
2470 CONFIG_SH_SPI 2473 CONFIG_SH_SPI
2471 2474
2472 Enables the driver for SPI controller on SuperH. Currently 2475 Enables the driver for SPI controller on SuperH. Currently
2473 only SH7757 is supported. 2476 only SH7757 is supported.
2474 2477
2475 CONFIG_SOFT_SPI 2478 CONFIG_SOFT_SPI
2476 2479
2477 Enables a software (bit-bang) SPI driver rather than 2480 Enables a software (bit-bang) SPI driver rather than
2478 using hardware support. This is a general purpose 2481 using hardware support. This is a general purpose
2479 driver that only requires three general I/O port pins 2482 driver that only requires three general I/O port pins
2480 (two outputs, one input) to function. If this is 2483 (two outputs, one input) to function. If this is
2481 defined, the board configuration must define several 2484 defined, the board configuration must define several
2482 SPI configuration items (port pins to use, etc). For 2485 SPI configuration items (port pins to use, etc). For
2483 an example, see include/configs/sacsng.h. 2486 an example, see include/configs/sacsng.h.
2484 2487
2485 CONFIG_HARD_SPI 2488 CONFIG_HARD_SPI
2486 2489
2487 Enables a hardware SPI driver for general-purpose reads 2490 Enables a hardware SPI driver for general-purpose reads
2488 and writes. As with CONFIG_SOFT_SPI, the board configuration 2491 and writes. As with CONFIG_SOFT_SPI, the board configuration
2489 must define a list of chip-select function pointers. 2492 must define a list of chip-select function pointers.
2490 Currently supported on some MPC8xxx processors. For an 2493 Currently supported on some MPC8xxx processors. For an
2491 example, see include/configs/mpc8349emds.h. 2494 example, see include/configs/mpc8349emds.h.
2492 2495
2493 CONFIG_MXC_SPI 2496 CONFIG_MXC_SPI
2494 2497
2495 Enables the driver for the SPI controllers on i.MX and MXC 2498 Enables the driver for the SPI controllers on i.MX and MXC
2496 SoCs. Currently i.MX31/35/51 are supported. 2499 SoCs. Currently i.MX31/35/51 are supported.
2497 2500
2498 CONFIG_SYS_SPI_MXC_WAIT 2501 CONFIG_SYS_SPI_MXC_WAIT
2499 Timeout for waiting until spi transfer completed. 2502 Timeout for waiting until spi transfer completed.
2500 default: (CONFIG_SYS_HZ/100) /* 10 ms */ 2503 default: (CONFIG_SYS_HZ/100) /* 10 ms */
2501 2504
2502 - FPGA Support: CONFIG_FPGA 2505 - FPGA Support: CONFIG_FPGA
2503 2506
2504 Enables FPGA subsystem. 2507 Enables FPGA subsystem.
2505 2508
2506 CONFIG_FPGA_<vendor> 2509 CONFIG_FPGA_<vendor>
2507 2510
2508 Enables support for specific chip vendors. 2511 Enables support for specific chip vendors.
2509 (ALTERA, XILINX) 2512 (ALTERA, XILINX)
2510 2513
2511 CONFIG_FPGA_<family> 2514 CONFIG_FPGA_<family>
2512 2515
2513 Enables support for FPGA family. 2516 Enables support for FPGA family.
2514 (SPARTAN2, SPARTAN3, VIRTEX2, CYCLONE2, ACEX1K, ACEX) 2517 (SPARTAN2, SPARTAN3, VIRTEX2, CYCLONE2, ACEX1K, ACEX)
2515 2518
2516 CONFIG_FPGA_COUNT 2519 CONFIG_FPGA_COUNT
2517 2520
2518 Specify the number of FPGA devices to support. 2521 Specify the number of FPGA devices to support.
2519 2522
2520 CONFIG_CMD_FPGA_LOADMK 2523 CONFIG_CMD_FPGA_LOADMK
2521 2524
2522 Enable support for fpga loadmk command 2525 Enable support for fpga loadmk command
2523 2526
2524 CONFIG_CMD_FPGA_LOADP 2527 CONFIG_CMD_FPGA_LOADP
2525 2528
2526 Enable support for fpga loadp command - load partial bitstream 2529 Enable support for fpga loadp command - load partial bitstream
2527 2530
2528 CONFIG_CMD_FPGA_LOADBP 2531 CONFIG_CMD_FPGA_LOADBP
2529 2532
2530 Enable support for fpga loadbp command - load partial bitstream 2533 Enable support for fpga loadbp command - load partial bitstream
2531 (Xilinx only) 2534 (Xilinx only)
2532 2535
2533 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_PROG_FEEDBACK 2536 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_PROG_FEEDBACK
2534 2537
2535 Enable printing of hash marks during FPGA configuration. 2538 Enable printing of hash marks during FPGA configuration.
2536 2539
2537 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_BUSY 2540 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_BUSY
2538 2541
2539 Enable checks on FPGA configuration interface busy 2542 Enable checks on FPGA configuration interface busy
2540 status by the configuration function. This option 2543 status by the configuration function. This option
2541 will require a board or device specific function to 2544 will require a board or device specific function to
2542 be written. 2545 be written.
2543 2546
2544 CONFIG_FPGA_DELAY 2547 CONFIG_FPGA_DELAY
2545 2548
2546 If defined, a function that provides delays in the FPGA 2549 If defined, a function that provides delays in the FPGA
2547 configuration driver. 2550 configuration driver.
2548 2551
2549 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_CTRLC 2552 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_CTRLC
2550 Allow Control-C to interrupt FPGA configuration 2553 Allow Control-C to interrupt FPGA configuration
2551 2554
2552 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_ERROR 2555 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_ERROR
2553 2556
2554 Check for configuration errors during FPGA bitfile 2557 Check for configuration errors during FPGA bitfile
2555 loading. For example, abort during Virtex II 2558 loading. For example, abort during Virtex II
2556 configuration if the INIT_B line goes low (which 2559 configuration if the INIT_B line goes low (which
2557 indicated a CRC error). 2560 indicated a CRC error).
2558 2561
2559 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_INIT 2562 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_INIT
2560 2563
2561 Maximum time to wait for the INIT_B line to de-assert 2564 Maximum time to wait for the INIT_B line to de-assert
2562 after PROB_B has been de-asserted during a Virtex II 2565 after PROB_B has been de-asserted during a Virtex II
2563 FPGA configuration sequence. The default time is 500 2566 FPGA configuration sequence. The default time is 500
2564 ms. 2567 ms.
2565 2568
2566 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_BUSY 2569 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_BUSY
2567 2570
2568 Maximum time to wait for BUSY to de-assert during 2571 Maximum time to wait for BUSY to de-assert during
2569 Virtex II FPGA configuration. The default is 5 ms. 2572 Virtex II FPGA configuration. The default is 5 ms.
2570 2573
2571 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_CONFIG 2574 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_CONFIG
2572 2575
2573 Time to wait after FPGA configuration. The default is 2576 Time to wait after FPGA configuration. The default is
2574 200 ms. 2577 200 ms.
2575 2578
2576 - Configuration Management: 2579 - Configuration Management:
2577 CONFIG_BUILD_TARGET 2580 CONFIG_BUILD_TARGET
2578 2581
2579 Some SoCs need special image types (e.g. U-Boot binary 2582 Some SoCs need special image types (e.g. U-Boot binary
2580 with a special header) as build targets. By defining 2583 with a special header) as build targets. By defining
2581 CONFIG_BUILD_TARGET in the SoC / board header, this 2584 CONFIG_BUILD_TARGET in the SoC / board header, this
2582 special image will be automatically built upon calling 2585 special image will be automatically built upon calling
2583 make / buildman. 2586 make / buildman.
2584 2587
2585 CONFIG_IDENT_STRING 2588 CONFIG_IDENT_STRING
2586 2589
2587 If defined, this string will be added to the U-Boot 2590 If defined, this string will be added to the U-Boot
2588 version information (U_BOOT_VERSION) 2591 version information (U_BOOT_VERSION)
2589 2592
2590 - Vendor Parameter Protection: 2593 - Vendor Parameter Protection:
2591 2594
2592 U-Boot considers the values of the environment 2595 U-Boot considers the values of the environment
2593 variables "serial#" (Board Serial Number) and 2596 variables "serial#" (Board Serial Number) and
2594 "ethaddr" (Ethernet Address) to be parameters that 2597 "ethaddr" (Ethernet Address) to be parameters that
2595 are set once by the board vendor / manufacturer, and 2598 are set once by the board vendor / manufacturer, and
2596 protects these variables from casual modification by 2599 protects these variables from casual modification by
2597 the user. Once set, these variables are read-only, 2600 the user. Once set, these variables are read-only,
2598 and write or delete attempts are rejected. You can 2601 and write or delete attempts are rejected. You can
2599 change this behaviour: 2602 change this behaviour:
2600 2603
2601 If CONFIG_ENV_OVERWRITE is #defined in your config 2604 If CONFIG_ENV_OVERWRITE is #defined in your config
2602 file, the write protection for vendor parameters is 2605 file, the write protection for vendor parameters is
2603 completely disabled. Anybody can change or delete 2606 completely disabled. Anybody can change or delete
2604 these parameters. 2607 these parameters.
2605 2608
2606 Alternatively, if you define _both_ an ethaddr in the 2609 Alternatively, if you define _both_ an ethaddr in the
2607 default env _and_ CONFIG_OVERWRITE_ETHADDR_ONCE, a default 2610 default env _and_ CONFIG_OVERWRITE_ETHADDR_ONCE, a default
2608 Ethernet address is installed in the environment, 2611 Ethernet address is installed in the environment,
2609 which can be changed exactly ONCE by the user. [The 2612 which can be changed exactly ONCE by the user. [The
2610 serial# is unaffected by this, i. e. it remains 2613 serial# is unaffected by this, i. e. it remains
2611 read-only.] 2614 read-only.]
2612 2615
2613 The same can be accomplished in a more flexible way 2616 The same can be accomplished in a more flexible way
2614 for any variable by configuring the type of access 2617 for any variable by configuring the type of access
2615 to allow for those variables in the ".flags" variable 2618 to allow for those variables in the ".flags" variable
2616 or define CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC. 2619 or define CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC.
2617 2620
2618 - Protected RAM: 2621 - Protected RAM:
2619 CONFIG_PRAM 2622 CONFIG_PRAM
2620 2623
2621 Define this variable to enable the reservation of 2624 Define this variable to enable the reservation of
2622 "protected RAM", i. e. RAM which is not overwritten 2625 "protected RAM", i. e. RAM which is not overwritten
2623 by U-Boot. Define CONFIG_PRAM to hold the number of 2626 by U-Boot. Define CONFIG_PRAM to hold the number of
2624 kB you want to reserve for pRAM. You can overwrite 2627 kB you want to reserve for pRAM. You can overwrite
2625 this default value by defining an environment 2628 this default value by defining an environment
2626 variable "pram" to the number of kB you want to 2629 variable "pram" to the number of kB you want to
2627 reserve. Note that the board info structure will 2630 reserve. Note that the board info structure will
2628 still show the full amount of RAM. If pRAM is 2631 still show the full amount of RAM. If pRAM is
2629 reserved, a new environment variable "mem" will 2632 reserved, a new environment variable "mem" will
2630 automatically be defined to hold the amount of 2633 automatically be defined to hold the amount of
2631 remaining RAM in a form that can be passed as boot 2634 remaining RAM in a form that can be passed as boot
2632 argument to Linux, for instance like that: 2635 argument to Linux, for instance like that:
2633 2636
2634 setenv bootargs ... mem=\${mem} 2637 setenv bootargs ... mem=\${mem}
2635 saveenv 2638 saveenv
2636 2639
2637 This way you can tell Linux not to use this memory, 2640 This way you can tell Linux not to use this memory,
2638 either, which results in a memory region that will 2641 either, which results in a memory region that will
2639 not be affected by reboots. 2642 not be affected by reboots.
2640 2643
2641 *WARNING* If your board configuration uses automatic 2644 *WARNING* If your board configuration uses automatic
2642 detection of the RAM size, you must make sure that 2645 detection of the RAM size, you must make sure that
2643 this memory test is non-destructive. So far, the 2646 this memory test is non-destructive. So far, the
2644 following board configurations are known to be 2647 following board configurations are known to be
2645 "pRAM-clean": 2648 "pRAM-clean":
2646 2649
2647 IVMS8, IVML24, SPD8xx, TQM8xxL, 2650 IVMS8, IVML24, SPD8xx, TQM8xxL,
2648 HERMES, IP860, RPXlite, LWMON, 2651 HERMES, IP860, RPXlite, LWMON,
2649 FLAGADM, TQM8260 2652 FLAGADM, TQM8260
2650 2653
2651 - Access to physical memory region (> 4GB) 2654 - Access to physical memory region (> 4GB)
2652 Some basic support is provided for operations on memory not 2655 Some basic support is provided for operations on memory not
2653 normally accessible to U-Boot - e.g. some architectures 2656 normally accessible to U-Boot - e.g. some architectures
2654 support access to more than 4GB of memory on 32-bit 2657 support access to more than 4GB of memory on 32-bit
2655 machines using physical address extension or similar. 2658 machines using physical address extension or similar.
2656 Define CONFIG_PHYSMEM to access this basic support, which 2659 Define CONFIG_PHYSMEM to access this basic support, which
2657 currently only supports clearing the memory. 2660 currently only supports clearing the memory.
2658 2661
2659 - Error Recovery: 2662 - Error Recovery:
2660 CONFIG_PANIC_HANG 2663 CONFIG_PANIC_HANG
2661 2664
2662 Define this variable to stop the system in case of a 2665 Define this variable to stop the system in case of a
2663 fatal error, so that you have to reset it manually. 2666 fatal error, so that you have to reset it manually.
2664 This is probably NOT a good idea for an embedded 2667 This is probably NOT a good idea for an embedded
2665 system where you want the system to reboot 2668 system where you want the system to reboot
2666 automatically as fast as possible, but it may be 2669 automatically as fast as possible, but it may be
2667 useful during development since you can try to debug 2670 useful during development since you can try to debug
2668 the conditions that lead to the situation. 2671 the conditions that lead to the situation.
2669 2672
2670 CONFIG_NET_RETRY_COUNT 2673 CONFIG_NET_RETRY_COUNT
2671 2674
2672 This variable defines the number of retries for 2675 This variable defines the number of retries for
2673 network operations like ARP, RARP, TFTP, or BOOTP 2676 network operations like ARP, RARP, TFTP, or BOOTP
2674 before giving up the operation. If not defined, a 2677 before giving up the operation. If not defined, a
2675 default value of 5 is used. 2678 default value of 5 is used.
2676 2679
2677 CONFIG_ARP_TIMEOUT 2680 CONFIG_ARP_TIMEOUT
2678 2681
2679 Timeout waiting for an ARP reply in milliseconds. 2682 Timeout waiting for an ARP reply in milliseconds.
2680 2683
2681 CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT 2684 CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT
2682 2685
2683 Timeout in milliseconds used in NFS protocol. 2686 Timeout in milliseconds used in NFS protocol.
2684 If you encounter "ERROR: Cannot umount" in nfs command, 2687 If you encounter "ERROR: Cannot umount" in nfs command,
2685 try longer timeout such as 2688 try longer timeout such as
2686 #define CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT 10000UL 2689 #define CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT 10000UL
2687 2690
2688 - Command Interpreter: 2691 - Command Interpreter:
2689 CONFIG_AUTO_COMPLETE 2692 CONFIG_AUTO_COMPLETE
2690 2693
2691 Enable auto completion of commands using TAB. 2694 Enable auto completion of commands using TAB.
2692 2695
2693 CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT_HUSH_PS2 2696 CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT_HUSH_PS2
2694 2697
2695 This defines the secondary prompt string, which is 2698 This defines the secondary prompt string, which is
2696 printed when the command interpreter needs more input 2699 printed when the command interpreter needs more input
2697 to complete a command. Usually "> ". 2700 to complete a command. Usually "> ".
2698 2701
2699 Note: 2702 Note:
2700 2703
2701 In the current implementation, the local variables 2704 In the current implementation, the local variables
2702 space and global environment variables space are 2705 space and global environment variables space are
2703 separated. Local variables are those you define by 2706 separated. Local variables are those you define by
2704 simply typing `name=value'. To access a local 2707 simply typing `name=value'. To access a local
2705 variable later on, you have write `$name' or 2708 variable later on, you have write `$name' or
2706 `${name}'; to execute the contents of a variable 2709 `${name}'; to execute the contents of a variable
2707 directly type `$name' at the command prompt. 2710 directly type `$name' at the command prompt.
2708 2711
2709 Global environment variables are those you use 2712 Global environment variables are those you use
2710 setenv/printenv to work with. To run a command stored 2713 setenv/printenv to work with. To run a command stored
2711 in such a variable, you need to use the run command, 2714 in such a variable, you need to use the run command,
2712 and you must not use the '$' sign to access them. 2715 and you must not use the '$' sign to access them.
2713 2716
2714 To store commands and special characters in a 2717 To store commands and special characters in a
2715 variable, please use double quotation marks 2718 variable, please use double quotation marks
2716 surrounding the whole text of the variable, instead 2719 surrounding the whole text of the variable, instead
2717 of the backslashes before semicolons and special 2720 of the backslashes before semicolons and special
2718 symbols. 2721 symbols.
2719 2722
2720 - Command Line Editing and History: 2723 - Command Line Editing and History:
2721 CONFIG_CMDLINE_EDITING 2724 CONFIG_CMDLINE_EDITING
2722 2725
2723 Enable editing and History functions for interactive 2726 Enable editing and History functions for interactive
2724 command line input operations 2727 command line input operations
2725 2728
2726 - Command Line PS1/PS2 support: 2729 - Command Line PS1/PS2 support:
2727 CONFIG_CMDLINE_PS_SUPPORT 2730 CONFIG_CMDLINE_PS_SUPPORT
2728 2731
2729 Enable support for changing the command prompt string 2732 Enable support for changing the command prompt string
2730 at run-time. Only static string is supported so far. 2733 at run-time. Only static string is supported so far.
2731 The string is obtained from environment variables PS1 2734 The string is obtained from environment variables PS1
2732 and PS2. 2735 and PS2.
2733 2736
2734 - Default Environment: 2737 - Default Environment:
2735 CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS 2738 CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS
2736 2739
2737 Define this to contain any number of null terminated 2740 Define this to contain any number of null terminated
2738 strings (variable = value pairs) that will be part of 2741 strings (variable = value pairs) that will be part of
2739 the default environment compiled into the boot image. 2742 the default environment compiled into the boot image.
2740 2743
2741 For example, place something like this in your 2744 For example, place something like this in your
2742 board's config file: 2745 board's config file:
2743 2746
2744 #define CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS \ 2747 #define CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS \
2745 "myvar1=value1\0" \ 2748 "myvar1=value1\0" \
2746 "myvar2=value2\0" 2749 "myvar2=value2\0"
2747 2750
2748 Warning: This method is based on knowledge about the 2751 Warning: This method is based on knowledge about the
2749 internal format how the environment is stored by the 2752 internal format how the environment is stored by the
2750 U-Boot code. This is NOT an official, exported 2753 U-Boot code. This is NOT an official, exported
2751 interface! Although it is unlikely that this format 2754 interface! Although it is unlikely that this format
2752 will change soon, there is no guarantee either. 2755 will change soon, there is no guarantee either.
2753 You better know what you are doing here. 2756 You better know what you are doing here.
2754 2757
2755 Note: overly (ab)use of the default environment is 2758 Note: overly (ab)use of the default environment is
2756 discouraged. Make sure to check other ways to preset 2759 discouraged. Make sure to check other ways to preset
2757 the environment like the "source" command or the 2760 the environment like the "source" command or the
2758 boot command first. 2761 boot command first.
2759 2762
2760 CONFIG_ENV_VARS_UBOOT_CONFIG 2763 CONFIG_ENV_VARS_UBOOT_CONFIG
2761 2764
2762 Define this in order to add variables describing the 2765 Define this in order to add variables describing the
2763 U-Boot build configuration to the default environment. 2766 U-Boot build configuration to the default environment.
2764 These will be named arch, cpu, board, vendor, and soc. 2767 These will be named arch, cpu, board, vendor, and soc.
2765 2768
2766 Enabling this option will cause the following to be defined: 2769 Enabling this option will cause the following to be defined:
2767 2770
2768 - CONFIG_SYS_ARCH 2771 - CONFIG_SYS_ARCH
2769 - CONFIG_SYS_CPU 2772 - CONFIG_SYS_CPU
2770 - CONFIG_SYS_BOARD 2773 - CONFIG_SYS_BOARD
2771 - CONFIG_SYS_VENDOR 2774 - CONFIG_SYS_VENDOR
2772 - CONFIG_SYS_SOC 2775 - CONFIG_SYS_SOC
2773 2776
2774 CONFIG_ENV_VARS_UBOOT_RUNTIME_CONFIG 2777 CONFIG_ENV_VARS_UBOOT_RUNTIME_CONFIG
2775 2778
2776 Define this in order to add variables describing certain 2779 Define this in order to add variables describing certain
2777 run-time determined information about the hardware to the 2780 run-time determined information about the hardware to the
2778 environment. These will be named board_name, board_rev. 2781 environment. These will be named board_name, board_rev.
2779 2782
2780 CONFIG_DELAY_ENVIRONMENT 2783 CONFIG_DELAY_ENVIRONMENT
2781 2784
2782 Normally the environment is loaded when the board is 2785 Normally the environment is loaded when the board is
2783 initialised so that it is available to U-Boot. This inhibits 2786 initialised so that it is available to U-Boot. This inhibits
2784 that so that the environment is not available until 2787 that so that the environment is not available until
2785 explicitly loaded later by U-Boot code. With CONFIG_OF_CONTROL 2788 explicitly loaded later by U-Boot code. With CONFIG_OF_CONTROL
2786 this is instead controlled by the value of 2789 this is instead controlled by the value of
2787 /config/load-environment. 2790 /config/load-environment.
2788 2791
2789 - Parallel Flash support: 2792 - Parallel Flash support:
2790 CONFIG_SYS_NO_FLASH 2793 CONFIG_SYS_NO_FLASH
2791 2794
2792 Traditionally U-Boot was run on systems with parallel NOR 2795 Traditionally U-Boot was run on systems with parallel NOR
2793 flash. This option is used to disable support for parallel NOR 2796 flash. This option is used to disable support for parallel NOR
2794 flash. This option should be defined if the board does not have 2797 flash. This option should be defined if the board does not have
2795 parallel flash. 2798 parallel flash.
2796 2799
2797 If this option is not defined one of the generic flash drivers 2800 If this option is not defined one of the generic flash drivers
2798 (e.g. CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_DRIVER or CONFIG_ST_SMI) must be 2801 (e.g. CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_DRIVER or CONFIG_ST_SMI) must be
2799 selected or the board must provide an implementation of the 2802 selected or the board must provide an implementation of the
2800 flash API (see include/flash.h). 2803 flash API (see include/flash.h).
2801 2804
2802 - DataFlash Support: 2805 - DataFlash Support:
2803 CONFIG_HAS_DATAFLASH 2806 CONFIG_HAS_DATAFLASH
2804 2807
2805 Defining this option enables DataFlash features and 2808 Defining this option enables DataFlash features and
2806 allows to read/write in Dataflash via the standard 2809 allows to read/write in Dataflash via the standard
2807 commands cp, md... 2810 commands cp, md...
2808 2811
2809 - Serial Flash support 2812 - Serial Flash support
2810 CONFIG_CMD_SF 2813 CONFIG_CMD_SF
2811 2814
2812 Defining this option enables SPI flash commands 2815 Defining this option enables SPI flash commands
2813 'sf probe/read/write/erase/update'. 2816 'sf probe/read/write/erase/update'.
2814 2817
2815 Usage requires an initial 'probe' to define the serial 2818 Usage requires an initial 'probe' to define the serial
2816 flash parameters, followed by read/write/erase/update 2819 flash parameters, followed by read/write/erase/update
2817 commands. 2820 commands.
2818 2821
2819 The following defaults may be provided by the platform 2822 The following defaults may be provided by the platform
2820 to handle the common case when only a single serial 2823 to handle the common case when only a single serial
2821 flash is present on the system. 2824 flash is present on the system.
2822 2825
2823 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_BUS Bus identifier 2826 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_BUS Bus identifier
2824 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_CS Chip-select 2827 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_CS Chip-select
2825 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_MODE (see include/spi.h) 2828 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_MODE (see include/spi.h)
2826 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_SPEED in Hz 2829 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_SPEED in Hz
2827 2830
2828 CONFIG_CMD_SF_TEST 2831 CONFIG_CMD_SF_TEST
2829 2832
2830 Define this option to include a destructive SPI flash 2833 Define this option to include a destructive SPI flash
2831 test ('sf test'). 2834 test ('sf test').
2832 2835
2833 CONFIG_SF_DUAL_FLASH Dual flash memories 2836 CONFIG_SF_DUAL_FLASH Dual flash memories
2834 2837
2835 Define this option to use dual flash support where two flash 2838 Define this option to use dual flash support where two flash
2836 memories can be connected with a given cs line. 2839 memories can be connected with a given cs line.
2837 Currently Xilinx Zynq qspi supports these type of connections. 2840 Currently Xilinx Zynq qspi supports these type of connections.
2838 2841
2839 - SystemACE Support: 2842 - SystemACE Support:
2840 CONFIG_SYSTEMACE 2843 CONFIG_SYSTEMACE
2841 2844
2842 Adding this option adds support for Xilinx SystemACE 2845 Adding this option adds support for Xilinx SystemACE
2843 chips attached via some sort of local bus. The address 2846 chips attached via some sort of local bus. The address
2844 of the chip must also be defined in the 2847 of the chip must also be defined in the
2845 CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE macro. For example: 2848 CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE macro. For example:
2846 2849
2847 #define CONFIG_SYSTEMACE 2850 #define CONFIG_SYSTEMACE
2848 #define CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE 0xf0000000 2851 #define CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE 0xf0000000
2849 2852
2850 When SystemACE support is added, the "ace" device type 2853 When SystemACE support is added, the "ace" device type
2851 becomes available to the fat commands, i.e. fatls. 2854 becomes available to the fat commands, i.e. fatls.
2852 2855
2853 - TFTP Fixed UDP Port: 2856 - TFTP Fixed UDP Port:
2854 CONFIG_TFTP_PORT 2857 CONFIG_TFTP_PORT
2855 2858
2856 If this is defined, the environment variable tftpsrcp 2859 If this is defined, the environment variable tftpsrcp
2857 is used to supply the TFTP UDP source port value. 2860 is used to supply the TFTP UDP source port value.
2858 If tftpsrcp isn't defined, the normal pseudo-random port 2861 If tftpsrcp isn't defined, the normal pseudo-random port
2859 number generator is used. 2862 number generator is used.
2860 2863
2861 Also, the environment variable tftpdstp is used to supply 2864 Also, the environment variable tftpdstp is used to supply
2862 the TFTP UDP destination port value. If tftpdstp isn't 2865 the TFTP UDP destination port value. If tftpdstp isn't
2863 defined, the normal port 69 is used. 2866 defined, the normal port 69 is used.
2864 2867
2865 The purpose for tftpsrcp is to allow a TFTP server to 2868 The purpose for tftpsrcp is to allow a TFTP server to
2866 blindly start the TFTP transfer using the pre-configured 2869 blindly start the TFTP transfer using the pre-configured
2867 target IP address and UDP port. This has the effect of 2870 target IP address and UDP port. This has the effect of
2868 "punching through" the (Windows XP) firewall, allowing 2871 "punching through" the (Windows XP) firewall, allowing
2869 the remainder of the TFTP transfer to proceed normally. 2872 the remainder of the TFTP transfer to proceed normally.
2870 A better solution is to properly configure the firewall, 2873 A better solution is to properly configure the firewall,
2871 but sometimes that is not allowed. 2874 but sometimes that is not allowed.
2872 2875
2873 - Hashing support: 2876 - Hashing support:
2874 CONFIG_CMD_HASH 2877 CONFIG_CMD_HASH
2875 2878
2876 This enables a generic 'hash' command which can produce 2879 This enables a generic 'hash' command which can produce
2877 hashes / digests from a few algorithms (e.g. SHA1, SHA256). 2880 hashes / digests from a few algorithms (e.g. SHA1, SHA256).
2878 2881
2879 CONFIG_HASH_VERIFY 2882 CONFIG_HASH_VERIFY
2880 2883
2881 Enable the hash verify command (hash -v). This adds to code 2884 Enable the hash verify command (hash -v). This adds to code
2882 size a little. 2885 size a little.
2883 2886
2884 CONFIG_SHA1 - This option enables support of hashing using SHA1 2887 CONFIG_SHA1 - This option enables support of hashing using SHA1
2885 algorithm. The hash is calculated in software. 2888 algorithm. The hash is calculated in software.
2886 CONFIG_SHA256 - This option enables support of hashing using 2889 CONFIG_SHA256 - This option enables support of hashing using
2887 SHA256 algorithm. The hash is calculated in software. 2890 SHA256 algorithm. The hash is calculated in software.
2888 CONFIG_SHA_HW_ACCEL - This option enables hardware acceleration 2891 CONFIG_SHA_HW_ACCEL - This option enables hardware acceleration
2889 for SHA1/SHA256 hashing. 2892 for SHA1/SHA256 hashing.
2890 This affects the 'hash' command and also the 2893 This affects the 'hash' command and also the
2891 hash_lookup_algo() function. 2894 hash_lookup_algo() function.
2892 CONFIG_SHA_PROG_HW_ACCEL - This option enables 2895 CONFIG_SHA_PROG_HW_ACCEL - This option enables
2893 hardware-acceleration for SHA1/SHA256 progressive hashing. 2896 hardware-acceleration for SHA1/SHA256 progressive hashing.
2894 Data can be streamed in a block at a time and the hashing 2897 Data can be streamed in a block at a time and the hashing
2895 is performed in hardware. 2898 is performed in hardware.
2896 2899
2897 Note: There is also a sha1sum command, which should perhaps 2900 Note: There is also a sha1sum command, which should perhaps
2898 be deprecated in favour of 'hash sha1'. 2901 be deprecated in favour of 'hash sha1'.
2899 2902
2900 - Freescale i.MX specific commands: 2903 - Freescale i.MX specific commands:
2901 CONFIG_CMD_HDMIDETECT 2904 CONFIG_CMD_HDMIDETECT
2902 This enables 'hdmidet' command which returns true if an 2905 This enables 'hdmidet' command which returns true if an
2903 HDMI monitor is detected. This command is i.MX 6 specific. 2906 HDMI monitor is detected. This command is i.MX 6 specific.
2904 2907
2905 CONFIG_CMD_BMODE 2908 CONFIG_CMD_BMODE
2906 This enables the 'bmode' (bootmode) command for forcing 2909 This enables the 'bmode' (bootmode) command for forcing
2907 a boot from specific media. 2910 a boot from specific media.
2908 2911
2909 This is useful for forcing the ROM's usb downloader to 2912 This is useful for forcing the ROM's usb downloader to
2910 activate upon a watchdog reset which is nice when iterating 2913 activate upon a watchdog reset which is nice when iterating
2911 on U-Boot. Using the reset button or running bmode normal 2914 on U-Boot. Using the reset button or running bmode normal
2912 will set it back to normal. This command currently 2915 will set it back to normal. This command currently
2913 supports i.MX53 and i.MX6. 2916 supports i.MX53 and i.MX6.
2914 2917
2915 - bootcount support: 2918 - bootcount support:
2916 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_LIMIT 2919 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_LIMIT
2917 2920
2918 This enables the bootcounter support, see: 2921 This enables the bootcounter support, see:
2919 http://www.denx.de/wiki/DULG/UBootBootCountLimit 2922 http://www.denx.de/wiki/DULG/UBootBootCountLimit
2920 2923
2921 CONFIG_AT91SAM9XE 2924 CONFIG_AT91SAM9XE
2922 enable special bootcounter support on at91sam9xe based boards. 2925 enable special bootcounter support on at91sam9xe based boards.
2923 CONFIG_BLACKFIN 2926 CONFIG_BLACKFIN
2924 enable special bootcounter support on blackfin based boards. 2927 enable special bootcounter support on blackfin based boards.
2925 CONFIG_SOC_DA8XX 2928 CONFIG_SOC_DA8XX
2926 enable special bootcounter support on da850 based boards. 2929 enable special bootcounter support on da850 based boards.
2927 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_RAM 2930 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_RAM
2928 enable support for the bootcounter in RAM 2931 enable support for the bootcounter in RAM
2929 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_I2C 2932 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_I2C
2930 enable support for the bootcounter on an i2c (like RTC) device. 2933 enable support for the bootcounter on an i2c (like RTC) device.
2931 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_RTC_ADDR = i2c chip address 2934 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_RTC_ADDR = i2c chip address
2932 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTCOUNT_ADDR = i2c addr which is used for 2935 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTCOUNT_ADDR = i2c addr which is used for
2933 the bootcounter. 2936 the bootcounter.
2934 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_ALEN = address len 2937 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_ALEN = address len
2935 2938
2936 - Show boot progress: 2939 - Show boot progress:
2937 CONFIG_SHOW_BOOT_PROGRESS 2940 CONFIG_SHOW_BOOT_PROGRESS
2938 2941
2939 Defining this option allows to add some board- 2942 Defining this option allows to add some board-
2940 specific code (calling a user-provided function 2943 specific code (calling a user-provided function
2941 "show_boot_progress(int)") that enables you to show 2944 "show_boot_progress(int)") that enables you to show
2942 the system's boot progress on some display (for 2945 the system's boot progress on some display (for
2943 example, some LED's) on your board. At the moment, 2946 example, some LED's) on your board. At the moment,
2944 the following checkpoints are implemented: 2947 the following checkpoints are implemented:
2945 2948
2946 2949
2947 Legacy uImage format: 2950 Legacy uImage format:
2948 2951
2949 Arg Where When 2952 Arg Where When
2950 1 common/cmd_bootm.c before attempting to boot an image 2953 1 common/cmd_bootm.c before attempting to boot an image
2951 -1 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad magic number 2954 -1 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad magic number
2952 2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct magic number 2955 2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct magic number
2953 -2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad checksum 2956 -2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad checksum
2954 3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct checksum 2957 3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct checksum
2955 -3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has bad checksum 2958 -3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has bad checksum
2956 4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has correct checksum 2959 4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has correct checksum
2957 -4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image is for unsupported architecture 2960 -4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image is for unsupported architecture
2958 5 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK 2961 5 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK
2959 -5 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong Image Type (not kernel, multi) 2962 -5 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong Image Type (not kernel, multi)
2960 6 common/cmd_bootm.c Image Type check OK 2963 6 common/cmd_bootm.c Image Type check OK
2961 -6 common/cmd_bootm.c gunzip uncompression error 2964 -6 common/cmd_bootm.c gunzip uncompression error
2962 -7 common/cmd_bootm.c Unimplemented compression type 2965 -7 common/cmd_bootm.c Unimplemented compression type
2963 7 common/cmd_bootm.c Uncompression OK 2966 7 common/cmd_bootm.c Uncompression OK
2964 8 common/cmd_bootm.c No uncompress/copy overwrite error 2967 8 common/cmd_bootm.c No uncompress/copy overwrite error
2965 -9 common/cmd_bootm.c Unsupported OS (not Linux, BSD, VxWorks, QNX) 2968 -9 common/cmd_bootm.c Unsupported OS (not Linux, BSD, VxWorks, QNX)
2966 2969
2967 9 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification 2970 9 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification
2968 -10 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad magic number 2971 -10 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad magic number
2969 -11 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad checksum 2972 -11 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad checksum
2970 10 common/image.c Ramdisk header is OK 2973 10 common/image.c Ramdisk header is OK
2971 -12 common/image.c Ramdisk data has bad checksum 2974 -12 common/image.c Ramdisk data has bad checksum
2972 11 common/image.c Ramdisk data has correct checksum 2975 11 common/image.c Ramdisk data has correct checksum
2973 12 common/image.c Ramdisk verification complete, start loading 2976 12 common/image.c Ramdisk verification complete, start loading
2974 -13 common/image.c Wrong Image Type (not PPC Linux ramdisk) 2977 -13 common/image.c Wrong Image Type (not PPC Linux ramdisk)
2975 13 common/image.c Start multifile image verification 2978 13 common/image.c Start multifile image verification
2976 14 common/image.c No initial ramdisk, no multifile, continue. 2979 14 common/image.c No initial ramdisk, no multifile, continue.
2977 2980
2978 15 arch/<arch>/lib/bootm.c All preparation done, transferring control to OS 2981 15 arch/<arch>/lib/bootm.c All preparation done, transferring control to OS
2979 2982
2980 -30 arch/powerpc/lib/board.c Fatal error, hang the system 2983 -30 arch/powerpc/lib/board.c Fatal error, hang the system
2981 -31 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_output_backlog() 2984 -31 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_output_backlog()
2982 -32 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_run_single() 2985 -32 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_run_single()
2983 2986
2984 34 common/cmd_doc.c before loading a Image from a DOC device 2987 34 common/cmd_doc.c before loading a Image from a DOC device
2985 -35 common/cmd_doc.c Bad usage of "doc" command 2988 -35 common/cmd_doc.c Bad usage of "doc" command
2986 35 common/cmd_doc.c correct usage of "doc" command 2989 35 common/cmd_doc.c correct usage of "doc" command
2987 -36 common/cmd_doc.c No boot device 2990 -36 common/cmd_doc.c No boot device
2988 36 common/cmd_doc.c correct boot device 2991 36 common/cmd_doc.c correct boot device
2989 -37 common/cmd_doc.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device 2992 -37 common/cmd_doc.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device
2990 37 common/cmd_doc.c correct chip ID found, device available 2993 37 common/cmd_doc.c correct chip ID found, device available
2991 -38 common/cmd_doc.c Read Error on boot device 2994 -38 common/cmd_doc.c Read Error on boot device
2992 38 common/cmd_doc.c reading Image header from DOC device OK 2995 38 common/cmd_doc.c reading Image header from DOC device OK
2993 -39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has bad magic number 2996 -39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has bad magic number
2994 39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number 2997 39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number
2995 -40 common/cmd_doc.c Error reading Image from DOC device 2998 -40 common/cmd_doc.c Error reading Image from DOC device
2996 40 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number 2999 40 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number
2997 41 common/cmd_ide.c before loading a Image from a IDE device 3000 41 common/cmd_ide.c before loading a Image from a IDE device
2998 -42 common/cmd_ide.c Bad usage of "ide" command 3001 -42 common/cmd_ide.c Bad usage of "ide" command
2999 42 common/cmd_ide.c correct usage of "ide" command 3002 42 common/cmd_ide.c correct usage of "ide" command
3000 -43 common/cmd_ide.c No boot device 3003 -43 common/cmd_ide.c No boot device
3001 43 common/cmd_ide.c boot device found 3004 43 common/cmd_ide.c boot device found
3002 -44 common/cmd_ide.c Device not available 3005 -44 common/cmd_ide.c Device not available
3003 44 common/cmd_ide.c Device available 3006 44 common/cmd_ide.c Device available
3004 -45 common/cmd_ide.c wrong partition selected 3007 -45 common/cmd_ide.c wrong partition selected
3005 45 common/cmd_ide.c partition selected 3008 45 common/cmd_ide.c partition selected
3006 -46 common/cmd_ide.c Unknown partition table 3009 -46 common/cmd_ide.c Unknown partition table
3007 46 common/cmd_ide.c valid partition table found 3010 46 common/cmd_ide.c valid partition table found
3008 -47 common/cmd_ide.c Invalid partition type 3011 -47 common/cmd_ide.c Invalid partition type
3009 47 common/cmd_ide.c correct partition type 3012 47 common/cmd_ide.c correct partition type
3010 -48 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image Header on boot device 3013 -48 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image Header on boot device
3011 48 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image Header from IDE device OK 3014 48 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image Header from IDE device OK
3012 -49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad magic number 3015 -49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad magic number
3013 49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct magic number 3016 49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct magic number
3014 -50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad checksum 3017 -50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad checksum
3015 50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct checksum 3018 50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct checksum
3016 -51 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image from IDE device 3019 -51 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image from IDE device
3017 51 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image from IDE device OK 3020 51 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image from IDE device OK
3018 52 common/cmd_nand.c before loading a Image from a NAND device 3021 52 common/cmd_nand.c before loading a Image from a NAND device
3019 -53 common/cmd_nand.c Bad usage of "nand" command 3022 -53 common/cmd_nand.c Bad usage of "nand" command
3020 53 common/cmd_nand.c correct usage of "nand" command 3023 53 common/cmd_nand.c correct usage of "nand" command
3021 -54 common/cmd_nand.c No boot device 3024 -54 common/cmd_nand.c No boot device
3022 54 common/cmd_nand.c boot device found 3025 54 common/cmd_nand.c boot device found
3023 -55 common/cmd_nand.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device 3026 -55 common/cmd_nand.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device
3024 55 common/cmd_nand.c correct chip ID found, device available 3027 55 common/cmd_nand.c correct chip ID found, device available
3025 -56 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image Header on boot device 3028 -56 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image Header on boot device
3026 56 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image Header from NAND device OK 3029 56 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image Header from NAND device OK
3027 -57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has bad magic number 3030 -57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has bad magic number
3028 57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has correct magic number 3031 57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has correct magic number
3029 -58 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image from NAND device 3032 -58 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image from NAND device
3030 58 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image from NAND device OK 3033 58 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image from NAND device OK
3031 3034
3032 -60 common/env_common.c Environment has a bad CRC, using default 3035 -60 common/env_common.c Environment has a bad CRC, using default
3033 3036
3034 64 net/eth.c starting with Ethernet configuration. 3037 64 net/eth.c starting with Ethernet configuration.
3035 -64 net/eth.c no Ethernet found. 3038 -64 net/eth.c no Ethernet found.
3036 65 net/eth.c Ethernet found. 3039 65 net/eth.c Ethernet found.
3037 3040
3038 -80 common/cmd_net.c usage wrong 3041 -80 common/cmd_net.c usage wrong
3039 80 common/cmd_net.c before calling net_loop() 3042 80 common/cmd_net.c before calling net_loop()
3040 -81 common/cmd_net.c some error in net_loop() occurred 3043 -81 common/cmd_net.c some error in net_loop() occurred
3041 81 common/cmd_net.c net_loop() back without error 3044 81 common/cmd_net.c net_loop() back without error
3042 -82 common/cmd_net.c size == 0 (File with size 0 loaded) 3045 -82 common/cmd_net.c size == 0 (File with size 0 loaded)
3043 82 common/cmd_net.c trying automatic boot 3046 82 common/cmd_net.c trying automatic boot
3044 83 common/cmd_net.c running "source" command 3047 83 common/cmd_net.c running "source" command
3045 -83 common/cmd_net.c some error in automatic boot or "source" command 3048 -83 common/cmd_net.c some error in automatic boot or "source" command
3046 84 common/cmd_net.c end without errors 3049 84 common/cmd_net.c end without errors
3047 3050
3048 FIT uImage format: 3051 FIT uImage format:
3049 3052
3050 Arg Where When 3053 Arg Where When
3051 100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has correct format 3054 100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has correct format
3052 -100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has incorrect format 3055 -100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has incorrect format
3053 101 common/cmd_bootm.c No Kernel subimage unit name, using configuration 3056 101 common/cmd_bootm.c No Kernel subimage unit name, using configuration
3054 -101 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get configuration for kernel subimage 3057 -101 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get configuration for kernel subimage
3055 102 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel unit name specified 3058 102 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel unit name specified
3056 -103 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage node offset 3059 -103 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage node offset
3057 103 common/cmd_bootm.c Found configuration node 3060 103 common/cmd_bootm.c Found configuration node
3058 104 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage node offset 3061 104 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage node offset
3059 -104 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification failed 3062 -104 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification failed
3060 105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification OK 3063 105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification OK
3061 -105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage is for unsupported architecture 3064 -105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage is for unsupported architecture
3062 106 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK 3065 106 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK
3063 -106 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage has wrong type 3066 -106 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage has wrong type
3064 107 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage type OK 3067 107 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage type OK
3065 -107 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage data/size 3068 -107 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage data/size
3066 108 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage data/size 3069 108 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage data/size
3067 -108 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong image type (not legacy, FIT) 3070 -108 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong image type (not legacy, FIT)
3068 -109 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage type 3071 -109 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage type
3069 -110 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage comp 3072 -110 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage comp
3070 -111 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage os 3073 -111 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage os
3071 -112 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage load address 3074 -112 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage load address
3072 -113 common/cmd_bootm.c Image uncompress/copy overwrite error 3075 -113 common/cmd_bootm.c Image uncompress/copy overwrite error
3073 3076
3074 120 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification 3077 120 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification
3075 -120 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has incorrect format 3078 -120 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has incorrect format
3076 121 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has correct format 3079 121 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has correct format
3077 122 common/image.c No ramdisk subimage unit name, using configuration 3080 122 common/image.c No ramdisk subimage unit name, using configuration
3078 -122 common/image.c Can't get configuration for ramdisk subimage 3081 -122 common/image.c Can't get configuration for ramdisk subimage
3079 123 common/image.c Ramdisk unit name specified 3082 123 common/image.c Ramdisk unit name specified
3080 -124 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage node offset 3083 -124 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage node offset
3081 125 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage node offset 3084 125 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage node offset
3082 -125 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification failed 3085 -125 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification failed
3083 126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification OK 3086 126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification OK
3084 -126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage for unsupported architecture 3087 -126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage for unsupported architecture
3085 127 common/image.c Architecture check OK 3088 127 common/image.c Architecture check OK
3086 -127 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage data/size 3089 -127 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage data/size
3087 128 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage data/size 3090 128 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage data/size
3088 129 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk load address 3091 129 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk load address
3089 -129 common/image.c Got ramdisk load address 3092 -129 common/image.c Got ramdisk load address
3090 3093
3091 -130 common/cmd_doc.c Incorrect FIT image format 3094 -130 common/cmd_doc.c Incorrect FIT image format
3092 131 common/cmd_doc.c FIT image format OK 3095 131 common/cmd_doc.c FIT image format OK
3093 3096
3094 -140 common/cmd_ide.c Incorrect FIT image format 3097 -140 common/cmd_ide.c Incorrect FIT image format
3095 141 common/cmd_ide.c FIT image format OK 3098 141 common/cmd_ide.c FIT image format OK
3096 3099
3097 -150 common/cmd_nand.c Incorrect FIT image format 3100 -150 common/cmd_nand.c Incorrect FIT image format
3098 151 common/cmd_nand.c FIT image format OK 3101 151 common/cmd_nand.c FIT image format OK
3099 3102
3100 - legacy image format: 3103 - legacy image format:
3101 CONFIG_IMAGE_FORMAT_LEGACY 3104 CONFIG_IMAGE_FORMAT_LEGACY
3102 enables the legacy image format support in U-Boot. 3105 enables the legacy image format support in U-Boot.
3103 3106
3104 Default: 3107 Default:
3105 enabled if CONFIG_FIT_SIGNATURE is not defined. 3108 enabled if CONFIG_FIT_SIGNATURE is not defined.
3106 3109
3107 CONFIG_DISABLE_IMAGE_LEGACY 3110 CONFIG_DISABLE_IMAGE_LEGACY
3108 disable the legacy image format 3111 disable the legacy image format
3109 3112
3110 This define is introduced, as the legacy image format is 3113 This define is introduced, as the legacy image format is
3111 enabled per default for backward compatibility. 3114 enabled per default for backward compatibility.
3112 3115
3113 - FIT image support: 3116 - FIT image support:
3114 CONFIG_FIT_DISABLE_SHA256 3117 CONFIG_FIT_DISABLE_SHA256
3115 Supporting SHA256 hashes has quite an impact on binary size. 3118 Supporting SHA256 hashes has quite an impact on binary size.
3116 For constrained systems sha256 hash support can be disabled 3119 For constrained systems sha256 hash support can be disabled
3117 with this option. 3120 with this option.
3118 3121
3119 TODO(sjg@chromium.org): Adjust this option to be positive, 3122 TODO(sjg@chromium.org): Adjust this option to be positive,
3120 and move it to Kconfig 3123 and move it to Kconfig
3121 3124
3122 - Standalone program support: 3125 - Standalone program support:
3123 CONFIG_STANDALONE_LOAD_ADDR 3126 CONFIG_STANDALONE_LOAD_ADDR
3124 3127
3125 This option defines a board specific value for the 3128 This option defines a board specific value for the
3126 address where standalone program gets loaded, thus 3129 address where standalone program gets loaded, thus
3127 overwriting the architecture dependent default 3130 overwriting the architecture dependent default
3128 settings. 3131 settings.
3129 3132
3130 - Frame Buffer Address: 3133 - Frame Buffer Address:
3131 CONFIG_FB_ADDR 3134 CONFIG_FB_ADDR
3132 3135
3133 Define CONFIG_FB_ADDR if you want to use specific 3136 Define CONFIG_FB_ADDR if you want to use specific
3134 address for frame buffer. This is typically the case 3137 address for frame buffer. This is typically the case
3135 when using a graphics controller has separate video 3138 when using a graphics controller has separate video
3136 memory. U-Boot will then place the frame buffer at 3139 memory. U-Boot will then place the frame buffer at
3137 the given address instead of dynamically reserving it 3140 the given address instead of dynamically reserving it
3138 in system RAM by calling lcd_setmem(), which grabs 3141 in system RAM by calling lcd_setmem(), which grabs
3139 the memory for the frame buffer depending on the 3142 the memory for the frame buffer depending on the
3140 configured panel size. 3143 configured panel size.
3141 3144
3142 Please see board_init_f function. 3145 Please see board_init_f function.
3143 3146
3144 - Automatic software updates via TFTP server 3147 - Automatic software updates via TFTP server
3145 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP 3148 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP
3146 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_CNT_MAX 3149 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_CNT_MAX
3147 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_MSEC_MAX 3150 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_MSEC_MAX
3148 3151
3149 These options enable and control the auto-update feature; 3152 These options enable and control the auto-update feature;
3150 for a more detailed description refer to doc/README.update. 3153 for a more detailed description refer to doc/README.update.
3151 3154
3152 - MTD Support (mtdparts command, UBI support) 3155 - MTD Support (mtdparts command, UBI support)
3153 CONFIG_MTD_DEVICE 3156 CONFIG_MTD_DEVICE
3154 3157
3155 Adds the MTD device infrastructure from the Linux kernel. 3158 Adds the MTD device infrastructure from the Linux kernel.
3156 Needed for mtdparts command support. 3159 Needed for mtdparts command support.
3157 3160
3158 CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS 3161 CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS
3159 3162
3160 Adds the MTD partitioning infrastructure from the Linux 3163 Adds the MTD partitioning infrastructure from the Linux
3161 kernel. Needed for UBI support. 3164 kernel. Needed for UBI support.
3162 3165
3163 - UBI support 3166 - UBI support
3164 CONFIG_CMD_UBI 3167 CONFIG_CMD_UBI
3165 3168
3166 Adds commands for interacting with MTD partitions formatted 3169 Adds commands for interacting with MTD partitions formatted
3167 with the UBI flash translation layer 3170 with the UBI flash translation layer
3168 3171
3169 Requires also defining CONFIG_RBTREE 3172 Requires also defining CONFIG_RBTREE
3170 3173
3171 CONFIG_UBI_SILENCE_MSG 3174 CONFIG_UBI_SILENCE_MSG
3172 3175
3173 Make the verbose messages from UBI stop printing. This leaves 3176 Make the verbose messages from UBI stop printing. This leaves
3174 warnings and errors enabled. 3177 warnings and errors enabled.
3175 3178
3176 3179
3177 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_WL_THRESHOLD 3180 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_WL_THRESHOLD
3178 This parameter defines the maximum difference between the highest 3181 This parameter defines the maximum difference between the highest
3179 erase counter value and the lowest erase counter value of eraseblocks 3182 erase counter value and the lowest erase counter value of eraseblocks
3180 of UBI devices. When this threshold is exceeded, UBI starts performing 3183 of UBI devices. When this threshold is exceeded, UBI starts performing
3181 wear leveling by means of moving data from eraseblock with low erase 3184 wear leveling by means of moving data from eraseblock with low erase
3182 counter to eraseblocks with high erase counter. 3185 counter to eraseblocks with high erase counter.
3183 3186
3184 The default value should be OK for SLC NAND flashes, NOR flashes and 3187 The default value should be OK for SLC NAND flashes, NOR flashes and
3185 other flashes which have eraseblock life-cycle 100000 or more. 3188 other flashes which have eraseblock life-cycle 100000 or more.
3186 However, in case of MLC NAND flashes which typically have eraseblock 3189 However, in case of MLC NAND flashes which typically have eraseblock
3187 life-cycle less than 10000, the threshold should be lessened (e.g., 3190 life-cycle less than 10000, the threshold should be lessened (e.g.,
3188 to 128 or 256, although it does not have to be power of 2). 3191 to 128 or 256, although it does not have to be power of 2).
3189 3192
3190 default: 4096 3193 default: 4096
3191 3194
3192 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_BEB_LIMIT 3195 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_BEB_LIMIT
3193 This option specifies the maximum bad physical eraseblocks UBI 3196 This option specifies the maximum bad physical eraseblocks UBI
3194 expects on the MTD device (per 1024 eraseblocks). If the 3197 expects on the MTD device (per 1024 eraseblocks). If the
3195 underlying flash does not admit of bad eraseblocks (e.g. NOR 3198 underlying flash does not admit of bad eraseblocks (e.g. NOR
3196 flash), this value is ignored. 3199 flash), this value is ignored.
3197 3200
3198 NAND datasheets often specify the minimum and maximum NVM 3201 NAND datasheets often specify the minimum and maximum NVM
3199 (Number of Valid Blocks) for the flashes' endurance lifetime. 3202 (Number of Valid Blocks) for the flashes' endurance lifetime.
3200 The maximum expected bad eraseblocks per 1024 eraseblocks 3203 The maximum expected bad eraseblocks per 1024 eraseblocks
3201 then can be calculated as "1024 * (1 - MinNVB / MaxNVB)", 3204 then can be calculated as "1024 * (1 - MinNVB / MaxNVB)",
3202 which gives 20 for most NANDs (MaxNVB is basically the total 3205 which gives 20 for most NANDs (MaxNVB is basically the total
3203 count of eraseblocks on the chip). 3206 count of eraseblocks on the chip).
3204 3207
3205 To put it differently, if this value is 20, UBI will try to 3208 To put it differently, if this value is 20, UBI will try to
3206 reserve about 1.9% of physical eraseblocks for bad blocks 3209 reserve about 1.9% of physical eraseblocks for bad blocks
3207 handling. And that will be 1.9% of eraseblocks on the entire 3210 handling. And that will be 1.9% of eraseblocks on the entire
3208 NAND chip, not just the MTD partition UBI attaches. This means 3211 NAND chip, not just the MTD partition UBI attaches. This means
3209 that if you have, say, a NAND flash chip admits maximum 40 bad 3212 that if you have, say, a NAND flash chip admits maximum 40 bad
3210 eraseblocks, and it is split on two MTD partitions of the same 3213 eraseblocks, and it is split on two MTD partitions of the same
3211 size, UBI will reserve 40 eraseblocks when attaching a 3214 size, UBI will reserve 40 eraseblocks when attaching a
3212 partition. 3215 partition.
3213 3216
3214 default: 20 3217 default: 20
3215 3218
3216 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_FASTMAP 3219 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_FASTMAP
3217 Fastmap is a mechanism which allows attaching an UBI device 3220 Fastmap is a mechanism which allows attaching an UBI device
3218 in nearly constant time. Instead of scanning the whole MTD device it 3221 in nearly constant time. Instead of scanning the whole MTD device it
3219 only has to locate a checkpoint (called fastmap) on the device. 3222 only has to locate a checkpoint (called fastmap) on the device.
3220 The on-flash fastmap contains all information needed to attach 3223 The on-flash fastmap contains all information needed to attach
3221 the device. Using fastmap makes only sense on large devices where 3224 the device. Using fastmap makes only sense on large devices where
3222 attaching by scanning takes long. UBI will not automatically install 3225 attaching by scanning takes long. UBI will not automatically install
3223 a fastmap on old images, but you can set the UBI parameter 3226 a fastmap on old images, but you can set the UBI parameter
3224 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_FASTMAP_AUTOCONVERT to 1 if you want so. Please note 3227 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_FASTMAP_AUTOCONVERT to 1 if you want so. Please note
3225 that fastmap-enabled images are still usable with UBI implementations 3228 that fastmap-enabled images are still usable with UBI implementations
3226 without fastmap support. On typical flash devices the whole fastmap 3229 without fastmap support. On typical flash devices the whole fastmap
3227 fits into one PEB. UBI will reserve PEBs to hold two fastmaps. 3230 fits into one PEB. UBI will reserve PEBs to hold two fastmaps.
3228 3231
3229 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_FASTMAP_AUTOCONVERT 3232 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_FASTMAP_AUTOCONVERT
3230 Set this parameter to enable fastmap automatically on images 3233 Set this parameter to enable fastmap automatically on images
3231 without a fastmap. 3234 without a fastmap.
3232 default: 0 3235 default: 0
3233 3236
3234 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_FM_DEBUG 3237 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_FM_DEBUG
3235 Enable UBI fastmap debug 3238 Enable UBI fastmap debug
3236 default: 0 3239 default: 0
3237 3240
3238 - UBIFS support 3241 - UBIFS support
3239 CONFIG_CMD_UBIFS 3242 CONFIG_CMD_UBIFS
3240 3243
3241 Adds commands for interacting with UBI volumes formatted as 3244 Adds commands for interacting with UBI volumes formatted as
3242 UBIFS. UBIFS is read-only in u-boot. 3245 UBIFS. UBIFS is read-only in u-boot.
3243 3246
3244 Requires UBI support as well as CONFIG_LZO 3247 Requires UBI support as well as CONFIG_LZO
3245 3248
3246 CONFIG_UBIFS_SILENCE_MSG 3249 CONFIG_UBIFS_SILENCE_MSG
3247 3250
3248 Make the verbose messages from UBIFS stop printing. This leaves 3251 Make the verbose messages from UBIFS stop printing. This leaves
3249 warnings and errors enabled. 3252 warnings and errors enabled.
3250 3253
3251 - SPL framework 3254 - SPL framework
3252 CONFIG_SPL 3255 CONFIG_SPL
3253 Enable building of SPL globally. 3256 Enable building of SPL globally.
3254 3257
3255 CONFIG_SPL_LDSCRIPT 3258 CONFIG_SPL_LDSCRIPT
3256 LDSCRIPT for linking the SPL binary. 3259 LDSCRIPT for linking the SPL binary.
3257 3260
3258 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT 3261 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT
3259 Maximum size in memory allocated to the SPL, BSS included. 3262 Maximum size in memory allocated to the SPL, BSS included.
3260 When defined, the linker checks that the actual memory 3263 When defined, the linker checks that the actual memory
3261 used by SPL from _start to __bss_end does not exceed it. 3264 used by SPL from _start to __bss_end does not exceed it.
3262 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT and CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE 3265 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT and CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
3263 must not be both defined at the same time. 3266 must not be both defined at the same time.
3264 3267
3265 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE 3268 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE
3266 Maximum size of the SPL image (text, data, rodata, and 3269 Maximum size of the SPL image (text, data, rodata, and
3267 linker lists sections), BSS excluded. 3270 linker lists sections), BSS excluded.
3268 When defined, the linker checks that the actual size does 3271 When defined, the linker checks that the actual size does
3269 not exceed it. 3272 not exceed it.
3270 3273
3271 CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE 3274 CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE
3272 TEXT_BASE for linking the SPL binary. 3275 TEXT_BASE for linking the SPL binary.
3273 3276
3274 CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_TEXT_BASE 3277 CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_TEXT_BASE
3275 Address to relocate to. If unspecified, this is equal to 3278 Address to relocate to. If unspecified, this is equal to
3276 CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE (i.e. no relocation is done). 3279 CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE (i.e. no relocation is done).
3277 3280
3278 CONFIG_SPL_BSS_START_ADDR 3281 CONFIG_SPL_BSS_START_ADDR
3279 Link address for the BSS within the SPL binary. 3282 Link address for the BSS within the SPL binary.
3280 3283
3281 CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE 3284 CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
3282 Maximum size in memory allocated to the SPL BSS. 3285 Maximum size in memory allocated to the SPL BSS.
3283 When defined, the linker checks that the actual memory used 3286 When defined, the linker checks that the actual memory used
3284 by SPL from __bss_start to __bss_end does not exceed it. 3287 by SPL from __bss_start to __bss_end does not exceed it.
3285 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT and CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE 3288 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT and CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
3286 must not be both defined at the same time. 3289 must not be both defined at the same time.
3287 3290
3288 CONFIG_SPL_STACK 3291 CONFIG_SPL_STACK
3289 Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use 3292 Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use
3290 3293
3291 CONFIG_SPL_PANIC_ON_RAW_IMAGE 3294 CONFIG_SPL_PANIC_ON_RAW_IMAGE
3292 When defined, SPL will panic() if the image it has 3295 When defined, SPL will panic() if the image it has
3293 loaded does not have a signature. 3296 loaded does not have a signature.
3294 Defining this is useful when code which loads images 3297 Defining this is useful when code which loads images
3295 in SPL cannot guarantee that absolutely all read errors 3298 in SPL cannot guarantee that absolutely all read errors
3296 will be caught. 3299 will be caught.
3297 An example is the LPC32XX MLC NAND driver, which will 3300 An example is the LPC32XX MLC NAND driver, which will
3298 consider that a completely unreadable NAND block is bad, 3301 consider that a completely unreadable NAND block is bad,
3299 and thus should be skipped silently. 3302 and thus should be skipped silently.
3300 3303
3301 CONFIG_SPL_ABORT_ON_RAW_IMAGE 3304 CONFIG_SPL_ABORT_ON_RAW_IMAGE
3302 When defined, SPL will proceed to another boot method 3305 When defined, SPL will proceed to another boot method
3303 if the image it has loaded does not have a signature. 3306 if the image it has loaded does not have a signature.
3304 3307
3305 CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_STACK 3308 CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_STACK
3306 Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use after 3309 Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use after
3307 relocation. If unspecified, this is equal to 3310 relocation. If unspecified, this is equal to
3308 CONFIG_SPL_STACK. 3311 CONFIG_SPL_STACK.
3309 3312
3310 CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_START 3313 CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_START
3311 Starting address of the malloc pool used in SPL. 3314 Starting address of the malloc pool used in SPL.
3312 When this option is set the full malloc is used in SPL and 3315 When this option is set the full malloc is used in SPL and
3313 it is set up by spl_init() and before that, the simple malloc() 3316 it is set up by spl_init() and before that, the simple malloc()
3314 can be used if CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_F is defined. 3317 can be used if CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_F is defined.
3315 3318
3316 CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_SIZE 3319 CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_SIZE
3317 The size of the malloc pool used in SPL. 3320 The size of the malloc pool used in SPL.
3318 3321
3319 CONFIG_SPL_FRAMEWORK 3322 CONFIG_SPL_FRAMEWORK
3320 Enable the SPL framework under common/. This framework 3323 Enable the SPL framework under common/. This framework
3321 supports MMC, NAND and YMODEM loading of U-Boot and NAND 3324 supports MMC, NAND and YMODEM loading of U-Boot and NAND
3322 NAND loading of the Linux Kernel. 3325 NAND loading of the Linux Kernel.
3323 3326
3324 CONFIG_SPL_OS_BOOT 3327 CONFIG_SPL_OS_BOOT
3325 Enable booting directly to an OS from SPL. 3328 Enable booting directly to an OS from SPL.
3326 See also: doc/README.falcon 3329 See also: doc/README.falcon
3327 3330
3328 CONFIG_SPL_DISPLAY_PRINT 3331 CONFIG_SPL_DISPLAY_PRINT
3329 For ARM, enable an optional function to print more information 3332 For ARM, enable an optional function to print more information
3330 about the running system. 3333 about the running system.
3331 3334
3332 CONFIG_SPL_INIT_MINIMAL 3335 CONFIG_SPL_INIT_MINIMAL
3333 Arch init code should be built for a very small image 3336 Arch init code should be built for a very small image
3334 3337
3335 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_U_BOOT_PARTITION 3338 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_U_BOOT_PARTITION
3336 Partition on the MMC to load U-Boot from when the MMC is being 3339 Partition on the MMC to load U-Boot from when the MMC is being
3337 used in raw mode 3340 used in raw mode
3338 3341
3339 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_KERNEL_SECTOR 3342 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_KERNEL_SECTOR
3340 Sector to load kernel uImage from when MMC is being 3343 Sector to load kernel uImage from when MMC is being
3341 used in raw mode (for Falcon mode) 3344 used in raw mode (for Falcon mode)
3342 3345
3343 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_ARGS_SECTOR, 3346 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_ARGS_SECTOR,
3344 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_ARGS_SECTORS 3347 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_ARGS_SECTORS
3345 Sector and number of sectors to load kernel argument 3348 Sector and number of sectors to load kernel argument
3346 parameters from when MMC is being used in raw mode 3349 parameters from when MMC is being used in raw mode
3347 (for falcon mode) 3350 (for falcon mode)
3348 3351
3349 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_FS_BOOT_PARTITION 3352 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_FS_BOOT_PARTITION
3350 Partition on the MMC to load U-Boot from when the MMC is being 3353 Partition on the MMC to load U-Boot from when the MMC is being
3351 used in fs mode 3354 used in fs mode
3352 3355
3353 CONFIG_SPL_FS_LOAD_PAYLOAD_NAME 3356 CONFIG_SPL_FS_LOAD_PAYLOAD_NAME
3354 Filename to read to load U-Boot when reading from filesystem 3357 Filename to read to load U-Boot when reading from filesystem
3355 3358
3356 CONFIG_SPL_FS_LOAD_KERNEL_NAME 3359 CONFIG_SPL_FS_LOAD_KERNEL_NAME
3357 Filename to read to load kernel uImage when reading 3360 Filename to read to load kernel uImage when reading
3358 from filesystem (for Falcon mode) 3361 from filesystem (for Falcon mode)
3359 3362
3360 CONFIG_SPL_FS_LOAD_ARGS_NAME 3363 CONFIG_SPL_FS_LOAD_ARGS_NAME
3361 Filename to read to load kernel argument parameters 3364 Filename to read to load kernel argument parameters
3362 when reading from filesystem (for Falcon mode) 3365 when reading from filesystem (for Falcon mode)
3363 3366
3364 CONFIG_SPL_MPC83XX_WAIT_FOR_NAND 3367 CONFIG_SPL_MPC83XX_WAIT_FOR_NAND
3365 Set this for NAND SPL on PPC mpc83xx targets, so that 3368 Set this for NAND SPL on PPC mpc83xx targets, so that
3366 start.S waits for the rest of the SPL to load before 3369 start.S waits for the rest of the SPL to load before
3367 continuing (the hardware starts execution after just 3370 continuing (the hardware starts execution after just
3368 loading the first page rather than the full 4K). 3371 loading the first page rather than the full 4K).
3369 3372
3370 CONFIG_SPL_SKIP_RELOCATE 3373 CONFIG_SPL_SKIP_RELOCATE
3371 Avoid SPL relocation 3374 Avoid SPL relocation
3372 3375
3373 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_BASE 3376 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_BASE
3374 Include nand_base.c in the SPL. Requires 3377 Include nand_base.c in the SPL. Requires
3375 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_DRIVERS. 3378 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_DRIVERS.
3376 3379
3377 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_DRIVERS 3380 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_DRIVERS
3378 SPL uses normal NAND drivers, not minimal drivers. 3381 SPL uses normal NAND drivers, not minimal drivers.
3379 3382
3380 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_ECC 3383 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_ECC
3381 Include standard software ECC in the SPL 3384 Include standard software ECC in the SPL
3382 3385
3383 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_SIMPLE 3386 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_SIMPLE
3384 Support for NAND boot using simple NAND drivers that 3387 Support for NAND boot using simple NAND drivers that
3385 expose the cmd_ctrl() interface. 3388 expose the cmd_ctrl() interface.
3386 3389
3387 CONFIG_SPL_UBI 3390 CONFIG_SPL_UBI
3388 Support for a lightweight UBI (fastmap) scanner and 3391 Support for a lightweight UBI (fastmap) scanner and
3389 loader 3392 loader
3390 3393
3391 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_RAW_ONLY 3394 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_RAW_ONLY
3392 Support to boot only raw u-boot.bin images. Use this only 3395 Support to boot only raw u-boot.bin images. Use this only
3393 if you need to save space. 3396 if you need to save space.
3394 3397
3395 CONFIG_SPL_COMMON_INIT_DDR 3398 CONFIG_SPL_COMMON_INIT_DDR
3396 Set for common ddr init with serial presence detect in 3399 Set for common ddr init with serial presence detect in
3397 SPL binary. 3400 SPL binary.
3398 3401
3399 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_5_ADDR_CYCLE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_COUNT, 3402 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_5_ADDR_CYCLE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_COUNT,
3400 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_OOBSIZE, 3403 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_OOBSIZE,
3401 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BLOCK_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BAD_BLOCK_POS, 3404 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BLOCK_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BAD_BLOCK_POS,
3402 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCPOS, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCSIZE, 3405 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCPOS, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCSIZE,
3403 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCBYTES 3406 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCBYTES
3404 Defines the size and behavior of the NAND that SPL uses 3407 Defines the size and behavior of the NAND that SPL uses
3405 to read U-Boot 3408 to read U-Boot
3406 3409
3407 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_BOOT 3410 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_BOOT
3408 Add support NAND boot 3411 Add support NAND boot
3409 3412
3410 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_OFFS 3413 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_OFFS
3411 Location in NAND to read U-Boot from 3414 Location in NAND to read U-Boot from
3412 3415
3413 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_DST 3416 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_DST
3414 Location in memory to load U-Boot to 3417 Location in memory to load U-Boot to
3415 3418
3416 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_SIZE 3419 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_SIZE
3417 Size of image to load 3420 Size of image to load
3418 3421
3419 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_START 3422 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_START
3420 Entry point in loaded image to jump to 3423 Entry point in loaded image to jump to
3421 3424
3422 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_HW_ECC_OOBFIRST 3425 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_HW_ECC_OOBFIRST
3423 Define this if you need to first read the OOB and then the 3426 Define this if you need to first read the OOB and then the
3424 data. This is used, for example, on davinci platforms. 3427 data. This is used, for example, on davinci platforms.
3425 3428
3426 CONFIG_SPL_OMAP3_ID_NAND 3429 CONFIG_SPL_OMAP3_ID_NAND
3427 Support for an OMAP3-specific set of functions to return the 3430 Support for an OMAP3-specific set of functions to return the
3428 ID and MFR of the first attached NAND chip, if present. 3431 ID and MFR of the first attached NAND chip, if present.
3429 3432
3430 CONFIG_SPL_RAM_DEVICE 3433 CONFIG_SPL_RAM_DEVICE
3431 Support for running image already present in ram, in SPL binary 3434 Support for running image already present in ram, in SPL binary
3432 3435
3433 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO 3436 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO
3434 Image offset to which the SPL should be padded before appending 3437 Image offset to which the SPL should be padded before appending
3435 the SPL payload. By default, this is defined as 3438 the SPL payload. By default, this is defined as
3436 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE, or 0 if CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE is undefined. 3439 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE, or 0 if CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE is undefined.
3437 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO must be either 0, meaning to append the SPL 3440 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO must be either 0, meaning to append the SPL
3438 payload without any padding, or >= CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE. 3441 payload without any padding, or >= CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE.
3439 3442
3440 CONFIG_SPL_TARGET 3443 CONFIG_SPL_TARGET
3441 Final target image containing SPL and payload. Some SPLs 3444 Final target image containing SPL and payload. Some SPLs
3442 use an arch-specific makefile fragment instead, for 3445 use an arch-specific makefile fragment instead, for
3443 example if more than one image needs to be produced. 3446 example if more than one image needs to be produced.
3444 3447
3445 CONFIG_FIT_SPL_PRINT 3448 CONFIG_FIT_SPL_PRINT
3446 Printing information about a FIT image adds quite a bit of 3449 Printing information about a FIT image adds quite a bit of
3447 code to SPL. So this is normally disabled in SPL. Use this 3450 code to SPL. So this is normally disabled in SPL. Use this
3448 option to re-enable it. This will affect the output of the 3451 option to re-enable it. This will affect the output of the
3449 bootm command when booting a FIT image. 3452 bootm command when booting a FIT image.
3450 3453
3451 - TPL framework 3454 - TPL framework
3452 CONFIG_TPL 3455 CONFIG_TPL
3453 Enable building of TPL globally. 3456 Enable building of TPL globally.
3454 3457
3455 CONFIG_TPL_PAD_TO 3458 CONFIG_TPL_PAD_TO
3456 Image offset to which the TPL should be padded before appending 3459 Image offset to which the TPL should be padded before appending
3457 the TPL payload. By default, this is defined as 3460 the TPL payload. By default, this is defined as
3458 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE, or 0 if CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE is undefined. 3461 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE, or 0 if CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE is undefined.
3459 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO must be either 0, meaning to append the SPL 3462 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO must be either 0, meaning to append the SPL
3460 payload without any padding, or >= CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE. 3463 payload without any padding, or >= CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE.
3461 3464
3462 - Interrupt support (PPC): 3465 - Interrupt support (PPC):
3463 3466
3464 There are common interrupt_init() and timer_interrupt() 3467 There are common interrupt_init() and timer_interrupt()
3465 for all PPC archs. interrupt_init() calls interrupt_init_cpu() 3468 for all PPC archs. interrupt_init() calls interrupt_init_cpu()
3466 for CPU specific initialization. interrupt_init_cpu() 3469 for CPU specific initialization. interrupt_init_cpu()
3467 should set decrementer_count to appropriate value. If 3470 should set decrementer_count to appropriate value. If
3468 CPU resets decrementer automatically after interrupt 3471 CPU resets decrementer automatically after interrupt
3469 (ppc4xx) it should set decrementer_count to zero. 3472 (ppc4xx) it should set decrementer_count to zero.
3470 timer_interrupt() calls timer_interrupt_cpu() for CPU 3473 timer_interrupt() calls timer_interrupt_cpu() for CPU
3471 specific handling. If board has watchdog / status_led 3474 specific handling. If board has watchdog / status_led
3472 / other_activity_monitor it works automatically from 3475 / other_activity_monitor it works automatically from
3473 general timer_interrupt(). 3476 general timer_interrupt().
3474 3477
3475 3478
3476 Board initialization settings: 3479 Board initialization settings:
3477 ------------------------------ 3480 ------------------------------
3478 3481
3479 During Initialization u-boot calls a number of board specific functions 3482 During Initialization u-boot calls a number of board specific functions
3480 to allow the preparation of board specific prerequisites, e.g. pin setup 3483 to allow the preparation of board specific prerequisites, e.g. pin setup
3481 before drivers are initialized. To enable these callbacks the 3484 before drivers are initialized. To enable these callbacks the
3482 following configuration macros have to be defined. Currently this is 3485 following configuration macros have to be defined. Currently this is
3483 architecture specific, so please check arch/your_architecture/lib/board.c 3486 architecture specific, so please check arch/your_architecture/lib/board.c
3484 typically in board_init_f() and board_init_r(). 3487 typically in board_init_f() and board_init_r().
3485 3488
3486 - CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_F: Call board_early_init_f() 3489 - CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_F: Call board_early_init_f()
3487 - CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_R: Call board_early_init_r() 3490 - CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_R: Call board_early_init_r()
3488 - CONFIG_BOARD_LATE_INIT: Call board_late_init() 3491 - CONFIG_BOARD_LATE_INIT: Call board_late_init()
3489 - CONFIG_BOARD_POSTCLK_INIT: Call board_postclk_init() 3492 - CONFIG_BOARD_POSTCLK_INIT: Call board_postclk_init()
3490 3493
3491 Configuration Settings: 3494 Configuration Settings:
3492 ----------------------- 3495 -----------------------
3493 3496
3494 - CONFIG_SYS_SUPPORT_64BIT_DATA: Defined automatically if compiled as 64-bit. 3497 - CONFIG_SYS_SUPPORT_64BIT_DATA: Defined automatically if compiled as 64-bit.
3495 Optionally it can be defined to support 64-bit memory commands. 3498 Optionally it can be defined to support 64-bit memory commands.
3496 3499
3497 - CONFIG_SYS_LONGHELP: Defined when you want long help messages included; 3500 - CONFIG_SYS_LONGHELP: Defined when you want long help messages included;
3498 undefine this when you're short of memory. 3501 undefine this when you're short of memory.
3499 3502
3500 - CONFIG_SYS_HELP_CMD_WIDTH: Defined when you want to override the default 3503 - CONFIG_SYS_HELP_CMD_WIDTH: Defined when you want to override the default
3501 width of the commands listed in the 'help' command output. 3504 width of the commands listed in the 'help' command output.
3502 3505
3503 - CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT: This is what U-Boot prints on the console to 3506 - CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT: This is what U-Boot prints on the console to
3504 prompt for user input. 3507 prompt for user input.
3505 3508
3506 - CONFIG_SYS_CBSIZE: Buffer size for input from the Console 3509 - CONFIG_SYS_CBSIZE: Buffer size for input from the Console
3507 3510
3508 - CONFIG_SYS_PBSIZE: Buffer size for Console output 3511 - CONFIG_SYS_PBSIZE: Buffer size for Console output
3509 3512
3510 - CONFIG_SYS_MAXARGS: max. Number of arguments accepted for monitor commands 3513 - CONFIG_SYS_MAXARGS: max. Number of arguments accepted for monitor commands
3511 3514
3512 - CONFIG_SYS_BARGSIZE: Buffer size for Boot Arguments which are passed to 3515 - CONFIG_SYS_BARGSIZE: Buffer size for Boot Arguments which are passed to
3513 the application (usually a Linux kernel) when it is 3516 the application (usually a Linux kernel) when it is
3514 booted 3517 booted
3515 3518
3516 - CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE: 3519 - CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE:
3517 List of legal baudrate settings for this board. 3520 List of legal baudrate settings for this board.
3518 3521
3519 - CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_START, CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_END: 3522 - CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_START, CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_END:
3520 Begin and End addresses of the area used by the 3523 Begin and End addresses of the area used by the
3521 simple memory test. 3524 simple memory test.
3522 3525
3523 - CONFIG_SYS_ALT_MEMTEST: 3526 - CONFIG_SYS_ALT_MEMTEST:
3524 Enable an alternate, more extensive memory test. 3527 Enable an alternate, more extensive memory test.
3525 3528
3526 - CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_SCRATCH: 3529 - CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_SCRATCH:
3527 Scratch address used by the alternate memory test 3530 Scratch address used by the alternate memory test
3528 You only need to set this if address zero isn't writeable 3531 You only need to set this if address zero isn't writeable
3529 3532
3530 - CONFIG_SYS_MEM_RESERVE_SECURE 3533 - CONFIG_SYS_MEM_RESERVE_SECURE
3531 Only implemented for ARMv8 for now. 3534 Only implemented for ARMv8 for now.
3532 If defined, the size of CONFIG_SYS_MEM_RESERVE_SECURE memory 3535 If defined, the size of CONFIG_SYS_MEM_RESERVE_SECURE memory
3533 is substracted from total RAM and won't be reported to OS. 3536 is substracted from total RAM and won't be reported to OS.
3534 This memory can be used as secure memory. A variable 3537 This memory can be used as secure memory. A variable
3535 gd->arch.secure_ram is used to track the location. In systems 3538 gd->arch.secure_ram is used to track the location. In systems
3536 the RAM base is not zero, or RAM is divided into banks, 3539 the RAM base is not zero, or RAM is divided into banks,
3537 this variable needs to be recalcuated to get the address. 3540 this variable needs to be recalcuated to get the address.
3538 3541
3539 - CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE: 3542 - CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE:
3540 If CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE is defined in the board config header, 3543 If CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE is defined in the board config header,
3541 this specified memory area will get subtracted from the top 3544 this specified memory area will get subtracted from the top
3542 (end) of RAM and won't get "touched" at all by U-Boot. By 3545 (end) of RAM and won't get "touched" at all by U-Boot. By
3543 fixing up gd->ram_size the Linux kernel should gets passed 3546 fixing up gd->ram_size the Linux kernel should gets passed
3544 the now "corrected" memory size and won't touch it either. 3547 the now "corrected" memory size and won't touch it either.
3545 This should work for arch/ppc and arch/powerpc. Only Linux 3548 This should work for arch/ppc and arch/powerpc. Only Linux
3546 board ports in arch/powerpc with bootwrapper support that 3549 board ports in arch/powerpc with bootwrapper support that
3547 recalculate the memory size from the SDRAM controller setup 3550 recalculate the memory size from the SDRAM controller setup
3548 will have to get fixed in Linux additionally. 3551 will have to get fixed in Linux additionally.
3549 3552
3550 This option can be used as a workaround for the 440EPx/GRx 3553 This option can be used as a workaround for the 440EPx/GRx
3551 CHIP 11 errata where the last 256 bytes in SDRAM shouldn't 3554 CHIP 11 errata where the last 256 bytes in SDRAM shouldn't
3552 be touched. 3555 be touched.
3553 3556
3554 WARNING: Please make sure that this value is a multiple of 3557 WARNING: Please make sure that this value is a multiple of
3555 the Linux page size (normally 4k). If this is not the case, 3558 the Linux page size (normally 4k). If this is not the case,
3556 then the end address of the Linux memory will be located at a 3559 then the end address of the Linux memory will be located at a
3557 non page size aligned address and this could cause major 3560 non page size aligned address and this could cause major
3558 problems. 3561 problems.
3559 3562
3560 - CONFIG_SYS_LOADS_BAUD_CHANGE: 3563 - CONFIG_SYS_LOADS_BAUD_CHANGE:
3561 Enable temporary baudrate change while serial download 3564 Enable temporary baudrate change while serial download
3562 3565
3563 - CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE: 3566 - CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE:
3564 Physical start address of SDRAM. _Must_ be 0 here. 3567 Physical start address of SDRAM. _Must_ be 0 here.
3565 3568
3566 - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE: 3569 - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE:
3567 Physical start address of Flash memory. 3570 Physical start address of Flash memory.
3568 3571
3569 - CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_BASE: 3572 - CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_BASE:
3570 Physical start address of boot monitor code (set by 3573 Physical start address of boot monitor code (set by
3571 make config files to be same as the text base address 3574 make config files to be same as the text base address
3572 (CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE) used when linking) - same as 3575 (CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE) used when linking) - same as
3573 CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE when booting from flash. 3576 CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE when booting from flash.
3574 3577
3575 - CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_LEN: 3578 - CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_LEN:
3576 Size of memory reserved for monitor code, used to 3579 Size of memory reserved for monitor code, used to
3577 determine _at_compile_time_ (!) if the environment is 3580 determine _at_compile_time_ (!) if the environment is
3578 embedded within the U-Boot image, or in a separate 3581 embedded within the U-Boot image, or in a separate
3579 flash sector. 3582 flash sector.
3580 3583
3581 - CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN: 3584 - CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN:
3582 Size of DRAM reserved for malloc() use. 3585 Size of DRAM reserved for malloc() use.
3583 3586
3584 - CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_F_LEN 3587 - CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_F_LEN
3585 Size of the malloc() pool for use before relocation. If 3588 Size of the malloc() pool for use before relocation. If
3586 this is defined, then a very simple malloc() implementation 3589 this is defined, then a very simple malloc() implementation
3587 will become available before relocation. The address is just 3590 will become available before relocation. The address is just
3588 below the global data, and the stack is moved down to make 3591 below the global data, and the stack is moved down to make
3589 space. 3592 space.
3590 3593
3591 This feature allocates regions with increasing addresses 3594 This feature allocates regions with increasing addresses
3592 within the region. calloc() is supported, but realloc() 3595 within the region. calloc() is supported, but realloc()
3593 is not available. free() is supported but does nothing. 3596 is not available. free() is supported but does nothing.
3594 The memory will be freed (or in fact just forgotten) when 3597 The memory will be freed (or in fact just forgotten) when
3595 U-Boot relocates itself. 3598 U-Boot relocates itself.
3596 3599
3597 - CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_SIMPLE 3600 - CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_SIMPLE
3598 Provides a simple and small malloc() and calloc() for those 3601 Provides a simple and small malloc() and calloc() for those
3599 boards which do not use the full malloc in SPL (which is 3602 boards which do not use the full malloc in SPL (which is
3600 enabled with CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_START). 3603 enabled with CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_START).
3601 3604
3602 - CONFIG_SYS_NONCACHED_MEMORY: 3605 - CONFIG_SYS_NONCACHED_MEMORY:
3603 Size of non-cached memory area. This area of memory will be 3606 Size of non-cached memory area. This area of memory will be
3604 typically located right below the malloc() area and mapped 3607 typically located right below the malloc() area and mapped
3605 uncached in the MMU. This is useful for drivers that would 3608 uncached in the MMU. This is useful for drivers that would
3606 otherwise require a lot of explicit cache maintenance. For 3609 otherwise require a lot of explicit cache maintenance. For
3607 some drivers it's also impossible to properly maintain the 3610 some drivers it's also impossible to properly maintain the
3608 cache. For example if the regions that need to be flushed 3611 cache. For example if the regions that need to be flushed
3609 are not a multiple of the cache-line size, *and* padding 3612 are not a multiple of the cache-line size, *and* padding
3610 cannot be allocated between the regions to align them (i.e. 3613 cannot be allocated between the regions to align them (i.e.
3611 if the HW requires a contiguous array of regions, and the 3614 if the HW requires a contiguous array of regions, and the
3612 size of each region is not cache-aligned), then a flush of 3615 size of each region is not cache-aligned), then a flush of
3613 one region may result in overwriting data that hardware has 3616 one region may result in overwriting data that hardware has
3614 written to another region in the same cache-line. This can 3617 written to another region in the same cache-line. This can
3615 happen for example in network drivers where descriptors for 3618 happen for example in network drivers where descriptors for
3616 buffers are typically smaller than the CPU cache-line (e.g. 3619 buffers are typically smaller than the CPU cache-line (e.g.
3617 16 bytes vs. 32 or 64 bytes). 3620 16 bytes vs. 32 or 64 bytes).
3618 3621
3619 Non-cached memory is only supported on 32-bit ARM at present. 3622 Non-cached memory is only supported on 32-bit ARM at present.
3620 3623
3621 - CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN: 3624 - CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN:
3622 Normally compressed uImages are limited to an 3625 Normally compressed uImages are limited to an
3623 uncompressed size of 8 MBytes. If this is not enough, 3626 uncompressed size of 8 MBytes. If this is not enough,
3624 you can define CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN in your board config file 3627 you can define CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN in your board config file
3625 to adjust this setting to your needs. 3628 to adjust this setting to your needs.
3626 3629
3627 - CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ: 3630 - CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ:
3628 Maximum size of memory mapped by the startup code of 3631 Maximum size of memory mapped by the startup code of
3629 the Linux kernel; all data that must be processed by 3632 the Linux kernel; all data that must be processed by
3630 the Linux kernel (bd_info, boot arguments, FDT blob if 3633 the Linux kernel (bd_info, boot arguments, FDT blob if
3631 used) must be put below this limit, unless "bootm_low" 3634 used) must be put below this limit, unless "bootm_low"
3632 environment variable is defined and non-zero. In such case 3635 environment variable is defined and non-zero. In such case
3633 all data for the Linux kernel must be between "bootm_low" 3636 all data for the Linux kernel must be between "bootm_low"
3634 and "bootm_low" + CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. The environment 3637 and "bootm_low" + CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. The environment
3635 variable "bootm_mapsize" will override the value of 3638 variable "bootm_mapsize" will override the value of
3636 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. If CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is undefined, 3639 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. If CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is undefined,
3637 then the value in "bootm_size" will be used instead. 3640 then the value in "bootm_size" will be used instead.
3638 3641
3639 - CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_RAMDISK_HIGH: 3642 - CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_RAMDISK_HIGH:
3640 Enable initrd_high functionality. If defined then the 3643 Enable initrd_high functionality. If defined then the
3641 initrd_high feature is enabled and the bootm ramdisk subcommand 3644 initrd_high feature is enabled and the bootm ramdisk subcommand
3642 is enabled. 3645 is enabled.
3643 3646
3644 - CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_CMDLINE: 3647 - CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_CMDLINE:
3645 Enables allocating and saving kernel cmdline in space between 3648 Enables allocating and saving kernel cmdline in space between
3646 "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ. 3649 "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ.
3647 3650
3648 - CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_KBD: 3651 - CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_KBD:
3649 Enables allocating and saving a kernel copy of the bd_info in 3652 Enables allocating and saving a kernel copy of the bd_info in
3650 space between "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ. 3653 space between "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ.
3651 3654
3652 - CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_BANKS: 3655 - CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_BANKS:
3653 Max number of Flash memory banks 3656 Max number of Flash memory banks
3654 3657
3655 - CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_SECT: 3658 - CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_SECT:
3656 Max number of sectors on a Flash chip 3659 Max number of sectors on a Flash chip
3657 3660
3658 - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_ERASE_TOUT: 3661 - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_ERASE_TOUT:
3659 Timeout for Flash erase operations (in ms) 3662 Timeout for Flash erase operations (in ms)
3660 3663
3661 - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_WRITE_TOUT: 3664 - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_WRITE_TOUT:
3662 Timeout for Flash write operations (in ms) 3665 Timeout for Flash write operations (in ms)
3663 3666
3664 - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_LOCK_TOUT 3667 - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_LOCK_TOUT
3665 Timeout for Flash set sector lock bit operation (in ms) 3668 Timeout for Flash set sector lock bit operation (in ms)
3666 3669
3667 - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_UNLOCK_TOUT 3670 - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_UNLOCK_TOUT
3668 Timeout for Flash clear lock bits operation (in ms) 3671 Timeout for Flash clear lock bits operation (in ms)
3669 3672
3670 - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_PROTECTION 3673 - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_PROTECTION
3671 If defined, hardware flash sectors protection is used 3674 If defined, hardware flash sectors protection is used
3672 instead of U-Boot software protection. 3675 instead of U-Boot software protection.
3673 3676
3674 - CONFIG_SYS_DIRECT_FLASH_TFTP: 3677 - CONFIG_SYS_DIRECT_FLASH_TFTP:
3675 3678
3676 Enable TFTP transfers directly to flash memory; 3679 Enable TFTP transfers directly to flash memory;
3677 without this option such a download has to be 3680 without this option such a download has to be
3678 performed in two steps: (1) download to RAM, and (2) 3681 performed in two steps: (1) download to RAM, and (2)
3679 copy from RAM to flash. 3682 copy from RAM to flash.
3680 3683
3681 The two-step approach is usually more reliable, since 3684 The two-step approach is usually more reliable, since
3682 you can check if the download worked before you erase 3685 you can check if the download worked before you erase
3683 the flash, but in some situations (when system RAM is 3686 the flash, but in some situations (when system RAM is
3684 too limited to allow for a temporary copy of the 3687 too limited to allow for a temporary copy of the
3685 downloaded image) this option may be very useful. 3688 downloaded image) this option may be very useful.
3686 3689
3687 - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_CFI: 3690 - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_CFI:
3688 Define if the flash driver uses extra elements in the 3691 Define if the flash driver uses extra elements in the
3689 common flash structure for storing flash geometry. 3692 common flash structure for storing flash geometry.
3690 3693
3691 - CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_DRIVER 3694 - CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_DRIVER
3692 This option also enables the building of the cfi_flash driver 3695 This option also enables the building of the cfi_flash driver
3693 in the drivers directory 3696 in the drivers directory
3694 3697
3695 - CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_MTD 3698 - CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_MTD
3696 This option enables the building of the cfi_mtd driver 3699 This option enables the building of the cfi_mtd driver
3697 in the drivers directory. The driver exports CFI flash 3700 in the drivers directory. The driver exports CFI flash
3698 to the MTD layer. 3701 to the MTD layer.
3699 3702
3700 - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_USE_BUFFER_WRITE 3703 - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_USE_BUFFER_WRITE
3701 Use buffered writes to flash. 3704 Use buffered writes to flash.
3702 3705
3703 - CONFIG_FLASH_SPANSION_S29WS_N 3706 - CONFIG_FLASH_SPANSION_S29WS_N
3704 s29ws-n MirrorBit flash has non-standard addresses for buffered 3707 s29ws-n MirrorBit flash has non-standard addresses for buffered
3705 write commands. 3708 write commands.
3706 3709
3707 - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_QUIET_TEST 3710 - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_QUIET_TEST
3708 If this option is defined, the common CFI flash doesn't 3711 If this option is defined, the common CFI flash doesn't
3709 print it's warning upon not recognized FLASH banks. This 3712 print it's warning upon not recognized FLASH banks. This
3710 is useful, if some of the configured banks are only 3713 is useful, if some of the configured banks are only
3711 optionally available. 3714 optionally available.
3712 3715
3713 - CONFIG_FLASH_SHOW_PROGRESS 3716 - CONFIG_FLASH_SHOW_PROGRESS
3714 If defined (must be an integer), print out countdown 3717 If defined (must be an integer), print out countdown
3715 digits and dots. Recommended value: 45 (9..1) for 80 3718 digits and dots. Recommended value: 45 (9..1) for 80
3716 column displays, 15 (3..1) for 40 column displays. 3719 column displays, 15 (3..1) for 40 column displays.
3717 3720
3718 - CONFIG_FLASH_VERIFY 3721 - CONFIG_FLASH_VERIFY
3719 If defined, the content of the flash (destination) is compared 3722 If defined, the content of the flash (destination) is compared
3720 against the source after the write operation. An error message 3723 against the source after the write operation. An error message
3721 will be printed when the contents are not identical. 3724 will be printed when the contents are not identical.
3722 Please note that this option is useless in nearly all cases, 3725 Please note that this option is useless in nearly all cases,
3723 since such flash programming errors usually are detected earlier 3726 since such flash programming errors usually are detected earlier
3724 while unprotecting/erasing/programming. Please only enable 3727 while unprotecting/erasing/programming. Please only enable
3725 this option if you really know what you are doing. 3728 this option if you really know what you are doing.
3726 3729
3727 - CONFIG_SYS_RX_ETH_BUFFER: 3730 - CONFIG_SYS_RX_ETH_BUFFER:
3728 Defines the number of Ethernet receive buffers. On some 3731 Defines the number of Ethernet receive buffers. On some
3729 Ethernet controllers it is recommended to set this value 3732 Ethernet controllers it is recommended to set this value
3730 to 8 or even higher (EEPRO100 or 405 EMAC), since all 3733 to 8 or even higher (EEPRO100 or 405 EMAC), since all
3731 buffers can be full shortly after enabling the interface 3734 buffers can be full shortly after enabling the interface
3732 on high Ethernet traffic. 3735 on high Ethernet traffic.
3733 Defaults to 4 if not defined. 3736 Defaults to 4 if not defined.
3734 3737
3735 - CONFIG_ENV_MAX_ENTRIES 3738 - CONFIG_ENV_MAX_ENTRIES
3736 3739
3737 Maximum number of entries in the hash table that is used 3740 Maximum number of entries in the hash table that is used
3738 internally to store the environment settings. The default 3741 internally to store the environment settings. The default
3739 setting is supposed to be generous and should work in most 3742 setting is supposed to be generous and should work in most
3740 cases. This setting can be used to tune behaviour; see 3743 cases. This setting can be used to tune behaviour; see
3741 lib/hashtable.c for details. 3744 lib/hashtable.c for details.
3742 3745
3743 - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_DEFAULT 3746 - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_DEFAULT
3744 - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC 3747 - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC
3745 Enable validation of the values given to environment variables when 3748 Enable validation of the values given to environment variables when
3746 calling env set. Variables can be restricted to only decimal, 3749 calling env set. Variables can be restricted to only decimal,
3747 hexadecimal, or boolean. If CONFIG_CMD_NET is also defined, 3750 hexadecimal, or boolean. If CONFIG_CMD_NET is also defined,
3748 the variables can also be restricted to IP address or MAC address. 3751 the variables can also be restricted to IP address or MAC address.
3749 3752
3750 The format of the list is: 3753 The format of the list is:
3751 type_attribute = [s|d|x|b|i|m] 3754 type_attribute = [s|d|x|b|i|m]
3752 access_attribute = [a|r|o|c] 3755 access_attribute = [a|r|o|c]
3753 attributes = type_attribute[access_attribute] 3756 attributes = type_attribute[access_attribute]
3754 entry = variable_name[:attributes] 3757 entry = variable_name[:attributes]
3755 list = entry[,list] 3758 list = entry[,list]
3756 3759
3757 The type attributes are: 3760 The type attributes are:
3758 s - String (default) 3761 s - String (default)
3759 d - Decimal 3762 d - Decimal
3760 x - Hexadecimal 3763 x - Hexadecimal
3761 b - Boolean ([1yYtT|0nNfF]) 3764 b - Boolean ([1yYtT|0nNfF])
3762 i - IP address 3765 i - IP address
3763 m - MAC address 3766 m - MAC address
3764 3767
3765 The access attributes are: 3768 The access attributes are:
3766 a - Any (default) 3769 a - Any (default)
3767 r - Read-only 3770 r - Read-only
3768 o - Write-once 3771 o - Write-once
3769 c - Change-default 3772 c - Change-default
3770 3773
3771 - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_DEFAULT 3774 - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_DEFAULT
3772 Define this to a list (string) to define the ".flags" 3775 Define this to a list (string) to define the ".flags"
3773 environment variable in the default or embedded environment. 3776 environment variable in the default or embedded environment.
3774 3777
3775 - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC 3778 - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC
3776 Define this to a list (string) to define validation that 3779 Define this to a list (string) to define validation that
3777 should be done if an entry is not found in the ".flags" 3780 should be done if an entry is not found in the ".flags"
3778 environment variable. To override a setting in the static 3781 environment variable. To override a setting in the static
3779 list, simply add an entry for the same variable name to the 3782 list, simply add an entry for the same variable name to the
3780 ".flags" variable. 3783 ".flags" variable.
3781 3784
3782 If CONFIG_REGEX is defined, the variable_name above is evaluated as a 3785 If CONFIG_REGEX is defined, the variable_name above is evaluated as a
3783 regular expression. This allows multiple variables to define the same 3786 regular expression. This allows multiple variables to define the same
3784 flags without explicitly listing them for each variable. 3787 flags without explicitly listing them for each variable.
3785 3788
3786 - CONFIG_ENV_ACCESS_IGNORE_FORCE 3789 - CONFIG_ENV_ACCESS_IGNORE_FORCE
3787 If defined, don't allow the -f switch to env set override variable 3790 If defined, don't allow the -f switch to env set override variable
3788 access flags. 3791 access flags.
3789 3792
3790 - CONFIG_OMAP_PLATFORM_RESET_TIME_MAX_USEC (OMAP only) 3793 - CONFIG_OMAP_PLATFORM_RESET_TIME_MAX_USEC (OMAP only)
3791 This is set by OMAP boards for the max time that reset should 3794 This is set by OMAP boards for the max time that reset should
3792 be asserted. See doc/README.omap-reset-time for details on how 3795 be asserted. See doc/README.omap-reset-time for details on how
3793 the value can be calculated on a given board. 3796 the value can be calculated on a given board.
3794 3797
3795 - CONFIG_USE_STDINT 3798 - CONFIG_USE_STDINT
3796 If stdint.h is available with your toolchain you can define this 3799 If stdint.h is available with your toolchain you can define this
3797 option to enable it. You can provide option 'USE_STDINT=1' when 3800 option to enable it. You can provide option 'USE_STDINT=1' when
3798 building U-Boot to enable this. 3801 building U-Boot to enable this.
3799 3802
3800 The following definitions that deal with the placement and management 3803 The following definitions that deal with the placement and management
3801 of environment data (variable area); in general, we support the 3804 of environment data (variable area); in general, we support the
3802 following configurations: 3805 following configurations:
3803 3806
3804 - CONFIG_BUILD_ENVCRC: 3807 - CONFIG_BUILD_ENVCRC:
3805 3808
3806 Builds up envcrc with the target environment so that external utils 3809 Builds up envcrc with the target environment so that external utils
3807 may easily extract it and embed it in final U-Boot images. 3810 may easily extract it and embed it in final U-Boot images.
3808 3811
3809 - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH: 3812 - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH:
3810 3813
3811 Define this if the environment is in flash memory. 3814 Define this if the environment is in flash memory.
3812 3815
3813 a) The environment occupies one whole flash sector, which is 3816 a) The environment occupies one whole flash sector, which is
3814 "embedded" in the text segment with the U-Boot code. This 3817 "embedded" in the text segment with the U-Boot code. This
3815 happens usually with "bottom boot sector" or "top boot 3818 happens usually with "bottom boot sector" or "top boot
3816 sector" type flash chips, which have several smaller 3819 sector" type flash chips, which have several smaller
3817 sectors at the start or the end. For instance, such a 3820 sectors at the start or the end. For instance, such a
3818 layout can have sector sizes of 8, 2x4, 16, Nx32 kB. In 3821 layout can have sector sizes of 8, 2x4, 16, Nx32 kB. In
3819 such a case you would place the environment in one of the 3822 such a case you would place the environment in one of the
3820 4 kB sectors - with U-Boot code before and after it. With 3823 4 kB sectors - with U-Boot code before and after it. With
3821 "top boot sector" type flash chips, you would put the 3824 "top boot sector" type flash chips, you would put the
3822 environment in one of the last sectors, leaving a gap 3825 environment in one of the last sectors, leaving a gap
3823 between U-Boot and the environment. 3826 between U-Boot and the environment.
3824 3827
3825 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET: 3828 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
3826 3829
3827 Offset of environment data (variable area) to the 3830 Offset of environment data (variable area) to the
3828 beginning of flash memory; for instance, with bottom boot 3831 beginning of flash memory; for instance, with bottom boot
3829 type flash chips the second sector can be used: the offset 3832 type flash chips the second sector can be used: the offset
3830 for this sector is given here. 3833 for this sector is given here.
3831 3834
3832 CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET is used relative to CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE. 3835 CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET is used relative to CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE.
3833 3836
3834 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR: 3837 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
3835 3838
3836 This is just another way to specify the start address of 3839 This is just another way to specify the start address of
3837 the flash sector containing the environment (instead of 3840 the flash sector containing the environment (instead of
3838 CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET). 3841 CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET).
3839 3842
3840 - CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE: 3843 - CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE:
3841 3844
3842 Size of the sector containing the environment. 3845 Size of the sector containing the environment.
3843 3846
3844 3847
3845 b) Sometimes flash chips have few, equal sized, BIG sectors. 3848 b) Sometimes flash chips have few, equal sized, BIG sectors.
3846 In such a case you don't want to spend a whole sector for 3849 In such a case you don't want to spend a whole sector for
3847 the environment. 3850 the environment.
3848 3851
3849 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE: 3852 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
3850 3853
3851 If you use this in combination with CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH 3854 If you use this in combination with CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH
3852 and CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE, you can specify to use only a part 3855 and CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE, you can specify to use only a part
3853 of this flash sector for the environment. This saves 3856 of this flash sector for the environment. This saves
3854 memory for the RAM copy of the environment. 3857 memory for the RAM copy of the environment.
3855 3858
3856 It may also save flash memory if you decide to use this 3859 It may also save flash memory if you decide to use this
3857 when your environment is "embedded" within U-Boot code, 3860 when your environment is "embedded" within U-Boot code,
3858 since then the remainder of the flash sector could be used 3861 since then the remainder of the flash sector could be used
3859 for U-Boot code. It should be pointed out that this is 3862 for U-Boot code. It should be pointed out that this is
3860 STRONGLY DISCOURAGED from a robustness point of view: 3863 STRONGLY DISCOURAGED from a robustness point of view:
3861 updating the environment in flash makes it always 3864 updating the environment in flash makes it always
3862 necessary to erase the WHOLE sector. If something goes 3865 necessary to erase the WHOLE sector. If something goes
3863 wrong before the contents has been restored from a copy in 3866 wrong before the contents has been restored from a copy in
3864 RAM, your target system will be dead. 3867 RAM, your target system will be dead.
3865 3868
3866 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR_REDUND 3869 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR_REDUND
3867 CONFIG_ENV_SIZE_REDUND 3870 CONFIG_ENV_SIZE_REDUND
3868 3871
3869 These settings describe a second storage area used to hold 3872 These settings describe a second storage area used to hold
3870 a redundant copy of the environment data, so that there is 3873 a redundant copy of the environment data, so that there is
3871 a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure during 3874 a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure during
3872 a "saveenv" operation. 3875 a "saveenv" operation.
3873 3876
3874 BE CAREFUL! Any changes to the flash layout, and some changes to the 3877 BE CAREFUL! Any changes to the flash layout, and some changes to the
3875 source code will make it necessary to adapt <board>/u-boot.lds* 3878 source code will make it necessary to adapt <board>/u-boot.lds*
3876 accordingly! 3879 accordingly!
3877 3880
3878 3881
3879 - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NVRAM: 3882 - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NVRAM:
3880 3883
3881 Define this if you have some non-volatile memory device 3884 Define this if you have some non-volatile memory device
3882 (NVRAM, battery buffered SRAM) which you want to use for the 3885 (NVRAM, battery buffered SRAM) which you want to use for the
3883 environment. 3886 environment.
3884 3887
3885 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR: 3888 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
3886 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE: 3889 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
3887 3890
3888 These two #defines are used to determine the memory area you 3891 These two #defines are used to determine the memory area you
3889 want to use for environment. It is assumed that this memory 3892 want to use for environment. It is assumed that this memory
3890 can just be read and written to, without any special 3893 can just be read and written to, without any special
3891 provision. 3894 provision.
3892 3895
3893 BE CAREFUL! The first access to the environment happens quite early 3896 BE CAREFUL! The first access to the environment happens quite early
3894 in U-Boot initialization (when we try to get the setting of for the 3897 in U-Boot initialization (when we try to get the setting of for the
3895 console baudrate). You *MUST* have mapped your NVRAM area then, or 3898 console baudrate). You *MUST* have mapped your NVRAM area then, or
3896 U-Boot will hang. 3899 U-Boot will hang.
3897 3900
3898 Please note that even with NVRAM we still use a copy of the 3901 Please note that even with NVRAM we still use a copy of the
3899 environment in RAM: we could work on NVRAM directly, but we want to 3902 environment in RAM: we could work on NVRAM directly, but we want to
3900 keep settings there always unmodified except somebody uses "saveenv" 3903 keep settings there always unmodified except somebody uses "saveenv"
3901 to save the current settings. 3904 to save the current settings.
3902 3905
3903 3906
3904 - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_EEPROM: 3907 - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_EEPROM:
3905 3908
3906 Use this if you have an EEPROM or similar serial access 3909 Use this if you have an EEPROM or similar serial access
3907 device and a driver for it. 3910 device and a driver for it.
3908 3911
3909 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET: 3912 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
3910 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE: 3913 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
3911 3914
3912 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the 3915 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the
3913 environment area within the total memory of your EEPROM. 3916 environment area within the total memory of your EEPROM.
3914 3917
3915 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR: 3918 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR:
3916 If defined, specified the chip address of the EEPROM device. 3919 If defined, specified the chip address of the EEPROM device.
3917 The default address is zero. 3920 The default address is zero.
3918 3921
3919 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_BUS: 3922 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_BUS:
3920 If defined, specified the i2c bus of the EEPROM device. 3923 If defined, specified the i2c bus of the EEPROM device.
3921 3924
3922 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_BITS: 3925 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_BITS:
3923 If defined, the number of bits used to address bytes in a 3926 If defined, the number of bits used to address bytes in a
3924 single page in the EEPROM device. A 64 byte page, for example 3927 single page in the EEPROM device. A 64 byte page, for example
3925 would require six bits. 3928 would require six bits.
3926 3929
3927 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_DELAY_MS: 3930 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_DELAY_MS:
3928 If defined, the number of milliseconds to delay between 3931 If defined, the number of milliseconds to delay between
3929 page writes. The default is zero milliseconds. 3932 page writes. The default is zero milliseconds.
3930 3933
3931 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_LEN: 3934 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_LEN:
3932 The length in bytes of the EEPROM memory array address. Note 3935 The length in bytes of the EEPROM memory array address. Note
3933 that this is NOT the chip address length! 3936 that this is NOT the chip address length!
3934 3937
3935 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_OVERFLOW: 3938 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_OVERFLOW:
3936 EEPROM chips that implement "address overflow" are ones 3939 EEPROM chips that implement "address overflow" are ones
3937 like Catalyst 24WC04/08/16 which has 9/10/11 bits of 3940 like Catalyst 24WC04/08/16 which has 9/10/11 bits of
3938 address and the extra bits end up in the "chip address" bit 3941 address and the extra bits end up in the "chip address" bit
3939 slots. This makes a 24WC08 (1Kbyte) chip look like four 256 3942 slots. This makes a 24WC08 (1Kbyte) chip look like four 256
3940 byte chips. 3943 byte chips.
3941 3944
3942 Note that we consider the length of the address field to 3945 Note that we consider the length of the address field to
3943 still be one byte because the extra address bits are hidden 3946 still be one byte because the extra address bits are hidden
3944 in the chip address. 3947 in the chip address.
3945 3948
3946 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_SIZE: 3949 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_SIZE:
3947 The size in bytes of the EEPROM device. 3950 The size in bytes of the EEPROM device.
3948 3951
3949 - CONFIG_ENV_EEPROM_IS_ON_I2C 3952 - CONFIG_ENV_EEPROM_IS_ON_I2C
3950 define this, if you have I2C and SPI activated, and your 3953 define this, if you have I2C and SPI activated, and your
3951 EEPROM, which holds the environment, is on the I2C bus. 3954 EEPROM, which holds the environment, is on the I2C bus.
3952 3955
3953 - CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS 3956 - CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS
3954 if you have an Environment on an EEPROM reached over 3957 if you have an Environment on an EEPROM reached over
3955 I2C muxes, you can define here, how to reach this 3958 I2C muxes, you can define here, how to reach this
3956 EEPROM. For example: 3959 EEPROM. For example:
3957 3960
3958 #define CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS 1 3961 #define CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS 1
3959 3962
3960 EEPROM which holds the environment, is reached over 3963 EEPROM which holds the environment, is reached over
3961 a pca9547 i2c mux with address 0x70, channel 3. 3964 a pca9547 i2c mux with address 0x70, channel 3.
3962 3965
3963 - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_DATAFLASH: 3966 - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_DATAFLASH:
3964 3967
3965 Define this if you have a DataFlash memory device which you 3968 Define this if you have a DataFlash memory device which you
3966 want to use for the environment. 3969 want to use for the environment.
3967 3970
3968 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET: 3971 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
3969 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR: 3972 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
3970 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE: 3973 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
3971 3974
3972 These three #defines specify the offset and size of the 3975 These three #defines specify the offset and size of the
3973 environment area within the total memory of your DataFlash placed 3976 environment area within the total memory of your DataFlash placed
3974 at the specified address. 3977 at the specified address.
3975 3978
3976 - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_SPI_FLASH: 3979 - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_SPI_FLASH:
3977 3980
3978 Define this if you have a SPI Flash memory device which you 3981 Define this if you have a SPI Flash memory device which you
3979 want to use for the environment. 3982 want to use for the environment.
3980 3983
3981 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET: 3984 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
3982 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE: 3985 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
3983 3986
3984 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the 3987 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the
3985 environment area within the SPI Flash. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET must be 3988 environment area within the SPI Flash. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET must be
3986 aligned to an erase sector boundary. 3989 aligned to an erase sector boundary.
3987 3990
3988 - CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE: 3991 - CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE:
3989 3992
3990 Define the SPI flash's sector size. 3993 Define the SPI flash's sector size.
3991 3994
3992 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional): 3995 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional):
3993 3996
3994 This setting describes a second storage area of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE 3997 This setting describes a second storage area of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE
3995 size used to hold a redundant copy of the environment data, so 3998 size used to hold a redundant copy of the environment data, so
3996 that there is a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure 3999 that there is a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure
3997 during a "saveenv" operation. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND must be 4000 during a "saveenv" operation. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND must be
3998 aligned to an erase sector boundary. 4001 aligned to an erase sector boundary.
3999 4002
4000 - CONFIG_ENV_SPI_BUS (optional): 4003 - CONFIG_ENV_SPI_BUS (optional):
4001 - CONFIG_ENV_SPI_CS (optional): 4004 - CONFIG_ENV_SPI_CS (optional):
4002 4005
4003 Define the SPI bus and chip select. If not defined they will be 0. 4006 Define the SPI bus and chip select. If not defined they will be 0.
4004 4007
4005 - CONFIG_ENV_SPI_MAX_HZ (optional): 4008 - CONFIG_ENV_SPI_MAX_HZ (optional):
4006 4009
4007 Define the SPI max work clock. If not defined then use 1MHz. 4010 Define the SPI max work clock. If not defined then use 1MHz.
4008 4011
4009 - CONFIG_ENV_SPI_MODE (optional): 4012 - CONFIG_ENV_SPI_MODE (optional):
4010 4013
4011 Define the SPI work mode. If not defined then use SPI_MODE_3. 4014 Define the SPI work mode. If not defined then use SPI_MODE_3.
4012 4015
4013 - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_REMOTE: 4016 - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_REMOTE:
4014 4017
4015 Define this if you have a remote memory space which you 4018 Define this if you have a remote memory space which you
4016 want to use for the local device's environment. 4019 want to use for the local device's environment.
4017 4020
4018 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR: 4021 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
4019 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE: 4022 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
4020 4023
4021 These two #defines specify the address and size of the 4024 These two #defines specify the address and size of the
4022 environment area within the remote memory space. The 4025 environment area within the remote memory space. The
4023 local device can get the environment from remote memory 4026 local device can get the environment from remote memory
4024 space by SRIO or PCIE links. 4027 space by SRIO or PCIE links.
4025 4028
4026 BE CAREFUL! For some special cases, the local device can not use 4029 BE CAREFUL! For some special cases, the local device can not use
4027 "saveenv" command. For example, the local device will get the 4030 "saveenv" command. For example, the local device will get the
4028 environment stored in a remote NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE link, 4031 environment stored in a remote NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE link,
4029 but it can not erase, write this NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE interface. 4032 but it can not erase, write this NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE interface.
4030 4033
4031 - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NAND: 4034 - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NAND:
4032 4035
4033 Define this if you have a NAND device which you want to use 4036 Define this if you have a NAND device which you want to use
4034 for the environment. 4037 for the environment.
4035 4038
4036 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET: 4039 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
4037 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE: 4040 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
4038 4041
4039 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the environment 4042 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the environment
4040 area within the first NAND device. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET must be 4043 area within the first NAND device. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET must be
4041 aligned to an erase block boundary. 4044 aligned to an erase block boundary.
4042 4045
4043 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional): 4046 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional):
4044 4047
4045 This setting describes a second storage area of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE 4048 This setting describes a second storage area of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE
4046 size used to hold a redundant copy of the environment data, so 4049 size used to hold a redundant copy of the environment data, so
4047 that there is a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure 4050 that there is a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure
4048 during a "saveenv" operation. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND must be 4051 during a "saveenv" operation. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND must be
4049 aligned to an erase block boundary. 4052 aligned to an erase block boundary.
4050 4053
4051 - CONFIG_ENV_RANGE (optional): 4054 - CONFIG_ENV_RANGE (optional):
4052 4055
4053 Specifies the length of the region in which the environment 4056 Specifies the length of the region in which the environment
4054 can be written. This should be a multiple of the NAND device's 4057 can be written. This should be a multiple of the NAND device's
4055 block size. Specifying a range with more erase blocks than 4058 block size. Specifying a range with more erase blocks than
4056 are needed to hold CONFIG_ENV_SIZE allows bad blocks within 4059 are needed to hold CONFIG_ENV_SIZE allows bad blocks within
4057 the range to be avoided. 4060 the range to be avoided.
4058 4061
4059 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB (optional): 4062 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB (optional):
4060 4063
4061 Enables support for dynamically retrieving the offset of the 4064 Enables support for dynamically retrieving the offset of the
4062 environment from block zero's out-of-band data. The 4065 environment from block zero's out-of-band data. The
4063 "nand env.oob" command can be used to record this offset. 4066 "nand env.oob" command can be used to record this offset.
4064 Currently, CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND is not supported when 4067 Currently, CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND is not supported when
4065 using CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB. 4068 using CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB.
4066 4069
4067 - CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST 4070 - CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST
4068 4071
4069 Defines address in RAM to which the nand_spl code should copy the 4072 Defines address in RAM to which the nand_spl code should copy the
4070 environment. If redundant environment is used, it will be copied to 4073 environment. If redundant environment is used, it will be copied to
4071 CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST + CONFIG_ENV_SIZE. 4074 CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST + CONFIG_ENV_SIZE.
4072 4075
4073 - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_UBI: 4076 - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_UBI:
4074 4077
4075 Define this if you have an UBI volume that you want to use for the 4078 Define this if you have an UBI volume that you want to use for the
4076 environment. This has the benefit of wear-leveling the environment 4079 environment. This has the benefit of wear-leveling the environment
4077 accesses, which is important on NAND. 4080 accesses, which is important on NAND.
4078 4081
4079 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_PART: 4082 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_PART:
4080 4083
4081 Define this to a string that is the mtd partition containing the UBI. 4084 Define this to a string that is the mtd partition containing the UBI.
4082 4085
4083 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_VOLUME: 4086 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_VOLUME:
4084 4087
4085 Define this to the name of the volume that you want to store the 4088 Define this to the name of the volume that you want to store the
4086 environment in. 4089 environment in.
4087 4090
4088 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_VOLUME_REDUND: 4091 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_VOLUME_REDUND:
4089 4092
4090 Define this to the name of another volume to store a second copy of 4093 Define this to the name of another volume to store a second copy of
4091 the environment in. This will enable redundant environments in UBI. 4094 the environment in. This will enable redundant environments in UBI.
4092 It is assumed that both volumes are in the same MTD partition. 4095 It is assumed that both volumes are in the same MTD partition.
4093 4096
4094 - CONFIG_UBI_SILENCE_MSG 4097 - CONFIG_UBI_SILENCE_MSG
4095 - CONFIG_UBIFS_SILENCE_MSG 4098 - CONFIG_UBIFS_SILENCE_MSG
4096 4099
4097 You will probably want to define these to avoid a really noisy system 4100 You will probably want to define these to avoid a really noisy system
4098 when storing the env in UBI. 4101 when storing the env in UBI.
4099 4102
4100 - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FAT: 4103 - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FAT:
4101 Define this if you want to use the FAT file system for the environment. 4104 Define this if you want to use the FAT file system for the environment.
4102 4105
4103 - FAT_ENV_INTERFACE: 4106 - FAT_ENV_INTERFACE:
4104 4107
4105 Define this to a string that is the name of the block device. 4108 Define this to a string that is the name of the block device.
4106 4109
4107 - FAT_ENV_DEVICE_AND_PART: 4110 - FAT_ENV_DEVICE_AND_PART:
4108 4111
4109 Define this to a string to specify the partition of the device. It can 4112 Define this to a string to specify the partition of the device. It can
4110 be as following: 4113 be as following:
4111 4114
4112 "D:P", "D:0", "D", "D:" or "D:auto" (D, P are integers. And P >= 1) 4115 "D:P", "D:0", "D", "D:" or "D:auto" (D, P are integers. And P >= 1)
4113 - "D:P": device D partition P. Error occurs if device D has no 4116 - "D:P": device D partition P. Error occurs if device D has no
4114 partition table. 4117 partition table.
4115 - "D:0": device D. 4118 - "D:0": device D.
4116 - "D" or "D:": device D partition 1 if device D has partition 4119 - "D" or "D:": device D partition 1 if device D has partition
4117 table, or the whole device D if has no partition 4120 table, or the whole device D if has no partition
4118 table. 4121 table.
4119 - "D:auto": first partition in device D with bootable flag set. 4122 - "D:auto": first partition in device D with bootable flag set.
4120 If none, first valid partition in device D. If no 4123 If none, first valid partition in device D. If no
4121 partition table then means device D. 4124 partition table then means device D.
4122 4125
4123 - FAT_ENV_FILE: 4126 - FAT_ENV_FILE:
4124 4127
4125 It's a string of the FAT file name. This file use to store the 4128 It's a string of the FAT file name. This file use to store the
4126 environment. 4129 environment.
4127 4130
4128 - CONFIG_FAT_WRITE: 4131 - CONFIG_FAT_WRITE:
4129 This should be defined. Otherwise it cannot save the environment file. 4132 This should be defined. Otherwise it cannot save the environment file.
4130 4133
4131 - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_MMC: 4134 - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_MMC:
4132 4135
4133 Define this if you have an MMC device which you want to use for the 4136 Define this if you have an MMC device which you want to use for the
4134 environment. 4137 environment.
4135 4138
4136 - CONFIG_SYS_MMC_ENV_DEV: 4139 - CONFIG_SYS_MMC_ENV_DEV:
4137 4140
4138 Specifies which MMC device the environment is stored in. 4141 Specifies which MMC device the environment is stored in.
4139 4142
4140 - CONFIG_SYS_MMC_ENV_PART (optional): 4143 - CONFIG_SYS_MMC_ENV_PART (optional):
4141 4144
4142 Specifies which MMC partition the environment is stored in. If not 4145 Specifies which MMC partition the environment is stored in. If not
4143 set, defaults to partition 0, the user area. Common values might be 4146 set, defaults to partition 0, the user area. Common values might be
4144 1 (first MMC boot partition), 2 (second MMC boot partition). 4147 1 (first MMC boot partition), 2 (second MMC boot partition).
4145 4148
4146 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET: 4149 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
4147 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE: 4150 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
4148 4151
4149 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the environment 4152 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the environment
4150 area within the specified MMC device. 4153 area within the specified MMC device.
4151 4154
4152 If offset is positive (the usual case), it is treated as relative to 4155 If offset is positive (the usual case), it is treated as relative to
4153 the start of the MMC partition. If offset is negative, it is treated 4156 the start of the MMC partition. If offset is negative, it is treated
4154 as relative to the end of the MMC partition. This can be useful if 4157 as relative to the end of the MMC partition. This can be useful if
4155 your board may be fitted with different MMC devices, which have 4158 your board may be fitted with different MMC devices, which have
4156 different sizes for the MMC partitions, and you always want the 4159 different sizes for the MMC partitions, and you always want the
4157 environment placed at the very end of the partition, to leave the 4160 environment placed at the very end of the partition, to leave the
4158 maximum possible space before it, to store other data. 4161 maximum possible space before it, to store other data.
4159 4162
4160 These two values are in units of bytes, but must be aligned to an 4163 These two values are in units of bytes, but must be aligned to an
4161 MMC sector boundary. 4164 MMC sector boundary.
4162 4165
4163 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional): 4166 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional):
4164 4167
4165 Specifies a second storage area, of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE size, used to 4168 Specifies a second storage area, of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE size, used to
4166 hold a redundant copy of the environment data. This provides a 4169 hold a redundant copy of the environment data. This provides a
4167 valid backup copy in case the other copy is corrupted, e.g. due 4170 valid backup copy in case the other copy is corrupted, e.g. due
4168 to a power failure during a "saveenv" operation. 4171 to a power failure during a "saveenv" operation.
4169 4172
4170 This value may also be positive or negative; this is handled in the 4173 This value may also be positive or negative; this is handled in the
4171 same way as CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET. 4174 same way as CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET.
4172 4175
4173 This value is also in units of bytes, but must also be aligned to 4176 This value is also in units of bytes, but must also be aligned to
4174 an MMC sector boundary. 4177 an MMC sector boundary.
4175 4178
4176 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE_REDUND (optional): 4179 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE_REDUND (optional):
4177 4180
4178 This value need not be set, even when CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND is 4181 This value need not be set, even when CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND is
4179 set. If this value is set, it must be set to the same value as 4182 set. If this value is set, it must be set to the same value as
4180 CONFIG_ENV_SIZE. 4183 CONFIG_ENV_SIZE.
4181 4184
4182 - CONFIG_SYS_SPI_INIT_OFFSET 4185 - CONFIG_SYS_SPI_INIT_OFFSET
4183 4186
4184 Defines offset to the initial SPI buffer area in DPRAM. The 4187 Defines offset to the initial SPI buffer area in DPRAM. The
4185 area is used at an early stage (ROM part) if the environment 4188 area is used at an early stage (ROM part) if the environment
4186 is configured to reside in the SPI EEPROM: We need a 520 byte 4189 is configured to reside in the SPI EEPROM: We need a 520 byte
4187 scratch DPRAM area. It is used between the two initialization 4190 scratch DPRAM area. It is used between the two initialization
4188 calls (spi_init_f() and spi_init_r()). A value of 0xB00 seems 4191 calls (spi_init_f() and spi_init_r()). A value of 0xB00 seems
4189 to be a good choice since it makes it far enough from the 4192 to be a good choice since it makes it far enough from the
4190 start of the data area as well as from the stack pointer. 4193 start of the data area as well as from the stack pointer.
4191 4194
4192 Please note that the environment is read-only until the monitor 4195 Please note that the environment is read-only until the monitor
4193 has been relocated to RAM and a RAM copy of the environment has been 4196 has been relocated to RAM and a RAM copy of the environment has been
4194 created; also, when using EEPROM you will have to use getenv_f() 4197 created; also, when using EEPROM you will have to use getenv_f()
4195 until then to read environment variables. 4198 until then to read environment variables.
4196 4199
4197 The environment is protected by a CRC32 checksum. Before the monitor 4200 The environment is protected by a CRC32 checksum. Before the monitor
4198 is relocated into RAM, as a result of a bad CRC you will be working 4201 is relocated into RAM, as a result of a bad CRC you will be working
4199 with the compiled-in default environment - *silently*!!! [This is 4202 with the compiled-in default environment - *silently*!!! [This is
4200 necessary, because the first environment variable we need is the 4203 necessary, because the first environment variable we need is the
4201 "baudrate" setting for the console - if we have a bad CRC, we don't 4204 "baudrate" setting for the console - if we have a bad CRC, we don't
4202 have any device yet where we could complain.] 4205 have any device yet where we could complain.]
4203 4206
4204 Note: once the monitor has been relocated, then it will complain if 4207 Note: once the monitor has been relocated, then it will complain if
4205 the default environment is used; a new CRC is computed as soon as you 4208 the default environment is used; a new CRC is computed as soon as you
4206 use the "saveenv" command to store a valid environment. 4209 use the "saveenv" command to store a valid environment.
4207 4210
4208 - CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_ECHO_LINK_DOWN: 4211 - CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_ECHO_LINK_DOWN:
4209 Echo the inverted Ethernet link state to the fault LED. 4212 Echo the inverted Ethernet link state to the fault LED.
4210 4213
4211 Note: If this option is active, then CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR 4214 Note: If this option is active, then CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR
4212 also needs to be defined. 4215 also needs to be defined.
4213 4216
4214 - CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR: 4217 - CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR:
4215 MII address of the PHY to check for the Ethernet link state. 4218 MII address of the PHY to check for the Ethernet link state.
4216 4219
4217 - CONFIG_NS16550_MIN_FUNCTIONS: 4220 - CONFIG_NS16550_MIN_FUNCTIONS:
4218 Define this if you desire to only have use of the NS16550_init 4221 Define this if you desire to only have use of the NS16550_init
4219 and NS16550_putc functions for the serial driver located at 4222 and NS16550_putc functions for the serial driver located at
4220 drivers/serial/ns16550.c. This option is useful for saving 4223 drivers/serial/ns16550.c. This option is useful for saving
4221 space for already greatly restricted images, including but not 4224 space for already greatly restricted images, including but not
4222 limited to NAND_SPL configurations. 4225 limited to NAND_SPL configurations.
4223 4226
4224 - CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO 4227 - CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO
4225 Display information about the board that U-Boot is running on 4228 Display information about the board that U-Boot is running on
4226 when U-Boot starts up. The board function checkboard() is called 4229 when U-Boot starts up. The board function checkboard() is called
4227 to do this. 4230 to do this.
4228 4231
4229 - CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO_LATE 4232 - CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO_LATE
4230 Similar to the previous option, but display this information 4233 Similar to the previous option, but display this information
4231 later, once stdio is running and output goes to the LCD, if 4234 later, once stdio is running and output goes to the LCD, if
4232 present. 4235 present.
4233 4236
4234 - CONFIG_BOARD_SIZE_LIMIT: 4237 - CONFIG_BOARD_SIZE_LIMIT:
4235 Maximum size of the U-Boot image. When defined, the 4238 Maximum size of the U-Boot image. When defined, the
4236 build system checks that the actual size does not 4239 build system checks that the actual size does not
4237 exceed it. 4240 exceed it.
4238 4241
4239 Low Level (hardware related) configuration options: 4242 Low Level (hardware related) configuration options:
4240 --------------------------------------------------- 4243 ---------------------------------------------------
4241 4244
4242 - CONFIG_SYS_CACHELINE_SIZE: 4245 - CONFIG_SYS_CACHELINE_SIZE:
4243 Cache Line Size of the CPU. 4246 Cache Line Size of the CPU.
4244 4247
4245 - CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR: 4248 - CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR:
4246 Default address of the IMMR after system reset. 4249 Default address of the IMMR after system reset.
4247 4250
4248 Needed on some 8260 systems (MPC8260ADS, PQ2FADS-ZU, 4251 Needed on some 8260 systems (MPC8260ADS, PQ2FADS-ZU,
4249 and RPXsuper) to be able to adjust the position of 4252 and RPXsuper) to be able to adjust the position of
4250 the IMMR register after a reset. 4253 the IMMR register after a reset.
4251 4254
4252 - CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT: 4255 - CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT:
4253 Default (power-on reset) physical address of CCSR on Freescale 4256 Default (power-on reset) physical address of CCSR on Freescale
4254 PowerPC SOCs. 4257 PowerPC SOCs.
4255 4258
4256 - CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR: 4259 - CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR:
4257 Virtual address of CCSR. On a 32-bit build, this is typically 4260 Virtual address of CCSR. On a 32-bit build, this is typically
4258 the same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT. 4261 the same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT.
4259 4262
4260 CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR must also be set to this value, 4263 CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR must also be set to this value,
4261 for cross-platform code that uses that macro instead. 4264 for cross-platform code that uses that macro instead.
4262 4265
4263 - CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS: 4266 - CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS:
4264 Physical address of CCSR. CCSR can be relocated to a new 4267 Physical address of CCSR. CCSR can be relocated to a new
4265 physical address, if desired. In this case, this macro should 4268 physical address, if desired. In this case, this macro should
4266 be set to that address. Otherwise, it should be set to the 4269 be set to that address. Otherwise, it should be set to the
4267 same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT. For example, CCSR 4270 same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT. For example, CCSR
4268 is typically relocated on 36-bit builds. It is recommended 4271 is typically relocated on 36-bit builds. It is recommended
4269 that this macro be defined via the _HIGH and _LOW macros: 4272 that this macro be defined via the _HIGH and _LOW macros:
4270 4273
4271 #define CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS ((CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH 4274 #define CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS ((CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH
4272 * 1ull) << 32 | CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW) 4275 * 1ull) << 32 | CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW)
4273 4276
4274 - CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH: 4277 - CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH:
4275 Bits 33-36 of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This value is typically 4278 Bits 33-36 of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This value is typically
4276 either 0 (32-bit build) or 0xF (36-bit build). This macro is 4279 either 0 (32-bit build) or 0xF (36-bit build). This macro is
4277 used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or 4280 used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or
4278 integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL"). 4281 integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL").
4279 4282
4280 - CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW: 4283 - CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW:
4281 Lower 32-bits of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This macro is 4284 Lower 32-bits of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This macro is
4282 used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or 4285 used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or
4283 integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL"). 4286 integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL").
4284 4287
4285 - CONFIG_SYS_CCSR_DO_NOT_RELOCATE: 4288 - CONFIG_SYS_CCSR_DO_NOT_RELOCATE:
4286 If this macro is defined, then CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS will be 4289 If this macro is defined, then CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS will be
4287 forced to a value that ensures that CCSR is not relocated. 4290 forced to a value that ensures that CCSR is not relocated.
4288 4291
4289 - Floppy Disk Support: 4292 - Floppy Disk Support:
4290 CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER 4293 CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER
4291 4294
4292 the default drive number (default value 0) 4295 the default drive number (default value 0)
4293 4296
4294 CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE 4297 CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE
4295 4298
4296 defines the spacing between FDC chipset registers 4299 defines the spacing between FDC chipset registers
4297 (default value 1) 4300 (default value 1)
4298 4301
4299 CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET 4302 CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET
4300 4303
4301 defines the offset of register from address. It 4304 defines the offset of register from address. It
4302 depends on which part of the data bus is connected to 4305 depends on which part of the data bus is connected to
4303 the FDC chipset. (default value 0) 4306 the FDC chipset. (default value 0)
4304 4307
4305 If CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET and 4308 If CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET and
4306 CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER are undefined, they take their 4309 CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER are undefined, they take their
4307 default value. 4310 default value.
4308 4311
4309 if CONFIG_SYS_FDC_HW_INIT is defined, then the function 4312 if CONFIG_SYS_FDC_HW_INIT is defined, then the function
4310 fdc_hw_init() is called at the beginning of the FDC 4313 fdc_hw_init() is called at the beginning of the FDC
4311 setup. fdc_hw_init() must be provided by the board 4314 setup. fdc_hw_init() must be provided by the board
4312 source code. It is used to make hardware-dependent 4315 source code. It is used to make hardware-dependent
4313 initializations. 4316 initializations.
4314 4317
4315 - CONFIG_IDE_AHB: 4318 - CONFIG_IDE_AHB:
4316 Most IDE controllers were designed to be connected with PCI 4319 Most IDE controllers were designed to be connected with PCI
4317 interface. Only few of them were designed for AHB interface. 4320 interface. Only few of them were designed for AHB interface.
4318 When software is doing ATA command and data transfer to 4321 When software is doing ATA command and data transfer to
4319 IDE devices through IDE-AHB controller, some additional 4322 IDE devices through IDE-AHB controller, some additional
4320 registers accessing to these kind of IDE-AHB controller 4323 registers accessing to these kind of IDE-AHB controller
4321 is required. 4324 is required.
4322 4325
4323 - CONFIG_SYS_IMMR: Physical address of the Internal Memory. 4326 - CONFIG_SYS_IMMR: Physical address of the Internal Memory.
4324 DO NOT CHANGE unless you know exactly what you're 4327 DO NOT CHANGE unless you know exactly what you're
4325 doing! (11-4) [MPC8xx/82xx systems only] 4328 doing! (11-4) [MPC8xx/82xx systems only]
4326 4329
4327 - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR: 4330 - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR:
4328 4331
4329 Start address of memory area that can be used for 4332 Start address of memory area that can be used for
4330 initial data and stack; please note that this must be 4333 initial data and stack; please note that this must be
4331 writable memory that is working WITHOUT special 4334 writable memory that is working WITHOUT special
4332 initialization, i. e. you CANNOT use normal RAM which 4335 initialization, i. e. you CANNOT use normal RAM which
4333 will become available only after programming the 4336 will become available only after programming the
4334 memory controller and running certain initialization 4337 memory controller and running certain initialization
4335 sequences. 4338 sequences.
4336 4339
4337 U-Boot uses the following memory types: 4340 U-Boot uses the following memory types:
4338 - MPC8xx and MPC8260: IMMR (internal memory of the CPU) 4341 - MPC8xx and MPC8260: IMMR (internal memory of the CPU)
4339 - MPC824X: data cache 4342 - MPC824X: data cache
4340 - PPC4xx: data cache 4343 - PPC4xx: data cache
4341 4344
4342 - CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET: 4345 - CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET:
4343 4346
4344 Offset of the initial data structure in the memory 4347 Offset of the initial data structure in the memory
4345 area defined by CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR. Usually 4348 area defined by CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR. Usually
4346 CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET is chosen such that the initial 4349 CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET is chosen such that the initial
4347 data is located at the end of the available space 4350 data is located at the end of the available space
4348 (sometimes written as (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE - 4351 (sometimes written as (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE -
4349 GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE), and the initial stack is just 4352 GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE), and the initial stack is just
4350 below that area (growing from (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR + 4353 below that area (growing from (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR +
4351 CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET) downward. 4354 CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET) downward.
4352 4355
4353 Note: 4356 Note:
4354 On the MPC824X (or other systems that use the data 4357 On the MPC824X (or other systems that use the data
4355 cache for initial memory) the address chosen for 4358 cache for initial memory) the address chosen for
4356 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR is basically arbitrary - it must 4359 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR is basically arbitrary - it must
4357 point to an otherwise UNUSED address space between 4360 point to an otherwise UNUSED address space between
4358 the top of RAM and the start of the PCI space. 4361 the top of RAM and the start of the PCI space.
4359 4362
4360 - CONFIG_SYS_SIUMCR: SIU Module Configuration (11-6) 4363 - CONFIG_SYS_SIUMCR: SIU Module Configuration (11-6)
4361 4364
4362 - CONFIG_SYS_SYPCR: System Protection Control (11-9) 4365 - CONFIG_SYS_SYPCR: System Protection Control (11-9)
4363 4366
4364 - CONFIG_SYS_TBSCR: Time Base Status and Control (11-26) 4367 - CONFIG_SYS_TBSCR: Time Base Status and Control (11-26)
4365 4368
4366 - CONFIG_SYS_PISCR: Periodic Interrupt Status and Control (11-31) 4369 - CONFIG_SYS_PISCR: Periodic Interrupt Status and Control (11-31)
4367 4370
4368 - CONFIG_SYS_PLPRCR: PLL, Low-Power, and Reset Control Register (15-30) 4371 - CONFIG_SYS_PLPRCR: PLL, Low-Power, and Reset Control Register (15-30)
4369 4372
4370 - CONFIG_SYS_SCCR: System Clock and reset Control Register (15-27) 4373 - CONFIG_SYS_SCCR: System Clock and reset Control Register (15-27)
4371 4374
4372 - CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM: 4375 - CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM:
4373 SDRAM timing 4376 SDRAM timing
4374 4377
4375 - CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA: 4378 - CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA:
4376 periodic timer for refresh 4379 periodic timer for refresh
4377 4380
4378 - CONFIG_SYS_DER: Debug Event Register (37-47) 4381 - CONFIG_SYS_DER: Debug Event Register (37-47)
4379 4382
4380 - FLASH_BASE0_PRELIM, FLASH_BASE1_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_REMAP_OR_AM, 4383 - FLASH_BASE0_PRELIM, FLASH_BASE1_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_REMAP_OR_AM,
4381 CONFIG_SYS_PRELIM_OR_AM, CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_FLASH, CONFIG_SYS_OR0_REMAP, 4384 CONFIG_SYS_PRELIM_OR_AM, CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_FLASH, CONFIG_SYS_OR0_REMAP,
4382 CONFIG_SYS_OR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_REMAP, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_PRELIM, 4385 CONFIG_SYS_OR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_REMAP, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_PRELIM,
4383 CONFIG_SYS_BR1_PRELIM: 4386 CONFIG_SYS_BR1_PRELIM:
4384 Memory Controller Definitions: BR0/1 and OR0/1 (FLASH) 4387 Memory Controller Definitions: BR0/1 and OR0/1 (FLASH)
4385 4388
4386 - SDRAM_BASE2_PRELIM, SDRAM_BASE3_PRELIM, SDRAM_MAX_SIZE, 4389 - SDRAM_BASE2_PRELIM, SDRAM_BASE3_PRELIM, SDRAM_MAX_SIZE,
4387 CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM, CONFIG_SYS_OR2_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR2_PRELIM, 4390 CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM, CONFIG_SYS_OR2_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR2_PRELIM,
4388 CONFIG_SYS_OR3_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR3_PRELIM: 4391 CONFIG_SYS_OR3_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR3_PRELIM:
4389 Memory Controller Definitions: BR2/3 and OR2/3 (SDRAM) 4392 Memory Controller Definitions: BR2/3 and OR2/3 (SDRAM)
4390 4393
4391 - CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_8K, 4394 - CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_8K,
4392 CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_8K, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_8COL, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_9COL: 4395 CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_8K, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_8COL, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_9COL:
4393 Machine Mode Register and Memory Periodic Timer 4396 Machine Mode Register and Memory Periodic Timer
4394 Prescaler definitions (SDRAM timing) 4397 Prescaler definitions (SDRAM timing)
4395 4398
4396 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]: 4399 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
4397 enable I2C microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx); 4400 enable I2C microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
4398 define relocation offset in DPRAM [DSP2] 4401 define relocation offset in DPRAM [DSP2]
4399 4402
4400 - CONFIG_SYS_SMC_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SMC_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]: 4403 - CONFIG_SYS_SMC_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SMC_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
4401 enable SMC microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx); 4404 enable SMC microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
4402 define relocation offset in DPRAM [SMC1] 4405 define relocation offset in DPRAM [SMC1]
4403 4406
4404 - CONFIG_SYS_SPI_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SPI_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]: 4407 - CONFIG_SYS_SPI_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SPI_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
4405 enable SPI microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx); 4408 enable SPI microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
4406 define relocation offset in DPRAM [SCC4] 4409 define relocation offset in DPRAM [SCC4]
4407 4410
4408 - CONFIG_SYS_CPM_POST_WORD_ADDR: (MPC8xx, MPC8260 only) 4411 - CONFIG_SYS_CPM_POST_WORD_ADDR: (MPC8xx, MPC8260 only)
4409 Offset of the bootmode word in DPRAM used by post 4412 Offset of the bootmode word in DPRAM used by post
4410 (Power On Self Tests). This definition overrides 4413 (Power On Self Tests). This definition overrides
4411 #define'd default value in commproc.h resp. 4414 #define'd default value in commproc.h resp.
4412 cpm_8260.h. 4415 cpm_8260.h.
4413 4416
4414 - CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_PICMR0_MASK_ATTRIB, 4417 - CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_PICMR0_MASK_ATTRIB,
4415 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR0_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK0_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR1_LOCAL, 4418 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR0_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK0_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR1_LOCAL,
4416 CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK1_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_BUS, 4419 CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK1_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_BUS,
4417 CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_MEM_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR0_MASK_ATTRIB, 4420 CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_MEM_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR0_MASK_ATTRIB,
4418 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_BUS, CPU_PCI_MEMIO_START, 4421 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_BUS, CPU_PCI_MEMIO_START,
4419 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR1_MASK_ATTRIB, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_LOCAL, 4422 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR1_MASK_ATTRIB, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_LOCAL,
4420 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_IO_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_SIZE, 4423 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_IO_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_SIZE,
4421 CONFIG_SYS_POCMR2_MASK_ATTRIB: (MPC826x only) 4424 CONFIG_SYS_POCMR2_MASK_ATTRIB: (MPC826x only)
4422 Overrides the default PCI memory map in arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8260/pci.c if set. 4425 Overrides the default PCI memory map in arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8260/pci.c if set.
4423 4426
4424 - CONFIG_PCI_DISABLE_PCIE: 4427 - CONFIG_PCI_DISABLE_PCIE:
4425 Disable PCI-Express on systems where it is supported but not 4428 Disable PCI-Express on systems where it is supported but not
4426 required. 4429 required.
4427 4430
4428 - CONFIG_PCI_ENUM_ONLY 4431 - CONFIG_PCI_ENUM_ONLY
4429 Only scan through and get the devices on the buses. 4432 Only scan through and get the devices on the buses.
4430 Don't do any setup work, presumably because someone or 4433 Don't do any setup work, presumably because someone or
4431 something has already done it, and we don't need to do it 4434 something has already done it, and we don't need to do it
4432 a second time. Useful for platforms that are pre-booted 4435 a second time. Useful for platforms that are pre-booted
4433 by coreboot or similar. 4436 by coreboot or similar.
4434 4437
4435 - CONFIG_PCI_INDIRECT_BRIDGE: 4438 - CONFIG_PCI_INDIRECT_BRIDGE:
4436 Enable support for indirect PCI bridges. 4439 Enable support for indirect PCI bridges.
4437 4440
4438 - CONFIG_SYS_SRIO: 4441 - CONFIG_SYS_SRIO:
4439 Chip has SRIO or not 4442 Chip has SRIO or not
4440 4443
4441 - CONFIG_SRIO1: 4444 - CONFIG_SRIO1:
4442 Board has SRIO 1 port available 4445 Board has SRIO 1 port available
4443 4446
4444 - CONFIG_SRIO2: 4447 - CONFIG_SRIO2:
4445 Board has SRIO 2 port available 4448 Board has SRIO 2 port available
4446 4449
4447 - CONFIG_SRIO_PCIE_BOOT_MASTER 4450 - CONFIG_SRIO_PCIE_BOOT_MASTER
4448 Board can support master function for Boot from SRIO and PCIE 4451 Board can support master function for Boot from SRIO and PCIE
4449 4452
4450 - CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_VIRT: 4453 - CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_VIRT:
4451 Virtual Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region 4454 Virtual Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region
4452 4455
4453 - CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_PHYS: 4456 - CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_PHYS:
4454 Physical Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region 4457 Physical Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region
4455 4458
4456 - CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_SIZE: 4459 - CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_SIZE:
4457 Size of SRIO port 'n' memory region 4460 Size of SRIO port 'n' memory region
4458 4461
4459 - CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BUSWIDTH_16BIT 4462 - CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BUSWIDTH_16BIT
4460 Defined to tell the NAND controller that the NAND chip is using 4463 Defined to tell the NAND controller that the NAND chip is using
4461 a 16 bit bus. 4464 a 16 bit bus.
4462 Not all NAND drivers use this symbol. 4465 Not all NAND drivers use this symbol.
4463 Example of drivers that use it: 4466 Example of drivers that use it:
4464 - drivers/mtd/nand/ndfc.c 4467 - drivers/mtd/nand/ndfc.c
4465 - drivers/mtd/nand/mxc_nand.c 4468 - drivers/mtd/nand/mxc_nand.c
4466 4469
4467 - CONFIG_SYS_NDFC_EBC0_CFG 4470 - CONFIG_SYS_NDFC_EBC0_CFG
4468 Sets the EBC0_CFG register for the NDFC. If not defined 4471 Sets the EBC0_CFG register for the NDFC. If not defined
4469 a default value will be used. 4472 a default value will be used.
4470 4473
4471 - CONFIG_SPD_EEPROM 4474 - CONFIG_SPD_EEPROM
4472 Get DDR timing information from an I2C EEPROM. Common 4475 Get DDR timing information from an I2C EEPROM. Common
4473 with pluggable memory modules such as SODIMMs 4476 with pluggable memory modules such as SODIMMs
4474 4477
4475 SPD_EEPROM_ADDRESS 4478 SPD_EEPROM_ADDRESS
4476 I2C address of the SPD EEPROM 4479 I2C address of the SPD EEPROM
4477 4480
4478 - CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM 4481 - CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM
4479 If SPD EEPROM is on an I2C bus other than the first 4482 If SPD EEPROM is on an I2C bus other than the first
4480 one, specify here. Note that the value must resolve 4483 one, specify here. Note that the value must resolve
4481 to something your driver can deal with. 4484 to something your driver can deal with.
4482 4485
4483 - CONFIG_SYS_DDR_RAW_TIMING 4486 - CONFIG_SYS_DDR_RAW_TIMING
4484 Get DDR timing information from other than SPD. Common with 4487 Get DDR timing information from other than SPD. Common with
4485 soldered DDR chips onboard without SPD. DDR raw timing 4488 soldered DDR chips onboard without SPD. DDR raw timing
4486 parameters are extracted from datasheet and hard-coded into 4489 parameters are extracted from datasheet and hard-coded into
4487 header files or board specific files. 4490 header files or board specific files.
4488 4491
4489 - CONFIG_FSL_DDR_INTERACTIVE 4492 - CONFIG_FSL_DDR_INTERACTIVE
4490 Enable interactive DDR debugging. See doc/README.fsl-ddr. 4493 Enable interactive DDR debugging. See doc/README.fsl-ddr.
4491 4494
4492 - CONFIG_FSL_DDR_SYNC_REFRESH 4495 - CONFIG_FSL_DDR_SYNC_REFRESH
4493 Enable sync of refresh for multiple controllers. 4496 Enable sync of refresh for multiple controllers.
4494 4497
4495 - CONFIG_FSL_DDR_BIST 4498 - CONFIG_FSL_DDR_BIST
4496 Enable built-in memory test for Freescale DDR controllers. 4499 Enable built-in memory test for Freescale DDR controllers.
4497 4500
4498 - CONFIG_SYS_83XX_DDR_USES_CS0 4501 - CONFIG_SYS_83XX_DDR_USES_CS0
4499 Only for 83xx systems. If specified, then DDR should 4502 Only for 83xx systems. If specified, then DDR should
4500 be configured using CS0 and CS1 instead of CS2 and CS3. 4503 be configured using CS0 and CS1 instead of CS2 and CS3.
4501 4504
4502 - CONFIG_ETHER_ON_FEC[12] 4505 - CONFIG_ETHER_ON_FEC[12]
4503 Define to enable FEC[12] on a 8xx series processor. 4506 Define to enable FEC[12] on a 8xx series processor.
4504 4507
4505 - CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY 4508 - CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY
4506 Define to the hardcoded PHY address which corresponds 4509 Define to the hardcoded PHY address which corresponds
4507 to the given FEC; i. e. 4510 to the given FEC; i. e.
4508 #define CONFIG_FEC1_PHY 4 4511 #define CONFIG_FEC1_PHY 4
4509 means that the PHY with address 4 is connected to FEC1 4512 means that the PHY with address 4 is connected to FEC1
4510 4513
4511 When set to -1, means to probe for first available. 4514 When set to -1, means to probe for first available.
4512 4515
4513 - CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY_NORXERR 4516 - CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY_NORXERR
4514 The PHY does not have a RXERR line (RMII only). 4517 The PHY does not have a RXERR line (RMII only).
4515 (so program the FEC to ignore it). 4518 (so program the FEC to ignore it).
4516 4519
4517 - CONFIG_RMII 4520 - CONFIG_RMII
4518 Enable RMII mode for all FECs. 4521 Enable RMII mode for all FECs.
4519 Note that this is a global option, we can't 4522 Note that this is a global option, we can't
4520 have one FEC in standard MII mode and another in RMII mode. 4523 have one FEC in standard MII mode and another in RMII mode.
4521 4524
4522 - CONFIG_CRC32_VERIFY 4525 - CONFIG_CRC32_VERIFY
4523 Add a verify option to the crc32 command. 4526 Add a verify option to the crc32 command.
4524 The syntax is: 4527 The syntax is:
4525 4528
4526 => crc32 -v <address> <count> <crc32> 4529 => crc32 -v <address> <count> <crc32>
4527 4530
4528 Where address/count indicate a memory area 4531 Where address/count indicate a memory area
4529 and crc32 is the correct crc32 which the 4532 and crc32 is the correct crc32 which the
4530 area should have. 4533 area should have.
4531 4534
4532 - CONFIG_LOOPW 4535 - CONFIG_LOOPW
4533 Add the "loopw" memory command. This only takes effect if 4536 Add the "loopw" memory command. This only takes effect if
4534 the memory commands are activated globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM). 4537 the memory commands are activated globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM).
4535 4538
4536 - CONFIG_MX_CYCLIC 4539 - CONFIG_MX_CYCLIC
4537 Add the "mdc" and "mwc" memory commands. These are cyclic 4540 Add the "mdc" and "mwc" memory commands. These are cyclic
4538 "md/mw" commands. 4541 "md/mw" commands.
4539 Examples: 4542 Examples:
4540 4543
4541 => mdc.b 10 4 500 4544 => mdc.b 10 4 500
4542 This command will print 4 bytes (10,11,12,13) each 500 ms. 4545 This command will print 4 bytes (10,11,12,13) each 500 ms.
4543 4546
4544 => mwc.l 100 12345678 10 4547 => mwc.l 100 12345678 10
4545 This command will write 12345678 to address 100 all 10 ms. 4548 This command will write 12345678 to address 100 all 10 ms.
4546 4549
4547 This only takes effect if the memory commands are activated 4550 This only takes effect if the memory commands are activated
4548 globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM). 4551 globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM).
4549 4552
4550 - CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT 4553 - CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT
4551 [ARM, NDS32, MIPS only] If this variable is defined, then certain 4554 [ARM, NDS32, MIPS only] If this variable is defined, then certain
4552 low level initializations (like setting up the memory 4555 low level initializations (like setting up the memory
4553 controller) are omitted and/or U-Boot does not 4556 controller) are omitted and/or U-Boot does not
4554 relocate itself into RAM. 4557 relocate itself into RAM.
4555 4558
4556 Normally this variable MUST NOT be defined. The only 4559 Normally this variable MUST NOT be defined. The only
4557 exception is when U-Boot is loaded (to RAM) by some 4560 exception is when U-Boot is loaded (to RAM) by some
4558 other boot loader or by a debugger which performs 4561 other boot loader or by a debugger which performs
4559 these initializations itself. 4562 these initializations itself.
4560 4563
4561 - CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT_ONLY 4564 - CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT_ONLY
4562 [ARM926EJ-S only] This allows just the call to lowlevel_init() 4565 [ARM926EJ-S only] This allows just the call to lowlevel_init()
4563 to be skipped. The normal CP15 init (such as enabling the 4566 to be skipped. The normal CP15 init (such as enabling the
4564 instruction cache) is still performed. 4567 instruction cache) is still performed.
4565 4568
4566 - CONFIG_SPL_BUILD 4569 - CONFIG_SPL_BUILD
4567 Modifies the behaviour of start.S when compiling a loader 4570 Modifies the behaviour of start.S when compiling a loader
4568 that is executed before the actual U-Boot. E.g. when 4571 that is executed before the actual U-Boot. E.g. when
4569 compiling a NAND SPL. 4572 compiling a NAND SPL.
4570 4573
4571 - CONFIG_TPL_BUILD 4574 - CONFIG_TPL_BUILD
4572 Modifies the behaviour of start.S when compiling a loader 4575 Modifies the behaviour of start.S when compiling a loader
4573 that is executed after the SPL and before the actual U-Boot. 4576 that is executed after the SPL and before the actual U-Boot.
4574 It is loaded by the SPL. 4577 It is loaded by the SPL.
4575 4578
4576 - CONFIG_SYS_MPC85XX_NO_RESETVEC 4579 - CONFIG_SYS_MPC85XX_NO_RESETVEC
4577 Only for 85xx systems. If this variable is specified, the section 4580 Only for 85xx systems. If this variable is specified, the section
4578 .resetvec is not kept and the section .bootpg is placed in the 4581 .resetvec is not kept and the section .bootpg is placed in the
4579 previous 4k of the .text section. 4582 previous 4k of the .text section.
4580 4583
4581 - CONFIG_ARCH_MAP_SYSMEM 4584 - CONFIG_ARCH_MAP_SYSMEM
4582 Generally U-Boot (and in particular the md command) uses 4585 Generally U-Boot (and in particular the md command) uses
4583 effective address. It is therefore not necessary to regard 4586 effective address. It is therefore not necessary to regard
4584 U-Boot address as virtual addresses that need to be translated 4587 U-Boot address as virtual addresses that need to be translated
4585 to physical addresses. However, sandbox requires this, since 4588 to physical addresses. However, sandbox requires this, since
4586 it maintains its own little RAM buffer which contains all 4589 it maintains its own little RAM buffer which contains all
4587 addressable memory. This option causes some memory accesses 4590 addressable memory. This option causes some memory accesses
4588 to be mapped through map_sysmem() / unmap_sysmem(). 4591 to be mapped through map_sysmem() / unmap_sysmem().
4589 4592
4590 - CONFIG_X86_RESET_VECTOR 4593 - CONFIG_X86_RESET_VECTOR
4591 If defined, the x86 reset vector code is included. This is not 4594 If defined, the x86 reset vector code is included. This is not
4592 needed when U-Boot is running from Coreboot. 4595 needed when U-Boot is running from Coreboot.
4593 4596
4594 - CONFIG_SYS_MPUCLK 4597 - CONFIG_SYS_MPUCLK
4595 Defines the MPU clock speed (in MHz). 4598 Defines the MPU clock speed (in MHz).
4596 4599
4597 NOTE : currently only supported on AM335x platforms. 4600 NOTE : currently only supported on AM335x platforms.
4598 4601
4599 - CONFIG_SPL_AM33XX_ENABLE_RTC32K_OSC: 4602 - CONFIG_SPL_AM33XX_ENABLE_RTC32K_OSC:
4600 Enables the RTC32K OSC on AM33xx based plattforms 4603 Enables the RTC32K OSC on AM33xx based plattforms
4601 4604
4602 - CONFIG_SYS_NAND_NO_SUBPAGE_WRITE 4605 - CONFIG_SYS_NAND_NO_SUBPAGE_WRITE
4603 Option to disable subpage write in NAND driver 4606 Option to disable subpage write in NAND driver
4604 driver that uses this: 4607 driver that uses this:
4605 drivers/mtd/nand/davinci_nand.c 4608 drivers/mtd/nand/davinci_nand.c
4606 4609
4607 Freescale QE/FMAN Firmware Support: 4610 Freescale QE/FMAN Firmware Support:
4608 ----------------------------------- 4611 -----------------------------------
4609 4612
4610 The Freescale QUICCEngine (QE) and Frame Manager (FMAN) both support the 4613 The Freescale QUICCEngine (QE) and Frame Manager (FMAN) both support the
4611 loading of "firmware", which is encoded in the QE firmware binary format. 4614 loading of "firmware", which is encoded in the QE firmware binary format.
4612 This firmware often needs to be loaded during U-Boot booting, so macros 4615 This firmware often needs to be loaded during U-Boot booting, so macros
4613 are used to identify the storage device (NOR flash, SPI, etc) and the address 4616 are used to identify the storage device (NOR flash, SPI, etc) and the address
4614 within that device. 4617 within that device.
4615 4618
4616 - CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR 4619 - CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR
4617 The address in the storage device where the FMAN microcode is located. The 4620 The address in the storage device where the FMAN microcode is located. The
4618 meaning of this address depends on which CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_IN_xxx macro 4621 meaning of this address depends on which CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_IN_xxx macro
4619 is also specified. 4622 is also specified.
4620 4623
4621 - CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_ADDR 4624 - CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_ADDR
4622 The address in the storage device where the QE microcode is located. The 4625 The address in the storage device where the QE microcode is located. The
4623 meaning of this address depends on which CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_IN_xxx macro 4626 meaning of this address depends on which CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_IN_xxx macro
4624 is also specified. 4627 is also specified.
4625 4628
4626 - CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_LENGTH 4629 - CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_LENGTH
4627 The maximum possible size of the firmware. The firmware binary format 4630 The maximum possible size of the firmware. The firmware binary format
4628 has a field that specifies the actual size of the firmware, but it 4631 has a field that specifies the actual size of the firmware, but it
4629 might not be possible to read any part of the firmware unless some 4632 might not be possible to read any part of the firmware unless some
4630 local storage is allocated to hold the entire firmware first. 4633 local storage is allocated to hold the entire firmware first.
4631 4634
4632 - CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NOR 4635 - CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NOR
4633 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NOR flash, mapped as 4636 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NOR flash, mapped as
4634 normal addressable memory via the LBC. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the 4637 normal addressable memory via the LBC. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the
4635 virtual address in NOR flash. 4638 virtual address in NOR flash.
4636 4639
4637 - CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NAND 4640 - CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NAND
4638 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NAND flash. 4641 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NAND flash.
4639 CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the offset within NAND flash. 4642 CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the offset within NAND flash.
4640 4643
4641 - CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_MMC 4644 - CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_MMC
4642 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located on the primary SD/MMC 4645 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located on the primary SD/MMC
4643 device. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the byte offset on that device. 4646 device. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the byte offset on that device.
4644 4647
4645 - CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_REMOTE 4648 - CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_REMOTE
4646 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in the remote (master) 4649 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in the remote (master)
4647 memory space. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is a virtual address which 4650 memory space. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is a virtual address which
4648 can be mapped from slave TLB->slave LAW->slave SRIO or PCIE outbound 4651 can be mapped from slave TLB->slave LAW->slave SRIO or PCIE outbound
4649 window->master inbound window->master LAW->the ucode address in 4652 window->master inbound window->master LAW->the ucode address in
4650 master's memory space. 4653 master's memory space.
4651 4654
4652 Freescale Layerscape Management Complex Firmware Support: 4655 Freescale Layerscape Management Complex Firmware Support:
4653 --------------------------------------------------------- 4656 ---------------------------------------------------------
4654 The Freescale Layerscape Management Complex (MC) supports the loading of 4657 The Freescale Layerscape Management Complex (MC) supports the loading of
4655 "firmware". 4658 "firmware".
4656 This firmware often needs to be loaded during U-Boot booting, so macros 4659 This firmware often needs to be loaded during U-Boot booting, so macros
4657 are used to identify the storage device (NOR flash, SPI, etc) and the address 4660 are used to identify the storage device (NOR flash, SPI, etc) and the address
4658 within that device. 4661 within that device.
4659 4662
4660 - CONFIG_FSL_MC_ENET 4663 - CONFIG_FSL_MC_ENET
4661 Enable the MC driver for Layerscape SoCs. 4664 Enable the MC driver for Layerscape SoCs.
4662 4665
4663 Freescale Layerscape Debug Server Support: 4666 Freescale Layerscape Debug Server Support:
4664 ------------------------------------------- 4667 -------------------------------------------
4665 The Freescale Layerscape Debug Server Support supports the loading of 4668 The Freescale Layerscape Debug Server Support supports the loading of
4666 "Debug Server firmware" and triggering SP boot-rom. 4669 "Debug Server firmware" and triggering SP boot-rom.
4667 This firmware often needs to be loaded during U-Boot booting. 4670 This firmware often needs to be loaded during U-Boot booting.
4668 4671
4669 - CONFIG_SYS_MC_RSV_MEM_ALIGN 4672 - CONFIG_SYS_MC_RSV_MEM_ALIGN
4670 Define alignment of reserved memory MC requires 4673 Define alignment of reserved memory MC requires
4671 4674
4672 Reproducible builds 4675 Reproducible builds
4673 ------------------- 4676 -------------------
4674 4677
4675 In order to achieve reproducible builds, timestamps used in the U-Boot build 4678 In order to achieve reproducible builds, timestamps used in the U-Boot build
4676 process have to be set to a fixed value. 4679 process have to be set to a fixed value.
4677 4680
4678 This is done using the SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH environment variable. 4681 This is done using the SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH environment variable.
4679 SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH is to be set on the build host's shell, not as a configuration 4682 SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH is to be set on the build host's shell, not as a configuration
4680 option for U-Boot or an environment variable in U-Boot. 4683 option for U-Boot or an environment variable in U-Boot.
4681 4684
4682 SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH should be set to a number of seconds since the epoch, in UTC. 4685 SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH should be set to a number of seconds since the epoch, in UTC.
4683 4686
4684 Building the Software: 4687 Building the Software:
4685 ====================== 4688 ======================
4686 4689
4687 Building U-Boot has been tested in several native build environments 4690 Building U-Boot has been tested in several native build environments
4688 and in many different cross environments. Of course we cannot support 4691 and in many different cross environments. Of course we cannot support
4689 all possibly existing versions of cross development tools in all 4692 all possibly existing versions of cross development tools in all
4690 (potentially obsolete) versions. In case of tool chain problems we 4693 (potentially obsolete) versions. In case of tool chain problems we
4691 recommend to use the ELDK (see http://www.denx.de/wiki/DULG/ELDK) 4694 recommend to use the ELDK (see http://www.denx.de/wiki/DULG/ELDK)
4692 which is extensively used to build and test U-Boot. 4695 which is extensively used to build and test U-Boot.
4693 4696
4694 If you are not using a native environment, it is assumed that you 4697 If you are not using a native environment, it is assumed that you
4695 have GNU cross compiling tools available in your path. In this case, 4698 have GNU cross compiling tools available in your path. In this case,
4696 you must set the environment variable CROSS_COMPILE in your shell. 4699 you must set the environment variable CROSS_COMPILE in your shell.
4697 Note that no changes to the Makefile or any other source files are 4700 Note that no changes to the Makefile or any other source files are
4698 necessary. For example using the ELDK on a 4xx CPU, please enter: 4701 necessary. For example using the ELDK on a 4xx CPU, please enter:
4699 4702
4700 $ CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_4xx- 4703 $ CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_4xx-
4701 $ export CROSS_COMPILE 4704 $ export CROSS_COMPILE
4702 4705
4703 Note: If you wish to generate Windows versions of the utilities in 4706 Note: If you wish to generate Windows versions of the utilities in
4704 the tools directory you can use the MinGW toolchain 4707 the tools directory you can use the MinGW toolchain
4705 (http://www.mingw.org). Set your HOST tools to the MinGW 4708 (http://www.mingw.org). Set your HOST tools to the MinGW
4706 toolchain and execute 'make tools'. For example: 4709 toolchain and execute 'make tools'. For example:
4707 4710
4708 $ make HOSTCC=i586-mingw32msvc-gcc HOSTSTRIP=i586-mingw32msvc-strip tools 4711 $ make HOSTCC=i586-mingw32msvc-gcc HOSTSTRIP=i586-mingw32msvc-strip tools
4709 4712
4710 Binaries such as tools/mkimage.exe will be created which can 4713 Binaries such as tools/mkimage.exe will be created which can
4711 be executed on computers running Windows. 4714 be executed on computers running Windows.
4712 4715
4713 U-Boot is intended to be simple to build. After installing the 4716 U-Boot is intended to be simple to build. After installing the
4714 sources you must configure U-Boot for one specific board type. This 4717 sources you must configure U-Boot for one specific board type. This
4715 is done by typing: 4718 is done by typing:
4716 4719
4717 make NAME_defconfig 4720 make NAME_defconfig
4718 4721
4719 where "NAME_defconfig" is the name of one of the existing configu- 4722 where "NAME_defconfig" is the name of one of the existing configu-
4720 rations; see boards.cfg for supported names. 4723 rations; see boards.cfg for supported names.
4721 4724
4722 Note: for some board special configuration names may exist; check if 4725 Note: for some board special configuration names may exist; check if
4723 additional information is available from the board vendor; for 4726 additional information is available from the board vendor; for
4724 instance, the TQM823L systems are available without (standard) 4727 instance, the TQM823L systems are available without (standard)
4725 or with LCD support. You can select such additional "features" 4728 or with LCD support. You can select such additional "features"
4726 when choosing the configuration, i. e. 4729 when choosing the configuration, i. e.
4727 4730
4728 make TQM823L_defconfig 4731 make TQM823L_defconfig
4729 - will configure for a plain TQM823L, i. e. no LCD support 4732 - will configure for a plain TQM823L, i. e. no LCD support
4730 4733
4731 make TQM823L_LCD_defconfig 4734 make TQM823L_LCD_defconfig
4732 - will configure for a TQM823L with U-Boot console on LCD 4735 - will configure for a TQM823L with U-Boot console on LCD
4733 4736
4734 etc. 4737 etc.
4735 4738
4736 4739
4737 Finally, type "make all", and you should get some working U-Boot 4740 Finally, type "make all", and you should get some working U-Boot
4738 images ready for download to / installation on your system: 4741 images ready for download to / installation on your system:
4739 4742
4740 - "u-boot.bin" is a raw binary image 4743 - "u-boot.bin" is a raw binary image
4741 - "u-boot" is an image in ELF binary format 4744 - "u-boot" is an image in ELF binary format
4742 - "u-boot.srec" is in Motorola S-Record format 4745 - "u-boot.srec" is in Motorola S-Record format
4743 4746
4744 By default the build is performed locally and the objects are saved 4747 By default the build is performed locally and the objects are saved
4745 in the source directory. One of the two methods can be used to change 4748 in the source directory. One of the two methods can be used to change
4746 this behavior and build U-Boot to some external directory: 4749 this behavior and build U-Boot to some external directory:
4747 4750
4748 1. Add O= to the make command line invocations: 4751 1. Add O= to the make command line invocations:
4749 4752
4750 make O=/tmp/build distclean 4753 make O=/tmp/build distclean
4751 make O=/tmp/build NAME_defconfig 4754 make O=/tmp/build NAME_defconfig
4752 make O=/tmp/build all 4755 make O=/tmp/build all
4753 4756
4754 2. Set environment variable KBUILD_OUTPUT to point to the desired location: 4757 2. Set environment variable KBUILD_OUTPUT to point to the desired location:
4755 4758
4756 export KBUILD_OUTPUT=/tmp/build 4759 export KBUILD_OUTPUT=/tmp/build
4757 make distclean 4760 make distclean
4758 make NAME_defconfig 4761 make NAME_defconfig
4759 make all 4762 make all
4760 4763
4761 Note that the command line "O=" setting overrides the KBUILD_OUTPUT environment 4764 Note that the command line "O=" setting overrides the KBUILD_OUTPUT environment
4762 variable. 4765 variable.
4763 4766
4764 4767
4765 Please be aware that the Makefiles assume you are using GNU make, so 4768 Please be aware that the Makefiles assume you are using GNU make, so
4766 for instance on NetBSD you might need to use "gmake" instead of 4769 for instance on NetBSD you might need to use "gmake" instead of
4767 native "make". 4770 native "make".
4768 4771
4769 4772
4770 If the system board that you have is not listed, then you will need 4773 If the system board that you have is not listed, then you will need
4771 to port U-Boot to your hardware platform. To do this, follow these 4774 to port U-Boot to your hardware platform. To do this, follow these
4772 steps: 4775 steps:
4773 4776
4774 1. Create a new directory to hold your board specific code. Add any 4777 1. Create a new directory to hold your board specific code. Add any
4775 files you need. In your board directory, you will need at least 4778 files you need. In your board directory, you will need at least
4776 the "Makefile" and a "<board>.c". 4779 the "Makefile" and a "<board>.c".
4777 2. Create a new configuration file "include/configs/<board>.h" for 4780 2. Create a new configuration file "include/configs/<board>.h" for
4778 your board. 4781 your board.
4779 3. If you're porting U-Boot to a new CPU, then also create a new 4782 3. If you're porting U-Boot to a new CPU, then also create a new
4780 directory to hold your CPU specific code. Add any files you need. 4783 directory to hold your CPU specific code. Add any files you need.
4781 4. Run "make <board>_defconfig" with your new name. 4784 4. Run "make <board>_defconfig" with your new name.
4782 5. Type "make", and you should get a working "u-boot.srec" file 4785 5. Type "make", and you should get a working "u-boot.srec" file
4783 to be installed on your target system. 4786 to be installed on your target system.
4784 6. Debug and solve any problems that might arise. 4787 6. Debug and solve any problems that might arise.
4785 [Of course, this last step is much harder than it sounds.] 4788 [Of course, this last step is much harder than it sounds.]
4786 4789
4787 4790
4788 Testing of U-Boot Modifications, Ports to New Hardware, etc.: 4791 Testing of U-Boot Modifications, Ports to New Hardware, etc.:
4789 ============================================================== 4792 ==============================================================
4790 4793
4791 If you have modified U-Boot sources (for instance added a new board 4794 If you have modified U-Boot sources (for instance added a new board
4792 or support for new devices, a new CPU, etc.) you are expected to 4795 or support for new devices, a new CPU, etc.) you are expected to
4793 provide feedback to the other developers. The feedback normally takes 4796 provide feedback to the other developers. The feedback normally takes
4794 the form of a "patch", i. e. a context diff against a certain (latest 4797 the form of a "patch", i. e. a context diff against a certain (latest
4795 official or latest in the git repository) version of U-Boot sources. 4798 official or latest in the git repository) version of U-Boot sources.
4796 4799
4797 But before you submit such a patch, please verify that your modifi- 4800 But before you submit such a patch, please verify that your modifi-
4798 cation did not break existing code. At least make sure that *ALL* of 4801 cation did not break existing code. At least make sure that *ALL* of
4799 the supported boards compile WITHOUT ANY compiler warnings. To do so, 4802 the supported boards compile WITHOUT ANY compiler warnings. To do so,
4800 just run the buildman script (tools/buildman/buildman), which will 4803 just run the buildman script (tools/buildman/buildman), which will
4801 configure and build U-Boot for ALL supported system. Be warned, this 4804 configure and build U-Boot for ALL supported system. Be warned, this
4802 will take a while. Please see the buildman README, or run 'buildman -H' 4805 will take a while. Please see the buildman README, or run 'buildman -H'
4803 for documentation. 4806 for documentation.
4804 4807
4805 4808
4806 See also "U-Boot Porting Guide" below. 4809 See also "U-Boot Porting Guide" below.
4807 4810
4808 4811
4809 Monitor Commands - Overview: 4812 Monitor Commands - Overview:
4810 ============================ 4813 ============================
4811 4814
4812 go - start application at address 'addr' 4815 go - start application at address 'addr'
4813 run - run commands in an environment variable 4816 run - run commands in an environment variable
4814 bootm - boot application image from memory 4817 bootm - boot application image from memory
4815 bootp - boot image via network using BootP/TFTP protocol 4818 bootp - boot image via network using BootP/TFTP protocol
4816 bootz - boot zImage from memory 4819 bootz - boot zImage from memory
4817 tftpboot- boot image via network using TFTP protocol 4820 tftpboot- boot image via network using TFTP protocol
4818 and env variables "ipaddr" and "serverip" 4821 and env variables "ipaddr" and "serverip"
4819 (and eventually "gatewayip") 4822 (and eventually "gatewayip")
4820 tftpput - upload a file via network using TFTP protocol 4823 tftpput - upload a file via network using TFTP protocol
4821 rarpboot- boot image via network using RARP/TFTP protocol 4824 rarpboot- boot image via network using RARP/TFTP protocol
4822 diskboot- boot from IDE devicebootd - boot default, i.e., run 'bootcmd' 4825 diskboot- boot from IDE devicebootd - boot default, i.e., run 'bootcmd'
4823 loads - load S-Record file over serial line 4826 loads - load S-Record file over serial line
4824 loadb - load binary file over serial line (kermit mode) 4827 loadb - load binary file over serial line (kermit mode)
4825 md - memory display 4828 md - memory display
4826 mm - memory modify (auto-incrementing) 4829 mm - memory modify (auto-incrementing)
4827 nm - memory modify (constant address) 4830 nm - memory modify (constant address)
4828 mw - memory write (fill) 4831 mw - memory write (fill)
4829 cp - memory copy 4832 cp - memory copy
4830 cmp - memory compare 4833 cmp - memory compare
4831 crc32 - checksum calculation 4834 crc32 - checksum calculation
4832 i2c - I2C sub-system 4835 i2c - I2C sub-system
4833 sspi - SPI utility commands 4836 sspi - SPI utility commands
4834 base - print or set address offset 4837 base - print or set address offset
4835 printenv- print environment variables 4838 printenv- print environment variables
4836 setenv - set environment variables 4839 setenv - set environment variables
4837 saveenv - save environment variables to persistent storage 4840 saveenv - save environment variables to persistent storage
4838 protect - enable or disable FLASH write protection 4841 protect - enable or disable FLASH write protection
4839 erase - erase FLASH memory 4842 erase - erase FLASH memory
4840 flinfo - print FLASH memory information 4843 flinfo - print FLASH memory information
4841 nand - NAND memory operations (see doc/README.nand) 4844 nand - NAND memory operations (see doc/README.nand)
4842 bdinfo - print Board Info structure 4845 bdinfo - print Board Info structure
4843 iminfo - print header information for application image 4846 iminfo - print header information for application image
4844 coninfo - print console devices and informations 4847 coninfo - print console devices and informations
4845 ide - IDE sub-system 4848 ide - IDE sub-system
4846 loop - infinite loop on address range 4849 loop - infinite loop on address range
4847 loopw - infinite write loop on address range 4850 loopw - infinite write loop on address range
4848 mtest - simple RAM test 4851 mtest - simple RAM test
4849 icache - enable or disable instruction cache 4852 icache - enable or disable instruction cache
4850 dcache - enable or disable data cache 4853 dcache - enable or disable data cache
4851 reset - Perform RESET of the CPU 4854 reset - Perform RESET of the CPU
4852 echo - echo args to console 4855 echo - echo args to console
4853 version - print monitor version 4856 version - print monitor version
4854 help - print online help 4857 help - print online help
4855 ? - alias for 'help' 4858 ? - alias for 'help'
4856 4859
4857 4860
4858 Monitor Commands - Detailed Description: 4861 Monitor Commands - Detailed Description:
4859 ======================================== 4862 ========================================
4860 4863
4861 TODO. 4864 TODO.
4862 4865
4863 For now: just type "help <command>". 4866 For now: just type "help <command>".
4864 4867
4865 4868
4866 Environment Variables: 4869 Environment Variables:
4867 ====================== 4870 ======================
4868 4871
4869 U-Boot supports user configuration using Environment Variables which 4872 U-Boot supports user configuration using Environment Variables which
4870 can be made persistent by saving to Flash memory. 4873 can be made persistent by saving to Flash memory.
4871 4874
4872 Environment Variables are set using "setenv", printed using 4875 Environment Variables are set using "setenv", printed using
4873 "printenv", and saved to Flash using "saveenv". Using "setenv" 4876 "printenv", and saved to Flash using "saveenv". Using "setenv"
4874 without a value can be used to delete a variable from the 4877 without a value can be used to delete a variable from the
4875 environment. As long as you don't save the environment you are 4878 environment. As long as you don't save the environment you are
4876 working with an in-memory copy. In case the Flash area containing the 4879 working with an in-memory copy. In case the Flash area containing the
4877 environment is erased by accident, a default environment is provided. 4880 environment is erased by accident, a default environment is provided.
4878 4881
4879 Some configuration options can be set using Environment Variables. 4882 Some configuration options can be set using Environment Variables.
4880 4883
4881 List of environment variables (most likely not complete): 4884 List of environment variables (most likely not complete):
4882 4885
4883 baudrate - see CONFIG_BAUDRATE 4886 baudrate - see CONFIG_BAUDRATE
4884 4887
4885 bootdelay - see CONFIG_BOOTDELAY 4888 bootdelay - see CONFIG_BOOTDELAY
4886 4889
4887 bootcmd - see CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND 4890 bootcmd - see CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND
4888 4891
4889 bootargs - Boot arguments when booting an RTOS image 4892 bootargs - Boot arguments when booting an RTOS image
4890 4893
4891 bootfile - Name of the image to load with TFTP 4894 bootfile - Name of the image to load with TFTP
4892 4895
4893 bootm_low - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm 4896 bootm_low - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm
4894 command can be restricted. This variable is given as 4897 command can be restricted. This variable is given as
4895 a hexadecimal number and defines lowest address allowed 4898 a hexadecimal number and defines lowest address allowed
4896 for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_size" 4899 for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_size"
4897 environment variable. Address defined by "bootm_low" is 4900 environment variable. Address defined by "bootm_low" is
4898 also the base of the initial memory mapping for the Linux 4901 also the base of the initial memory mapping for the Linux
4899 kernel -- see the description of CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ and 4902 kernel -- see the description of CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ and
4900 bootm_mapsize. 4903 bootm_mapsize.
4901 4904
4902 bootm_mapsize - Size of the initial memory mapping for the Linux kernel. 4905 bootm_mapsize - Size of the initial memory mapping for the Linux kernel.
4903 This variable is given as a hexadecimal number and it 4906 This variable is given as a hexadecimal number and it
4904 defines the size of the memory region starting at base 4907 defines the size of the memory region starting at base
4905 address bootm_low that is accessible by the Linux kernel 4908 address bootm_low that is accessible by the Linux kernel
4906 during early boot. If unset, CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is used 4909 during early boot. If unset, CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is used
4907 as the default value if it is defined, and bootm_size is 4910 as the default value if it is defined, and bootm_size is
4908 used otherwise. 4911 used otherwise.
4909 4912
4910 bootm_size - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm 4913 bootm_size - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm
4911 command can be restricted. This variable is given as 4914 command can be restricted. This variable is given as
4912 a hexadecimal number and defines the size of the region 4915 a hexadecimal number and defines the size of the region
4913 allowed for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_low" 4916 allowed for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_low"
4914 environment variable. 4917 environment variable.
4915 4918
4916 updatefile - Location of the software update file on a TFTP server, used 4919 updatefile - Location of the software update file on a TFTP server, used
4917 by the automatic software update feature. Please refer to 4920 by the automatic software update feature. Please refer to
4918 documentation in doc/README.update for more details. 4921 documentation in doc/README.update for more details.
4919 4922
4920 autoload - if set to "no" (any string beginning with 'n'), 4923 autoload - if set to "no" (any string beginning with 'n'),
4921 "bootp" will just load perform a lookup of the 4924 "bootp" will just load perform a lookup of the
4922 configuration from the BOOTP server, but not try to 4925 configuration from the BOOTP server, but not try to
4923 load any image using TFTP 4926 load any image using TFTP
4924 4927
4925 autostart - if set to "yes", an image loaded using the "bootp", 4928 autostart - if set to "yes", an image loaded using the "bootp",
4926 "rarpboot", "tftpboot" or "diskboot" commands will 4929 "rarpboot", "tftpboot" or "diskboot" commands will
4927 be automatically started (by internally calling 4930 be automatically started (by internally calling
4928 "bootm") 4931 "bootm")
4929 4932
4930 If set to "no", a standalone image passed to the 4933 If set to "no", a standalone image passed to the
4931 "bootm" command will be copied to the load address 4934 "bootm" command will be copied to the load address
4932 (and eventually uncompressed), but NOT be started. 4935 (and eventually uncompressed), but NOT be started.
4933 This can be used to load and uncompress arbitrary 4936 This can be used to load and uncompress arbitrary
4934 data. 4937 data.
4935 4938
4936 fdt_high - if set this restricts the maximum address that the 4939 fdt_high - if set this restricts the maximum address that the
4937 flattened device tree will be copied into upon boot. 4940 flattened device tree will be copied into upon boot.
4938 For example, if you have a system with 1 GB memory 4941 For example, if you have a system with 1 GB memory
4939 at physical address 0x10000000, while Linux kernel 4942 at physical address 0x10000000, while Linux kernel
4940 only recognizes the first 704 MB as low memory, you 4943 only recognizes the first 704 MB as low memory, you
4941 may need to set fdt_high as 0x3C000000 to have the 4944 may need to set fdt_high as 0x3C000000 to have the
4942 device tree blob be copied to the maximum address 4945 device tree blob be copied to the maximum address
4943 of the 704 MB low memory, so that Linux kernel can 4946 of the 704 MB low memory, so that Linux kernel can
4944 access it during the boot procedure. 4947 access it during the boot procedure.
4945 4948
4946 If this is set to the special value 0xFFFFFFFF then 4949 If this is set to the special value 0xFFFFFFFF then
4947 the fdt will not be copied at all on boot. For this 4950 the fdt will not be copied at all on boot. For this
4948 to work it must reside in writable memory, have 4951 to work it must reside in writable memory, have
4949 sufficient padding on the end of it for u-boot to 4952 sufficient padding on the end of it for u-boot to
4950 add the information it needs into it, and the memory 4953 add the information it needs into it, and the memory
4951 must be accessible by the kernel. 4954 must be accessible by the kernel.
4952 4955
4953 fdtcontroladdr- if set this is the address of the control flattened 4956 fdtcontroladdr- if set this is the address of the control flattened
4954 device tree used by U-Boot when CONFIG_OF_CONTROL is 4957 device tree used by U-Boot when CONFIG_OF_CONTROL is
4955 defined. 4958 defined.
4956 4959
4957 i2cfast - (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only) 4960 i2cfast - (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only)
4958 if set to 'y' configures Linux I2C driver for fast 4961 if set to 'y' configures Linux I2C driver for fast
4959 mode (400kHZ). This environment variable is used in 4962 mode (400kHZ). This environment variable is used in
4960 initialization code. So, for changes to be effective 4963 initialization code. So, for changes to be effective
4961 it must be saved and board must be reset. 4964 it must be saved and board must be reset.
4962 4965
4963 initrd_high - restrict positioning of initrd images: 4966 initrd_high - restrict positioning of initrd images:
4964 If this variable is not set, initrd images will be 4967 If this variable is not set, initrd images will be
4965 copied to the highest possible address in RAM; this 4968 copied to the highest possible address in RAM; this
4966 is usually what you want since it allows for 4969 is usually what you want since it allows for
4967 maximum initrd size. If for some reason you want to 4970 maximum initrd size. If for some reason you want to
4968 make sure that the initrd image is loaded below the 4971 make sure that the initrd image is loaded below the
4969 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ limit, you can set this environment 4972 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ limit, you can set this environment
4970 variable to a value of "no" or "off" or "0". 4973 variable to a value of "no" or "off" or "0".
4971 Alternatively, you can set it to a maximum upper 4974 Alternatively, you can set it to a maximum upper
4972 address to use (U-Boot will still check that it 4975 address to use (U-Boot will still check that it
4973 does not overwrite the U-Boot stack and data). 4976 does not overwrite the U-Boot stack and data).
4974 4977
4975 For instance, when you have a system with 16 MB 4978 For instance, when you have a system with 16 MB
4976 RAM, and want to reserve 4 MB from use by Linux, 4979 RAM, and want to reserve 4 MB from use by Linux,
4977 you can do this by adding "mem=12M" to the value of 4980 you can do this by adding "mem=12M" to the value of
4978 the "bootargs" variable. However, now you must make 4981 the "bootargs" variable. However, now you must make
4979 sure that the initrd image is placed in the first 4982 sure that the initrd image is placed in the first
4980 12 MB as well - this can be done with 4983 12 MB as well - this can be done with
4981 4984
4982 setenv initrd_high 00c00000 4985 setenv initrd_high 00c00000
4983 4986
4984 If you set initrd_high to 0xFFFFFFFF, this is an 4987 If you set initrd_high to 0xFFFFFFFF, this is an
4985 indication to U-Boot that all addresses are legal 4988 indication to U-Boot that all addresses are legal
4986 for the Linux kernel, including addresses in flash 4989 for the Linux kernel, including addresses in flash
4987 memory. In this case U-Boot will NOT COPY the 4990 memory. In this case U-Boot will NOT COPY the
4988 ramdisk at all. This may be useful to reduce the 4991 ramdisk at all. This may be useful to reduce the
4989 boot time on your system, but requires that this 4992 boot time on your system, but requires that this
4990 feature is supported by your Linux kernel. 4993 feature is supported by your Linux kernel.
4991 4994
4992 ipaddr - IP address; needed for tftpboot command 4995 ipaddr - IP address; needed for tftpboot command
4993 4996
4994 loadaddr - Default load address for commands like "bootp", 4997 loadaddr - Default load address for commands like "bootp",
4995 "rarpboot", "tftpboot", "loadb" or "diskboot" 4998 "rarpboot", "tftpboot", "loadb" or "diskboot"
4996 4999
4997 loads_echo - see CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO 5000 loads_echo - see CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO
4998 5001
4999 serverip - TFTP server IP address; needed for tftpboot command 5002 serverip - TFTP server IP address; needed for tftpboot command
5000 5003
5001 bootretry - see CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME 5004 bootretry - see CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME
5002 5005
5003 bootdelaykey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR 5006 bootdelaykey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR
5004 5007
5005 bootstopkey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR 5008 bootstopkey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR
5006 5009
5007 ethprime - controls which interface is used first. 5010 ethprime - controls which interface is used first.
5008 5011
5009 ethact - controls which interface is currently active. 5012 ethact - controls which interface is currently active.
5010 For example you can do the following 5013 For example you can do the following
5011 5014
5012 => setenv ethact FEC 5015 => setenv ethact FEC
5013 => ping 192.168.0.1 # traffic sent on FEC 5016 => ping 192.168.0.1 # traffic sent on FEC
5014 => setenv ethact SCC 5017 => setenv ethact SCC
5015 => ping 10.0.0.1 # traffic sent on SCC 5018 => ping 10.0.0.1 # traffic sent on SCC
5016 5019
5017 ethrotate - When set to "no" U-Boot does not go through all 5020 ethrotate - When set to "no" U-Boot does not go through all
5018 available network interfaces. 5021 available network interfaces.
5019 It just stays at the currently selected interface. 5022 It just stays at the currently selected interface.
5020 5023
5021 netretry - When set to "no" each network operation will 5024 netretry - When set to "no" each network operation will
5022 either succeed or fail without retrying. 5025 either succeed or fail without retrying.
5023 When set to "once" the network operation will 5026 When set to "once" the network operation will
5024 fail when all the available network interfaces 5027 fail when all the available network interfaces
5025 are tried once without success. 5028 are tried once without success.
5026 Useful on scripts which control the retry operation 5029 Useful on scripts which control the retry operation
5027 themselves. 5030 themselves.
5028 5031
5029 npe_ucode - set load address for the NPE microcode 5032 npe_ucode - set load address for the NPE microcode
5030 5033
5031 silent_linux - If set then Linux will be told to boot silently, by 5034 silent_linux - If set then Linux will be told to boot silently, by
5032 changing the console to be empty. If "yes" it will be 5035 changing the console to be empty. If "yes" it will be
5033 made silent. If "no" it will not be made silent. If 5036 made silent. If "no" it will not be made silent. If
5034 unset, then it will be made silent if the U-Boot console 5037 unset, then it will be made silent if the U-Boot console
5035 is silent. 5038 is silent.
5036 5039
5037 tftpsrcp - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's 5040 tftpsrcp - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's
5038 UDP source port. 5041 UDP source port.
5039 5042
5040 tftpdstp - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's UDP 5043 tftpdstp - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's UDP
5041 destination port instead of the Well Know Port 69. 5044 destination port instead of the Well Know Port 69.
5042 5045
5043 tftpblocksize - Block size to use for TFTP transfers; if not set, 5046 tftpblocksize - Block size to use for TFTP transfers; if not set,
5044 we use the TFTP server's default block size 5047 we use the TFTP server's default block size
5045 5048
5046 tftptimeout - Retransmission timeout for TFTP packets (in milli- 5049 tftptimeout - Retransmission timeout for TFTP packets (in milli-
5047 seconds, minimum value is 1000 = 1 second). Defines 5050 seconds, minimum value is 1000 = 1 second). Defines
5048 when a packet is considered to be lost so it has to 5051 when a packet is considered to be lost so it has to
5049 be retransmitted. The default is 5000 = 5 seconds. 5052 be retransmitted. The default is 5000 = 5 seconds.
5050 Lowering this value may make downloads succeed 5053 Lowering this value may make downloads succeed
5051 faster in networks with high packet loss rates or 5054 faster in networks with high packet loss rates or
5052 with unreliable TFTP servers. 5055 with unreliable TFTP servers.
5053 5056
5054 tftptimeoutcountmax - maximum count of TFTP timeouts (no 5057 tftptimeoutcountmax - maximum count of TFTP timeouts (no
5055 unit, minimum value = 0). Defines how many timeouts 5058 unit, minimum value = 0). Defines how many timeouts
5056 can happen during a single file transfer before that 5059 can happen during a single file transfer before that
5057 transfer is aborted. The default is 10, and 0 means 5060 transfer is aborted. The default is 10, and 0 means
5058 'no timeouts allowed'. Increasing this value may help 5061 'no timeouts allowed'. Increasing this value may help
5059 downloads succeed with high packet loss rates, or with 5062 downloads succeed with high packet loss rates, or with
5060 unreliable TFTP servers or client hardware. 5063 unreliable TFTP servers or client hardware.
5061 5064
5062 vlan - When set to a value < 4095 the traffic over 5065 vlan - When set to a value < 4095 the traffic over
5063 Ethernet is encapsulated/received over 802.1q 5066 Ethernet is encapsulated/received over 802.1q
5064 VLAN tagged frames. 5067 VLAN tagged frames.
5065 5068
5066 bootpretryperiod - Period during which BOOTP/DHCP sends retries. 5069 bootpretryperiod - Period during which BOOTP/DHCP sends retries.
5067 Unsigned value, in milliseconds. If not set, the period will 5070 Unsigned value, in milliseconds. If not set, the period will
5068 be either the default (28000), or a value based on 5071 be either the default (28000), or a value based on
5069 CONFIG_NET_RETRY_COUNT, if defined. This value has 5072 CONFIG_NET_RETRY_COUNT, if defined. This value has
5070 precedence over the valu based on CONFIG_NET_RETRY_COUNT. 5073 precedence over the valu based on CONFIG_NET_RETRY_COUNT.
5071 5074
5072 The following image location variables contain the location of images 5075 The following image location variables contain the location of images
5073 used in booting. The "Image" column gives the role of the image and is 5076 used in booting. The "Image" column gives the role of the image and is
5074 not an environment variable name. The other columns are environment 5077 not an environment variable name. The other columns are environment
5075 variable names. "File Name" gives the name of the file on a TFTP 5078 variable names. "File Name" gives the name of the file on a TFTP
5076 server, "RAM Address" gives the location in RAM the image will be 5079 server, "RAM Address" gives the location in RAM the image will be
5077 loaded to, and "Flash Location" gives the image's address in NOR 5080 loaded to, and "Flash Location" gives the image's address in NOR
5078 flash or offset in NAND flash. 5081 flash or offset in NAND flash.
5079 5082
5080 *Note* - these variables don't have to be defined for all boards, some 5083 *Note* - these variables don't have to be defined for all boards, some
5081 boards currently use other variables for these purposes, and some 5084 boards currently use other variables for these purposes, and some
5082 boards use these variables for other purposes. 5085 boards use these variables for other purposes.
5083 5086
5084 Image File Name RAM Address Flash Location 5087 Image File Name RAM Address Flash Location
5085 ----- --------- ----------- -------------- 5088 ----- --------- ----------- --------------
5086 u-boot u-boot u-boot_addr_r u-boot_addr 5089 u-boot u-boot u-boot_addr_r u-boot_addr
5087 Linux kernel bootfile kernel_addr_r kernel_addr 5090 Linux kernel bootfile kernel_addr_r kernel_addr
5088 device tree blob fdtfile fdt_addr_r fdt_addr 5091 device tree blob fdtfile fdt_addr_r fdt_addr
5089 ramdisk ramdiskfile ramdisk_addr_r ramdisk_addr 5092 ramdisk ramdiskfile ramdisk_addr_r ramdisk_addr
5090 5093
5091 The following environment variables may be used and automatically 5094 The following environment variables may be used and automatically
5092 updated by the network boot commands ("bootp" and "rarpboot"), 5095 updated by the network boot commands ("bootp" and "rarpboot"),
5093 depending the information provided by your boot server: 5096 depending the information provided by your boot server:
5094 5097
5095 bootfile - see above 5098 bootfile - see above
5096 dnsip - IP address of your Domain Name Server 5099 dnsip - IP address of your Domain Name Server
5097 dnsip2 - IP address of your secondary Domain Name Server 5100 dnsip2 - IP address of your secondary Domain Name Server
5098 gatewayip - IP address of the Gateway (Router) to use 5101 gatewayip - IP address of the Gateway (Router) to use
5099 hostname - Target hostname 5102 hostname - Target hostname
5100 ipaddr - see above 5103 ipaddr - see above
5101 netmask - Subnet Mask 5104 netmask - Subnet Mask
5102 rootpath - Pathname of the root filesystem on the NFS server 5105 rootpath - Pathname of the root filesystem on the NFS server
5103 serverip - see above 5106 serverip - see above
5104 5107
5105 5108
5106 There are two special Environment Variables: 5109 There are two special Environment Variables:
5107 5110
5108 serial# - contains hardware identification information such 5111 serial# - contains hardware identification information such
5109 as type string and/or serial number 5112 as type string and/or serial number
5110 ethaddr - Ethernet address 5113 ethaddr - Ethernet address
5111 5114
5112 These variables can be set only once (usually during manufacturing of 5115 These variables can be set only once (usually during manufacturing of
5113 the board). U-Boot refuses to delete or overwrite these variables 5116 the board). U-Boot refuses to delete or overwrite these variables
5114 once they have been set once. 5117 once they have been set once.
5115 5118
5116 5119
5117 Further special Environment Variables: 5120 Further special Environment Variables:
5118 5121
5119 ver - Contains the U-Boot version string as printed 5122 ver - Contains the U-Boot version string as printed
5120 with the "version" command. This variable is 5123 with the "version" command. This variable is
5121 readonly (see CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE). 5124 readonly (see CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE).
5122 5125
5123 5126
5124 Please note that changes to some configuration parameters may take 5127 Please note that changes to some configuration parameters may take
5125 only effect after the next boot (yes, that's just like Windoze :-). 5128 only effect after the next boot (yes, that's just like Windoze :-).
5126 5129
5127 5130
5128 Callback functions for environment variables: 5131 Callback functions for environment variables:
5129 --------------------------------------------- 5132 ---------------------------------------------
5130 5133
5131 For some environment variables, the behavior of u-boot needs to change 5134 For some environment variables, the behavior of u-boot needs to change
5132 when their values are changed. This functionality allows functions to 5135 when their values are changed. This functionality allows functions to
5133 be associated with arbitrary variables. On creation, overwrite, or 5136 be associated with arbitrary variables. On creation, overwrite, or
5134 deletion, the callback will provide the opportunity for some side 5137 deletion, the callback will provide the opportunity for some side
5135 effect to happen or for the change to be rejected. 5138 effect to happen or for the change to be rejected.
5136 5139
5137 The callbacks are named and associated with a function using the 5140 The callbacks are named and associated with a function using the
5138 U_BOOT_ENV_CALLBACK macro in your board or driver code. 5141 U_BOOT_ENV_CALLBACK macro in your board or driver code.
5139 5142
5140 These callbacks are associated with variables in one of two ways. The 5143 These callbacks are associated with variables in one of two ways. The
5141 static list can be added to by defining CONFIG_ENV_CALLBACK_LIST_STATIC 5144 static list can be added to by defining CONFIG_ENV_CALLBACK_LIST_STATIC
5142 in the board configuration to a string that defines a list of 5145 in the board configuration to a string that defines a list of
5143 associations. The list must be in the following format: 5146 associations. The list must be in the following format:
5144 5147
5145 entry = variable_name[:callback_name] 5148 entry = variable_name[:callback_name]
5146 list = entry[,list] 5149 list = entry[,list]
5147 5150
5148 If the callback name is not specified, then the callback is deleted. 5151 If the callback name is not specified, then the callback is deleted.
5149 Spaces are also allowed anywhere in the list. 5152 Spaces are also allowed anywhere in the list.
5150 5153
5151 Callbacks can also be associated by defining the ".callbacks" variable 5154 Callbacks can also be associated by defining the ".callbacks" variable
5152 with the same list format above. Any association in ".callbacks" will 5155 with the same list format above. Any association in ".callbacks" will
5153 override any association in the static list. You can define 5156 override any association in the static list. You can define
5154 CONFIG_ENV_CALLBACK_LIST_DEFAULT to a list (string) to define the 5157 CONFIG_ENV_CALLBACK_LIST_DEFAULT to a list (string) to define the
5155 ".callbacks" environment variable in the default or embedded environment. 5158 ".callbacks" environment variable in the default or embedded environment.
5156 5159
5157 If CONFIG_REGEX is defined, the variable_name above is evaluated as a 5160 If CONFIG_REGEX is defined, the variable_name above is evaluated as a
5158 regular expression. This allows multiple variables to be connected to 5161 regular expression. This allows multiple variables to be connected to
5159 the same callback without explicitly listing them all out. 5162 the same callback without explicitly listing them all out.
5160 5163
5161 5164
5162 Command Line Parsing: 5165 Command Line Parsing:
5163 ===================== 5166 =====================
5164 5167
5165 There are two different command line parsers available with U-Boot: 5168 There are two different command line parsers available with U-Boot:
5166 the old "simple" one, and the much more powerful "hush" shell: 5169 the old "simple" one, and the much more powerful "hush" shell:
5167 5170
5168 Old, simple command line parser: 5171 Old, simple command line parser:
5169 -------------------------------- 5172 --------------------------------
5170 5173
5171 - supports environment variables (through setenv / saveenv commands) 5174 - supports environment variables (through setenv / saveenv commands)
5172 - several commands on one line, separated by ';' 5175 - several commands on one line, separated by ';'
5173 - variable substitution using "... ${name} ..." syntax 5176 - variable substitution using "... ${name} ..." syntax
5174 - special characters ('$', ';') can be escaped by prefixing with '\', 5177 - special characters ('$', ';') can be escaped by prefixing with '\',
5175 for example: 5178 for example:
5176 setenv bootcmd bootm \${address} 5179 setenv bootcmd bootm \${address}
5177 - You can also escape text by enclosing in single apostrophes, for example: 5180 - You can also escape text by enclosing in single apostrophes, for example:
5178 setenv addip 'setenv bootargs $bootargs ip=$ipaddr:$serverip:$gatewayip:$netmask:$hostname::off' 5181 setenv addip 'setenv bootargs $bootargs ip=$ipaddr:$serverip:$gatewayip:$netmask:$hostname::off'
5179 5182
5180 Hush shell: 5183 Hush shell:
5181 ----------- 5184 -----------
5182 5185
5183 - similar to Bourne shell, with control structures like 5186 - similar to Bourne shell, with control structures like
5184 if...then...else...fi, for...do...done; while...do...done, 5187 if...then...else...fi, for...do...done; while...do...done,
5185 until...do...done, ... 5188 until...do...done, ...
5186 - supports environment ("global") variables (through setenv / saveenv 5189 - supports environment ("global") variables (through setenv / saveenv
5187 commands) and local shell variables (through standard shell syntax 5190 commands) and local shell variables (through standard shell syntax
5188 "name=value"); only environment variables can be used with "run" 5191 "name=value"); only environment variables can be used with "run"
5189 command 5192 command
5190 5193
5191 General rules: 5194 General rules:
5192 -------------- 5195 --------------
5193 5196
5194 (1) If a command line (or an environment variable executed by a "run" 5197 (1) If a command line (or an environment variable executed by a "run"
5195 command) contains several commands separated by semicolon, and 5198 command) contains several commands separated by semicolon, and
5196 one of these commands fails, then the remaining commands will be 5199 one of these commands fails, then the remaining commands will be
5197 executed anyway. 5200 executed anyway.
5198 5201
5199 (2) If you execute several variables with one call to run (i. e. 5202 (2) If you execute several variables with one call to run (i. e.
5200 calling run with a list of variables as arguments), any failing 5203 calling run with a list of variables as arguments), any failing
5201 command will cause "run" to terminate, i. e. the remaining 5204 command will cause "run" to terminate, i. e. the remaining
5202 variables are not executed. 5205 variables are not executed.
5203 5206
5204 Note for Redundant Ethernet Interfaces: 5207 Note for Redundant Ethernet Interfaces:
5205 ======================================= 5208 =======================================
5206 5209
5207 Some boards come with redundant Ethernet interfaces; U-Boot supports 5210 Some boards come with redundant Ethernet interfaces; U-Boot supports
5208 such configurations and is capable of automatic selection of a 5211 such configurations and is capable of automatic selection of a
5209 "working" interface when needed. MAC assignment works as follows: 5212 "working" interface when needed. MAC assignment works as follows:
5210 5213
5211 Network interfaces are numbered eth0, eth1, eth2, ... Corresponding 5214 Network interfaces are numbered eth0, eth1, eth2, ... Corresponding
5212 MAC addresses can be stored in the environment as "ethaddr" (=>eth0), 5215 MAC addresses can be stored in the environment as "ethaddr" (=>eth0),
5213 "eth1addr" (=>eth1), "eth2addr", ... 5216 "eth1addr" (=>eth1), "eth2addr", ...
5214 5217
5215 If the network interface stores some valid MAC address (for instance 5218 If the network interface stores some valid MAC address (for instance
5216 in SROM), this is used as default address if there is NO correspon- 5219 in SROM), this is used as default address if there is NO correspon-
5217 ding setting in the environment; if the corresponding environment 5220 ding setting in the environment; if the corresponding environment
5218 variable is set, this overrides the settings in the card; that means: 5221 variable is set, this overrides the settings in the card; that means:
5219 5222
5220 o If the SROM has a valid MAC address, and there is no address in the 5223 o If the SROM has a valid MAC address, and there is no address in the
5221 environment, the SROM's address is used. 5224 environment, the SROM's address is used.
5222 5225
5223 o If there is no valid address in the SROM, and a definition in the 5226 o If there is no valid address in the SROM, and a definition in the
5224 environment exists, then the value from the environment variable is 5227 environment exists, then the value from the environment variable is
5225 used. 5228 used.
5226 5229
5227 o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and 5230 o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and
5228 both addresses are the same, this MAC address is used. 5231 both addresses are the same, this MAC address is used.
5229 5232
5230 o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and the 5233 o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and the
5231 addresses differ, the value from the environment is used and a 5234 addresses differ, the value from the environment is used and a
5232 warning is printed. 5235 warning is printed.
5233 5236
5234 o If neither SROM nor the environment contain a MAC address, an error 5237 o If neither SROM nor the environment contain a MAC address, an error
5235 is raised. If CONFIG_NET_RANDOM_ETHADDR is defined, then in this case 5238 is raised. If CONFIG_NET_RANDOM_ETHADDR is defined, then in this case
5236 a random, locally-assigned MAC is used. 5239 a random, locally-assigned MAC is used.
5237 5240
5238 If Ethernet drivers implement the 'write_hwaddr' function, valid MAC addresses 5241 If Ethernet drivers implement the 'write_hwaddr' function, valid MAC addresses
5239 will be programmed into hardware as part of the initialization process. This 5242 will be programmed into hardware as part of the initialization process. This
5240 may be skipped by setting the appropriate 'ethmacskip' environment variable. 5243 may be skipped by setting the appropriate 'ethmacskip' environment variable.
5241 The naming convention is as follows: 5244 The naming convention is as follows:
5242 "ethmacskip" (=>eth0), "eth1macskip" (=>eth1) etc. 5245 "ethmacskip" (=>eth0), "eth1macskip" (=>eth1) etc.
5243 5246
5244 Image Formats: 5247 Image Formats:
5245 ============== 5248 ==============
5246 5249
5247 U-Boot is capable of booting (and performing other auxiliary operations on) 5250 U-Boot is capable of booting (and performing other auxiliary operations on)
5248 images in two formats: 5251 images in two formats:
5249 5252
5250 New uImage format (FIT) 5253 New uImage format (FIT)
5251 ----------------------- 5254 -----------------------
5252 5255
5253 Flexible and powerful format based on Flattened Image Tree -- FIT (similar 5256 Flexible and powerful format based on Flattened Image Tree -- FIT (similar
5254 to Flattened Device Tree). It allows the use of images with multiple 5257 to Flattened Device Tree). It allows the use of images with multiple
5255 components (several kernels, ramdisks, etc.), with contents protected by 5258 components (several kernels, ramdisks, etc.), with contents protected by
5256 SHA1, MD5 or CRC32. More details are found in the doc/uImage.FIT directory. 5259 SHA1, MD5 or CRC32. More details are found in the doc/uImage.FIT directory.
5257 5260
5258 5261
5259 Old uImage format 5262 Old uImage format
5260 ----------------- 5263 -----------------
5261 5264
5262 Old image format is based on binary files which can be basically anything, 5265 Old image format is based on binary files which can be basically anything,
5263 preceded by a special header; see the definitions in include/image.h for 5266 preceded by a special header; see the definitions in include/image.h for
5264 details; basically, the header defines the following image properties: 5267 details; basically, the header defines the following image properties:
5265 5268
5266 * Target Operating System (Provisions for OpenBSD, NetBSD, FreeBSD, 5269 * Target Operating System (Provisions for OpenBSD, NetBSD, FreeBSD,
5267 4.4BSD, Linux, SVR4, Esix, Solaris, Irix, SCO, Dell, NCR, VxWorks, 5270 4.4BSD, Linux, SVR4, Esix, Solaris, Irix, SCO, Dell, NCR, VxWorks,
5268 LynxOS, pSOS, QNX, RTEMS, INTEGRITY; 5271 LynxOS, pSOS, QNX, RTEMS, INTEGRITY;
5269 Currently supported: Linux, NetBSD, VxWorks, QNX, RTEMS, LynxOS, 5272 Currently supported: Linux, NetBSD, VxWorks, QNX, RTEMS, LynxOS,
5270 INTEGRITY). 5273 INTEGRITY).
5271 * Target CPU Architecture (Provisions for Alpha, ARM, AVR32, Intel x86, 5274 * Target CPU Architecture (Provisions for Alpha, ARM, AVR32, Intel x86,
5272 IA64, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC, IBM S390, SuperH, Sparc, Sparc 64 Bit; 5275 IA64, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC, IBM S390, SuperH, Sparc, Sparc 64 Bit;
5273 Currently supported: ARM, AVR32, Intel x86, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC). 5276 Currently supported: ARM, AVR32, Intel x86, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC).
5274 * Compression Type (uncompressed, gzip, bzip2) 5277 * Compression Type (uncompressed, gzip, bzip2)
5275 * Load Address 5278 * Load Address
5276 * Entry Point 5279 * Entry Point
5277 * Image Name 5280 * Image Name
5278 * Image Timestamp 5281 * Image Timestamp
5279 5282
5280 The header is marked by a special Magic Number, and both the header 5283 The header is marked by a special Magic Number, and both the header
5281 and the data portions of the image are secured against corruption by 5284 and the data portions of the image are secured against corruption by
5282 CRC32 checksums. 5285 CRC32 checksums.
5283 5286
5284 5287
5285 Linux Support: 5288 Linux Support:
5286 ============== 5289 ==============
5287 5290
5288 Although U-Boot should support any OS or standalone application 5291 Although U-Boot should support any OS or standalone application
5289 easily, the main focus has always been on Linux during the design of 5292 easily, the main focus has always been on Linux during the design of
5290 U-Boot. 5293 U-Boot.
5291 5294
5292 U-Boot includes many features that so far have been part of some 5295 U-Boot includes many features that so far have been part of some
5293 special "boot loader" code within the Linux kernel. Also, any 5296 special "boot loader" code within the Linux kernel. Also, any
5294 "initrd" images to be used are no longer part of one big Linux image; 5297 "initrd" images to be used are no longer part of one big Linux image;
5295 instead, kernel and "initrd" are separate images. This implementation 5298 instead, kernel and "initrd" are separate images. This implementation
5296 serves several purposes: 5299 serves several purposes:
5297 5300
5298 - the same features can be used for other OS or standalone 5301 - the same features can be used for other OS or standalone
5299 applications (for instance: using compressed images to reduce the 5302 applications (for instance: using compressed images to reduce the
5300 Flash memory footprint) 5303 Flash memory footprint)
5301 5304
5302 - it becomes much easier to port new Linux kernel versions because 5305 - it becomes much easier to port new Linux kernel versions because
5303 lots of low-level, hardware dependent stuff are done by U-Boot 5306 lots of low-level, hardware dependent stuff are done by U-Boot
5304 5307
5305 - the same Linux kernel image can now be used with different "initrd" 5308 - the same Linux kernel image can now be used with different "initrd"
5306 images; of course this also means that different kernel images can 5309 images; of course this also means that different kernel images can
5307 be run with the same "initrd". This makes testing easier (you don't 5310 be run with the same "initrd". This makes testing easier (you don't
5308 have to build a new "zImage.initrd" Linux image when you just 5311 have to build a new "zImage.initrd" Linux image when you just
5309 change a file in your "initrd"). Also, a field-upgrade of the 5312 change a file in your "initrd"). Also, a field-upgrade of the
5310 software is easier now. 5313 software is easier now.
5311 5314
5312 5315
5313 Linux HOWTO: 5316 Linux HOWTO:
5314 ============ 5317 ============
5315 5318
5316 Porting Linux to U-Boot based systems: 5319 Porting Linux to U-Boot based systems:
5317 --------------------------------------- 5320 ---------------------------------------
5318 5321
5319 U-Boot cannot save you from doing all the necessary modifications to 5322 U-Boot cannot save you from doing all the necessary modifications to
5320 configure the Linux device drivers for use with your target hardware 5323 configure the Linux device drivers for use with your target hardware
5321 (no, we don't intend to provide a full virtual machine interface to 5324 (no, we don't intend to provide a full virtual machine interface to
5322 Linux :-). 5325 Linux :-).
5323 5326
5324 But now you can ignore ALL boot loader code (in arch/powerpc/mbxboot). 5327 But now you can ignore ALL boot loader code (in arch/powerpc/mbxboot).
5325 5328
5326 Just make sure your machine specific header file (for instance 5329 Just make sure your machine specific header file (for instance
5327 include/asm-ppc/tqm8xx.h) includes the same definition of the Board 5330 include/asm-ppc/tqm8xx.h) includes the same definition of the Board
5328 Information structure as we define in include/asm-<arch>/u-boot.h, 5331 Information structure as we define in include/asm-<arch>/u-boot.h,
5329 and make sure that your definition of IMAP_ADDR uses the same value 5332 and make sure that your definition of IMAP_ADDR uses the same value
5330 as your U-Boot configuration in CONFIG_SYS_IMMR. 5333 as your U-Boot configuration in CONFIG_SYS_IMMR.
5331 5334
5332 Note that U-Boot now has a driver model, a unified model for drivers. 5335 Note that U-Boot now has a driver model, a unified model for drivers.
5333 If you are adding a new driver, plumb it into driver model. If there 5336 If you are adding a new driver, plumb it into driver model. If there
5334 is no uclass available, you are encouraged to create one. See 5337 is no uclass available, you are encouraged to create one. See
5335 doc/driver-model. 5338 doc/driver-model.
5336 5339
5337 5340
5338 Configuring the Linux kernel: 5341 Configuring the Linux kernel:
5339 ----------------------------- 5342 -----------------------------
5340 5343
5341 No specific requirements for U-Boot. Make sure you have some root 5344 No specific requirements for U-Boot. Make sure you have some root
5342 device (initial ramdisk, NFS) for your target system. 5345 device (initial ramdisk, NFS) for your target system.
5343 5346
5344 5347
5345 Building a Linux Image: 5348 Building a Linux Image:
5346 ----------------------- 5349 -----------------------
5347 5350
5348 With U-Boot, "normal" build targets like "zImage" or "bzImage" are 5351 With U-Boot, "normal" build targets like "zImage" or "bzImage" are
5349 not used. If you use recent kernel source, a new build target 5352 not used. If you use recent kernel source, a new build target
5350 "uImage" will exist which automatically builds an image usable by 5353 "uImage" will exist which automatically builds an image usable by
5351 U-Boot. Most older kernels also have support for a "pImage" target, 5354 U-Boot. Most older kernels also have support for a "pImage" target,
5352 which was introduced for our predecessor project PPCBoot and uses a 5355 which was introduced for our predecessor project PPCBoot and uses a
5353 100% compatible format. 5356 100% compatible format.
5354 5357
5355 Example: 5358 Example:
5356 5359
5357 make TQM850L_defconfig 5360 make TQM850L_defconfig
5358 make oldconfig 5361 make oldconfig
5359 make dep 5362 make dep
5360 make uImage 5363 make uImage
5361 5364
5362 The "uImage" build target uses a special tool (in 'tools/mkimage') to 5365 The "uImage" build target uses a special tool (in 'tools/mkimage') to
5363 encapsulate a compressed Linux kernel image with header information, 5366 encapsulate a compressed Linux kernel image with header information,
5364 CRC32 checksum etc. for use with U-Boot. This is what we are doing: 5367 CRC32 checksum etc. for use with U-Boot. This is what we are doing:
5365 5368
5366 * build a standard "vmlinux" kernel image (in ELF binary format): 5369 * build a standard "vmlinux" kernel image (in ELF binary format):
5367 5370
5368 * convert the kernel into a raw binary image: 5371 * convert the kernel into a raw binary image:
5369 5372
5370 ${CROSS_COMPILE}-objcopy -O binary \ 5373 ${CROSS_COMPILE}-objcopy -O binary \
5371 -R .note -R .comment \ 5374 -R .note -R .comment \
5372 -S vmlinux linux.bin 5375 -S vmlinux linux.bin
5373 5376
5374 * compress the binary image: 5377 * compress the binary image:
5375 5378
5376 gzip -9 linux.bin 5379 gzip -9 linux.bin
5377 5380
5378 * package compressed binary image for U-Boot: 5381 * package compressed binary image for U-Boot:
5379 5382
5380 mkimage -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip \ 5383 mkimage -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip \
5381 -a 0 -e 0 -n "Linux Kernel Image" \ 5384 -a 0 -e 0 -n "Linux Kernel Image" \
5382 -d linux.bin.gz uImage 5385 -d linux.bin.gz uImage
5383 5386
5384 5387
5385 The "mkimage" tool can also be used to create ramdisk images for use 5388 The "mkimage" tool can also be used to create ramdisk images for use
5386 with U-Boot, either separated from the Linux kernel image, or 5389 with U-Boot, either separated from the Linux kernel image, or
5387 combined into one file. "mkimage" encapsulates the images with a 64 5390 combined into one file. "mkimage" encapsulates the images with a 64
5388 byte header containing information about target architecture, 5391 byte header containing information about target architecture,
5389 operating system, image type, compression method, entry points, time 5392 operating system, image type, compression method, entry points, time
5390 stamp, CRC32 checksums, etc. 5393 stamp, CRC32 checksums, etc.
5391 5394
5392 "mkimage" can be called in two ways: to verify existing images and 5395 "mkimage" can be called in two ways: to verify existing images and
5393 print the header information, or to build new images. 5396 print the header information, or to build new images.
5394 5397
5395 In the first form (with "-l" option) mkimage lists the information 5398 In the first form (with "-l" option) mkimage lists the information
5396 contained in the header of an existing U-Boot image; this includes 5399 contained in the header of an existing U-Boot image; this includes
5397 checksum verification: 5400 checksum verification:
5398 5401
5399 tools/mkimage -l image 5402 tools/mkimage -l image
5400 -l ==> list image header information 5403 -l ==> list image header information
5401 5404
5402 The second form (with "-d" option) is used to build a U-Boot image 5405 The second form (with "-d" option) is used to build a U-Boot image
5403 from a "data file" which is used as image payload: 5406 from a "data file" which is used as image payload:
5404 5407
5405 tools/mkimage -A arch -O os -T type -C comp -a addr -e ep \ 5408 tools/mkimage -A arch -O os -T type -C comp -a addr -e ep \
5406 -n name -d data_file image 5409 -n name -d data_file image
5407 -A ==> set architecture to 'arch' 5410 -A ==> set architecture to 'arch'
5408 -O ==> set operating system to 'os' 5411 -O ==> set operating system to 'os'
5409 -T ==> set image type to 'type' 5412 -T ==> set image type to 'type'
5410 -C ==> set compression type 'comp' 5413 -C ==> set compression type 'comp'
5411 -a ==> set load address to 'addr' (hex) 5414 -a ==> set load address to 'addr' (hex)
5412 -e ==> set entry point to 'ep' (hex) 5415 -e ==> set entry point to 'ep' (hex)
5413 -n ==> set image name to 'name' 5416 -n ==> set image name to 'name'
5414 -d ==> use image data from 'datafile' 5417 -d ==> use image data from 'datafile'
5415 5418
5416 Right now, all Linux kernels for PowerPC systems use the same load 5419 Right now, all Linux kernels for PowerPC systems use the same load
5417 address (0x00000000), but the entry point address depends on the 5420 address (0x00000000), but the entry point address depends on the
5418 kernel version: 5421 kernel version:
5419 5422
5420 - 2.2.x kernels have the entry point at 0x0000000C, 5423 - 2.2.x kernels have the entry point at 0x0000000C,
5421 - 2.3.x and later kernels have the entry point at 0x00000000. 5424 - 2.3.x and later kernels have the entry point at 0x00000000.
5422 5425
5423 So a typical call to build a U-Boot image would read: 5426 So a typical call to build a U-Boot image would read:
5424 5427
5425 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \ 5428 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \
5426 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip -a 0 -e 0 \ 5429 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip -a 0 -e 0 \
5427 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz \ 5430 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz \
5428 > examples/uImage.TQM850L 5431 > examples/uImage.TQM850L
5429 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L 5432 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
5430 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000 5433 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
5431 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed) 5434 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5432 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB 5435 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB
5433 Load Address: 0x00000000 5436 Load Address: 0x00000000
5434 Entry Point: 0x00000000 5437 Entry Point: 0x00000000
5435 5438
5436 To verify the contents of the image (or check for corruption): 5439 To verify the contents of the image (or check for corruption):
5437 5440
5438 -> tools/mkimage -l examples/uImage.TQM850L 5441 -> tools/mkimage -l examples/uImage.TQM850L
5439 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L 5442 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
5440 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000 5443 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
5441 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed) 5444 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5442 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB 5445 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB
5443 Load Address: 0x00000000 5446 Load Address: 0x00000000
5444 Entry Point: 0x00000000 5447 Entry Point: 0x00000000
5445 5448
5446 NOTE: for embedded systems where boot time is critical you can trade 5449 NOTE: for embedded systems where boot time is critical you can trade
5447 speed for memory and install an UNCOMPRESSED image instead: this 5450 speed for memory and install an UNCOMPRESSED image instead: this
5448 needs more space in Flash, but boots much faster since it does not 5451 needs more space in Flash, but boots much faster since it does not
5449 need to be uncompressed: 5452 need to be uncompressed:
5450 5453
5451 -> gunzip /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz 5454 -> gunzip /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz
5452 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \ 5455 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \
5453 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C none -a 0 -e 0 \ 5456 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C none -a 0 -e 0 \
5454 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux \ 5457 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux \
5455 > examples/uImage.TQM850L-uncompressed 5458 > examples/uImage.TQM850L-uncompressed
5456 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L 5459 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
5457 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000 5460 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
5458 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (uncompressed) 5461 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (uncompressed)
5459 Data Size: 792160 Bytes = 773.59 kB = 0.76 MB 5462 Data Size: 792160 Bytes = 773.59 kB = 0.76 MB
5460 Load Address: 0x00000000 5463 Load Address: 0x00000000
5461 Entry Point: 0x00000000 5464 Entry Point: 0x00000000
5462 5465
5463 5466
5464 Similar you can build U-Boot images from a 'ramdisk.image.gz' file 5467 Similar you can build U-Boot images from a 'ramdisk.image.gz' file
5465 when your kernel is intended to use an initial ramdisk: 5468 when your kernel is intended to use an initial ramdisk:
5466 5469
5467 -> tools/mkimage -n 'Simple Ramdisk Image' \ 5470 -> tools/mkimage -n 'Simple Ramdisk Image' \
5468 > -A ppc -O linux -T ramdisk -C gzip \ 5471 > -A ppc -O linux -T ramdisk -C gzip \
5469 > -d /LinuxPPC/images/SIMPLE-ramdisk.image.gz examples/simple-initrd 5472 > -d /LinuxPPC/images/SIMPLE-ramdisk.image.gz examples/simple-initrd
5470 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image 5473 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
5471 Created: Wed Jan 12 14:01:50 2000 5474 Created: Wed Jan 12 14:01:50 2000
5472 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed) 5475 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
5473 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553.25 kB = 0.54 MB 5476 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553.25 kB = 0.54 MB
5474 Load Address: 0x00000000 5477 Load Address: 0x00000000
5475 Entry Point: 0x00000000 5478 Entry Point: 0x00000000
5476 5479
5477 The "dumpimage" is a tool to disassemble images built by mkimage. Its "-i" 5480 The "dumpimage" is a tool to disassemble images built by mkimage. Its "-i"
5478 option performs the converse operation of the mkimage's second form (the "-d" 5481 option performs the converse operation of the mkimage's second form (the "-d"
5479 option). Given an image built by mkimage, the dumpimage extracts a "data file" 5482 option). Given an image built by mkimage, the dumpimage extracts a "data file"
5480 from the image: 5483 from the image:
5481 5484
5482 tools/dumpimage -i image -T type -p position data_file 5485 tools/dumpimage -i image -T type -p position data_file
5483 -i ==> extract from the 'image' a specific 'data_file' 5486 -i ==> extract from the 'image' a specific 'data_file'
5484 -T ==> set image type to 'type' 5487 -T ==> set image type to 'type'
5485 -p ==> 'position' (starting at 0) of the 'data_file' inside the 'image' 5488 -p ==> 'position' (starting at 0) of the 'data_file' inside the 'image'
5486 5489
5487 5490
5488 Installing a Linux Image: 5491 Installing a Linux Image:
5489 ------------------------- 5492 -------------------------
5490 5493
5491 To downloading a U-Boot image over the serial (console) interface, 5494 To downloading a U-Boot image over the serial (console) interface,
5492 you must convert the image to S-Record format: 5495 you must convert the image to S-Record format:
5493 5496
5494 objcopy -I binary -O srec examples/image examples/image.srec 5497 objcopy -I binary -O srec examples/image examples/image.srec
5495 5498
5496 The 'objcopy' does not understand the information in the U-Boot 5499 The 'objcopy' does not understand the information in the U-Boot
5497 image header, so the resulting S-Record file will be relative to 5500 image header, so the resulting S-Record file will be relative to
5498 address 0x00000000. To load it to a given address, you need to 5501 address 0x00000000. To load it to a given address, you need to
5499 specify the target address as 'offset' parameter with the 'loads' 5502 specify the target address as 'offset' parameter with the 'loads'
5500 command. 5503 command.
5501 5504
5502 Example: install the image to address 0x40100000 (which on the 5505 Example: install the image to address 0x40100000 (which on the
5503 TQM8xxL is in the first Flash bank): 5506 TQM8xxL is in the first Flash bank):
5504 5507
5505 => erase 40100000 401FFFFF 5508 => erase 40100000 401FFFFF
5506 5509
5507 .......... done 5510 .......... done
5508 Erased 8 sectors 5511 Erased 8 sectors
5509 5512
5510 => loads 40100000 5513 => loads 40100000
5511 ## Ready for S-Record download ... 5514 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
5512 ~>examples/image.srec 5515 ~>examples/image.srec
5513 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 ... 5516 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 ...
5514 ... 5517 ...
5515 15989 15990 15991 15992 5518 15989 15990 15991 15992
5516 [file transfer complete] 5519 [file transfer complete]
5517 [connected] 5520 [connected]
5518 ## Start Addr = 0x00000000 5521 ## Start Addr = 0x00000000
5519 5522
5520 5523
5521 You can check the success of the download using the 'iminfo' command; 5524 You can check the success of the download using the 'iminfo' command;
5522 this includes a checksum verification so you can be sure no data 5525 this includes a checksum verification so you can be sure no data
5523 corruption happened: 5526 corruption happened:
5524 5527
5525 => imi 40100000 5528 => imi 40100000
5526 5529
5527 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ... 5530 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ...
5528 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L 5531 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
5529 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed) 5532 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5530 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB 5533 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
5531 Load Address: 00000000 5534 Load Address: 00000000
5532 Entry Point: 0000000c 5535 Entry Point: 0000000c
5533 Verifying Checksum ... OK 5536 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5534 5537
5535 5538
5536 Boot Linux: 5539 Boot Linux:
5537 ----------- 5540 -----------
5538 5541
5539 The "bootm" command is used to boot an application that is stored in 5542 The "bootm" command is used to boot an application that is stored in
5540 memory (RAM or Flash). In case of a Linux kernel image, the contents 5543 memory (RAM or Flash). In case of a Linux kernel image, the contents
5541 of the "bootargs" environment variable is passed to the kernel as 5544 of the "bootargs" environment variable is passed to the kernel as
5542 parameters. You can check and modify this variable using the 5545 parameters. You can check and modify this variable using the
5543 "printenv" and "setenv" commands: 5546 "printenv" and "setenv" commands:
5544 5547
5545 5548
5546 => printenv bootargs 5549 => printenv bootargs
5547 bootargs=root=/dev/ram 5550 bootargs=root=/dev/ram
5548 5551
5549 => setenv bootargs root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2 5552 => setenv bootargs root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
5550 5553
5551 => printenv bootargs 5554 => printenv bootargs
5552 bootargs=root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2 5555 bootargs=root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
5553 5556
5554 => bootm 40020000 5557 => bootm 40020000
5555 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40020000 ... 5558 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40020000 ...
5556 Image Name: 2.2.13 for NFS on TQM850L 5559 Image Name: 2.2.13 for NFS on TQM850L
5557 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed) 5560 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5558 Data Size: 381681 Bytes = 372 kB = 0 MB 5561 Data Size: 381681 Bytes = 372 kB = 0 MB
5559 Load Address: 00000000 5562 Load Address: 00000000
5560 Entry Point: 0000000c 5563 Entry Point: 0000000c
5561 Verifying Checksum ... OK 5564 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5562 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK 5565 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
5563 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:35:17 MEST 2000 5566 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:35:17 MEST 2000
5564 Boot arguments: root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2 5567 Boot arguments: root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
5565 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60 5568 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60
5566 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS 5569 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS
5567 Memory: 15208k available (700k kernel code, 444k data, 32k init) [c0000000,c1000000] 5570 Memory: 15208k available (700k kernel code, 444k data, 32k init) [c0000000,c1000000]
5568 ... 5571 ...
5569 5572
5570 If you want to boot a Linux kernel with initial RAM disk, you pass 5573 If you want to boot a Linux kernel with initial RAM disk, you pass
5571 the memory addresses of both the kernel and the initrd image (PPBCOOT 5574 the memory addresses of both the kernel and the initrd image (PPBCOOT
5572 format!) to the "bootm" command: 5575 format!) to the "bootm" command:
5573 5576
5574 => imi 40100000 40200000 5577 => imi 40100000 40200000
5575 5578
5576 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ... 5579 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ...
5577 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L 5580 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
5578 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed) 5581 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5579 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB 5582 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
5580 Load Address: 00000000 5583 Load Address: 00000000
5581 Entry Point: 0000000c 5584 Entry Point: 0000000c
5582 Verifying Checksum ... OK 5585 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5583 5586
5584 ## Checking Image at 40200000 ... 5587 ## Checking Image at 40200000 ...
5585 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image 5588 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
5586 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed) 5589 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
5587 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB 5590 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB
5588 Load Address: 00000000 5591 Load Address: 00000000
5589 Entry Point: 00000000 5592 Entry Point: 00000000
5590 Verifying Checksum ... OK 5593 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5591 5594
5592 => bootm 40100000 40200000 5595 => bootm 40100000 40200000
5593 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40100000 ... 5596 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40100000 ...
5594 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L 5597 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
5595 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed) 5598 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5596 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB 5599 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
5597 Load Address: 00000000 5600 Load Address: 00000000
5598 Entry Point: 0000000c 5601 Entry Point: 0000000c
5599 Verifying Checksum ... OK 5602 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5600 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK 5603 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
5601 ## Loading RAMDisk Image at 40200000 ... 5604 ## Loading RAMDisk Image at 40200000 ...
5602 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image 5605 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
5603 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed) 5606 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
5604 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB 5607 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB
5605 Load Address: 00000000 5608 Load Address: 00000000
5606 Entry Point: 00000000 5609 Entry Point: 00000000
5607 Verifying Checksum ... OK 5610 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5608 Loading Ramdisk ... OK 5611 Loading Ramdisk ... OK
5609 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:32:08 MEST 2000 5612 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:32:08 MEST 2000
5610 Boot arguments: root=/dev/ram 5613 Boot arguments: root=/dev/ram
5611 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60 5614 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60
5612 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS 5615 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS
5613 ... 5616 ...
5614 RAMDISK: Compressed image found at block 0 5617 RAMDISK: Compressed image found at block 0
5615 VFS: Mounted root (ext2 filesystem). 5618 VFS: Mounted root (ext2 filesystem).
5616 5619
5617 bash# 5620 bash#
5618 5621
5619 Boot Linux and pass a flat device tree: 5622 Boot Linux and pass a flat device tree:
5620 ----------- 5623 -----------
5621 5624
5622 First, U-Boot must be compiled with the appropriate defines. See the section 5625 First, U-Boot must be compiled with the appropriate defines. See the section
5623 titled "Linux Kernel Interface" above for a more in depth explanation. The 5626 titled "Linux Kernel Interface" above for a more in depth explanation. The
5624 following is an example of how to start a kernel and pass an updated 5627 following is an example of how to start a kernel and pass an updated
5625 flat device tree: 5628 flat device tree:
5626 5629
5627 => print oftaddr 5630 => print oftaddr
5628 oftaddr=0x300000 5631 oftaddr=0x300000
5629 => print oft 5632 => print oft
5630 oft=oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb 5633 oft=oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb
5631 => tftp $oftaddr $oft 5634 => tftp $oftaddr $oft
5632 Speed: 1000, full duplex 5635 Speed: 1000, full duplex
5633 Using TSEC0 device 5636 Using TSEC0 device
5634 TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.101 5637 TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.101
5635 Filename 'oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb'. 5638 Filename 'oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb'.
5636 Load address: 0x300000 5639 Load address: 0x300000
5637 Loading: # 5640 Loading: #
5638 done 5641 done
5639 Bytes transferred = 4106 (100a hex) 5642 Bytes transferred = 4106 (100a hex)
5640 => tftp $loadaddr $bootfile 5643 => tftp $loadaddr $bootfile
5641 Speed: 1000, full duplex 5644 Speed: 1000, full duplex
5642 Using TSEC0 device 5645 Using TSEC0 device
5643 TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.2 5646 TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.2
5644 Filename 'uImage'. 5647 Filename 'uImage'.
5645 Load address: 0x200000 5648 Load address: 0x200000
5646 Loading:############ 5649 Loading:############
5647 done 5650 done
5648 Bytes transferred = 1029407 (fb51f hex) 5651 Bytes transferred = 1029407 (fb51f hex)
5649 => print loadaddr 5652 => print loadaddr
5650 loadaddr=200000 5653 loadaddr=200000
5651 => print oftaddr 5654 => print oftaddr
5652 oftaddr=0x300000 5655 oftaddr=0x300000
5653 => bootm $loadaddr - $oftaddr 5656 => bootm $loadaddr - $oftaddr
5654 ## Booting image at 00200000 ... 5657 ## Booting image at 00200000 ...
5655 Image Name: Linux-2.6.17-dirty 5658 Image Name: Linux-2.6.17-dirty
5656 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed) 5659 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5657 Data Size: 1029343 Bytes = 1005.2 kB 5660 Data Size: 1029343 Bytes = 1005.2 kB
5658 Load Address: 00000000 5661 Load Address: 00000000
5659 Entry Point: 00000000 5662 Entry Point: 00000000
5660 Verifying Checksum ... OK 5663 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5661 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK 5664 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
5662 Booting using flat device tree at 0x300000 5665 Booting using flat device tree at 0x300000
5663 Using MPC85xx ADS machine description 5666 Using MPC85xx ADS machine description
5664 Memory CAM mapping: CAM0=256Mb, CAM1=256Mb, CAM2=0Mb residual: 0Mb 5667 Memory CAM mapping: CAM0=256Mb, CAM1=256Mb, CAM2=0Mb residual: 0Mb
5665 [snip] 5668 [snip]
5666 5669
5667 5670
5668 More About U-Boot Image Types: 5671 More About U-Boot Image Types:
5669 ------------------------------ 5672 ------------------------------
5670 5673
5671 U-Boot supports the following image types: 5674 U-Boot supports the following image types:
5672 5675
5673 "Standalone Programs" are directly runnable in the environment 5676 "Standalone Programs" are directly runnable in the environment
5674 provided by U-Boot; it is expected that (if they behave 5677 provided by U-Boot; it is expected that (if they behave
5675 well) you can continue to work in U-Boot after return from 5678 well) you can continue to work in U-Boot after return from
5676 the Standalone Program. 5679 the Standalone Program.
5677 "OS Kernel Images" are usually images of some Embedded OS which 5680 "OS Kernel Images" are usually images of some Embedded OS which
5678 will take over control completely. Usually these programs 5681 will take over control completely. Usually these programs
5679 will install their own set of exception handlers, device 5682 will install their own set of exception handlers, device
5680 drivers, set up the MMU, etc. - this means, that you cannot 5683 drivers, set up the MMU, etc. - this means, that you cannot
5681 expect to re-enter U-Boot except by resetting the CPU. 5684 expect to re-enter U-Boot except by resetting the CPU.
5682 "RAMDisk Images" are more or less just data blocks, and their 5685 "RAMDisk Images" are more or less just data blocks, and their
5683 parameters (address, size) are passed to an OS kernel that is 5686 parameters (address, size) are passed to an OS kernel that is
5684 being started. 5687 being started.
5685 "Multi-File Images" contain several images, typically an OS 5688 "Multi-File Images" contain several images, typically an OS
5686 (Linux) kernel image and one or more data images like 5689 (Linux) kernel image and one or more data images like
5687 RAMDisks. This construct is useful for instance when you want 5690 RAMDisks. This construct is useful for instance when you want
5688 to boot over the network using BOOTP etc., where the boot 5691 to boot over the network using BOOTP etc., where the boot
5689 server provides just a single image file, but you want to get 5692 server provides just a single image file, but you want to get
5690 for instance an OS kernel and a RAMDisk image. 5693 for instance an OS kernel and a RAMDisk image.
5691 5694
5692 "Multi-File Images" start with a list of image sizes, each 5695 "Multi-File Images" start with a list of image sizes, each
5693 image size (in bytes) specified by an "uint32_t" in network 5696 image size (in bytes) specified by an "uint32_t" in network
5694 byte order. This list is terminated by an "(uint32_t)0". 5697 byte order. This list is terminated by an "(uint32_t)0".
5695 Immediately after the terminating 0 follow the images, one by 5698 Immediately after the terminating 0 follow the images, one by
5696 one, all aligned on "uint32_t" boundaries (size rounded up to 5699 one, all aligned on "uint32_t" boundaries (size rounded up to
5697 a multiple of 4 bytes). 5700 a multiple of 4 bytes).
5698 5701
5699 "Firmware Images" are binary images containing firmware (like 5702 "Firmware Images" are binary images containing firmware (like
5700 U-Boot or FPGA images) which usually will be programmed to 5703 U-Boot or FPGA images) which usually will be programmed to
5701 flash memory. 5704 flash memory.
5702 5705
5703 "Script files" are command sequences that will be executed by 5706 "Script files" are command sequences that will be executed by
5704 U-Boot's command interpreter; this feature is especially 5707 U-Boot's command interpreter; this feature is especially
5705 useful when you configure U-Boot to use a real shell (hush) 5708 useful when you configure U-Boot to use a real shell (hush)
5706 as command interpreter. 5709 as command interpreter.
5707 5710
5708 Booting the Linux zImage: 5711 Booting the Linux zImage:
5709 ------------------------- 5712 -------------------------
5710 5713
5711 On some platforms, it's possible to boot Linux zImage. This is done 5714 On some platforms, it's possible to boot Linux zImage. This is done
5712 using the "bootz" command. The syntax of "bootz" command is the same 5715 using the "bootz" command. The syntax of "bootz" command is the same
5713 as the syntax of "bootm" command. 5716 as the syntax of "bootm" command.
5714 5717
5715 Note, defining the CONFIG_SUPPORT_RAW_INITRD allows user to supply 5718 Note, defining the CONFIG_SUPPORT_RAW_INITRD allows user to supply
5716 kernel with raw initrd images. The syntax is slightly different, the 5719 kernel with raw initrd images. The syntax is slightly different, the
5717 address of the initrd must be augmented by it's size, in the following 5720 address of the initrd must be augmented by it's size, in the following
5718 format: "<initrd addres>:<initrd size>". 5721 format: "<initrd addres>:<initrd size>".
5719 5722
5720 5723
5721 Standalone HOWTO: 5724 Standalone HOWTO:
5722 ================= 5725 =================
5723 5726
5724 One of the features of U-Boot is that you can dynamically load and 5727 One of the features of U-Boot is that you can dynamically load and
5725 run "standalone" applications, which can use some resources of 5728 run "standalone" applications, which can use some resources of
5726 U-Boot like console I/O functions or interrupt services. 5729 U-Boot like console I/O functions or interrupt services.
5727 5730
5728 Two simple examples are included with the sources: 5731 Two simple examples are included with the sources:
5729 5732
5730 "Hello World" Demo: 5733 "Hello World" Demo:
5731 ------------------- 5734 -------------------
5732 5735
5733 'examples/hello_world.c' contains a small "Hello World" Demo 5736 'examples/hello_world.c' contains a small "Hello World" Demo
5734 application; it is automatically compiled when you build U-Boot. 5737 application; it is automatically compiled when you build U-Boot.
5735 It's configured to run at address 0x00040004, so you can play with it 5738 It's configured to run at address 0x00040004, so you can play with it
5736 like that: 5739 like that:
5737 5740
5738 => loads 5741 => loads
5739 ## Ready for S-Record download ... 5742 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
5740 ~>examples/hello_world.srec 5743 ~>examples/hello_world.srec
5741 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ... 5744 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ...
5742 [file transfer complete] 5745 [file transfer complete]
5743 [connected] 5746 [connected]
5744 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004 5747 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004
5745 5748
5746 => go 40004 Hello World! This is a test. 5749 => go 40004 Hello World! This is a test.
5747 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ... 5750 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ...
5748 Hello World 5751 Hello World
5749 argc = 7 5752 argc = 7
5750 argv[0] = "40004" 5753 argv[0] = "40004"
5751 argv[1] = "Hello" 5754 argv[1] = "Hello"
5752 argv[2] = "World!" 5755 argv[2] = "World!"
5753 argv[3] = "This" 5756 argv[3] = "This"
5754 argv[4] = "is" 5757 argv[4] = "is"
5755 argv[5] = "a" 5758 argv[5] = "a"
5756 argv[6] = "test." 5759 argv[6] = "test."
5757 argv[7] = "<NULL>" 5760 argv[7] = "<NULL>"
5758 Hit any key to exit ... 5761 Hit any key to exit ...
5759 5762
5760 ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0 5763 ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0
5761 5764
5762 Another example, which demonstrates how to register a CPM interrupt 5765 Another example, which demonstrates how to register a CPM interrupt
5763 handler with the U-Boot code, can be found in 'examples/timer.c'. 5766 handler with the U-Boot code, can be found in 'examples/timer.c'.
5764 Here, a CPM timer is set up to generate an interrupt every second. 5767 Here, a CPM timer is set up to generate an interrupt every second.
5765 The interrupt service routine is trivial, just printing a '.' 5768 The interrupt service routine is trivial, just printing a '.'
5766 character, but this is just a demo program. The application can be 5769 character, but this is just a demo program. The application can be
5767 controlled by the following keys: 5770 controlled by the following keys:
5768 5771
5769 ? - print current values og the CPM Timer registers 5772 ? - print current values og the CPM Timer registers
5770 b - enable interrupts and start timer 5773 b - enable interrupts and start timer
5771 e - stop timer and disable interrupts 5774 e - stop timer and disable interrupts
5772 q - quit application 5775 q - quit application
5773 5776
5774 => loads 5777 => loads
5775 ## Ready for S-Record download ... 5778 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
5776 ~>examples/timer.srec 5779 ~>examples/timer.srec
5777 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ... 5780 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ...
5778 [file transfer complete] 5781 [file transfer complete]
5779 [connected] 5782 [connected]
5780 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004 5783 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004
5781 5784
5782 => go 40004 5785 => go 40004
5783 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ... 5786 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ...
5784 TIMERS=0xfff00980 5787 TIMERS=0xfff00980
5785 Using timer 1 5788 Using timer 1
5786 tgcr @ 0xfff00980, tmr @ 0xfff00990, trr @ 0xfff00994, tcr @ 0xfff00998, tcn @ 0xfff0099c, ter @ 0xfff009b0 5789 tgcr @ 0xfff00980, tmr @ 0xfff00990, trr @ 0xfff00994, tcr @ 0xfff00998, tcn @ 0xfff0099c, ter @ 0xfff009b0
5787 5790
5788 Hit 'b': 5791 Hit 'b':
5789 [q, b, e, ?] Set interval 1000000 us 5792 [q, b, e, ?] Set interval 1000000 us
5790 Enabling timer 5793 Enabling timer
5791 Hit '?': 5794 Hit '?':
5792 [q, b, e, ?] ........ 5795 [q, b, e, ?] ........
5793 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0xef6, ter=0x0 5796 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0xef6, ter=0x0
5794 Hit '?': 5797 Hit '?':
5795 [q, b, e, ?] . 5798 [q, b, e, ?] .
5796 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x2ad4, ter=0x0 5799 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x2ad4, ter=0x0
5797 Hit '?': 5800 Hit '?':
5798 [q, b, e, ?] . 5801 [q, b, e, ?] .
5799 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x1efc, ter=0x0 5802 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x1efc, ter=0x0
5800 Hit '?': 5803 Hit '?':
5801 [q, b, e, ?] . 5804 [q, b, e, ?] .
5802 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x169d, ter=0x0 5805 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x169d, ter=0x0
5803 Hit 'e': 5806 Hit 'e':
5804 [q, b, e, ?] ...Stopping timer 5807 [q, b, e, ?] ...Stopping timer
5805 Hit 'q': 5808 Hit 'q':
5806 [q, b, e, ?] ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0 5809 [q, b, e, ?] ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0
5807 5810
5808 5811
5809 Minicom warning: 5812 Minicom warning:
5810 ================ 5813 ================
5811 5814
5812 Over time, many people have reported problems when trying to use the 5815 Over time, many people have reported problems when trying to use the
5813 "minicom" terminal emulation program for serial download. I (wd) 5816 "minicom" terminal emulation program for serial download. I (wd)
5814 consider minicom to be broken, and recommend not to use it. Under 5817 consider minicom to be broken, and recommend not to use it. Under
5815 Unix, I recommend to use C-Kermit for general purpose use (and 5818 Unix, I recommend to use C-Kermit for general purpose use (and
5816 especially for kermit binary protocol download ("loadb" command), and 5819 especially for kermit binary protocol download ("loadb" command), and
5817 use "cu" for S-Record download ("loads" command). See 5820 use "cu" for S-Record download ("loads" command). See
5818 http://www.denx.de/wiki/view/DULG/SystemSetup#Section_4.3. 5821 http://www.denx.de/wiki/view/DULG/SystemSetup#Section_4.3.
5819 for help with kermit. 5822 for help with kermit.
5820 5823
5821 5824
5822 Nevertheless, if you absolutely want to use it try adding this 5825 Nevertheless, if you absolutely want to use it try adding this
5823 configuration to your "File transfer protocols" section: 5826 configuration to your "File transfer protocols" section:
5824 5827
5825 Name Program Name U/D FullScr IO-Red. Multi 5828 Name Program Name U/D FullScr IO-Red. Multi
5826 X kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -s Y U Y N N 5829 X kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -s Y U Y N N
5827 Y kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -r N D Y N N 5830 Y kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -r N D Y N N
5828 5831
5829 5832
5830 NetBSD Notes: 5833 NetBSD Notes:
5831 ============= 5834 =============
5832 5835
5833 Starting at version 0.9.2, U-Boot supports NetBSD both as host 5836 Starting at version 0.9.2, U-Boot supports NetBSD both as host
5834 (build U-Boot) and target system (boots NetBSD/mpc8xx). 5837 (build U-Boot) and target system (boots NetBSD/mpc8xx).
5835 5838
5836 Building requires a cross environment; it is known to work on 5839 Building requires a cross environment; it is known to work on
5837 NetBSD/i386 with the cross-powerpc-netbsd-1.3 package (you will also 5840 NetBSD/i386 with the cross-powerpc-netbsd-1.3 package (you will also
5838 need gmake since the Makefiles are not compatible with BSD make). 5841 need gmake since the Makefiles are not compatible with BSD make).
5839 Note that the cross-powerpc package does not install include files; 5842 Note that the cross-powerpc package does not install include files;
5840 attempting to build U-Boot will fail because <machine/ansi.h> is 5843 attempting to build U-Boot will fail because <machine/ansi.h> is
5841 missing. This file has to be installed and patched manually: 5844 missing. This file has to be installed and patched manually:
5842 5845
5843 # cd /usr/pkg/cross/powerpc-netbsd/include 5846 # cd /usr/pkg/cross/powerpc-netbsd/include
5844 # mkdir powerpc 5847 # mkdir powerpc
5845 # ln -s powerpc machine 5848 # ln -s powerpc machine
5846 # cp /usr/src/sys/arch/powerpc/include/ansi.h powerpc/ansi.h 5849 # cp /usr/src/sys/arch/powerpc/include/ansi.h powerpc/ansi.h
5847 # ${EDIT} powerpc/ansi.h ## must remove __va_list, _BSD_VA_LIST 5850 # ${EDIT} powerpc/ansi.h ## must remove __va_list, _BSD_VA_LIST
5848 5851
5849 Native builds *don't* work due to incompatibilities between native 5852 Native builds *don't* work due to incompatibilities between native
5850 and U-Boot include files. 5853 and U-Boot include files.
5851 5854
5852 Booting assumes that (the first part of) the image booted is a 5855 Booting assumes that (the first part of) the image booted is a
5853 stage-2 loader which in turn loads and then invokes the kernel 5856 stage-2 loader which in turn loads and then invokes the kernel
5854 proper. Loader sources will eventually appear in the NetBSD source 5857 proper. Loader sources will eventually appear in the NetBSD source
5855 tree (probably in sys/arc/mpc8xx/stand/u-boot_stage2/); in the 5858 tree (probably in sys/arc/mpc8xx/stand/u-boot_stage2/); in the
5856 meantime, see ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/ppcboot_stage2.tar.gz 5859 meantime, see ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/ppcboot_stage2.tar.gz
5857 5860
5858 5861
5859 Implementation Internals: 5862 Implementation Internals:
5860 ========================= 5863 =========================
5861 5864
5862 The following is not intended to be a complete description of every 5865 The following is not intended to be a complete description of every
5863 implementation detail. However, it should help to understand the 5866 implementation detail. However, it should help to understand the
5864 inner workings of U-Boot and make it easier to port it to custom 5867 inner workings of U-Boot and make it easier to port it to custom
5865 hardware. 5868 hardware.
5866 5869
5867 5870
5868 Initial Stack, Global Data: 5871 Initial Stack, Global Data:
5869 --------------------------- 5872 ---------------------------
5870 5873
5871 The implementation of U-Boot is complicated by the fact that U-Boot 5874 The implementation of U-Boot is complicated by the fact that U-Boot
5872 starts running out of ROM (flash memory), usually without access to 5875 starts running out of ROM (flash memory), usually without access to
5873 system RAM (because the memory controller is not initialized yet). 5876 system RAM (because the memory controller is not initialized yet).
5874 This means that we don't have writable Data or BSS segments, and BSS 5877 This means that we don't have writable Data or BSS segments, and BSS
5875 is not initialized as zero. To be able to get a C environment working 5878 is not initialized as zero. To be able to get a C environment working
5876 at all, we have to allocate at least a minimal stack. Implementation 5879 at all, we have to allocate at least a minimal stack. Implementation
5877 options for this are defined and restricted by the CPU used: Some CPU 5880 options for this are defined and restricted by the CPU used: Some CPU
5878 models provide on-chip memory (like the IMMR area on MPC8xx and 5881 models provide on-chip memory (like the IMMR area on MPC8xx and
5879 MPC826x processors), on others (parts of) the data cache can be 5882 MPC826x processors), on others (parts of) the data cache can be
5880 locked as (mis-) used as memory, etc. 5883 locked as (mis-) used as memory, etc.
5881 5884
5882 Chris Hallinan posted a good summary of these issues to the 5885 Chris Hallinan posted a good summary of these issues to the
5883 U-Boot mailing list: 5886 U-Boot mailing list:
5884 5887
5885 Subject: RE: [U-Boot-Users] RE: More On Memory Bank x (nothingness)? 5888 Subject: RE: [U-Boot-Users] RE: More On Memory Bank x (nothingness)?
5886 From: "Chris Hallinan" <clh@net1plus.com> 5889 From: "Chris Hallinan" <clh@net1plus.com>
5887 Date: Mon, 10 Feb 2003 16:43:46 -0500 (22:43 MET) 5890 Date: Mon, 10 Feb 2003 16:43:46 -0500 (22:43 MET)
5888 ... 5891 ...
5889 5892
5890 Correct me if I'm wrong, folks, but the way I understand it 5893 Correct me if I'm wrong, folks, but the way I understand it
5891 is this: Using DCACHE as initial RAM for Stack, etc, does not 5894 is this: Using DCACHE as initial RAM for Stack, etc, does not
5892 require any physical RAM backing up the cache. The cleverness 5895 require any physical RAM backing up the cache. The cleverness
5893 is that the cache is being used as a temporary supply of 5896 is that the cache is being used as a temporary supply of
5894 necessary storage before the SDRAM controller is setup. It's 5897 necessary storage before the SDRAM controller is setup. It's
5895 beyond the scope of this list to explain the details, but you 5898 beyond the scope of this list to explain the details, but you
5896 can see how this works by studying the cache architecture and 5899 can see how this works by studying the cache architecture and
5897 operation in the architecture and processor-specific manuals. 5900 operation in the architecture and processor-specific manuals.
5898 5901
5899 OCM is On Chip Memory, which I believe the 405GP has 4K. It 5902 OCM is On Chip Memory, which I believe the 405GP has 4K. It
5900 is another option for the system designer to use as an 5903 is another option for the system designer to use as an
5901 initial stack/RAM area prior to SDRAM being available. Either 5904 initial stack/RAM area prior to SDRAM being available. Either
5902 option should work for you. Using CS 4 should be fine if your 5905 option should work for you. Using CS 4 should be fine if your
5903 board designers haven't used it for something that would 5906 board designers haven't used it for something that would
5904 cause you grief during the initial boot! It is frequently not 5907 cause you grief during the initial boot! It is frequently not
5905 used. 5908 used.
5906 5909
5907 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR should be somewhere that won't interfere 5910 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR should be somewhere that won't interfere
5908 with your processor/board/system design. The default value 5911 with your processor/board/system design. The default value
5909 you will find in any recent u-boot distribution in 5912 you will find in any recent u-boot distribution in
5910 walnut.h should work for you. I'd set it to a value larger 5913 walnut.h should work for you. I'd set it to a value larger
5911 than your SDRAM module. If you have a 64MB SDRAM module, set 5914 than your SDRAM module. If you have a 64MB SDRAM module, set
5912 it above 400_0000. Just make sure your board has no resources 5915 it above 400_0000. Just make sure your board has no resources
5913 that are supposed to respond to that address! That code in 5916 that are supposed to respond to that address! That code in
5914 start.S has been around a while and should work as is when 5917 start.S has been around a while and should work as is when
5915 you get the config right. 5918 you get the config right.
5916 5919
5917 -Chris Hallinan 5920 -Chris Hallinan
5918 DS4.COM, Inc. 5921 DS4.COM, Inc.
5919 5922
5920 It is essential to remember this, since it has some impact on the C 5923 It is essential to remember this, since it has some impact on the C
5921 code for the initialization procedures: 5924 code for the initialization procedures:
5922 5925
5923 * Initialized global data (data segment) is read-only. Do not attempt 5926 * Initialized global data (data segment) is read-only. Do not attempt
5924 to write it. 5927 to write it.
5925 5928
5926 * Do not use any uninitialized global data (or implicitly initialized 5929 * Do not use any uninitialized global data (or implicitly initialized
5927 as zero data - BSS segment) at all - this is undefined, initiali- 5930 as zero data - BSS segment) at all - this is undefined, initiali-
5928 zation is performed later (when relocating to RAM). 5931 zation is performed later (when relocating to RAM).
5929 5932
5930 * Stack space is very limited. Avoid big data buffers or things like 5933 * Stack space is very limited. Avoid big data buffers or things like
5931 that. 5934 that.
5932 5935
5933 Having only the stack as writable memory limits means we cannot use 5936 Having only the stack as writable memory limits means we cannot use
5934 normal global data to share information between the code. But it 5937 normal global data to share information between the code. But it
5935 turned out that the implementation of U-Boot can be greatly 5938 turned out that the implementation of U-Boot can be greatly
5936 simplified by making a global data structure (gd_t) available to all 5939 simplified by making a global data structure (gd_t) available to all
5937 functions. We could pass a pointer to this data as argument to _all_ 5940 functions. We could pass a pointer to this data as argument to _all_
5938 functions, but this would bloat the code. Instead we use a feature of 5941 functions, but this would bloat the code. Instead we use a feature of
5939 the GCC compiler (Global Register Variables) to share the data: we 5942 the GCC compiler (Global Register Variables) to share the data: we
5940 place a pointer (gd) to the global data into a register which we 5943 place a pointer (gd) to the global data into a register which we
5941 reserve for this purpose. 5944 reserve for this purpose.
5942 5945
5943 When choosing a register for such a purpose we are restricted by the 5946 When choosing a register for such a purpose we are restricted by the
5944 relevant (E)ABI specifications for the current architecture, and by 5947 relevant (E)ABI specifications for the current architecture, and by
5945 GCC's implementation. 5948 GCC's implementation.
5946 5949
5947 For PowerPC, the following registers have specific use: 5950 For PowerPC, the following registers have specific use:
5948 R1: stack pointer 5951 R1: stack pointer
5949 R2: reserved for system use 5952 R2: reserved for system use
5950 R3-R4: parameter passing and return values 5953 R3-R4: parameter passing and return values
5951 R5-R10: parameter passing 5954 R5-R10: parameter passing
5952 R13: small data area pointer 5955 R13: small data area pointer
5953 R30: GOT pointer 5956 R30: GOT pointer
5954 R31: frame pointer 5957 R31: frame pointer
5955 5958
5956 (U-Boot also uses R12 as internal GOT pointer. r12 5959 (U-Boot also uses R12 as internal GOT pointer. r12
5957 is a volatile register so r12 needs to be reset when 5960 is a volatile register so r12 needs to be reset when
5958 going back and forth between asm and C) 5961 going back and forth between asm and C)
5959 5962
5960 ==> U-Boot will use R2 to hold a pointer to the global data 5963 ==> U-Boot will use R2 to hold a pointer to the global data
5961 5964
5962 Note: on PPC, we could use a static initializer (since the 5965 Note: on PPC, we could use a static initializer (since the
5963 address of the global data structure is known at compile time), 5966 address of the global data structure is known at compile time),
5964 but it turned out that reserving a register results in somewhat 5967 but it turned out that reserving a register results in somewhat
5965 smaller code - although the code savings are not that big (on 5968 smaller code - although the code savings are not that big (on
5966 average for all boards 752 bytes for the whole U-Boot image, 5969 average for all boards 752 bytes for the whole U-Boot image,
5967 624 text + 127 data). 5970 624 text + 127 data).
5968 5971
5969 On Blackfin, the normal C ABI (except for P3) is followed as documented here: 5972 On Blackfin, the normal C ABI (except for P3) is followed as documented here:
5970 http://docs.blackfin.uclinux.org/doku.php?id=application_binary_interface 5973 http://docs.blackfin.uclinux.org/doku.php?id=application_binary_interface
5971 5974
5972 ==> U-Boot will use P3 to hold a pointer to the global data 5975 ==> U-Boot will use P3 to hold a pointer to the global data
5973 5976
5974 On ARM, the following registers are used: 5977 On ARM, the following registers are used:
5975 5978
5976 R0: function argument word/integer result 5979 R0: function argument word/integer result
5977 R1-R3: function argument word 5980 R1-R3: function argument word
5978 R9: platform specific 5981 R9: platform specific
5979 R10: stack limit (used only if stack checking is enabled) 5982 R10: stack limit (used only if stack checking is enabled)
5980 R11: argument (frame) pointer 5983 R11: argument (frame) pointer
5981 R12: temporary workspace 5984 R12: temporary workspace
5982 R13: stack pointer 5985 R13: stack pointer
5983 R14: link register 5986 R14: link register
5984 R15: program counter 5987 R15: program counter
5985 5988
5986 ==> U-Boot will use R9 to hold a pointer to the global data 5989 ==> U-Boot will use R9 to hold a pointer to the global data
5987 5990
5988 Note: on ARM, only R_ARM_RELATIVE relocations are supported. 5991 Note: on ARM, only R_ARM_RELATIVE relocations are supported.
5989 5992
5990 On Nios II, the ABI is documented here: 5993 On Nios II, the ABI is documented here:
5991 http://www.altera.com/literature/hb/nios2/n2cpu_nii51016.pdf 5994 http://www.altera.com/literature/hb/nios2/n2cpu_nii51016.pdf
5992 5995
5993 ==> U-Boot will use gp to hold a pointer to the global data 5996 ==> U-Boot will use gp to hold a pointer to the global data
5994 5997
5995 Note: on Nios II, we give "-G0" option to gcc and don't use gp 5998 Note: on Nios II, we give "-G0" option to gcc and don't use gp
5996 to access small data sections, so gp is free. 5999 to access small data sections, so gp is free.
5997 6000
5998 On NDS32, the following registers are used: 6001 On NDS32, the following registers are used:
5999 6002
6000 R0-R1: argument/return 6003 R0-R1: argument/return
6001 R2-R5: argument 6004 R2-R5: argument
6002 R15: temporary register for assembler 6005 R15: temporary register for assembler
6003 R16: trampoline register 6006 R16: trampoline register
6004 R28: frame pointer (FP) 6007 R28: frame pointer (FP)
6005 R29: global pointer (GP) 6008 R29: global pointer (GP)
6006 R30: link register (LP) 6009 R30: link register (LP)
6007 R31: stack pointer (SP) 6010 R31: stack pointer (SP)
6008 PC: program counter (PC) 6011 PC: program counter (PC)
6009 6012
6010 ==> U-Boot will use R10 to hold a pointer to the global data 6013 ==> U-Boot will use R10 to hold a pointer to the global data
6011 6014
6012 NOTE: DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR must be used with file-global scope, 6015 NOTE: DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR must be used with file-global scope,
6013 or current versions of GCC may "optimize" the code too much. 6016 or current versions of GCC may "optimize" the code too much.
6014 6017
6015 Memory Management: 6018 Memory Management:
6016 ------------------ 6019 ------------------
6017 6020
6018 U-Boot runs in system state and uses physical addresses, i.e. the 6021 U-Boot runs in system state and uses physical addresses, i.e. the
6019 MMU is not used either for address mapping nor for memory protection. 6022 MMU is not used either for address mapping nor for memory protection.
6020 6023
6021 The available memory is mapped to fixed addresses using the memory 6024 The available memory is mapped to fixed addresses using the memory
6022 controller. In this process, a contiguous block is formed for each 6025 controller. In this process, a contiguous block is formed for each
6023 memory type (Flash, SDRAM, SRAM), even when it consists of several 6026 memory type (Flash, SDRAM, SRAM), even when it consists of several
6024 physical memory banks. 6027 physical memory banks.
6025 6028
6026 U-Boot is installed in the first 128 kB of the first Flash bank (on 6029 U-Boot is installed in the first 128 kB of the first Flash bank (on
6027 TQM8xxL modules this is the range 0x40000000 ... 0x4001FFFF). After 6030 TQM8xxL modules this is the range 0x40000000 ... 0x4001FFFF). After
6028 booting and sizing and initializing DRAM, the code relocates itself 6031 booting and sizing and initializing DRAM, the code relocates itself
6029 to the upper end of DRAM. Immediately below the U-Boot code some 6032 to the upper end of DRAM. Immediately below the U-Boot code some
6030 memory is reserved for use by malloc() [see CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN 6033 memory is reserved for use by malloc() [see CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN
6031 configuration setting]. Below that, a structure with global Board 6034 configuration setting]. Below that, a structure with global Board
6032 Info data is placed, followed by the stack (growing downward). 6035 Info data is placed, followed by the stack (growing downward).
6033 6036
6034 Additionally, some exception handler code is copied to the low 8 kB 6037 Additionally, some exception handler code is copied to the low 8 kB
6035 of DRAM (0x00000000 ... 0x00001FFF). 6038 of DRAM (0x00000000 ... 0x00001FFF).
6036 6039
6037 So a typical memory configuration with 16 MB of DRAM could look like 6040 So a typical memory configuration with 16 MB of DRAM could look like
6038 this: 6041 this:
6039 6042
6040 0x0000 0000 Exception Vector code 6043 0x0000 0000 Exception Vector code
6041 : 6044 :
6042 0x0000 1FFF 6045 0x0000 1FFF
6043 0x0000 2000 Free for Application Use 6046 0x0000 2000 Free for Application Use
6044 : 6047 :
6045 : 6048 :
6046 6049
6047 : 6050 :
6048 : 6051 :
6049 0x00FB FF20 Monitor Stack (Growing downward) 6052 0x00FB FF20 Monitor Stack (Growing downward)
6050 0x00FB FFAC Board Info Data and permanent copy of global data 6053 0x00FB FFAC Board Info Data and permanent copy of global data
6051 0x00FC 0000 Malloc Arena 6054 0x00FC 0000 Malloc Arena
6052 : 6055 :
6053 0x00FD FFFF 6056 0x00FD FFFF
6054 0x00FE 0000 RAM Copy of Monitor Code 6057 0x00FE 0000 RAM Copy of Monitor Code
6055 ... eventually: LCD or video framebuffer 6058 ... eventually: LCD or video framebuffer
6056 ... eventually: pRAM (Protected RAM - unchanged by reset) 6059 ... eventually: pRAM (Protected RAM - unchanged by reset)
6057 0x00FF FFFF [End of RAM] 6060 0x00FF FFFF [End of RAM]
6058 6061
6059 6062
6060 System Initialization: 6063 System Initialization:
6061 ---------------------- 6064 ----------------------
6062 6065
6063 In the reset configuration, U-Boot starts at the reset entry point 6066 In the reset configuration, U-Boot starts at the reset entry point
6064 (on most PowerPC systems at address 0x00000100). Because of the reset 6067 (on most PowerPC systems at address 0x00000100). Because of the reset
6065 configuration for CS0# this is a mirror of the on board Flash memory. 6068 configuration for CS0# this is a mirror of the on board Flash memory.
6066 To be able to re-map memory U-Boot then jumps to its link address. 6069 To be able to re-map memory U-Boot then jumps to its link address.
6067 To be able to implement the initialization code in C, a (small!) 6070 To be able to implement the initialization code in C, a (small!)
6068 initial stack is set up in the internal Dual Ported RAM (in case CPUs 6071 initial stack is set up in the internal Dual Ported RAM (in case CPUs
6069 which provide such a feature like MPC8xx or MPC8260), or in a locked 6072 which provide such a feature like MPC8xx or MPC8260), or in a locked
6070 part of the data cache. After that, U-Boot initializes the CPU core, 6073 part of the data cache. After that, U-Boot initializes the CPU core,
6071 the caches and the SIU. 6074 the caches and the SIU.
6072 6075
6073 Next, all (potentially) available memory banks are mapped using a 6076 Next, all (potentially) available memory banks are mapped using a
6074 preliminary mapping. For example, we put them on 512 MB boundaries 6077 preliminary mapping. For example, we put them on 512 MB boundaries
6075 (multiples of 0x20000000: SDRAM on 0x00000000 and 0x20000000, Flash 6078 (multiples of 0x20000000: SDRAM on 0x00000000 and 0x20000000, Flash
6076 on 0x40000000 and 0x60000000, SRAM on 0x80000000). Then UPM A is 6079 on 0x40000000 and 0x60000000, SRAM on 0x80000000). Then UPM A is
6077 programmed for SDRAM access. Using the temporary configuration, a 6080 programmed for SDRAM access. Using the temporary configuration, a
6078 simple memory test is run that determines the size of the SDRAM 6081 simple memory test is run that determines the size of the SDRAM
6079 banks. 6082 banks.
6080 6083
6081 When there is more than one SDRAM bank, and the banks are of 6084 When there is more than one SDRAM bank, and the banks are of
6082 different size, the largest is mapped first. For equal size, the first 6085 different size, the largest is mapped first. For equal size, the first
6083 bank (CS2#) is mapped first. The first mapping is always for address 6086 bank (CS2#) is mapped first. The first mapping is always for address
6084 0x00000000, with any additional banks following immediately to create 6087 0x00000000, with any additional banks following immediately to create
6085 contiguous memory starting from 0. 6088 contiguous memory starting from 0.
6086 6089
6087 Then, the monitor installs itself at the upper end of the SDRAM area 6090 Then, the monitor installs itself at the upper end of the SDRAM area
6088 and allocates memory for use by malloc() and for the global Board 6091 and allocates memory for use by malloc() and for the global Board
6089 Info data; also, the exception vector code is copied to the low RAM 6092 Info data; also, the exception vector code is copied to the low RAM
6090 pages, and the final stack is set up. 6093 pages, and the final stack is set up.
6091 6094
6092 Only after this relocation will you have a "normal" C environment; 6095 Only after this relocation will you have a "normal" C environment;
6093 until that you are restricted in several ways, mostly because you are 6096 until that you are restricted in several ways, mostly because you are
6094 running from ROM, and because the code will have to be relocated to a 6097 running from ROM, and because the code will have to be relocated to a
6095 new address in RAM. 6098 new address in RAM.
6096 6099
6097 6100
6098 U-Boot Porting Guide: 6101 U-Boot Porting Guide:
6099 ---------------------- 6102 ----------------------
6100 6103
6101 [Based on messages by Jerry Van Baren in the U-Boot-Users mailing 6104 [Based on messages by Jerry Van Baren in the U-Boot-Users mailing
6102 list, October 2002] 6105 list, October 2002]
6103 6106
6104 6107
6105 int main(int argc, char *argv[]) 6108 int main(int argc, char *argv[])
6106 { 6109 {
6107 sighandler_t no_more_time; 6110 sighandler_t no_more_time;
6108 6111
6109 signal(SIGALRM, no_more_time); 6112 signal(SIGALRM, no_more_time);
6110 alarm(PROJECT_DEADLINE - toSec (3 * WEEK)); 6113 alarm(PROJECT_DEADLINE - toSec (3 * WEEK));
6111 6114
6112 if (available_money > available_manpower) { 6115 if (available_money > available_manpower) {
6113 Pay consultant to port U-Boot; 6116 Pay consultant to port U-Boot;
6114 return 0; 6117 return 0;
6115 } 6118 }
6116 6119
6117 Download latest U-Boot source; 6120 Download latest U-Boot source;
6118 6121
6119 Subscribe to u-boot mailing list; 6122 Subscribe to u-boot mailing list;
6120 6123
6121 if (clueless) 6124 if (clueless)
6122 email("Hi, I am new to U-Boot, how do I get started?"); 6125 email("Hi, I am new to U-Boot, how do I get started?");
6123 6126
6124 while (learning) { 6127 while (learning) {
6125 Read the README file in the top level directory; 6128 Read the README file in the top level directory;
6126 Read http://www.denx.de/twiki/bin/view/DULG/Manual; 6129 Read http://www.denx.de/twiki/bin/view/DULG/Manual;
6127 Read applicable doc/*.README; 6130 Read applicable doc/*.README;
6128 Read the source, Luke; 6131 Read the source, Luke;
6129 /* find . -name "*.[chS]" | xargs grep -i <keyword> */ 6132 /* find . -name "*.[chS]" | xargs grep -i <keyword> */
6130 } 6133 }
6131 6134
6132 if (available_money > toLocalCurrency ($2500)) 6135 if (available_money > toLocalCurrency ($2500))
6133 Buy a BDI3000; 6136 Buy a BDI3000;
6134 else 6137 else
6135 Add a lot of aggravation and time; 6138 Add a lot of aggravation and time;
6136 6139
6137 if (a similar board exists) { /* hopefully... */ 6140 if (a similar board exists) { /* hopefully... */
6138 cp -a board/<similar> board/<myboard> 6141 cp -a board/<similar> board/<myboard>
6139 cp include/configs/<similar>.h include/configs/<myboard>.h 6142 cp include/configs/<similar>.h include/configs/<myboard>.h
6140 } else { 6143 } else {
6141 Create your own board support subdirectory; 6144 Create your own board support subdirectory;
6142 Create your own board include/configs/<myboard>.h file; 6145 Create your own board include/configs/<myboard>.h file;
6143 } 6146 }
6144 Edit new board/<myboard> files 6147 Edit new board/<myboard> files
6145 Edit new include/configs/<myboard>.h 6148 Edit new include/configs/<myboard>.h
6146 6149
6147 while (!accepted) { 6150 while (!accepted) {
6148 while (!running) { 6151 while (!running) {
6149 do { 6152 do {
6150 Add / modify source code; 6153 Add / modify source code;
6151 } until (compiles); 6154 } until (compiles);
6152 Debug; 6155 Debug;
6153 if (clueless) 6156 if (clueless)
6154 email("Hi, I am having problems..."); 6157 email("Hi, I am having problems...");
6155 } 6158 }
6156 Send patch file to the U-Boot email list; 6159 Send patch file to the U-Boot email list;
6157 if (reasonable critiques) 6160 if (reasonable critiques)
6158 Incorporate improvements from email list code review; 6161 Incorporate improvements from email list code review;
6159 else 6162 else
6160 Defend code as written; 6163 Defend code as written;
6161 } 6164 }
6162 6165
6163 return 0; 6166 return 0;
6164 } 6167 }
6165 6168
6166 void no_more_time (int sig) 6169 void no_more_time (int sig)
6167 { 6170 {
6168 hire_a_guru(); 6171 hire_a_guru();
6169 } 6172 }
6170 6173
6171 6174
6172 Coding Standards: 6175 Coding Standards:
6173 ----------------- 6176 -----------------
6174 6177
6175 All contributions to U-Boot should conform to the Linux kernel 6178 All contributions to U-Boot should conform to the Linux kernel
6176 coding style; see the file "Documentation/CodingStyle" and the script 6179 coding style; see the file "Documentation/CodingStyle" and the script
6177 "scripts/Lindent" in your Linux kernel source directory. 6180 "scripts/Lindent" in your Linux kernel source directory.
6178 6181
6179 Source files originating from a different project (for example the 6182 Source files originating from a different project (for example the
6180 MTD subsystem) are generally exempt from these guidelines and are not 6183 MTD subsystem) are generally exempt from these guidelines and are not
6181 reformatted to ease subsequent migration to newer versions of those 6184 reformatted to ease subsequent migration to newer versions of those
6182 sources. 6185 sources.
6183 6186
6184 Please note that U-Boot is implemented in C (and to some small parts in 6187 Please note that U-Boot is implemented in C (and to some small parts in
6185 Assembler); no C++ is used, so please do not use C++ style comments (//) 6188 Assembler); no C++ is used, so please do not use C++ style comments (//)
6186 in your code. 6189 in your code.
6187 6190
6188 Please also stick to the following formatting rules: 6191 Please also stick to the following formatting rules:
6189 - remove any trailing white space 6192 - remove any trailing white space
6190 - use TAB characters for indentation and vertical alignment, not spaces 6193 - use TAB characters for indentation and vertical alignment, not spaces
6191 - make sure NOT to use DOS '\r\n' line feeds 6194 - make sure NOT to use DOS '\r\n' line feeds
6192 - do not add more than 2 consecutive empty lines to source files 6195 - do not add more than 2 consecutive empty lines to source files
6193 - do not add trailing empty lines to source files 6196 - do not add trailing empty lines to source files
6194 6197
6195 Submissions which do not conform to the standards may be returned 6198 Submissions which do not conform to the standards may be returned
6196 with a request to reformat the changes. 6199 with a request to reformat the changes.
6197 6200
6198 6201
6199 Submitting Patches: 6202 Submitting Patches:
6200 ------------------- 6203 -------------------
6201 6204
6202 Since the number of patches for U-Boot is growing, we need to 6205 Since the number of patches for U-Boot is growing, we need to
6203 establish some rules. Submissions which do not conform to these rules 6206 establish some rules. Submissions which do not conform to these rules
6204 may be rejected, even when they contain important and valuable stuff. 6207 may be rejected, even when they contain important and valuable stuff.
6205 6208
6206 Please see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot/Patches for details. 6209 Please see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot/Patches for details.
6207 6210
6208 Patches shall be sent to the u-boot mailing list <u-boot@lists.denx.de>; 6211 Patches shall be sent to the u-boot mailing list <u-boot@lists.denx.de>;
6209 see http://lists.denx.de/mailman/listinfo/u-boot 6212 see http://lists.denx.de/mailman/listinfo/u-boot
6210 6213
6211 When you send a patch, please include the following information with 6214 When you send a patch, please include the following information with
6212 it: 6215 it:
6213 6216
6214 * For bug fixes: a description of the bug and how your patch fixes 6217 * For bug fixes: a description of the bug and how your patch fixes
6215 this bug. Please try to include a way of demonstrating that the 6218 this bug. Please try to include a way of demonstrating that the
6216 patch actually fixes something. 6219 patch actually fixes something.
6217 6220
6218 * For new features: a description of the feature and your 6221 * For new features: a description of the feature and your
6219 implementation. 6222 implementation.
6220 6223
6221 * A CHANGELOG entry as plaintext (separate from the patch) 6224 * A CHANGELOG entry as plaintext (separate from the patch)
6222 6225
6223 * For major contributions, add a MAINTAINERS file with your 6226 * For major contributions, add a MAINTAINERS file with your
6224 information and associated file and directory references. 6227 information and associated file and directory references.
6225 6228
6226 * When you add support for a new board, don't forget to add a 6229 * When you add support for a new board, don't forget to add a
6227 maintainer e-mail address to the boards.cfg file, too. 6230 maintainer e-mail address to the boards.cfg file, too.
6228 6231
6229 * If your patch adds new configuration options, don't forget to 6232 * If your patch adds new configuration options, don't forget to
6230 document these in the README file. 6233 document these in the README file.
6231 6234
6232 * The patch itself. If you are using git (which is *strongly* 6235 * The patch itself. If you are using git (which is *strongly*
6233 recommended) you can easily generate the patch using the 6236 recommended) you can easily generate the patch using the
6234 "git format-patch". If you then use "git send-email" to send it to 6237 "git format-patch". If you then use "git send-email" to send it to
6235 the U-Boot mailing list, you will avoid most of the common problems 6238 the U-Boot mailing list, you will avoid most of the common problems
6236 with some other mail clients. 6239 with some other mail clients.
6237 6240
6238 If you cannot use git, use "diff -purN OLD NEW". If your version of 6241 If you cannot use git, use "diff -purN OLD NEW". If your version of
6239 diff does not support these options, then get the latest version of 6242 diff does not support these options, then get the latest version of
6240 GNU diff. 6243 GNU diff.
6241 6244
6242 The current directory when running this command shall be the parent 6245 The current directory when running this command shall be the parent
6243 directory of the U-Boot source tree (i. e. please make sure that 6246 directory of the U-Boot source tree (i. e. please make sure that
6244 your patch includes sufficient directory information for the 6247 your patch includes sufficient directory information for the
6245 affected files). 6248 affected files).
6246 6249
6247 We prefer patches as plain text. MIME attachments are discouraged, 6250 We prefer patches as plain text. MIME attachments are discouraged,
6248 and compressed attachments must not be used. 6251 and compressed attachments must not be used.
6249 6252
6250 * If one logical set of modifications affects or creates several 6253 * If one logical set of modifications affects or creates several
6251 files, all these changes shall be submitted in a SINGLE patch file. 6254 files, all these changes shall be submitted in a SINGLE patch file.
6252 6255
6253 * Changesets that contain different, unrelated modifications shall be 6256 * Changesets that contain different, unrelated modifications shall be
6254 submitted as SEPARATE patches, one patch per changeset. 6257 submitted as SEPARATE patches, one patch per changeset.
6255 6258
6256 6259
6257 Notes: 6260 Notes:
6258 6261
6259 * Before sending the patch, run the buildman script on your patched 6262 * Before sending the patch, run the buildman script on your patched
6260 source tree and make sure that no errors or warnings are reported 6263 source tree and make sure that no errors or warnings are reported
6261 for any of the boards. 6264 for any of the boards.
6262 6265
6263 * Keep your modifications to the necessary minimum: A patch 6266 * Keep your modifications to the necessary minimum: A patch
6264 containing several unrelated changes or arbitrary reformats will be 6267 containing several unrelated changes or arbitrary reformats will be
6265 returned with a request to re-formatting / split it. 6268 returned with a request to re-formatting / split it.
6266 6269
6267 * If you modify existing code, make sure that your new code does not 6270 * If you modify existing code, make sure that your new code does not
6268 add to the memory footprint of the code ;-) Small is beautiful! 6271 add to the memory footprint of the code ;-) Small is beautiful!
6269 When adding new features, these should compile conditionally only 6272 When adding new features, these should compile conditionally only
6270 (using #ifdef), and the resulting code with the new feature 6273 (using #ifdef), and the resulting code with the new feature
6271 disabled must not need more memory than the old code without your 6274 disabled must not need more memory than the old code without your
6272 modification. 6275 modification.
6273 6276
6274 * Remember that there is a size limit of 100 kB per message on the 6277 * Remember that there is a size limit of 100 kB per message on the
6275 u-boot mailing list. Bigger patches will be moderated. If they are 6278 u-boot mailing list. Bigger patches will be moderated. If they are
6276 reasonable and not too big, they will be acknowledged. But patches 6279 reasonable and not too big, they will be acknowledged. But patches
6277 bigger than the size limit should be avoided. 6280 bigger than the size limit should be avoided.
6278 6281
arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc85xx/Kconfig
Diff comments   View file @ add63f9
1 menu "mpc85xx CPU" 1 menu "mpc85xx CPU"
2 depends on MPC85xx 2 depends on MPC85xx
3 3
4 config SYS_CPU 4 config SYS_CPU
5 default "mpc85xx" 5 default "mpc85xx"
6 6
7 choice 7 choice
8 prompt "Target select" 8 prompt "Target select"
9 optional 9 optional
10 10
11 config TARGET_SBC8548 11 config TARGET_SBC8548
12 bool "Support sbc8548" 12 bool "Support sbc8548"
13 select ARCH_MPC8548 13 select ARCH_MPC8548
14 14
15 config TARGET_SOCRATES 15 config TARGET_SOCRATES
16 bool "Support socrates" 16 bool "Support socrates"
17 select ARCH_MPC8544 17 select ARCH_MPC8544
18 18
19 config TARGET_B4420QDS 19 config TARGET_B4420QDS
20 bool "Support B4420QDS" 20 bool "Support B4420QDS"
21 select ARCH_B4420 21 select ARCH_B4420
22 select SUPPORT_SPL 22 select SUPPORT_SPL
23 select PHYS_64BIT 23 select PHYS_64BIT
24 24
25 config TARGET_B4860QDS 25 config TARGET_B4860QDS
26 bool "Support B4860QDS" 26 bool "Support B4860QDS"
27 select ARCH_B4860 27 select ARCH_B4860
28 select BOARD_LATE_INIT if CHAIN_OF_TRUST 28 select BOARD_LATE_INIT if CHAIN_OF_TRUST
29 select SUPPORT_SPL 29 select SUPPORT_SPL
30 select PHYS_64BIT 30 select PHYS_64BIT
31 31
32 config TARGET_BSC9131RDB 32 config TARGET_BSC9131RDB
33 bool "Support BSC9131RDB" 33 bool "Support BSC9131RDB"
34 select ARCH_BSC9131 34 select ARCH_BSC9131
35 select SUPPORT_SPL 35 select SUPPORT_SPL
36 select BOARD_EARLY_INIT_F 36 select BOARD_EARLY_INIT_F
37 37
38 config TARGET_BSC9132QDS 38 config TARGET_BSC9132QDS
39 bool "Support BSC9132QDS" 39 bool "Support BSC9132QDS"
40 select ARCH_BSC9132 40 select ARCH_BSC9132
41 select BOARD_LATE_INIT if CHAIN_OF_TRUST 41 select BOARD_LATE_INIT if CHAIN_OF_TRUST
42 select SUPPORT_SPL 42 select SUPPORT_SPL
43 select BOARD_EARLY_INIT_F 43 select BOARD_EARLY_INIT_F
44 44
45 config TARGET_C29XPCIE 45 config TARGET_C29XPCIE
46 bool "Support C29XPCIE" 46 bool "Support C29XPCIE"
47 select ARCH_C29X 47 select ARCH_C29X
48 select BOARD_LATE_INIT if CHAIN_OF_TRUST 48 select BOARD_LATE_INIT if CHAIN_OF_TRUST
49 select SUPPORT_SPL 49 select SUPPORT_SPL
50 select SUPPORT_TPL 50 select SUPPORT_TPL
51 select PHYS_64BIT 51 select PHYS_64BIT
52 52
53 config TARGET_P3041DS 53 config TARGET_P3041DS
54 bool "Support P3041DS" 54 bool "Support P3041DS"
55 select PHYS_64BIT 55 select PHYS_64BIT
56 select ARCH_P3041 56 select ARCH_P3041
57 select BOARD_LATE_INIT if CHAIN_OF_TRUST 57 select BOARD_LATE_INIT if CHAIN_OF_TRUST
58 58
59 config TARGET_P4080DS 59 config TARGET_P4080DS
60 bool "Support P4080DS" 60 bool "Support P4080DS"
61 select PHYS_64BIT 61 select PHYS_64BIT
62 select ARCH_P4080 62 select ARCH_P4080
63 select BOARD_LATE_INIT if CHAIN_OF_TRUST 63 select BOARD_LATE_INIT if CHAIN_OF_TRUST
64 64
65 config TARGET_P5020DS 65 config TARGET_P5020DS
66 bool "Support P5020DS" 66 bool "Support P5020DS"
67 select PHYS_64BIT 67 select PHYS_64BIT
68 select ARCH_P5020 68 select ARCH_P5020
69 select BOARD_LATE_INIT if CHAIN_OF_TRUST 69 select BOARD_LATE_INIT if CHAIN_OF_TRUST
70 70
71 config TARGET_P5040DS 71 config TARGET_P5040DS
72 bool "Support P5040DS" 72 bool "Support P5040DS"
73 select PHYS_64BIT 73 select PHYS_64BIT
74 select ARCH_P5040 74 select ARCH_P5040
75 select BOARD_LATE_INIT if CHAIN_OF_TRUST 75 select BOARD_LATE_INIT if CHAIN_OF_TRUST
76 76
77 config TARGET_MPC8536DS 77 config TARGET_MPC8536DS
78 bool "Support MPC8536DS" 78 bool "Support MPC8536DS"
79 select ARCH_MPC8536 79 select ARCH_MPC8536
80 # Use DDR3 controller with DDR2 DIMMs on this board 80 # Use DDR3 controller with DDR2 DIMMs on this board
81 select SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN3 81 select SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN3
82 82
83 config TARGET_MPC8540ADS 83 config TARGET_MPC8540ADS
84 bool "Support MPC8540ADS" 84 bool "Support MPC8540ADS"
85 select ARCH_MPC8540 85 select ARCH_MPC8540
86 86
87 config TARGET_MPC8541CDS 87 config TARGET_MPC8541CDS
88 bool "Support MPC8541CDS" 88 bool "Support MPC8541CDS"
89 select ARCH_MPC8541 89 select ARCH_MPC8541
90 90
91 config TARGET_MPC8544DS 91 config TARGET_MPC8544DS
92 bool "Support MPC8544DS" 92 bool "Support MPC8544DS"
93 select ARCH_MPC8544 93 select ARCH_MPC8544
94 94
95 config TARGET_MPC8548CDS 95 config TARGET_MPC8548CDS
96 bool "Support MPC8548CDS" 96 bool "Support MPC8548CDS"
97 select ARCH_MPC8548 97 select ARCH_MPC8548
98 98
99 config TARGET_MPC8555CDS 99 config TARGET_MPC8555CDS
100 bool "Support MPC8555CDS" 100 bool "Support MPC8555CDS"
101 select ARCH_MPC8555 101 select ARCH_MPC8555
102 102
103 config TARGET_MPC8560ADS 103 config TARGET_MPC8560ADS
104 bool "Support MPC8560ADS" 104 bool "Support MPC8560ADS"
105 select ARCH_MPC8560 105 select ARCH_MPC8560
106 106
107 config TARGET_MPC8568MDS 107 config TARGET_MPC8568MDS
108 bool "Support MPC8568MDS" 108 bool "Support MPC8568MDS"
109 select ARCH_MPC8568 109 select ARCH_MPC8568
110 110
111 config TARGET_MPC8569MDS 111 config TARGET_MPC8569MDS
112 bool "Support MPC8569MDS" 112 bool "Support MPC8569MDS"
113 select ARCH_MPC8569 113 select ARCH_MPC8569
114 114
115 config TARGET_MPC8572DS 115 config TARGET_MPC8572DS
116 bool "Support MPC8572DS" 116 bool "Support MPC8572DS"
117 select ARCH_MPC8572 117 select ARCH_MPC8572
118 # Use DDR3 controller with DDR2 DIMMs on this board 118 # Use DDR3 controller with DDR2 DIMMs on this board
119 select SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN3 119 select SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN3
120 120
121 config TARGET_P1010RDB_PA 121 config TARGET_P1010RDB_PA
122 bool "Support P1010RDB_PA" 122 bool "Support P1010RDB_PA"
123 select ARCH_P1010 123 select ARCH_P1010
124 select BOARD_LATE_INIT if CHAIN_OF_TRUST 124 select BOARD_LATE_INIT if CHAIN_OF_TRUST
125 select SUPPORT_SPL 125 select SUPPORT_SPL
126 select SUPPORT_TPL 126 select SUPPORT_TPL
127 127
128 config TARGET_P1010RDB_PB 128 config TARGET_P1010RDB_PB
129 bool "Support P1010RDB_PB" 129 bool "Support P1010RDB_PB"
130 select ARCH_P1010 130 select ARCH_P1010
131 select BOARD_LATE_INIT if CHAIN_OF_TRUST 131 select BOARD_LATE_INIT if CHAIN_OF_TRUST
132 select SUPPORT_SPL 132 select SUPPORT_SPL
133 select SUPPORT_TPL 133 select SUPPORT_TPL
134 134
135 config TARGET_P1022DS 135 config TARGET_P1022DS
136 bool "Support P1022DS" 136 bool "Support P1022DS"
137 select ARCH_P1022 137 select ARCH_P1022
138 select SUPPORT_SPL 138 select SUPPORT_SPL
139 select SUPPORT_TPL 139 select SUPPORT_TPL
140 140
141 config TARGET_P1023RDB 141 config TARGET_P1023RDB
142 bool "Support P1023RDB" 142 bool "Support P1023RDB"
143 select ARCH_P1023 143 select ARCH_P1023
144 144
145 config TARGET_P1020MBG 145 config TARGET_P1020MBG
146 bool "Support P1020MBG-PC" 146 bool "Support P1020MBG-PC"
147 select SUPPORT_SPL 147 select SUPPORT_SPL
148 select SUPPORT_TPL 148 select SUPPORT_TPL
149 select ARCH_P1020 149 select ARCH_P1020
150 150
151 config TARGET_P1020RDB_PC 151 config TARGET_P1020RDB_PC
152 bool "Support P1020RDB-PC" 152 bool "Support P1020RDB-PC"
153 select SUPPORT_SPL 153 select SUPPORT_SPL
154 select SUPPORT_TPL 154 select SUPPORT_TPL
155 select ARCH_P1020 155 select ARCH_P1020
156 156
157 config TARGET_P1020RDB_PD 157 config TARGET_P1020RDB_PD
158 bool "Support P1020RDB-PD" 158 bool "Support P1020RDB-PD"
159 select SUPPORT_SPL 159 select SUPPORT_SPL
160 select SUPPORT_TPL 160 select SUPPORT_TPL
161 select ARCH_P1020 161 select ARCH_P1020
162 162
163 config TARGET_P1020UTM 163 config TARGET_P1020UTM
164 bool "Support P1020UTM" 164 bool "Support P1020UTM"
165 select SUPPORT_SPL 165 select SUPPORT_SPL
166 select SUPPORT_TPL 166 select SUPPORT_TPL
167 select ARCH_P1020 167 select ARCH_P1020
168 168
169 config TARGET_P1021RDB 169 config TARGET_P1021RDB
170 bool "Support P1021RDB" 170 bool "Support P1021RDB"
171 select SUPPORT_SPL 171 select SUPPORT_SPL
172 select SUPPORT_TPL 172 select SUPPORT_TPL
173 select ARCH_P1021 173 select ARCH_P1021
174 174
175 config TARGET_P1024RDB 175 config TARGET_P1024RDB
176 bool "Support P1024RDB" 176 bool "Support P1024RDB"
177 select SUPPORT_SPL 177 select SUPPORT_SPL
178 select SUPPORT_TPL 178 select SUPPORT_TPL
179 select ARCH_P1024 179 select ARCH_P1024
180 180
181 config TARGET_P1025RDB 181 config TARGET_P1025RDB
182 bool "Support P1025RDB" 182 bool "Support P1025RDB"
183 select SUPPORT_SPL 183 select SUPPORT_SPL
184 select SUPPORT_TPL 184 select SUPPORT_TPL
185 select ARCH_P1025 185 select ARCH_P1025
186 186
187 config TARGET_P2020RDB 187 config TARGET_P2020RDB
188 bool "Support P2020RDB-PC" 188 bool "Support P2020RDB-PC"
189 select SUPPORT_SPL 189 select SUPPORT_SPL
190 select SUPPORT_TPL 190 select SUPPORT_TPL
191 select ARCH_P2020 191 select ARCH_P2020
192 192
193 config TARGET_P1_TWR 193 config TARGET_P1_TWR
194 bool "Support p1_twr" 194 bool "Support p1_twr"
195 select ARCH_P1025 195 select ARCH_P1025
196 196
197 config TARGET_P2041RDB 197 config TARGET_P2041RDB
198 bool "Support P2041RDB" 198 bool "Support P2041RDB"
199 select ARCH_P2041 199 select ARCH_P2041
200 select BOARD_LATE_INIT if CHAIN_OF_TRUST 200 select BOARD_LATE_INIT if CHAIN_OF_TRUST
201 select PHYS_64BIT 201 select PHYS_64BIT
202 202
203 config TARGET_QEMU_PPCE500 203 config TARGET_QEMU_PPCE500
204 bool "Support qemu-ppce500" 204 bool "Support qemu-ppce500"
205 select ARCH_QEMU_E500 205 select ARCH_QEMU_E500
206 select PHYS_64BIT 206 select PHYS_64BIT
207 207
208 config TARGET_T1024QDS 208 config TARGET_T1024QDS
209 bool "Support T1024QDS" 209 bool "Support T1024QDS"
210 select ARCH_T1024 210 select ARCH_T1024
211 select BOARD_LATE_INIT if CHAIN_OF_TRUST 211 select BOARD_LATE_INIT if CHAIN_OF_TRUST
212 select SUPPORT_SPL 212 select SUPPORT_SPL
213 select PHYS_64BIT 213 select PHYS_64BIT
214 214
215 config TARGET_T1023RDB 215 config TARGET_T1023RDB
216 bool "Support T1023RDB" 216 bool "Support T1023RDB"
217 select ARCH_T1023 217 select ARCH_T1023
218 select BOARD_LATE_INIT if CHAIN_OF_TRUST 218 select BOARD_LATE_INIT if CHAIN_OF_TRUST
219 select SUPPORT_SPL 219 select SUPPORT_SPL
220 select PHYS_64BIT 220 select PHYS_64BIT
221 221
222 config TARGET_T1024RDB 222 config TARGET_T1024RDB
223 bool "Support T1024RDB" 223 bool "Support T1024RDB"
224 select ARCH_T1024 224 select ARCH_T1024
225 select BOARD_LATE_INIT if CHAIN_OF_TRUST 225 select BOARD_LATE_INIT if CHAIN_OF_TRUST
226 select SUPPORT_SPL 226 select SUPPORT_SPL
227 select PHYS_64BIT 227 select PHYS_64BIT
228 228
229 config TARGET_T1040QDS 229 config TARGET_T1040QDS
230 bool "Support T1040QDS" 230 bool "Support T1040QDS"
231 select ARCH_T1040 231 select ARCH_T1040
232 select BOARD_LATE_INIT if CHAIN_OF_TRUST 232 select BOARD_LATE_INIT if CHAIN_OF_TRUST
233 select PHYS_64BIT 233 select PHYS_64BIT
234 234
235 config TARGET_T1040RDB 235 config TARGET_T1040RDB
236 bool "Support T1040RDB" 236 bool "Support T1040RDB"
237 select ARCH_T1040 237 select ARCH_T1040
238 select BOARD_LATE_INIT if CHAIN_OF_TRUST 238 select BOARD_LATE_INIT if CHAIN_OF_TRUST
239 select SUPPORT_SPL 239 select SUPPORT_SPL
240 select PHYS_64BIT 240 select PHYS_64BIT
241 241
242 config TARGET_T1040D4RDB 242 config TARGET_T1040D4RDB
243 bool "Support T1040D4RDB" 243 bool "Support T1040D4RDB"
244 select ARCH_T1040 244 select ARCH_T1040
245 select BOARD_LATE_INIT if CHAIN_OF_TRUST 245 select BOARD_LATE_INIT if CHAIN_OF_TRUST
246 select SUPPORT_SPL 246 select SUPPORT_SPL
247 select PHYS_64BIT 247 select PHYS_64BIT
248 248
249 config TARGET_T1042RDB 249 config TARGET_T1042RDB
250 bool "Support T1042RDB" 250 bool "Support T1042RDB"
251 select ARCH_T1042 251 select ARCH_T1042
252 select BOARD_LATE_INIT if CHAIN_OF_TRUST 252 select BOARD_LATE_INIT if CHAIN_OF_TRUST
253 select SUPPORT_SPL 253 select SUPPORT_SPL
254 select PHYS_64BIT 254 select PHYS_64BIT
255 255
256 config TARGET_T1042D4RDB 256 config TARGET_T1042D4RDB
257 bool "Support T1042D4RDB" 257 bool "Support T1042D4RDB"
258 select ARCH_T1042 258 select ARCH_T1042
259 select BOARD_LATE_INIT if CHAIN_OF_TRUST 259 select BOARD_LATE_INIT if CHAIN_OF_TRUST
260 select SUPPORT_SPL 260 select SUPPORT_SPL
261 select PHYS_64BIT 261 select PHYS_64BIT
262 262
263 config TARGET_T1042RDB_PI 263 config TARGET_T1042RDB_PI
264 bool "Support T1042RDB_PI" 264 bool "Support T1042RDB_PI"
265 select ARCH_T1042 265 select ARCH_T1042
266 select BOARD_LATE_INIT if CHAIN_OF_TRUST 266 select BOARD_LATE_INIT if CHAIN_OF_TRUST
267 select SUPPORT_SPL 267 select SUPPORT_SPL
268 select PHYS_64BIT 268 select PHYS_64BIT
269 269
270 config TARGET_T2080QDS 270 config TARGET_T2080QDS
271 bool "Support T2080QDS" 271 bool "Support T2080QDS"
272 select ARCH_T2080 272 select ARCH_T2080
273 select BOARD_LATE_INIT if CHAIN_OF_TRUST 273 select BOARD_LATE_INIT if CHAIN_OF_TRUST
274 select SUPPORT_SPL 274 select SUPPORT_SPL
275 select PHYS_64BIT 275 select PHYS_64BIT
276 276
277 config TARGET_T2080RDB 277 config TARGET_T2080RDB
278 bool "Support T2080RDB" 278 bool "Support T2080RDB"
279 select ARCH_T2080 279 select ARCH_T2080
280 select BOARD_LATE_INIT if CHAIN_OF_TRUST 280 select BOARD_LATE_INIT if CHAIN_OF_TRUST
281 select SUPPORT_SPL 281 select SUPPORT_SPL
282 select PHYS_64BIT 282 select PHYS_64BIT
283 283
284 config TARGET_T2081QDS 284 config TARGET_T2081QDS
285 bool "Support T2081QDS" 285 bool "Support T2081QDS"
286 select ARCH_T2081 286 select ARCH_T2081
287 select SUPPORT_SPL 287 select SUPPORT_SPL
288 select PHYS_64BIT 288 select PHYS_64BIT
289 289
290 config TARGET_T4160QDS 290 config TARGET_T4160QDS
291 bool "Support T4160QDS" 291 bool "Support T4160QDS"
292 select ARCH_T4160 292 select ARCH_T4160
293 select BOARD_LATE_INIT if CHAIN_OF_TRUST 293 select BOARD_LATE_INIT if CHAIN_OF_TRUST
294 select SUPPORT_SPL 294 select SUPPORT_SPL
295 select PHYS_64BIT 295 select PHYS_64BIT
296 296
297 config TARGET_T4160RDB 297 config TARGET_T4160RDB
298 bool "Support T4160RDB" 298 bool "Support T4160RDB"
299 select ARCH_T4160 299 select ARCH_T4160
300 select SUPPORT_SPL 300 select SUPPORT_SPL
301 select PHYS_64BIT 301 select PHYS_64BIT
302 302
303 config TARGET_T4240QDS 303 config TARGET_T4240QDS
304 bool "Support T4240QDS" 304 bool "Support T4240QDS"
305 select ARCH_T4240 305 select ARCH_T4240
306 select BOARD_LATE_INIT if CHAIN_OF_TRUST 306 select BOARD_LATE_INIT if CHAIN_OF_TRUST
307 select SUPPORT_SPL 307 select SUPPORT_SPL
308 select PHYS_64BIT 308 select PHYS_64BIT
309 309
310 config TARGET_T4240RDB 310 config TARGET_T4240RDB
311 bool "Support T4240RDB" 311 bool "Support T4240RDB"
312 select ARCH_T4240 312 select ARCH_T4240
313 select SUPPORT_SPL 313 select SUPPORT_SPL
314 select PHYS_64BIT 314 select PHYS_64BIT
315 315
316 config TARGET_CONTROLCENTERD 316 config TARGET_CONTROLCENTERD
317 bool "Support controlcenterd" 317 bool "Support controlcenterd"
318 select ARCH_P1022 318 select ARCH_P1022
319 319
320 config TARGET_KMP204X 320 config TARGET_KMP204X
321 bool "Support kmp204x" 321 bool "Support kmp204x"
322 select ARCH_P2041 322 select ARCH_P2041
323 select PHYS_64BIT 323 select PHYS_64BIT
324 324
325 config TARGET_XPEDITE520X 325 config TARGET_XPEDITE520X
326 bool "Support xpedite520x" 326 bool "Support xpedite520x"
327 select ARCH_MPC8548 327 select ARCH_MPC8548
328 328
329 config TARGET_XPEDITE537X 329 config TARGET_XPEDITE537X
330 bool "Support xpedite537x" 330 bool "Support xpedite537x"
331 select ARCH_MPC8572 331 select ARCH_MPC8572
332 # Use DDR3 controller with DDR2 DIMMs on this board 332 # Use DDR3 controller with DDR2 DIMMs on this board
333 select SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN3 333 select SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN3
334 334
335 config TARGET_XPEDITE550X 335 config TARGET_XPEDITE550X
336 bool "Support xpedite550x" 336 bool "Support xpedite550x"
337 select ARCH_P2020 337 select ARCH_P2020
338 338
339 config TARGET_UCP1020 339 config TARGET_UCP1020
340 bool "Support uCP1020" 340 bool "Support uCP1020"
341 select ARCH_P1020 341 select ARCH_P1020
342 342
343 config TARGET_CYRUS_P5020 343 config TARGET_CYRUS_P5020
344 bool "Support Varisys Cyrus P5020" 344 bool "Support Varisys Cyrus P5020"
345 select ARCH_P5020 345 select ARCH_P5020
346 select PHYS_64BIT 346 select PHYS_64BIT
347 347
348 config TARGET_CYRUS_P5040 348 config TARGET_CYRUS_P5040
349 bool "Support Varisys Cyrus P5040" 349 bool "Support Varisys Cyrus P5040"
350 select ARCH_P5040 350 select ARCH_P5040
351 select PHYS_64BIT 351 select PHYS_64BIT
352 352
353 endchoice 353 endchoice
354 354
355 config ARCH_B4420 355 config ARCH_B4420
356 bool 356 bool
357 select E500MC 357 select E500MC
358 select E6500 358 select E6500
359 select FSL_LAW 359 select FSL_LAW
360 select SYS_FSL_DDR_VER_47 360 select SYS_FSL_DDR_VER_47
361 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004477 361 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004477
362 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A005871 362 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A005871
363 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A006379 363 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A006379
364 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A006384 364 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A006384
365 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A006475 365 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A006475
366 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A006593 366 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A006593
367 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A007075 367 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A007075
368 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A007186 368 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A007186
369 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A007212 369 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A007212
370 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A009942 370 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A009942
371 select SYS_FSL_HAS_DDR3 371 select SYS_FSL_HAS_DDR3
372 select SYS_FSL_HAS_SEC 372 select SYS_FSL_HAS_SEC
373 select SYS_FSL_QORIQ_CHASSIS2 373 select SYS_FSL_QORIQ_CHASSIS2
374 select SYS_FSL_SEC_BE 374 select SYS_FSL_SEC_BE
375 select SYS_FSL_SEC_COMPAT_4 375 select SYS_FSL_SEC_COMPAT_4
376 select SYS_PPC64 376 select SYS_PPC64
377 select FSL_IFC 377 select FSL_IFC
378 378
379 config ARCH_B4860 379 config ARCH_B4860
380 bool 380 bool
381 select E500MC 381 select E500MC
382 select E6500 382 select E6500
383 select FSL_LAW 383 select FSL_LAW
384 select SYS_FSL_DDR_VER_47 384 select SYS_FSL_DDR_VER_47
385 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004477 385 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004477
386 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A005871 386 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A005871
387 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A006379 387 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A006379
388 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A006384 388 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A006384
389 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A006475 389 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A006475
390 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A006593 390 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A006593
391 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A007075 391 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A007075
392 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A007186 392 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A007186
393 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A007212 393 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A007212
394 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A007907 394 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A007907
395 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A009942 395 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A009942
396 select SYS_FSL_HAS_DDR3 396 select SYS_FSL_HAS_DDR3
397 select SYS_FSL_HAS_SEC 397 select SYS_FSL_HAS_SEC
398 select SYS_FSL_QORIQ_CHASSIS2 398 select SYS_FSL_QORIQ_CHASSIS2
399 select SYS_FSL_SEC_BE 399 select SYS_FSL_SEC_BE
400 select SYS_FSL_SEC_COMPAT_4 400 select SYS_FSL_SEC_COMPAT_4
401 select SYS_PPC64 401 select SYS_PPC64
402 select FSL_IFC 402 select FSL_IFC
403 403
404 config ARCH_BSC9131 404 config ARCH_BSC9131
405 bool 405 bool
406 select FSL_LAW 406 select FSL_LAW
407 select SYS_FSL_DDR_VER_44 407 select SYS_FSL_DDR_VER_44
408 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004477 408 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004477
409 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A005125 409 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A005125
410 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_ESDHC111 410 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_ESDHC111
411 select SYS_FSL_HAS_DDR3 411 select SYS_FSL_HAS_DDR3
412 select SYS_FSL_HAS_SEC 412 select SYS_FSL_HAS_SEC
413 select SYS_FSL_SEC_BE 413 select SYS_FSL_SEC_BE
414 select SYS_FSL_SEC_COMPAT_4 414 select SYS_FSL_SEC_COMPAT_4
415 select FSL_IFC 415 select FSL_IFC
416 416
417 config ARCH_BSC9132 417 config ARCH_BSC9132
418 bool 418 bool
419 select FSL_LAW 419 select FSL_LAW
420 select SYS_FSL_DDR_VER_46 420 select SYS_FSL_DDR_VER_46
421 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004477 421 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004477
422 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A005125 422 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A005125
423 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A005434 423 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A005434
424 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_ESDHC111 424 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_ESDHC111
425 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_I2C_A004447 425 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_I2C_A004447
426 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_IFC_A002769 426 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_IFC_A002769
427 select SYS_FSL_HAS_DDR3 427 select SYS_FSL_HAS_DDR3
428 select SYS_FSL_HAS_SEC 428 select SYS_FSL_HAS_SEC
429 select SYS_FSL_SEC_BE 429 select SYS_FSL_SEC_BE
430 select SYS_FSL_SEC_COMPAT_4 430 select SYS_FSL_SEC_COMPAT_4
431 select SYS_PPC_E500_USE_DEBUG_TLB 431 select SYS_PPC_E500_USE_DEBUG_TLB
432 select FSL_IFC 432 select FSL_IFC
433 433
434 config ARCH_C29X 434 config ARCH_C29X
435 bool 435 bool
436 select FSL_LAW 436 select FSL_LAW
437 select SYS_FSL_DDR_VER_46 437 select SYS_FSL_DDR_VER_46
438 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A005125 438 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A005125
439 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_ESDHC111 439 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_ESDHC111
440 select SYS_FSL_HAS_DDR3 440 select SYS_FSL_HAS_DDR3
441 select SYS_FSL_HAS_SEC 441 select SYS_FSL_HAS_SEC
442 select SYS_FSL_SEC_BE 442 select SYS_FSL_SEC_BE
443 select SYS_FSL_SEC_COMPAT_6 443 select SYS_FSL_SEC_COMPAT_6
444 select SYS_PPC_E500_USE_DEBUG_TLB 444 select SYS_PPC_E500_USE_DEBUG_TLB
445 select FSL_IFC 445 select FSL_IFC
446 446
447 config ARCH_MPC8536 447 config ARCH_MPC8536
448 bool 448 bool
449 select FSL_LAW 449 select FSL_LAW
450 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004508 450 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004508
451 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A005125 451 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A005125
452 select SYS_FSL_HAS_DDR2 452 select SYS_FSL_HAS_DDR2
453 select SYS_FSL_HAS_DDR3 453 select SYS_FSL_HAS_DDR3
454 select SYS_FSL_HAS_SEC 454 select SYS_FSL_HAS_SEC
455 select SYS_FSL_SEC_BE 455 select SYS_FSL_SEC_BE
456 select SYS_FSL_SEC_COMPAT_2 456 select SYS_FSL_SEC_COMPAT_2
457 select SYS_PPC_E500_USE_DEBUG_TLB 457 select SYS_PPC_E500_USE_DEBUG_TLB
458 select FSL_ELBC 458 select FSL_ELBC
459 459
460 config ARCH_MPC8540 460 config ARCH_MPC8540
461 bool 461 bool
462 select FSL_LAW 462 select FSL_LAW
463 select SYS_FSL_HAS_DDR1 463 select SYS_FSL_HAS_DDR1
464 464
465 config ARCH_MPC8541 465 config ARCH_MPC8541
466 bool 466 bool
467 select FSL_LAW 467 select FSL_LAW
468 select SYS_FSL_HAS_DDR1 468 select SYS_FSL_HAS_DDR1
469 select SYS_FSL_HAS_SEC 469 select SYS_FSL_HAS_SEC
470 select SYS_FSL_SEC_BE 470 select SYS_FSL_SEC_BE
471 select SYS_FSL_SEC_COMPAT_2 471 select SYS_FSL_SEC_COMPAT_2
472 472
473 config ARCH_MPC8544 473 config ARCH_MPC8544
474 bool 474 bool
475 select FSL_LAW 475 select FSL_LAW
476 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A005125 476 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A005125
477 select SYS_FSL_HAS_DDR2 477 select SYS_FSL_HAS_DDR2
478 select SYS_FSL_HAS_SEC 478 select SYS_FSL_HAS_SEC
479 select SYS_FSL_SEC_BE 479 select SYS_FSL_SEC_BE
480 select SYS_FSL_SEC_COMPAT_2 480 select SYS_FSL_SEC_COMPAT_2
481 select SYS_PPC_E500_USE_DEBUG_TLB 481 select SYS_PPC_E500_USE_DEBUG_TLB
482 select FSL_ELBC 482 select FSL_ELBC
483 483
484 config ARCH_MPC8548 484 config ARCH_MPC8548
485 bool 485 bool
486 select FSL_LAW 486 select FSL_LAW
487 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A005125 487 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A005125
488 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_NMG_DDR120 488 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_NMG_DDR120
489 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_NMG_LBC103 489 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_NMG_LBC103
490 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_NMG_ETSEC129 490 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_NMG_ETSEC129
491 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_I2C_A004447 491 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_I2C_A004447
492 select SYS_FSL_HAS_DDR2 492 select SYS_FSL_HAS_DDR2
493 select SYS_FSL_HAS_DDR1 493 select SYS_FSL_HAS_DDR1
494 select SYS_FSL_HAS_SEC 494 select SYS_FSL_HAS_SEC
495 select SYS_FSL_SEC_BE 495 select SYS_FSL_SEC_BE
496 select SYS_FSL_SEC_COMPAT_2 496 select SYS_FSL_SEC_COMPAT_2
497 select SYS_PPC_E500_USE_DEBUG_TLB 497 select SYS_PPC_E500_USE_DEBUG_TLB
498 498
499 config ARCH_MPC8555 499 config ARCH_MPC8555
500 bool 500 bool
501 select FSL_LAW 501 select FSL_LAW
502 select SYS_FSL_HAS_DDR1 502 select SYS_FSL_HAS_DDR1
503 select SYS_FSL_HAS_SEC 503 select SYS_FSL_HAS_SEC
504 select SYS_FSL_SEC_BE 504 select SYS_FSL_SEC_BE
505 select SYS_FSL_SEC_COMPAT_2 505 select SYS_FSL_SEC_COMPAT_2
506 506
507 config ARCH_MPC8560 507 config ARCH_MPC8560
508 bool 508 bool
509 select FSL_LAW 509 select FSL_LAW
510 select SYS_FSL_HAS_DDR1 510 select SYS_FSL_HAS_DDR1
511 511
512 config ARCH_MPC8568 512 config ARCH_MPC8568
513 bool 513 bool
514 select FSL_LAW 514 select FSL_LAW
515 select SYS_FSL_HAS_DDR2 515 select SYS_FSL_HAS_DDR2
516 select SYS_FSL_HAS_SEC 516 select SYS_FSL_HAS_SEC
517 select SYS_FSL_SEC_BE 517 select SYS_FSL_SEC_BE
518 select SYS_FSL_SEC_COMPAT_2 518 select SYS_FSL_SEC_COMPAT_2
519 519
520 config ARCH_MPC8569 520 config ARCH_MPC8569
521 bool 521 bool
522 select FSL_LAW 522 select FSL_LAW
523 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004508 523 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004508
524 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A005125 524 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A005125
525 select SYS_FSL_HAS_DDR3 525 select SYS_FSL_HAS_DDR3
526 select SYS_FSL_HAS_SEC 526 select SYS_FSL_HAS_SEC
527 select SYS_FSL_SEC_BE 527 select SYS_FSL_SEC_BE
528 select SYS_FSL_SEC_COMPAT_2 528 select SYS_FSL_SEC_COMPAT_2
529 select FSL_ELBC 529 select FSL_ELBC
530 530
531 config ARCH_MPC8572 531 config ARCH_MPC8572
532 bool 532 bool
533 select FSL_LAW 533 select FSL_LAW
534 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004508 534 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004508
535 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A005125 535 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A005125
536 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_DDR_115 536 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_DDR_115
537 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_DDR111_DDR134 537 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_DDR111_DDR134
538 select SYS_FSL_HAS_DDR2 538 select SYS_FSL_HAS_DDR2
539 select SYS_FSL_HAS_DDR3 539 select SYS_FSL_HAS_DDR3
540 select SYS_FSL_HAS_SEC 540 select SYS_FSL_HAS_SEC
541 select SYS_FSL_SEC_BE 541 select SYS_FSL_SEC_BE
542 select SYS_FSL_SEC_COMPAT_2 542 select SYS_FSL_SEC_COMPAT_2
543 select SYS_PPC_E500_USE_DEBUG_TLB 543 select SYS_PPC_E500_USE_DEBUG_TLB
544 select FSL_ELBC 544 select FSL_ELBC
545 545
546 config ARCH_P1010 546 config ARCH_P1010
547 bool 547 bool
548 select FSL_LAW 548 select FSL_LAW
549 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004477 549 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004477
550 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004508 550 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004508
551 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A005125 551 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A005125
552 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A006261 552 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A006261
553 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A007075 553 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A007075
554 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_ESDHC111 554 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_ESDHC111
555 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_I2C_A004447 555 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_I2C_A004447
556 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_IFC_A002769 556 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_IFC_A002769
557 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_P1010_A003549 557 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_P1010_A003549
558 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_SEC_A003571 558 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_SEC_A003571
559 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_IFC_A003399 559 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_IFC_A003399
560 select SYS_FSL_HAS_DDR3 560 select SYS_FSL_HAS_DDR3
561 select SYS_FSL_HAS_SEC 561 select SYS_FSL_HAS_SEC
562 select SYS_FSL_SEC_BE 562 select SYS_FSL_SEC_BE
563 select SYS_FSL_SEC_COMPAT_4 563 select SYS_FSL_SEC_COMPAT_4
564 select SYS_PPC_E500_USE_DEBUG_TLB 564 select SYS_PPC_E500_USE_DEBUG_TLB
565 select FSL_IFC 565 select FSL_IFC
566 566
567 config ARCH_P1011 567 config ARCH_P1011
568 bool 568 bool
569 select FSL_LAW 569 select FSL_LAW
570 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004508 570 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004508
571 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A005125 571 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A005125
572 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_ELBC_A001 572 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_ELBC_A001
573 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_ESDHC111 573 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_ESDHC111
574 select SYS_FSL_HAS_DDR3 574 select SYS_FSL_HAS_DDR3
575 select SYS_FSL_HAS_SEC 575 select SYS_FSL_HAS_SEC
576 select SYS_FSL_SEC_BE 576 select SYS_FSL_SEC_BE
577 select SYS_FSL_SEC_COMPAT_2 577 select SYS_FSL_SEC_COMPAT_2
578 select SYS_PPC_E500_USE_DEBUG_TLB 578 select SYS_PPC_E500_USE_DEBUG_TLB
579 select FSL_ELBC 579 select FSL_ELBC
580 580
581 config ARCH_P1020 581 config ARCH_P1020
582 bool 582 bool
583 select FSL_LAW 583 select FSL_LAW
584 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004508 584 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004508
585 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A005125 585 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A005125
586 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_ELBC_A001 586 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_ELBC_A001
587 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_ESDHC111 587 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_ESDHC111
588 select SYS_FSL_HAS_DDR3 588 select SYS_FSL_HAS_DDR3
589 select SYS_FSL_HAS_SEC 589 select SYS_FSL_HAS_SEC
590 select SYS_FSL_SEC_BE 590 select SYS_FSL_SEC_BE
591 select SYS_FSL_SEC_COMPAT_2 591 select SYS_FSL_SEC_COMPAT_2
592 select SYS_PPC_E500_USE_DEBUG_TLB 592 select SYS_PPC_E500_USE_DEBUG_TLB
593 select FSL_ELBC 593 select FSL_ELBC
594 594
595 config ARCH_P1021 595 config ARCH_P1021
596 bool 596 bool
597 select FSL_LAW 597 select FSL_LAW
598 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004508 598 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004508
599 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A005125 599 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A005125
600 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_ELBC_A001 600 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_ELBC_A001
601 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_ESDHC111 601 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_ESDHC111
602 select SYS_FSL_HAS_DDR3 602 select SYS_FSL_HAS_DDR3
603 select SYS_FSL_HAS_SEC 603 select SYS_FSL_HAS_SEC
604 select SYS_FSL_SEC_BE 604 select SYS_FSL_SEC_BE
605 select SYS_FSL_SEC_COMPAT_2 605 select SYS_FSL_SEC_COMPAT_2
606 select SYS_PPC_E500_USE_DEBUG_TLB 606 select SYS_PPC_E500_USE_DEBUG_TLB
607 select FSL_ELBC 607 select FSL_ELBC
608 608
609 config ARCH_P1022 609 config ARCH_P1022
610 bool 610 bool
611 select FSL_LAW 611 select FSL_LAW
612 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004477 612 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004477
613 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004508 613 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004508
614 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A005125 614 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A005125
615 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_ELBC_A001 615 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_ELBC_A001
616 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_ESDHC111 616 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_ESDHC111
617 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_SATA_A001 617 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_SATA_A001
618 select SYS_FSL_HAS_DDR3 618 select SYS_FSL_HAS_DDR3
619 select SYS_FSL_HAS_SEC 619 select SYS_FSL_HAS_SEC
620 select SYS_FSL_SEC_BE 620 select SYS_FSL_SEC_BE
621 select SYS_FSL_SEC_COMPAT_2 621 select SYS_FSL_SEC_COMPAT_2
622 select SYS_PPC_E500_USE_DEBUG_TLB 622 select SYS_PPC_E500_USE_DEBUG_TLB
623 select FSL_ELBC 623 select FSL_ELBC
624 624
625 config ARCH_P1023 625 config ARCH_P1023
626 bool 626 bool
627 select FSL_LAW 627 select FSL_LAW
628 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004508 628 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004508
629 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A005125 629 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A005125
630 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_I2C_A004447 630 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_I2C_A004447
631 select SYS_FSL_HAS_DDR3 631 select SYS_FSL_HAS_DDR3
632 select SYS_FSL_HAS_SEC 632 select SYS_FSL_HAS_SEC
633 select SYS_FSL_SEC_BE 633 select SYS_FSL_SEC_BE
634 select SYS_FSL_SEC_COMPAT_4 634 select SYS_FSL_SEC_COMPAT_4
635 select FSL_ELBC 635 select FSL_ELBC
636 636
637 config ARCH_P1024 637 config ARCH_P1024
638 bool 638 bool
639 select FSL_LAW 639 select FSL_LAW
640 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004508 640 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004508
641 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A005125 641 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A005125
642 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_ELBC_A001 642 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_ELBC_A001
643 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_ESDHC111 643 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_ESDHC111
644 select SYS_FSL_HAS_DDR3 644 select SYS_FSL_HAS_DDR3
645 select SYS_FSL_HAS_SEC 645 select SYS_FSL_HAS_SEC
646 select SYS_FSL_SEC_BE 646 select SYS_FSL_SEC_BE
647 select SYS_FSL_SEC_COMPAT_2 647 select SYS_FSL_SEC_COMPAT_2
648 select SYS_PPC_E500_USE_DEBUG_TLB 648 select SYS_PPC_E500_USE_DEBUG_TLB
649 select FSL_ELBC 649 select FSL_ELBC
650 650
651 config ARCH_P1025 651 config ARCH_P1025
652 bool 652 bool
653 select FSL_LAW 653 select FSL_LAW
654 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004508 654 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004508
655 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A005125 655 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A005125
656 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_ELBC_A001 656 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_ELBC_A001
657 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_ESDHC111 657 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_ESDHC111
658 select SYS_FSL_HAS_DDR3 658 select SYS_FSL_HAS_DDR3
659 select SYS_FSL_HAS_SEC 659 select SYS_FSL_HAS_SEC
660 select SYS_FSL_SEC_BE 660 select SYS_FSL_SEC_BE
661 select SYS_FSL_SEC_COMPAT_2 661 select SYS_FSL_SEC_COMPAT_2
662 select SYS_PPC_E500_USE_DEBUG_TLB 662 select SYS_PPC_E500_USE_DEBUG_TLB
663 select FSL_ELBC 663 select FSL_ELBC
664 664
665 config ARCH_P2020 665 config ARCH_P2020
666 bool 666 bool
667 select FSL_LAW 667 select FSL_LAW
668 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004477 668 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004477
669 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004508 669 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004508
670 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A005125 670 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A005125
671 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_ESDHC111 671 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_ESDHC111
672 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_ESDHC_A001 672 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_ESDHC_A001
673 select SYS_FSL_HAS_DDR3 673 select SYS_FSL_HAS_DDR3
674 select SYS_FSL_HAS_SEC 674 select SYS_FSL_HAS_SEC
675 select SYS_FSL_SEC_BE 675 select SYS_FSL_SEC_BE
676 select SYS_FSL_SEC_COMPAT_2 676 select SYS_FSL_SEC_COMPAT_2
677 select SYS_PPC_E500_USE_DEBUG_TLB 677 select SYS_PPC_E500_USE_DEBUG_TLB
678 select FSL_ELBC 678 select FSL_ELBC
679 679
680 config ARCH_P2041 680 config ARCH_P2041
681 bool 681 bool
682 select E500MC 682 select E500MC
683 select FSL_LAW 683 select FSL_LAW
684 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510 684 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510
685 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004849 685 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004849
686 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A006261 686 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A006261
687 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_CPU_A003999 687 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_CPU_A003999
688 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_DDR_A003 688 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_DDR_A003
689 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_DDR_A003474 689 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_DDR_A003474
690 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_ESDHC111 690 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_ESDHC111
691 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_I2C_A004447 691 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_I2C_A004447
692 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_NMG_CPU_A011 692 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_NMG_CPU_A011
693 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_SRIO_A004034 693 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_SRIO_A004034
694 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_USB14 694 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_USB14
695 select SYS_FSL_HAS_DDR3 695 select SYS_FSL_HAS_DDR3
696 select SYS_FSL_HAS_SEC 696 select SYS_FSL_HAS_SEC
697 select SYS_FSL_QORIQ_CHASSIS1 697 select SYS_FSL_QORIQ_CHASSIS1
698 select SYS_FSL_SEC_BE 698 select SYS_FSL_SEC_BE
699 select SYS_FSL_SEC_COMPAT_4 699 select SYS_FSL_SEC_COMPAT_4
700 select FSL_ELBC 700 select FSL_ELBC
701 701
702 config ARCH_P3041 702 config ARCH_P3041
703 bool 703 bool
704 select E500MC 704 select E500MC
705 select FSL_LAW 705 select FSL_LAW
706 select SYS_FSL_DDR_VER_44 706 select SYS_FSL_DDR_VER_44
707 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510 707 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510
708 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004849 708 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004849
709 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A005812 709 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A005812
710 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A006261 710 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A006261
711 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_CPU_A003999 711 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_CPU_A003999
712 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_DDR_A003 712 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_DDR_A003
713 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_DDR_A003474 713 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_DDR_A003474
714 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_ESDHC111 714 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_ESDHC111
715 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_I2C_A004447 715 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_I2C_A004447
716 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_NMG_CPU_A011 716 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_NMG_CPU_A011
717 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_SRIO_A004034 717 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_SRIO_A004034
718 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_USB14 718 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_USB14
719 select SYS_FSL_HAS_DDR3 719 select SYS_FSL_HAS_DDR3
720 select SYS_FSL_HAS_SEC 720 select SYS_FSL_HAS_SEC
721 select SYS_FSL_QORIQ_CHASSIS1 721 select SYS_FSL_QORIQ_CHASSIS1
722 select SYS_FSL_SEC_BE 722 select SYS_FSL_SEC_BE
723 select SYS_FSL_SEC_COMPAT_4 723 select SYS_FSL_SEC_COMPAT_4
724 select FSL_ELBC 724 select FSL_ELBC
725 725
726 config ARCH_P4080 726 config ARCH_P4080
727 bool 727 bool
728 select E500MC 728 select E500MC
729 select FSL_LAW 729 select FSL_LAW
730 select SYS_FSL_DDR_VER_44 730 select SYS_FSL_DDR_VER_44
731 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510 731 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510
732 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004580 732 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004580
733 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004849 733 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004849
734 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A005812 734 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A005812
735 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A007075 735 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A007075
736 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_CPC_A002 736 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_CPC_A002
737 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_CPC_A003 737 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_CPC_A003
738 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_CPU_A003999 738 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_CPU_A003999
739 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_DDR_A003 739 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_DDR_A003
740 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_DDR_A003474 740 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_DDR_A003474
741 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_ELBC_A001 741 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_ELBC_A001
742 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_ESDHC111 742 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_ESDHC111
743 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_ESDHC13 743 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_ESDHC13
744 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_ESDHC135 744 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_ESDHC135
745 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_I2C_A004447 745 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_I2C_A004447
746 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_NMG_CPU_A011 746 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_NMG_CPU_A011
747 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_SRIO_A004034 747 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_SRIO_A004034
748 select SYS_P4080_ERRATUM_CPU22 748 select SYS_P4080_ERRATUM_CPU22
749 select SYS_P4080_ERRATUM_PCIE_A003 749 select SYS_P4080_ERRATUM_PCIE_A003
750 select SYS_P4080_ERRATUM_SERDES8 750 select SYS_P4080_ERRATUM_SERDES8
751 select SYS_P4080_ERRATUM_SERDES9 751 select SYS_P4080_ERRATUM_SERDES9
752 select SYS_P4080_ERRATUM_SERDES_A001 752 select SYS_P4080_ERRATUM_SERDES_A001
753 select SYS_P4080_ERRATUM_SERDES_A005 753 select SYS_P4080_ERRATUM_SERDES_A005
754 select SYS_FSL_HAS_DDR3 754 select SYS_FSL_HAS_DDR3
755 select SYS_FSL_HAS_SEC 755 select SYS_FSL_HAS_SEC
756 select SYS_FSL_QORIQ_CHASSIS1 756 select SYS_FSL_QORIQ_CHASSIS1
757 select SYS_FSL_SEC_BE 757 select SYS_FSL_SEC_BE
758 select SYS_FSL_SEC_COMPAT_4 758 select SYS_FSL_SEC_COMPAT_4
759 select FSL_ELBC 759 select FSL_ELBC
760 760
761 config ARCH_P5020 761 config ARCH_P5020
762 bool 762 bool
763 select E500MC 763 select E500MC
764 select FSL_LAW 764 select FSL_LAW
765 select SYS_FSL_DDR_VER_44 765 select SYS_FSL_DDR_VER_44
766 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510 766 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510
767 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A006261 767 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A006261
768 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_DDR_A003 768 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_DDR_A003
769 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_DDR_A003474 769 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_DDR_A003474
770 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_ESDHC111 770 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_ESDHC111
771 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_I2C_A004447 771 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_I2C_A004447
772 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_SRIO_A004034 772 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_SRIO_A004034
773 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_USB14 773 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_USB14
774 select SYS_FSL_HAS_DDR3 774 select SYS_FSL_HAS_DDR3
775 select SYS_FSL_HAS_SEC 775 select SYS_FSL_HAS_SEC
776 select SYS_FSL_QORIQ_CHASSIS1 776 select SYS_FSL_QORIQ_CHASSIS1
777 select SYS_FSL_SEC_BE 777 select SYS_FSL_SEC_BE
778 select SYS_FSL_SEC_COMPAT_4 778 select SYS_FSL_SEC_COMPAT_4
779 select SYS_PPC64 779 select SYS_PPC64
780 select FSL_ELBC 780 select FSL_ELBC
781 781
782 config ARCH_P5040 782 config ARCH_P5040
783 bool 783 bool
784 select E500MC 784 select E500MC
785 select FSL_LAW 785 select FSL_LAW
786 select SYS_FSL_DDR_VER_44 786 select SYS_FSL_DDR_VER_44
787 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510 787 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510
788 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004699 788 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004699
789 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A005812 789 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A005812
790 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A006261 790 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A006261
791 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_DDR_A003 791 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_DDR_A003
792 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_DDR_A003474 792 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_DDR_A003474
793 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_ESDHC111 793 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_ESDHC111
794 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_USB14 794 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_USB14
795 select SYS_FSL_HAS_DDR3 795 select SYS_FSL_HAS_DDR3
796 select SYS_FSL_HAS_SEC 796 select SYS_FSL_HAS_SEC
797 select SYS_FSL_QORIQ_CHASSIS1 797 select SYS_FSL_QORIQ_CHASSIS1
798 select SYS_FSL_SEC_BE 798 select SYS_FSL_SEC_BE
799 select SYS_FSL_SEC_COMPAT_4 799 select SYS_FSL_SEC_COMPAT_4
800 select SYS_PPC64 800 select SYS_PPC64
801 select FSL_ELBC 801 select FSL_ELBC
802 802
803 config ARCH_QEMU_E500 803 config ARCH_QEMU_E500
804 bool 804 bool
805 805
806 config ARCH_T1023 806 config ARCH_T1023
807 bool 807 bool
808 select E500MC 808 select E500MC
809 select FSL_LAW 809 select FSL_LAW
810 select SYS_FSL_DDR_VER_50 810 select SYS_FSL_DDR_VER_50
811 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A008378 811 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A008378
812 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A009663 812 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A009663
813 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A009942 813 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A009942
814 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_ESDHC111 814 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_ESDHC111
815 select SYS_FSL_HAS_DDR3 815 select SYS_FSL_HAS_DDR3
816 select SYS_FSL_HAS_DDR4 816 select SYS_FSL_HAS_DDR4
817 select SYS_FSL_HAS_SEC 817 select SYS_FSL_HAS_SEC
818 select SYS_FSL_QORIQ_CHASSIS2 818 select SYS_FSL_QORIQ_CHASSIS2
819 select SYS_FSL_SEC_BE 819 select SYS_FSL_SEC_BE
820 select SYS_FSL_SEC_COMPAT_5 820 select SYS_FSL_SEC_COMPAT_5
821 select FSL_IFC 821 select FSL_IFC
822 822
823 config ARCH_T1024 823 config ARCH_T1024
824 bool 824 bool
825 select E500MC 825 select E500MC
826 select FSL_LAW 826 select FSL_LAW
827 select SYS_FSL_DDR_VER_50 827 select SYS_FSL_DDR_VER_50
828 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A008378 828 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A008378
829 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A009663 829 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A009663
830 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A009942 830 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A009942
831 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_ESDHC111 831 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_ESDHC111
832 select SYS_FSL_HAS_DDR3 832 select SYS_FSL_HAS_DDR3
833 select SYS_FSL_HAS_DDR4 833 select SYS_FSL_HAS_DDR4
834 select SYS_FSL_HAS_SEC 834 select SYS_FSL_HAS_SEC
835 select SYS_FSL_QORIQ_CHASSIS2 835 select SYS_FSL_QORIQ_CHASSIS2
836 select SYS_FSL_SEC_BE 836 select SYS_FSL_SEC_BE
837 select SYS_FSL_SEC_COMPAT_5 837 select SYS_FSL_SEC_COMPAT_5
838 select FSL_IFC 838 select FSL_IFC
839 839
840 config ARCH_T1040 840 config ARCH_T1040
841 bool 841 bool
842 select E500MC 842 select E500MC
843 select FSL_LAW 843 select FSL_LAW
844 select SYS_FSL_DDR_VER_50 844 select SYS_FSL_DDR_VER_50
845 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A008044 845 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A008044
846 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A008378 846 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A008378
847 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A009663 847 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A009663
848 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A009942 848 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A009942
849 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_ESDHC111 849 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_ESDHC111
850 select SYS_FSL_HAS_DDR3 850 select SYS_FSL_HAS_DDR3
851 select SYS_FSL_HAS_DDR4 851 select SYS_FSL_HAS_DDR4
852 select SYS_FSL_HAS_SEC 852 select SYS_FSL_HAS_SEC
853 select SYS_FSL_QORIQ_CHASSIS2 853 select SYS_FSL_QORIQ_CHASSIS2
854 select SYS_FSL_SEC_BE 854 select SYS_FSL_SEC_BE
855 select SYS_FSL_SEC_COMPAT_5 855 select SYS_FSL_SEC_COMPAT_5
856 select FSL_IFC 856 select FSL_IFC
857 857
858 config ARCH_T1042 858 config ARCH_T1042
859 bool 859 bool
860 select E500MC 860 select E500MC
861 select FSL_LAW 861 select FSL_LAW
862 select SYS_FSL_DDR_VER_50 862 select SYS_FSL_DDR_VER_50
863 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A008044 863 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A008044
864 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A008378 864 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A008378
865 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A009663 865 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A009663
866 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A009942 866 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A009942
867 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_ESDHC111 867 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_ESDHC111
868 select SYS_FSL_HAS_DDR3 868 select SYS_FSL_HAS_DDR3
869 select SYS_FSL_HAS_DDR4 869 select SYS_FSL_HAS_DDR4
870 select SYS_FSL_HAS_SEC 870 select SYS_FSL_HAS_SEC
871 select SYS_FSL_QORIQ_CHASSIS2 871 select SYS_FSL_QORIQ_CHASSIS2
872 select SYS_FSL_SEC_BE 872 select SYS_FSL_SEC_BE
873 select SYS_FSL_SEC_COMPAT_5 873 select SYS_FSL_SEC_COMPAT_5
874 select FSL_IFC 874 select FSL_IFC
875 875
876 config ARCH_T2080 876 config ARCH_T2080
877 bool 877 bool
878 select E500MC 878 select E500MC
879 select E6500 879 select E6500
880 select FSL_LAW 880 select FSL_LAW
881 select SYS_FSL_DDR_VER_47 881 select SYS_FSL_DDR_VER_47
882 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A006379 882 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A006379
883 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A006593 883 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A006593
884 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A007186 884 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A007186
885 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A007212 885 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A007212
886 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A007815 886 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A007815
887 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A007907 887 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A007907
888 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A009942 888 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A009942
889 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_ESDHC111 889 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_ESDHC111
890 select SYS_FSL_HAS_DDR3 890 select SYS_FSL_HAS_DDR3
891 select SYS_FSL_HAS_SEC 891 select SYS_FSL_HAS_SEC
892 select SYS_FSL_QORIQ_CHASSIS2 892 select SYS_FSL_QORIQ_CHASSIS2
893 select SYS_FSL_SEC_BE 893 select SYS_FSL_SEC_BE
894 select SYS_FSL_SEC_COMPAT_4 894 select SYS_FSL_SEC_COMPAT_4
895 select SYS_PPC64 895 select SYS_PPC64
896 select FSL_IFC 896 select FSL_IFC
897 897
898 config ARCH_T2081 898 config ARCH_T2081
899 bool 899 bool
900 select E500MC 900 select E500MC
901 select E6500 901 select E6500
902 select FSL_LAW 902 select FSL_LAW
903 select SYS_FSL_DDR_VER_47 903 select SYS_FSL_DDR_VER_47
904 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A006379 904 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A006379
905 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A006593 905 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A006593
906 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A007186 906 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A007186
907 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A007212 907 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A007212
908 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A009942 908 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A009942
909 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_ESDHC111 909 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_ESDHC111
910 select SYS_FSL_HAS_DDR3 910 select SYS_FSL_HAS_DDR3
911 select SYS_FSL_HAS_SEC 911 select SYS_FSL_HAS_SEC
912 select SYS_FSL_QORIQ_CHASSIS2 912 select SYS_FSL_QORIQ_CHASSIS2
913 select SYS_FSL_SEC_BE 913 select SYS_FSL_SEC_BE
914 select SYS_FSL_SEC_COMPAT_4 914 select SYS_FSL_SEC_COMPAT_4
915 select SYS_PPC64 915 select SYS_PPC64
916 select FSL_IFC 916 select FSL_IFC
917 917
918 config ARCH_T4160 918 config ARCH_T4160
919 bool 919 bool
920 select E500MC 920 select E500MC
921 select E6500 921 select E6500
922 select FSL_LAW 922 select FSL_LAW
923 select SYS_FSL_DDR_VER_47 923 select SYS_FSL_DDR_VER_47
924 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004468 924 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004468
925 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A005871 925 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A005871
926 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A006379 926 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A006379
927 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A006593 927 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A006593
928 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A007186 928 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A007186
929 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A007798 929 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A007798
930 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A009942 930 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A009942
931 select SYS_FSL_HAS_DDR3 931 select SYS_FSL_HAS_DDR3
932 select SYS_FSL_HAS_SEC 932 select SYS_FSL_HAS_SEC
933 select SYS_FSL_QORIQ_CHASSIS2 933 select SYS_FSL_QORIQ_CHASSIS2
934 select SYS_FSL_SEC_BE 934 select SYS_FSL_SEC_BE
935 select SYS_FSL_SEC_COMPAT_4 935 select SYS_FSL_SEC_COMPAT_4
936 select SYS_PPC64 936 select SYS_PPC64
937 select FSL_IFC 937 select FSL_IFC
938 938
939 config ARCH_T4240 939 config ARCH_T4240
940 bool 940 bool
941 select E500MC 941 select E500MC
942 select E6500 942 select E6500
943 select FSL_LAW 943 select FSL_LAW
944 select SYS_FSL_DDR_VER_47 944 select SYS_FSL_DDR_VER_47
945 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004468 945 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004468
946 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A005871 946 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A005871
947 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A006261 947 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A006261
948 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A006379 948 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A006379
949 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A006593 949 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A006593
950 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A007186 950 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A007186
951 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A007798 951 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A007798
952 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A007815 952 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A007815
953 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A007907 953 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A007907
954 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A009942 954 select SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A009942
955 select SYS_FSL_HAS_DDR3 955 select SYS_FSL_HAS_DDR3
956 select SYS_FSL_HAS_SEC 956 select SYS_FSL_HAS_SEC
957 select SYS_FSL_QORIQ_CHASSIS2 957 select SYS_FSL_QORIQ_CHASSIS2
958 select SYS_FSL_SEC_BE 958 select SYS_FSL_SEC_BE
959 select SYS_FSL_SEC_COMPAT_4 959 select SYS_FSL_SEC_COMPAT_4
960 select SYS_PPC64 960 select SYS_PPC64
961 select FSL_IFC 961 select FSL_IFC
962 962
963 config BOOKE 963 config BOOKE
964 bool 964 bool
965 default y 965 default y
966 966
967 config E500 967 config E500
968 bool 968 bool
969 default y 969 default y
970 help 970 help
971 Enable PowerPC E500 cores, including e500v1, e500v2, e500mc 971 Enable PowerPC E500 cores, including e500v1, e500v2, e500mc
972 972
973 config E500MC 973 config E500MC
974 bool 974 bool
975 help 975 help
976 Enble PowerPC E500MC core 976 Enble PowerPC E500MC core
977 977
978 config E6500 978 config E6500
979 bool 979 bool
980 help 980 help
981 Enable PowerPC E6500 core 981 Enable PowerPC E6500 core
982 982
983 config FSL_LAW 983 config FSL_LAW
984 bool 984 bool
985 help 985 help
986 Use Freescale common code for Local Access Window 986 Use Freescale common code for Local Access Window
987 987
988 config SECURE_BOOT 988 config SECURE_BOOT
989 bool "Secure Boot" 989 bool "Secure Boot"
990 help 990 help
991 Enable Freescale Secure Boot feature. Normally selected 991 Enable Freescale Secure Boot feature. Normally selected
992 by defconfig. If unsure, do not change. 992 by defconfig. If unsure, do not change.
993 993
994 config MAX_CPUS 994 config MAX_CPUS
995 int "Maximum number of CPUs permitted for MPC85xx" 995 int "Maximum number of CPUs permitted for MPC85xx"
996 default 12 if ARCH_T4240 996 default 12 if ARCH_T4240
997 default 8 if ARCH_P4080 || \ 997 default 8 if ARCH_P4080 || \
998 ARCH_T4160 998 ARCH_T4160
999 default 4 if ARCH_B4860 || \ 999 default 4 if ARCH_B4860 || \
1000 ARCH_P2041 || \ 1000 ARCH_P2041 || \
1001 ARCH_P3041 || \ 1001 ARCH_P3041 || \
1002 ARCH_P5040 || \ 1002 ARCH_P5040 || \
1003 ARCH_T1040 || \ 1003 ARCH_T1040 || \
1004 ARCH_T1042 || \ 1004 ARCH_T1042 || \
1005 ARCH_T2080 || \ 1005 ARCH_T2080 || \
1006 ARCH_T2081 1006 ARCH_T2081
1007 default 2 if ARCH_B4420 || \ 1007 default 2 if ARCH_B4420 || \
1008 ARCH_BSC9132 || \ 1008 ARCH_BSC9132 || \
1009 ARCH_MPC8572 || \ 1009 ARCH_MPC8572 || \
1010 ARCH_P1020 || \ 1010 ARCH_P1020 || \
1011 ARCH_P1021 || \ 1011 ARCH_P1021 || \
1012 ARCH_P1022 || \ 1012 ARCH_P1022 || \
1013 ARCH_P1023 || \ 1013 ARCH_P1023 || \
1014 ARCH_P1024 || \ 1014 ARCH_P1024 || \
1015 ARCH_P1025 || \ 1015 ARCH_P1025 || \
1016 ARCH_P2020 || \ 1016 ARCH_P2020 || \
1017 ARCH_P5020 || \ 1017 ARCH_P5020 || \
1018 ARCH_T1023 || \ 1018 ARCH_T1023 || \
1019 ARCH_T1024 1019 ARCH_T1024
1020 default 1 1020 default 1
1021 help 1021 help
1022 Set this number to the maximum number of possible CPUs in the SoC. 1022 Set this number to the maximum number of possible CPUs in the SoC.
1023 SoCs may have multiple clusters with each cluster may have multiple 1023 SoCs may have multiple clusters with each cluster may have multiple
1024 ports. If some ports are reserved but higher ports are used for 1024 ports. If some ports are reserved but higher ports are used for
1025 cores, count the reserved ports. This will allocate enough memory 1025 cores, count the reserved ports. This will allocate enough memory
1026 in spin table to properly handle all cores. 1026 in spin table to properly handle all cores.
1027 1027
1028 config SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT 1028 config SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT
1029 hex "Default CCSRBAR address" 1029 hex "Default CCSRBAR address"
1030 default 0xff700000 if ARCH_BSC9131 || \ 1030 default 0xff700000 if ARCH_BSC9131 || \
1031 ARCH_BSC9132 || \ 1031 ARCH_BSC9132 || \
1032 ARCH_C29X || \ 1032 ARCH_C29X || \
1033 ARCH_MPC8536 || \ 1033 ARCH_MPC8536 || \
1034 ARCH_MPC8540 || \ 1034 ARCH_MPC8540 || \
1035 ARCH_MPC8541 || \ 1035 ARCH_MPC8541 || \
1036 ARCH_MPC8544 || \ 1036 ARCH_MPC8544 || \
1037 ARCH_MPC8548 || \ 1037 ARCH_MPC8548 || \
1038 ARCH_MPC8555 || \ 1038 ARCH_MPC8555 || \
1039 ARCH_MPC8560 || \ 1039 ARCH_MPC8560 || \
1040 ARCH_MPC8568 || \ 1040 ARCH_MPC8568 || \
1041 ARCH_MPC8569 || \ 1041 ARCH_MPC8569 || \
1042 ARCH_MPC8572 || \ 1042 ARCH_MPC8572 || \
1043 ARCH_P1010 || \ 1043 ARCH_P1010 || \
1044 ARCH_P1011 || \ 1044 ARCH_P1011 || \
1045 ARCH_P1020 || \ 1045 ARCH_P1020 || \
1046 ARCH_P1021 || \ 1046 ARCH_P1021 || \
1047 ARCH_P1022 || \ 1047 ARCH_P1022 || \
1048 ARCH_P1024 || \ 1048 ARCH_P1024 || \
1049 ARCH_P1025 || \ 1049 ARCH_P1025 || \
1050 ARCH_P2020 1050 ARCH_P2020
1051 default 0xff600000 if ARCH_P1023 1051 default 0xff600000 if ARCH_P1023
1052 default 0xfe000000 if ARCH_B4420 || \ 1052 default 0xfe000000 if ARCH_B4420 || \
1053 ARCH_B4860 || \ 1053 ARCH_B4860 || \
1054 ARCH_P2041 || \ 1054 ARCH_P2041 || \
1055 ARCH_P3041 || \ 1055 ARCH_P3041 || \
1056 ARCH_P4080 || \ 1056 ARCH_P4080 || \
1057 ARCH_P5020 || \ 1057 ARCH_P5020 || \
1058 ARCH_P5040 || \ 1058 ARCH_P5040 || \
1059 ARCH_T1023 || \ 1059 ARCH_T1023 || \
1060 ARCH_T1024 || \ 1060 ARCH_T1024 || \
1061 ARCH_T1040 || \ 1061 ARCH_T1040 || \
1062 ARCH_T1042 || \ 1062 ARCH_T1042 || \
1063 ARCH_T2080 || \ 1063 ARCH_T2080 || \
1064 ARCH_T2081 || \ 1064 ARCH_T2081 || \
1065 ARCH_T4160 || \ 1065 ARCH_T4160 || \
1066 ARCH_T4240 1066 ARCH_T4240
1067 default 0xe0000000 if ARCH_QEMU_E500 1067 default 0xe0000000 if ARCH_QEMU_E500
1068 help 1068 help
1069 Default value of CCSRBAR comes from power-on-reset. It 1069 Default value of CCSRBAR comes from power-on-reset. It
1070 is fixed on each SoC. Some SoCs can have different value 1070 is fixed on each SoC. Some SoCs can have different value
1071 if changed by pre-boot regime. The value here must match 1071 if changed by pre-boot regime. The value here must match
1072 the current value in SoC. If not sure, do not change. 1072 the current value in SoC. If not sure, do not change.
1073 1073
1074 config SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004468 1074 config SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004468
1075 bool 1075 bool
1076 1076
1077 config SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004477 1077 config SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004477
1078 bool 1078 bool
1079 1079
1080 config SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004508 1080 config SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004508
1081 bool 1081 bool
1082 1082
1083 config SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004580 1083 config SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004580
1084 bool 1084 bool
1085 1085
1086 config SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004699 1086 config SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004699
1087 bool 1087 bool
1088 1088
1089 config SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004849 1089 config SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004849
1090 bool 1090 bool
1091 1091
1092 config SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510 1092 config SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510
1093 bool 1093 bool
1094 1094
1095 config SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV 1095 config SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV
1096 hex 1096 hex
1097 depends on SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510 1097 depends on SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510
1098 default 0x20 if ARCH_P4080 1098 default 0x20 if ARCH_P4080
1099 default 0x10 1099 default 0x10
1100 1100
1101 config SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV2 1101 config SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV2
1102 hex 1102 hex
1103 depends on (SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510 && (ARCH_P2041 || ARCH_P3041)) 1103 depends on (SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510 && (ARCH_P2041 || ARCH_P3041))
1104 default 0x11 1104 default 0x11
1105 1105
1106 config SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A005125 1106 config SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A005125
1107 bool 1107 bool
1108 1108
1109 config SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A005434 1109 config SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A005434
1110 bool 1110 bool
1111 1111
1112 config SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A005812 1112 config SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A005812
1113 bool 1113 bool
1114 1114
1115 config SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A005871 1115 config SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A005871
1116 bool 1116 bool
1117 1117
1118 config SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A006261 1118 config SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A006261
1119 bool 1119 bool
1120 1120
1121 config SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A006379 1121 config SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A006379
1122 bool 1122 bool
1123 1123
1124 config SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A006384 1124 config SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A006384
1125 bool 1125 bool
1126 1126
1127 config SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A006475 1127 config SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A006475
1128 bool 1128 bool
1129 1129
1130 config SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A006593 1130 config SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A006593
1131 bool 1131 bool
1132 1132
1133 config SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A007075 1133 config SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A007075
1134 bool 1134 bool
1135 1135
1136 config SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A007186 1136 config SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A007186
1137 bool 1137 bool
1138 1138
1139 config SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A007212 1139 config SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A007212
1140 bool 1140 bool
1141 1141
1142 config SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A007815 1142 config SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A007815
1143 bool 1143 bool
1144 1144
1145 config SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A007798 1145 config SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A007798
1146 bool 1146 bool
1147 1147
1148 config SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A007907 1148 config SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A007907
1149 bool 1149 bool
1150 1150
1151 config SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A008044 1151 config SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A008044
1152 bool 1152 bool
1153 1153
1154 config SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_CPC_A002 1154 config SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_CPC_A002
1155 bool 1155 bool
1156 1156
1157 config SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_CPC_A003 1157 config SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_CPC_A003
1158 bool 1158 bool
1159 1159
1160 config SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_CPU_A003999 1160 config SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_CPU_A003999
1161 bool 1161 bool
1162 1162
1163 config SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_ELBC_A001 1163 config SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_ELBC_A001
1164 bool 1164 bool
1165 1165
1166 config SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_I2C_A004447 1166 config SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_I2C_A004447
1167 bool 1167 bool
1168 1168
1169 config SYS_FSL_A004447_SVR_REV 1169 config SYS_FSL_A004447_SVR_REV
1170 hex 1170 hex
1171 depends on SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_I2C_A004447 1171 depends on SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_I2C_A004447
1172 default 0x00 if ARCH_MPC8548 1172 default 0x00 if ARCH_MPC8548
1173 default 0x10 if ARCH_P1010 1173 default 0x10 if ARCH_P1010
1174 default 0x11 if ARCH_P1023 || ARCH_P2041 || ARCH_BSC9132 1174 default 0x11 if ARCH_P1023 || ARCH_P2041 || ARCH_BSC9132
1175 default 0x20 if ARCH_P3041 || ARCH_P4080 || ARCH_P5020 1175 default 0x20 if ARCH_P3041 || ARCH_P4080 || ARCH_P5020
1176 1176
1177 config SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_IFC_A002769 1177 config SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_IFC_A002769
1178 bool 1178 bool
1179 1179
1180 config SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_IFC_A003399 1180 config SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_IFC_A003399
1181 bool 1181 bool
1182 1182
1183 config SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_NMG_CPU_A011 1183 config SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_NMG_CPU_A011
1184 bool 1184 bool
1185 1185
1186 config SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_NMG_ETSEC129 1186 config SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_NMG_ETSEC129
1187 bool 1187 bool
1188 1188
1189 config SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_NMG_LBC103 1189 config SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_NMG_LBC103
1190 bool 1190 bool
1191 1191
1192 config SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_P1010_A003549 1192 config SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_P1010_A003549
1193 bool 1193 bool
1194 1194
1195 config SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_SATA_A001 1195 config SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_SATA_A001
1196 bool 1196 bool
1197 1197
1198 config SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_SEC_A003571 1198 config SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_SEC_A003571
1199 bool 1199 bool
1200 1200
1201 config SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_SRIO_A004034 1201 config SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_SRIO_A004034
1202 bool 1202 bool
1203 1203
1204 config SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_USB14 1204 config SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_USB14
1205 bool 1205 bool
1206 1206
1207 config SYS_P4080_ERRATUM_CPU22 1207 config SYS_P4080_ERRATUM_CPU22
1208 bool 1208 bool
1209 1209
1210 config SYS_P4080_ERRATUM_PCIE_A003 1210 config SYS_P4080_ERRATUM_PCIE_A003
1211 bool 1211 bool
1212 1212
1213 config SYS_P4080_ERRATUM_SERDES8 1213 config SYS_P4080_ERRATUM_SERDES8
1214 bool 1214 bool
1215 1215
1216 config SYS_P4080_ERRATUM_SERDES9 1216 config SYS_P4080_ERRATUM_SERDES9
1217 bool 1217 bool
1218 1218
1219 config SYS_P4080_ERRATUM_SERDES_A001 1219 config SYS_P4080_ERRATUM_SERDES_A001
1220 bool 1220 bool
1221 1221
1222 config SYS_P4080_ERRATUM_SERDES_A005 1222 config SYS_P4080_ERRATUM_SERDES_A005
1223 bool 1223 bool
1224 1224
1225 config SYS_FSL_QORIQ_CHASSIS1 1225 config SYS_FSL_QORIQ_CHASSIS1
1226 bool 1226 bool
1227 1227
1228 config SYS_FSL_QORIQ_CHASSIS2 1228 config SYS_FSL_QORIQ_CHASSIS2
1229 bool 1229 bool
1230 1230
1231 config SYS_FSL_NUM_LAWS 1231 config SYS_FSL_NUM_LAWS
1232 int "Number of local access windows" 1232 int "Number of local access windows"
1233 depends on FSL_LAW 1233 depends on FSL_LAW
1234 default 32 if ARCH_B4420 || \ 1234 default 32 if ARCH_B4420 || \
1235 ARCH_B4860 || \ 1235 ARCH_B4860 || \
1236 ARCH_P2041 || \ 1236 ARCH_P2041 || \
1237 ARCH_P3041 || \ 1237 ARCH_P3041 || \
1238 ARCH_P4080 || \ 1238 ARCH_P4080 || \
1239 ARCH_P5020 || \ 1239 ARCH_P5020 || \
1240 ARCH_P5040 || \ 1240 ARCH_P5040 || \
1241 ARCH_T2080 || \ 1241 ARCH_T2080 || \
1242 ARCH_T2081 || \ 1242 ARCH_T2081 || \
1243 ARCH_T4160 || \ 1243 ARCH_T4160 || \
1244 ARCH_T4240 1244 ARCH_T4240
1245 default 16 if ARCH_T1023 || \ 1245 default 16 if ARCH_T1023 || \
1246 ARCH_T1024 || \ 1246 ARCH_T1024 || \
1247 ARCH_T1040 || \ 1247 ARCH_T1040 || \
1248 ARCH_T1042 1248 ARCH_T1042
1249 default 12 if ARCH_BSC9131 || \ 1249 default 12 if ARCH_BSC9131 || \
1250 ARCH_BSC9132 || \ 1250 ARCH_BSC9132 || \
1251 ARCH_C29X || \ 1251 ARCH_C29X || \
1252 ARCH_MPC8536 || \ 1252 ARCH_MPC8536 || \
1253 ARCH_MPC8572 || \ 1253 ARCH_MPC8572 || \
1254 ARCH_P1010 || \ 1254 ARCH_P1010 || \
1255 ARCH_P1011 || \ 1255 ARCH_P1011 || \
1256 ARCH_P1020 || \ 1256 ARCH_P1020 || \
1257 ARCH_P1021 || \ 1257 ARCH_P1021 || \
1258 ARCH_P1022 || \ 1258 ARCH_P1022 || \
1259 ARCH_P1023 || \ 1259 ARCH_P1023 || \
1260 ARCH_P1024 || \ 1260 ARCH_P1024 || \
1261 ARCH_P1025 || \ 1261 ARCH_P1025 || \
1262 ARCH_P2020 1262 ARCH_P2020
1263 default 10 if ARCH_MPC8544 || \ 1263 default 10 if ARCH_MPC8544 || \
1264 ARCH_MPC8548 || \ 1264 ARCH_MPC8548 || \
1265 ARCH_MPC8568 || \ 1265 ARCH_MPC8568 || \
1266 ARCH_MPC8569 1266 ARCH_MPC8569
1267 default 8 if ARCH_MPC8540 || \ 1267 default 8 if ARCH_MPC8540 || \
1268 ARCH_MPC8541 || \ 1268 ARCH_MPC8541 || \
1269 ARCH_MPC8555 || \ 1269 ARCH_MPC8555 || \
1270 ARCH_MPC8560 1270 ARCH_MPC8560
1271 help 1271 help
1272 Number of local access windows. This is fixed per SoC. 1272 Number of local access windows. This is fixed per SoC.
1273 If not sure, do not change. 1273 If not sure, do not change.
1274 1274
1275 config SYS_FSL_THREADS_PER_CORE 1275 config SYS_FSL_THREADS_PER_CORE
1276 int 1276 int
1277 default 2 if E6500 1277 default 2 if E6500
1278 default 1 1278 default 1
1279 1279
1280 config SYS_NUM_TLBCAMS 1280 config SYS_NUM_TLBCAMS
1281 int "Number of TLB CAM entries" 1281 int "Number of TLB CAM entries"
1282 default 64 if E500MC 1282 default 64 if E500MC
1283 default 16 1283 default 16
1284 help 1284 help
1285 Number of TLB CAM entries for Book-E chips. 64 for E500MC, 1285 Number of TLB CAM entries for Book-E chips. 64 for E500MC,
1286 16 for other E500 SoCs. 1286 16 for other E500 SoCs.
1287 1287
1288 config SYS_PPC64 1288 config SYS_PPC64
1289 bool 1289 bool
1290 1290
1291 config SYS_PPC_E500_USE_DEBUG_TLB 1291 config SYS_PPC_E500_USE_DEBUG_TLB
1292 bool 1292 bool
1293 1293
1294 config FSL_IFC 1294 config FSL_IFC
1295 bool 1295 bool
1296 1296
1297 config FSL_ELBC 1297 config FSL_ELBC
1298 bool 1298 bool
1299 1299
1300 config SYS_PPC_E500_DEBUG_TLB 1300 config SYS_PPC_E500_DEBUG_TLB
1301 int "Temporary TLB entry for external debugger" 1301 int "Temporary TLB entry for external debugger"
1302 depends on SYS_PPC_E500_USE_DEBUG_TLB 1302 depends on SYS_PPC_E500_USE_DEBUG_TLB
1303 default 0 if ARCH_MPC8544 || ARCH_MPC8548 1303 default 0 if ARCH_MPC8544 || ARCH_MPC8548
1304 default 1 if ARCH_MPC8536 1304 default 1 if ARCH_MPC8536
1305 default 2 if ARCH_MPC8572 || \ 1305 default 2 if ARCH_MPC8572 || \
1306 ARCH_P1011 || \ 1306 ARCH_P1011 || \
1307 ARCH_P1020 || \ 1307 ARCH_P1020 || \
1308 ARCH_P1021 || \ 1308 ARCH_P1021 || \
1309 ARCH_P1022 || \ 1309 ARCH_P1022 || \
1310 ARCH_P1024 || \ 1310 ARCH_P1024 || \
1311 ARCH_P1025 || \ 1311 ARCH_P1025 || \
1312 ARCH_P2020 1312 ARCH_P2020
1313 default 3 if ARCH_P1010 || \ 1313 default 3 if ARCH_P1010 || \
1314 ARCH_BSC9132 || \ 1314 ARCH_BSC9132 || \
1315 ARCH_C29X 1315 ARCH_C29X
1316 help 1316 help
1317 Select a temporary TLB entry to be used during boot to work 1317 Select a temporary TLB entry to be used during boot to work
1318 around limitations in e500v1 and e500v2 external debugger 1318 around limitations in e500v1 and e500v2 external debugger
1319 support. This reduces the portions of the boot code where 1319 support. This reduces the portions of the boot code where
1320 breakpoints and single stepping do not work. The value of this 1320 breakpoints and single stepping do not work. The value of this
1321 symbol should be set to the TLB1 entry to be used for this 1321 symbol should be set to the TLB1 entry to be used for this
1322 purpose. If unsure, do not change. 1322 purpose. If unsure, do not change.
1323 1323
1324 config SYS_FSL_IFC_CLK_DIV 1324 config SYS_FSL_IFC_CLK_DIV
1325 int "Divider of platform clock" 1325 int "Divider of platform clock"
1326 depends on FSL_IFC 1326 depends on FSL_IFC
1327 default 2 if ARCH_B4420 || \ 1327 default 2 if ARCH_B4420 || \
1328 ARCH_B4860 || \ 1328 ARCH_B4860 || \
1329 ARCH_T1024 || \ 1329 ARCH_T1024 || \
1330 ARCH_T1023 || \ 1330 ARCH_T1023 || \
1331 ARCH_T1040 || \ 1331 ARCH_T1040 || \
1332 ARCH_T1042 || \ 1332 ARCH_T1042 || \
1333 ARCH_T4160 || \ 1333 ARCH_T4160 || \
1334 ARCH_T4240 1334 ARCH_T4240
1335 default 1 1335 default 1
1336 help 1336 help
1337 Defines divider of platform clock(clock input to 1337 Defines divider of platform clock(clock input to
1338 IFC controller). 1338 IFC controller).
1339 1339
1340 config SYS_FSL_LBC_CLK_DIV
1341 int "Divider of platform clock"
1342 depends on FSL_ELBC || ARCH_MPC8540 || \
1343 ARCH_MPC8548 || ARCH_MPC8541 || \
1344 ARCH_MPC8555 || ARCH_MPC8560 || \
1345 ARCH_MPC8568
1346
1347 default 2 if ARCH_P2041 || \
1348 ARCH_P3041 || \
1349 ARCH_P4080 || \
1350 ARCH_P5020 || \
1351 ARCH_P5040
1352 default 1
1353
1354 help
1355 Defines divider of platform clock(clock input to
1356 eLBC controller).
1357
1340 source "board/freescale/b4860qds/Kconfig" 1358 source "board/freescale/b4860qds/Kconfig"
1341 source "board/freescale/bsc9131rdb/Kconfig" 1359 source "board/freescale/bsc9131rdb/Kconfig"
1342 source "board/freescale/bsc9132qds/Kconfig" 1360 source "board/freescale/bsc9132qds/Kconfig"
1343 source "board/freescale/c29xpcie/Kconfig" 1361 source "board/freescale/c29xpcie/Kconfig"
1344 source "board/freescale/corenet_ds/Kconfig" 1362 source "board/freescale/corenet_ds/Kconfig"
1345 source "board/freescale/mpc8536ds/Kconfig" 1363 source "board/freescale/mpc8536ds/Kconfig"
1346 source "board/freescale/mpc8540ads/Kconfig" 1364 source "board/freescale/mpc8540ads/Kconfig"
1347 source "board/freescale/mpc8541cds/Kconfig" 1365 source "board/freescale/mpc8541cds/Kconfig"
1348 source "board/freescale/mpc8544ds/Kconfig" 1366 source "board/freescale/mpc8544ds/Kconfig"
1349 source "board/freescale/mpc8548cds/Kconfig" 1367 source "board/freescale/mpc8548cds/Kconfig"
1350 source "board/freescale/mpc8555cds/Kconfig" 1368 source "board/freescale/mpc8555cds/Kconfig"
1351 source "board/freescale/mpc8560ads/Kconfig" 1369 source "board/freescale/mpc8560ads/Kconfig"
1352 source "board/freescale/mpc8568mds/Kconfig" 1370 source "board/freescale/mpc8568mds/Kconfig"
1353 source "board/freescale/mpc8569mds/Kconfig" 1371 source "board/freescale/mpc8569mds/Kconfig"
1354 source "board/freescale/mpc8572ds/Kconfig" 1372 source "board/freescale/mpc8572ds/Kconfig"
1355 source "board/freescale/p1010rdb/Kconfig" 1373 source "board/freescale/p1010rdb/Kconfig"
1356 source "board/freescale/p1022ds/Kconfig" 1374 source "board/freescale/p1022ds/Kconfig"
1357 source "board/freescale/p1023rdb/Kconfig" 1375 source "board/freescale/p1023rdb/Kconfig"
1358 source "board/freescale/p1_p2_rdb_pc/Kconfig" 1376 source "board/freescale/p1_p2_rdb_pc/Kconfig"
1359 source "board/freescale/p1_twr/Kconfig" 1377 source "board/freescale/p1_twr/Kconfig"
1360 source "board/freescale/p2041rdb/Kconfig" 1378 source "board/freescale/p2041rdb/Kconfig"
1361 source "board/freescale/qemu-ppce500/Kconfig" 1379 source "board/freescale/qemu-ppce500/Kconfig"
1362 source "board/freescale/t102xqds/Kconfig" 1380 source "board/freescale/t102xqds/Kconfig"
1363 source "board/freescale/t102xrdb/Kconfig" 1381 source "board/freescale/t102xrdb/Kconfig"
1364 source "board/freescale/t1040qds/Kconfig" 1382 source "board/freescale/t1040qds/Kconfig"
1365 source "board/freescale/t104xrdb/Kconfig" 1383 source "board/freescale/t104xrdb/Kconfig"
1366 source "board/freescale/t208xqds/Kconfig" 1384 source "board/freescale/t208xqds/Kconfig"
1367 source "board/freescale/t208xrdb/Kconfig" 1385 source "board/freescale/t208xrdb/Kconfig"
1368 source "board/freescale/t4qds/Kconfig" 1386 source "board/freescale/t4qds/Kconfig"
1369 source "board/freescale/t4rdb/Kconfig" 1387 source "board/freescale/t4rdb/Kconfig"
1370 source "board/gdsys/p1022/Kconfig" 1388 source "board/gdsys/p1022/Kconfig"
1371 source "board/keymile/kmp204x/Kconfig" 1389 source "board/keymile/kmp204x/Kconfig"
1372 source "board/sbc8548/Kconfig" 1390 source "board/sbc8548/Kconfig"
1373 source "board/socrates/Kconfig" 1391 source "board/socrates/Kconfig"
1374 source "board/varisys/cyrus/Kconfig" 1392 source "board/varisys/cyrus/Kconfig"
1375 source "board/xes/xpedite520x/Kconfig" 1393 source "board/xes/xpedite520x/Kconfig"
1376 source "board/xes/xpedite537x/Kconfig" 1394 source "board/xes/xpedite537x/Kconfig"
1377 source "board/xes/xpedite550x/Kconfig" 1395 source "board/xes/xpedite550x/Kconfig"
1378 source "board/Arcturus/ucp1020/Kconfig" 1396 source "board/Arcturus/ucp1020/Kconfig"
1379 1397
1380 endmenu 1398 endmenu
1381 1399
arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc85xx/speed.c
Diff comments   View file @ add63f9
1 /* 1 /*
2 * Copyright 2004, 2007-2011 Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. 2 * Copyright 2004, 2007-2011 Freescale Semiconductor, Inc.
3 * 3 *
4 * (C) Copyright 2003 Motorola Inc. 4 * (C) Copyright 2003 Motorola Inc.
5 * Xianghua Xiao, (X.Xiao@motorola.com) 5 * Xianghua Xiao, (X.Xiao@motorola.com)
6 * 6 *
7 * (C) Copyright 2000 7 * (C) Copyright 2000
8 * Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, wd@denx.de. 8 * Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, wd@denx.de.
9 * 9 *
10 * SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+ 10 * SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+
11 */ 11 */
12 12
13 #include <common.h> 13 #include <common.h>
14 #include <ppc_asm.tmpl> 14 #include <ppc_asm.tmpl>
15 #include <linux/compiler.h> 15 #include <linux/compiler.h>
16 #include <asm/processor.h> 16 #include <asm/processor.h>
17 #include <asm/io.h> 17 #include <asm/io.h>
18 18
19 DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR; 19 DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR;
20 20
21 21
22 #ifndef CONFIG_SYS_FSL_NUM_CC_PLLS 22 #ifndef CONFIG_SYS_FSL_NUM_CC_PLLS
23 #define CONFIG_SYS_FSL_NUM_CC_PLLS 6 23 #define CONFIG_SYS_FSL_NUM_CC_PLLS 6
24 #endif 24 #endif
25 /* --------------------------------------------------------------- */ 25 /* --------------------------------------------------------------- */
26 26
27 void get_sys_info(sys_info_t *sys_info) 27 void get_sys_info(sys_info_t *sys_info)
28 { 28 {
29 volatile ccsr_gur_t *gur = (void *)(CONFIG_SYS_MPC85xx_GUTS_ADDR); 29 volatile ccsr_gur_t *gur = (void *)(CONFIG_SYS_MPC85xx_GUTS_ADDR);
30 #ifdef CONFIG_FSL_CORENET 30 #ifdef CONFIG_FSL_CORENET
31 volatile ccsr_clk_t *clk = (void *)(CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_CLK_ADDR); 31 volatile ccsr_clk_t *clk = (void *)(CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_CLK_ADDR);
32 unsigned int cpu; 32 unsigned int cpu;
33 #ifdef CONFIG_HETROGENOUS_CLUSTERS 33 #ifdef CONFIG_HETROGENOUS_CLUSTERS
34 unsigned int dsp_cpu; 34 unsigned int dsp_cpu;
35 uint rcw_tmp1, rcw_tmp2; 35 uint rcw_tmp1, rcw_tmp2;
36 #endif 36 #endif
37 #ifdef CONFIG_SYS_FSL_QORIQ_CHASSIS2 37 #ifdef CONFIG_SYS_FSL_QORIQ_CHASSIS2
38 int cc_group[12] = CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CLUSTER_CLOCKS; 38 int cc_group[12] = CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CLUSTER_CLOCKS;
39 #endif 39 #endif
40 __maybe_unused u32 svr; 40 __maybe_unused u32 svr;
41 41
42 const u8 core_cplx_PLL[16] = { 42 const u8 core_cplx_PLL[16] = {
43 [ 0] = 0, /* CC1 PPL / 1 */ 43 [ 0] = 0, /* CC1 PPL / 1 */
44 [ 1] = 0, /* CC1 PPL / 2 */ 44 [ 1] = 0, /* CC1 PPL / 2 */
45 [ 2] = 0, /* CC1 PPL / 4 */ 45 [ 2] = 0, /* CC1 PPL / 4 */
46 [ 4] = 1, /* CC2 PPL / 1 */ 46 [ 4] = 1, /* CC2 PPL / 1 */
47 [ 5] = 1, /* CC2 PPL / 2 */ 47 [ 5] = 1, /* CC2 PPL / 2 */
48 [ 6] = 1, /* CC2 PPL / 4 */ 48 [ 6] = 1, /* CC2 PPL / 4 */
49 [ 8] = 2, /* CC3 PPL / 1 */ 49 [ 8] = 2, /* CC3 PPL / 1 */
50 [ 9] = 2, /* CC3 PPL / 2 */ 50 [ 9] = 2, /* CC3 PPL / 2 */
51 [10] = 2, /* CC3 PPL / 4 */ 51 [10] = 2, /* CC3 PPL / 4 */
52 [12] = 3, /* CC4 PPL / 1 */ 52 [12] = 3, /* CC4 PPL / 1 */
53 [13] = 3, /* CC4 PPL / 2 */ 53 [13] = 3, /* CC4 PPL / 2 */
54 [14] = 3, /* CC4 PPL / 4 */ 54 [14] = 3, /* CC4 PPL / 4 */
55 }; 55 };
56 56
57 const u8 core_cplx_pll_div[16] = { 57 const u8 core_cplx_pll_div[16] = {
58 [ 0] = 1, /* CC1 PPL / 1 */ 58 [ 0] = 1, /* CC1 PPL / 1 */
59 [ 1] = 2, /* CC1 PPL / 2 */ 59 [ 1] = 2, /* CC1 PPL / 2 */
60 [ 2] = 4, /* CC1 PPL / 4 */ 60 [ 2] = 4, /* CC1 PPL / 4 */
61 [ 4] = 1, /* CC2 PPL / 1 */ 61 [ 4] = 1, /* CC2 PPL / 1 */
62 [ 5] = 2, /* CC2 PPL / 2 */ 62 [ 5] = 2, /* CC2 PPL / 2 */
63 [ 6] = 4, /* CC2 PPL / 4 */ 63 [ 6] = 4, /* CC2 PPL / 4 */
64 [ 8] = 1, /* CC3 PPL / 1 */ 64 [ 8] = 1, /* CC3 PPL / 1 */
65 [ 9] = 2, /* CC3 PPL / 2 */ 65 [ 9] = 2, /* CC3 PPL / 2 */
66 [10] = 4, /* CC3 PPL / 4 */ 66 [10] = 4, /* CC3 PPL / 4 */
67 [12] = 1, /* CC4 PPL / 1 */ 67 [12] = 1, /* CC4 PPL / 1 */
68 [13] = 2, /* CC4 PPL / 2 */ 68 [13] = 2, /* CC4 PPL / 2 */
69 [14] = 4, /* CC4 PPL / 4 */ 69 [14] = 4, /* CC4 PPL / 4 */
70 }; 70 };
71 uint i, freq_c_pll[CONFIG_SYS_FSL_NUM_CC_PLLS]; 71 uint i, freq_c_pll[CONFIG_SYS_FSL_NUM_CC_PLLS];
72 #if !defined(CONFIG_FM_PLAT_CLK_DIV) || !defined(CONFIG_PME_PLAT_CLK_DIV) || \ 72 #if !defined(CONFIG_FM_PLAT_CLK_DIV) || !defined(CONFIG_PME_PLAT_CLK_DIV) || \
73 defined(CONFIG_FSL_ESDHC_USE_PERIPHERAL_CLK) 73 defined(CONFIG_FSL_ESDHC_USE_PERIPHERAL_CLK)
74 uint rcw_tmp; 74 uint rcw_tmp;
75 #endif 75 #endif
76 uint ratio[CONFIG_SYS_FSL_NUM_CC_PLLS]; 76 uint ratio[CONFIG_SYS_FSL_NUM_CC_PLLS];
77 unsigned long sysclk = CONFIG_SYS_CLK_FREQ; 77 unsigned long sysclk = CONFIG_SYS_CLK_FREQ;
78 uint mem_pll_rat; 78 uint mem_pll_rat;
79 79
80 sys_info->freq_systembus = sysclk; 80 sys_info->freq_systembus = sysclk;
81 #ifdef CONFIG_SYS_FSL_SINGLE_SOURCE_CLK 81 #ifdef CONFIG_SYS_FSL_SINGLE_SOURCE_CLK
82 uint ddr_refclk_sel; 82 uint ddr_refclk_sel;
83 unsigned int porsr1_sys_clk; 83 unsigned int porsr1_sys_clk;
84 porsr1_sys_clk = in_be32(&gur->porsr1) >> FSL_DCFG_PORSR1_SYSCLK_SHIFT 84 porsr1_sys_clk = in_be32(&gur->porsr1) >> FSL_DCFG_PORSR1_SYSCLK_SHIFT
85 & FSL_DCFG_PORSR1_SYSCLK_MASK; 85 & FSL_DCFG_PORSR1_SYSCLK_MASK;
86 if (porsr1_sys_clk == FSL_DCFG_PORSR1_SYSCLK_DIFF) 86 if (porsr1_sys_clk == FSL_DCFG_PORSR1_SYSCLK_DIFF)
87 sys_info->diff_sysclk = 1; 87 sys_info->diff_sysclk = 1;
88 else 88 else
89 sys_info->diff_sysclk = 0; 89 sys_info->diff_sysclk = 0;
90 90
91 /* 91 /*
92 * DDR_REFCLK_SEL rcw bit is used to determine if DDR PLLS 92 * DDR_REFCLK_SEL rcw bit is used to determine if DDR PLLS
93 * are driven by separate DDR Refclock or single source 93 * are driven by separate DDR Refclock or single source
94 * differential clock. 94 * differential clock.
95 */ 95 */
96 ddr_refclk_sel = (in_be32(&gur->rcwsr[5]) >> 96 ddr_refclk_sel = (in_be32(&gur->rcwsr[5]) >>
97 FSL_CORENET2_RCWSR5_DDR_REFCLK_SEL_SHIFT) & 97 FSL_CORENET2_RCWSR5_DDR_REFCLK_SEL_SHIFT) &
98 FSL_CORENET2_RCWSR5_DDR_REFCLK_SEL_MASK; 98 FSL_CORENET2_RCWSR5_DDR_REFCLK_SEL_MASK;
99 /* 99 /*
100 * For single source clocking, both ddrclock and sysclock 100 * For single source clocking, both ddrclock and sysclock
101 * are driven by differential sysclock. 101 * are driven by differential sysclock.
102 */ 102 */
103 if (ddr_refclk_sel == FSL_CORENET2_RCWSR5_DDR_REFCLK_SINGLE_CLK) 103 if (ddr_refclk_sel == FSL_CORENET2_RCWSR5_DDR_REFCLK_SINGLE_CLK)
104 sys_info->freq_ddrbus = CONFIG_SYS_CLK_FREQ; 104 sys_info->freq_ddrbus = CONFIG_SYS_CLK_FREQ;
105 else 105 else
106 #endif 106 #endif
107 #ifdef CONFIG_DDR_CLK_FREQ 107 #ifdef CONFIG_DDR_CLK_FREQ
108 sys_info->freq_ddrbus = CONFIG_DDR_CLK_FREQ; 108 sys_info->freq_ddrbus = CONFIG_DDR_CLK_FREQ;
109 #else 109 #else
110 sys_info->freq_ddrbus = sysclk; 110 sys_info->freq_ddrbus = sysclk;
111 #endif 111 #endif
112 112
113 sys_info->freq_systembus *= (in_be32(&gur->rcwsr[0]) >> 25) & 0x1f; 113 sys_info->freq_systembus *= (in_be32(&gur->rcwsr[0]) >> 25) & 0x1f;
114 mem_pll_rat = (in_be32(&gur->rcwsr[0]) >> 114 mem_pll_rat = (in_be32(&gur->rcwsr[0]) >>
115 FSL_CORENET_RCWSR0_MEM_PLL_RAT_SHIFT) 115 FSL_CORENET_RCWSR0_MEM_PLL_RAT_SHIFT)
116 & FSL_CORENET_RCWSR0_MEM_PLL_RAT_MASK; 116 & FSL_CORENET_RCWSR0_MEM_PLL_RAT_MASK;
117 #ifdef CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A007212 117 #ifdef CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A007212
118 if (mem_pll_rat == 0) { 118 if (mem_pll_rat == 0) {
119 mem_pll_rat = (in_be32(&gur->rcwsr[0]) >> 119 mem_pll_rat = (in_be32(&gur->rcwsr[0]) >>
120 FSL_CORENET_RCWSR0_MEM_PLL_RAT_RESV_SHIFT) & 120 FSL_CORENET_RCWSR0_MEM_PLL_RAT_RESV_SHIFT) &
121 FSL_CORENET_RCWSR0_MEM_PLL_RAT_MASK; 121 FSL_CORENET_RCWSR0_MEM_PLL_RAT_MASK;
122 } 122 }
123 #endif 123 #endif
124 /* T4240/T4160 Rev2.0 MEM_PLL_RAT uses a value which is half of 124 /* T4240/T4160 Rev2.0 MEM_PLL_RAT uses a value which is half of
125 * T4240/T4160 Rev1.0. eg. It's 12 in Rev1.0, however, for Rev2.0 125 * T4240/T4160 Rev1.0. eg. It's 12 in Rev1.0, however, for Rev2.0
126 * it uses 6. 126 * it uses 6.
127 * T2080 rev 1.1 and later also use half mem_pll comparing with rev 1.0 127 * T2080 rev 1.1 and later also use half mem_pll comparing with rev 1.0
128 */ 128 */
129 #if defined(CONFIG_ARCH_T4240) || defined(CONFIG_ARCH_T4160) || \ 129 #if defined(CONFIG_ARCH_T4240) || defined(CONFIG_ARCH_T4160) || \
130 defined(CONFIG_ARCH_T2080) || defined(CONFIG_ARCH_T2081) 130 defined(CONFIG_ARCH_T2080) || defined(CONFIG_ARCH_T2081)
131 svr = get_svr(); 131 svr = get_svr();
132 switch (SVR_SOC_VER(svr)) { 132 switch (SVR_SOC_VER(svr)) {
133 case SVR_T4240: 133 case SVR_T4240:
134 case SVR_T4160: 134 case SVR_T4160:
135 case SVR_T4120: 135 case SVR_T4120:
136 case SVR_T4080: 136 case SVR_T4080:
137 if (SVR_MAJ(svr) >= 2) 137 if (SVR_MAJ(svr) >= 2)
138 mem_pll_rat *= 2; 138 mem_pll_rat *= 2;
139 break; 139 break;
140 case SVR_T2080: 140 case SVR_T2080:
141 case SVR_T2081: 141 case SVR_T2081:
142 if ((SVR_MAJ(svr) > 1) || (SVR_MIN(svr) >= 1)) 142 if ((SVR_MAJ(svr) > 1) || (SVR_MIN(svr) >= 1))
143 mem_pll_rat *= 2; 143 mem_pll_rat *= 2;
144 break; 144 break;
145 default: 145 default:
146 break; 146 break;
147 } 147 }
148 #endif 148 #endif
149 if (mem_pll_rat > 2) 149 if (mem_pll_rat > 2)
150 sys_info->freq_ddrbus *= mem_pll_rat; 150 sys_info->freq_ddrbus *= mem_pll_rat;
151 else 151 else
152 sys_info->freq_ddrbus = sys_info->freq_systembus * mem_pll_rat; 152 sys_info->freq_ddrbus = sys_info->freq_systembus * mem_pll_rat;
153 153
154 for (i = 0; i < CONFIG_SYS_FSL_NUM_CC_PLLS; i++) { 154 for (i = 0; i < CONFIG_SYS_FSL_NUM_CC_PLLS; i++) {
155 ratio[i] = (in_be32(&clk->pllcgsr[i].pllcngsr) >> 1) & 0x3f; 155 ratio[i] = (in_be32(&clk->pllcgsr[i].pllcngsr) >> 1) & 0x3f;
156 if (ratio[i] > 4) 156 if (ratio[i] > 4)
157 freq_c_pll[i] = sysclk * ratio[i]; 157 freq_c_pll[i] = sysclk * ratio[i];
158 else 158 else
159 freq_c_pll[i] = sys_info->freq_systembus * ratio[i]; 159 freq_c_pll[i] = sys_info->freq_systembus * ratio[i];
160 } 160 }
161 161
162 #ifdef CONFIG_SYS_FSL_QORIQ_CHASSIS2 162 #ifdef CONFIG_SYS_FSL_QORIQ_CHASSIS2
163 /* 163 /*
164 * As per CHASSIS2 architeture total 12 clusters are posible and 164 * As per CHASSIS2 architeture total 12 clusters are posible and
165 * Each cluster has up to 4 cores, sharing the same PLL selection. 165 * Each cluster has up to 4 cores, sharing the same PLL selection.
166 * The cluster clock assignment is SoC defined. 166 * The cluster clock assignment is SoC defined.
167 * 167 *
168 * Total 4 clock groups are possible with 3 PLLs each. 168 * Total 4 clock groups are possible with 3 PLLs each.
169 * as per array indices, clock group A has 0, 1, 2 numbered PLLs & 169 * as per array indices, clock group A has 0, 1, 2 numbered PLLs &
170 * clock group B has 3, 4, 6 and so on. 170 * clock group B has 3, 4, 6 and so on.
171 * 171 *
172 * Clock group A having PLL1, PLL2, PLL3, feeding cores of any cluster 172 * Clock group A having PLL1, PLL2, PLL3, feeding cores of any cluster
173 * depends upon the SoC architeture. Same applies to other 173 * depends upon the SoC architeture. Same applies to other
174 * clock groups and clusters. 174 * clock groups and clusters.
175 * 175 *
176 */ 176 */
177 for_each_cpu(i, cpu, cpu_numcores(), cpu_mask()) { 177 for_each_cpu(i, cpu, cpu_numcores(), cpu_mask()) {
178 int cluster = fsl_qoriq_core_to_cluster(cpu); 178 int cluster = fsl_qoriq_core_to_cluster(cpu);
179 u32 c_pll_sel = (in_be32(&clk->clkcsr[cluster].clkcncsr) >> 27) 179 u32 c_pll_sel = (in_be32(&clk->clkcsr[cluster].clkcncsr) >> 27)
180 & 0xf; 180 & 0xf;
181 u32 cplx_pll = core_cplx_PLL[c_pll_sel]; 181 u32 cplx_pll = core_cplx_PLL[c_pll_sel];
182 cplx_pll += cc_group[cluster] - 1; 182 cplx_pll += cc_group[cluster] - 1;
183 sys_info->freq_processor[cpu] = 183 sys_info->freq_processor[cpu] =
184 freq_c_pll[cplx_pll] / core_cplx_pll_div[c_pll_sel]; 184 freq_c_pll[cplx_pll] / core_cplx_pll_div[c_pll_sel];
185 } 185 }
186 186
187 #ifdef CONFIG_HETROGENOUS_CLUSTERS 187 #ifdef CONFIG_HETROGENOUS_CLUSTERS
188 for_each_cpu(i, dsp_cpu, cpu_num_dspcores(), cpu_dsp_mask()) { 188 for_each_cpu(i, dsp_cpu, cpu_num_dspcores(), cpu_dsp_mask()) {
189 int dsp_cluster = fsl_qoriq_dsp_core_to_cluster(dsp_cpu); 189 int dsp_cluster = fsl_qoriq_dsp_core_to_cluster(dsp_cpu);
190 u32 c_pll_sel = (in_be32 190 u32 c_pll_sel = (in_be32
191 (&clk->clkcsr[dsp_cluster].clkcncsr) >> 27) 191 (&clk->clkcsr[dsp_cluster].clkcncsr) >> 27)
192 & 0xf; 192 & 0xf;
193 u32 cplx_pll = core_cplx_PLL[c_pll_sel]; 193 u32 cplx_pll = core_cplx_PLL[c_pll_sel];
194 cplx_pll += cc_group[dsp_cluster] - 1; 194 cplx_pll += cc_group[dsp_cluster] - 1;
195 sys_info->freq_processor_dsp[dsp_cpu] = 195 sys_info->freq_processor_dsp[dsp_cpu] =
196 freq_c_pll[cplx_pll] / core_cplx_pll_div[c_pll_sel]; 196 freq_c_pll[cplx_pll] / core_cplx_pll_div[c_pll_sel];
197 } 197 }
198 #endif 198 #endif
199 199
200 #if defined(CONFIG_ARCH_B4860) || defined(CONFIG_ARCH_B4420) || \ 200 #if defined(CONFIG_ARCH_B4860) || defined(CONFIG_ARCH_B4420) || \
201 defined(CONFIG_ARCH_T2080) || defined(CONFIG_ARCH_T2081) 201 defined(CONFIG_ARCH_T2080) || defined(CONFIG_ARCH_T2081)
202 #define FM1_CLK_SEL 0xe0000000 202 #define FM1_CLK_SEL 0xe0000000
203 #define FM1_CLK_SHIFT 29 203 #define FM1_CLK_SHIFT 29
204 #elif defined(CONFIG_ARCH_T1024) || defined(CONFIG_ARCH_T1023) 204 #elif defined(CONFIG_ARCH_T1024) || defined(CONFIG_ARCH_T1023)
205 #define FM1_CLK_SEL 0x00000007 205 #define FM1_CLK_SEL 0x00000007
206 #define FM1_CLK_SHIFT 0 206 #define FM1_CLK_SHIFT 0
207 #else 207 #else
208 #define PME_CLK_SEL 0xe0000000 208 #define PME_CLK_SEL 0xe0000000
209 #define PME_CLK_SHIFT 29 209 #define PME_CLK_SHIFT 29
210 #define FM1_CLK_SEL 0x1c000000 210 #define FM1_CLK_SEL 0x1c000000
211 #define FM1_CLK_SHIFT 26 211 #define FM1_CLK_SHIFT 26
212 #endif 212 #endif
213 #if !defined(CONFIG_FM_PLAT_CLK_DIV) || !defined(CONFIG_PME_PLAT_CLK_DIV) 213 #if !defined(CONFIG_FM_PLAT_CLK_DIV) || !defined(CONFIG_PME_PLAT_CLK_DIV)
214 #if defined(CONFIG_ARCH_T1024) || defined(CONFIG_ARCH_T1023) 214 #if defined(CONFIG_ARCH_T1024) || defined(CONFIG_ARCH_T1023)
215 rcw_tmp = in_be32(&gur->rcwsr[15]) - 4; 215 rcw_tmp = in_be32(&gur->rcwsr[15]) - 4;
216 #else 216 #else
217 rcw_tmp = in_be32(&gur->rcwsr[7]); 217 rcw_tmp = in_be32(&gur->rcwsr[7]);
218 #endif 218 #endif
219 #endif 219 #endif
220 220
221 #ifdef CONFIG_SYS_DPAA_PME 221 #ifdef CONFIG_SYS_DPAA_PME
222 #ifndef CONFIG_PME_PLAT_CLK_DIV 222 #ifndef CONFIG_PME_PLAT_CLK_DIV
223 switch ((rcw_tmp & PME_CLK_SEL) >> PME_CLK_SHIFT) { 223 switch ((rcw_tmp & PME_CLK_SEL) >> PME_CLK_SHIFT) {
224 case 1: 224 case 1:
225 sys_info->freq_pme = freq_c_pll[CONFIG_SYS_PME_CLK]; 225 sys_info->freq_pme = freq_c_pll[CONFIG_SYS_PME_CLK];
226 break; 226 break;
227 case 2: 227 case 2:
228 sys_info->freq_pme = freq_c_pll[CONFIG_SYS_PME_CLK] / 2; 228 sys_info->freq_pme = freq_c_pll[CONFIG_SYS_PME_CLK] / 2;
229 break; 229 break;
230 case 3: 230 case 3:
231 sys_info->freq_pme = freq_c_pll[CONFIG_SYS_PME_CLK] / 3; 231 sys_info->freq_pme = freq_c_pll[CONFIG_SYS_PME_CLK] / 3;
232 break; 232 break;
233 case 4: 233 case 4:
234 sys_info->freq_pme = freq_c_pll[CONFIG_SYS_PME_CLK] / 4; 234 sys_info->freq_pme = freq_c_pll[CONFIG_SYS_PME_CLK] / 4;
235 break; 235 break;
236 case 6: 236 case 6:
237 sys_info->freq_pme = freq_c_pll[CONFIG_SYS_PME_CLK + 1] / 2; 237 sys_info->freq_pme = freq_c_pll[CONFIG_SYS_PME_CLK + 1] / 2;
238 break; 238 break;
239 case 7: 239 case 7:
240 sys_info->freq_pme = freq_c_pll[CONFIG_SYS_PME_CLK + 1] / 3; 240 sys_info->freq_pme = freq_c_pll[CONFIG_SYS_PME_CLK + 1] / 3;
241 break; 241 break;
242 default: 242 default:
243 printf("Error: Unknown PME clock select!\n"); 243 printf("Error: Unknown PME clock select!\n");
244 case 0: 244 case 0:
245 sys_info->freq_pme = sys_info->freq_systembus / 2; 245 sys_info->freq_pme = sys_info->freq_systembus / 2;
246 break; 246 break;
247 247
248 } 248 }
249 #else 249 #else
250 sys_info->freq_pme = sys_info->freq_systembus / CONFIG_SYS_PME_CLK; 250 sys_info->freq_pme = sys_info->freq_systembus / CONFIG_SYS_PME_CLK;
251 251
252 #endif 252 #endif
253 #endif 253 #endif
254 254
255 #ifdef CONFIG_SYS_DPAA_QBMAN 255 #ifdef CONFIG_SYS_DPAA_QBMAN
256 #ifndef CONFIG_QBMAN_CLK_DIV 256 #ifndef CONFIG_QBMAN_CLK_DIV
257 #define CONFIG_QBMAN_CLK_DIV 2 257 #define CONFIG_QBMAN_CLK_DIV 2
258 #endif 258 #endif
259 sys_info->freq_qman = sys_info->freq_systembus / CONFIG_QBMAN_CLK_DIV; 259 sys_info->freq_qman = sys_info->freq_systembus / CONFIG_QBMAN_CLK_DIV;
260 #endif 260 #endif
261 261
262 #if defined(CONFIG_SYS_MAPLE) 262 #if defined(CONFIG_SYS_MAPLE)
263 #define CPRI_CLK_SEL 0x1C000000 263 #define CPRI_CLK_SEL 0x1C000000
264 #define CPRI_CLK_SHIFT 26 264 #define CPRI_CLK_SHIFT 26
265 #define CPRI_ALT_CLK_SEL 0x00007000 265 #define CPRI_ALT_CLK_SEL 0x00007000
266 #define CPRI_ALT_CLK_SHIFT 12 266 #define CPRI_ALT_CLK_SHIFT 12
267 267
268 rcw_tmp1 = in_be32(&gur->rcwsr[7]); /* Reading RCW bits: 224-255*/ 268 rcw_tmp1 = in_be32(&gur->rcwsr[7]); /* Reading RCW bits: 224-255*/
269 rcw_tmp2 = in_be32(&gur->rcwsr[15]); /* Reading RCW bits: 480-511*/ 269 rcw_tmp2 = in_be32(&gur->rcwsr[15]); /* Reading RCW bits: 480-511*/
270 /* For MAPLE and CPRI frequency */ 270 /* For MAPLE and CPRI frequency */
271 switch ((rcw_tmp1 & CPRI_CLK_SEL) >> CPRI_CLK_SHIFT) { 271 switch ((rcw_tmp1 & CPRI_CLK_SEL) >> CPRI_CLK_SHIFT) {
272 case 1: 272 case 1:
273 sys_info->freq_maple = freq_c_pll[CONFIG_SYS_CPRI_CLK]; 273 sys_info->freq_maple = freq_c_pll[CONFIG_SYS_CPRI_CLK];
274 sys_info->freq_cpri = freq_c_pll[CONFIG_SYS_CPRI_CLK]; 274 sys_info->freq_cpri = freq_c_pll[CONFIG_SYS_CPRI_CLK];
275 break; 275 break;
276 case 2: 276 case 2:
277 sys_info->freq_maple = freq_c_pll[CONFIG_SYS_CPRI_CLK] / 2; 277 sys_info->freq_maple = freq_c_pll[CONFIG_SYS_CPRI_CLK] / 2;
278 sys_info->freq_cpri = freq_c_pll[CONFIG_SYS_CPRI_CLK] / 2; 278 sys_info->freq_cpri = freq_c_pll[CONFIG_SYS_CPRI_CLK] / 2;
279 break; 279 break;
280 case 3: 280 case 3:
281 sys_info->freq_maple = freq_c_pll[CONFIG_SYS_CPRI_CLK] / 3; 281 sys_info->freq_maple = freq_c_pll[CONFIG_SYS_CPRI_CLK] / 3;
282 sys_info->freq_cpri = freq_c_pll[CONFIG_SYS_CPRI_CLK] / 3; 282 sys_info->freq_cpri = freq_c_pll[CONFIG_SYS_CPRI_CLK] / 3;
283 break; 283 break;
284 case 4: 284 case 4:
285 sys_info->freq_maple = freq_c_pll[CONFIG_SYS_CPRI_CLK] / 4; 285 sys_info->freq_maple = freq_c_pll[CONFIG_SYS_CPRI_CLK] / 4;
286 sys_info->freq_cpri = freq_c_pll[CONFIG_SYS_CPRI_CLK] / 4; 286 sys_info->freq_cpri = freq_c_pll[CONFIG_SYS_CPRI_CLK] / 4;
287 break; 287 break;
288 case 5: 288 case 5:
289 if (((rcw_tmp2 & CPRI_ALT_CLK_SEL) 289 if (((rcw_tmp2 & CPRI_ALT_CLK_SEL)
290 >> CPRI_ALT_CLK_SHIFT) == 6) { 290 >> CPRI_ALT_CLK_SHIFT) == 6) {
291 sys_info->freq_maple = 291 sys_info->freq_maple =
292 freq_c_pll[CONFIG_SYS_CPRI_CLK - 2] / 2; 292 freq_c_pll[CONFIG_SYS_CPRI_CLK - 2] / 2;
293 sys_info->freq_cpri = 293 sys_info->freq_cpri =
294 freq_c_pll[CONFIG_SYS_CPRI_CLK - 2] / 2; 294 freq_c_pll[CONFIG_SYS_CPRI_CLK - 2] / 2;
295 } 295 }
296 if (((rcw_tmp2 & CPRI_ALT_CLK_SEL) 296 if (((rcw_tmp2 & CPRI_ALT_CLK_SEL)
297 >> CPRI_ALT_CLK_SHIFT) == 7) { 297 >> CPRI_ALT_CLK_SHIFT) == 7) {
298 sys_info->freq_maple = 298 sys_info->freq_maple =
299 freq_c_pll[CONFIG_SYS_CPRI_CLK - 2] / 3; 299 freq_c_pll[CONFIG_SYS_CPRI_CLK - 2] / 3;
300 sys_info->freq_cpri = 300 sys_info->freq_cpri =
301 freq_c_pll[CONFIG_SYS_CPRI_CLK - 2] / 3; 301 freq_c_pll[CONFIG_SYS_CPRI_CLK - 2] / 3;
302 } 302 }
303 break; 303 break;
304 case 6: 304 case 6:
305 sys_info->freq_maple = freq_c_pll[CONFIG_SYS_CPRI_CLK + 1] / 2; 305 sys_info->freq_maple = freq_c_pll[CONFIG_SYS_CPRI_CLK + 1] / 2;
306 sys_info->freq_cpri = freq_c_pll[CONFIG_SYS_CPRI_CLK + 1] / 2; 306 sys_info->freq_cpri = freq_c_pll[CONFIG_SYS_CPRI_CLK + 1] / 2;
307 break; 307 break;
308 case 7: 308 case 7:
309 sys_info->freq_maple = freq_c_pll[CONFIG_SYS_CPRI_CLK + 1] / 3; 309 sys_info->freq_maple = freq_c_pll[CONFIG_SYS_CPRI_CLK + 1] / 3;
310 sys_info->freq_cpri = freq_c_pll[CONFIG_SYS_CPRI_CLK + 1] / 3; 310 sys_info->freq_cpri = freq_c_pll[CONFIG_SYS_CPRI_CLK + 1] / 3;
311 break; 311 break;
312 default: 312 default:
313 printf("Error: Unknown MAPLE/CPRI clock select!\n"); 313 printf("Error: Unknown MAPLE/CPRI clock select!\n");
314 } 314 }
315 315
316 /* For MAPLE ULB and eTVPE frequencies */ 316 /* For MAPLE ULB and eTVPE frequencies */
317 #define ULB_CLK_SEL 0x00000038 317 #define ULB_CLK_SEL 0x00000038
318 #define ULB_CLK_SHIFT 3 318 #define ULB_CLK_SHIFT 3
319 #define ETVPE_CLK_SEL 0x00000007 319 #define ETVPE_CLK_SEL 0x00000007
320 #define ETVPE_CLK_SHIFT 0 320 #define ETVPE_CLK_SHIFT 0
321 321
322 switch ((rcw_tmp2 & ULB_CLK_SEL) >> ULB_CLK_SHIFT) { 322 switch ((rcw_tmp2 & ULB_CLK_SEL) >> ULB_CLK_SHIFT) {
323 case 1: 323 case 1:
324 sys_info->freq_maple_ulb = freq_c_pll[CONFIG_SYS_ULB_CLK]; 324 sys_info->freq_maple_ulb = freq_c_pll[CONFIG_SYS_ULB_CLK];
325 break; 325 break;
326 case 2: 326 case 2:
327 sys_info->freq_maple_ulb = freq_c_pll[CONFIG_SYS_ULB_CLK] / 2; 327 sys_info->freq_maple_ulb = freq_c_pll[CONFIG_SYS_ULB_CLK] / 2;
328 break; 328 break;
329 case 3: 329 case 3:
330 sys_info->freq_maple_ulb = freq_c_pll[CONFIG_SYS_ULB_CLK] / 3; 330 sys_info->freq_maple_ulb = freq_c_pll[CONFIG_SYS_ULB_CLK] / 3;
331 break; 331 break;
332 case 4: 332 case 4:
333 sys_info->freq_maple_ulb = freq_c_pll[CONFIG_SYS_ULB_CLK] / 4; 333 sys_info->freq_maple_ulb = freq_c_pll[CONFIG_SYS_ULB_CLK] / 4;
334 break; 334 break;
335 case 5: 335 case 5:
336 sys_info->freq_maple_ulb = sys_info->freq_systembus; 336 sys_info->freq_maple_ulb = sys_info->freq_systembus;
337 break; 337 break;
338 case 6: 338 case 6:
339 sys_info->freq_maple_ulb = 339 sys_info->freq_maple_ulb =
340 freq_c_pll[CONFIG_SYS_ULB_CLK - 1] / 2; 340 freq_c_pll[CONFIG_SYS_ULB_CLK - 1] / 2;
341 break; 341 break;
342 case 7: 342 case 7:
343 sys_info->freq_maple_ulb = 343 sys_info->freq_maple_ulb =
344 freq_c_pll[CONFIG_SYS_ULB_CLK - 1] / 3; 344 freq_c_pll[CONFIG_SYS_ULB_CLK - 1] / 3;
345 break; 345 break;
346 default: 346 default:
347 printf("Error: Unknown MAPLE ULB clock select!\n"); 347 printf("Error: Unknown MAPLE ULB clock select!\n");
348 } 348 }
349 349
350 switch ((rcw_tmp2 & ETVPE_CLK_SEL) >> ETVPE_CLK_SHIFT) { 350 switch ((rcw_tmp2 & ETVPE_CLK_SEL) >> ETVPE_CLK_SHIFT) {
351 case 1: 351 case 1:
352 sys_info->freq_maple_etvpe = freq_c_pll[CONFIG_SYS_ETVPE_CLK]; 352 sys_info->freq_maple_etvpe = freq_c_pll[CONFIG_SYS_ETVPE_CLK];
353 break; 353 break;
354 case 2: 354 case 2:
355 sys_info->freq_maple_etvpe = 355 sys_info->freq_maple_etvpe =
356 freq_c_pll[CONFIG_SYS_ETVPE_CLK] / 2; 356 freq_c_pll[CONFIG_SYS_ETVPE_CLK] / 2;
357 break; 357 break;
358 case 3: 358 case 3:
359 sys_info->freq_maple_etvpe = 359 sys_info->freq_maple_etvpe =
360 freq_c_pll[CONFIG_SYS_ETVPE_CLK] / 3; 360 freq_c_pll[CONFIG_SYS_ETVPE_CLK] / 3;
361 break; 361 break;
362 case 4: 362 case 4:
363 sys_info->freq_maple_etvpe = 363 sys_info->freq_maple_etvpe =
364 freq_c_pll[CONFIG_SYS_ETVPE_CLK] / 4; 364 freq_c_pll[CONFIG_SYS_ETVPE_CLK] / 4;
365 break; 365 break;
366 case 5: 366 case 5:
367 sys_info->freq_maple_etvpe = sys_info->freq_systembus; 367 sys_info->freq_maple_etvpe = sys_info->freq_systembus;
368 break; 368 break;
369 case 6: 369 case 6:
370 sys_info->freq_maple_etvpe = 370 sys_info->freq_maple_etvpe =
371 freq_c_pll[CONFIG_SYS_ETVPE_CLK - 1] / 2; 371 freq_c_pll[CONFIG_SYS_ETVPE_CLK - 1] / 2;
372 break; 372 break;
373 case 7: 373 case 7:
374 sys_info->freq_maple_etvpe = 374 sys_info->freq_maple_etvpe =
375 freq_c_pll[CONFIG_SYS_ETVPE_CLK - 1] / 3; 375 freq_c_pll[CONFIG_SYS_ETVPE_CLK - 1] / 3;
376 break; 376 break;
377 default: 377 default:
378 printf("Error: Unknown MAPLE eTVPE clock select!\n"); 378 printf("Error: Unknown MAPLE eTVPE clock select!\n");
379 } 379 }
380 380
381 #endif 381 #endif
382 382
383 #ifdef CONFIG_SYS_DPAA_FMAN 383 #ifdef CONFIG_SYS_DPAA_FMAN
384 #ifndef CONFIG_FM_PLAT_CLK_DIV 384 #ifndef CONFIG_FM_PLAT_CLK_DIV
385 switch ((rcw_tmp & FM1_CLK_SEL) >> FM1_CLK_SHIFT) { 385 switch ((rcw_tmp & FM1_CLK_SEL) >> FM1_CLK_SHIFT) {
386 case 1: 386 case 1:
387 sys_info->freq_fman[0] = freq_c_pll[CONFIG_SYS_FM1_CLK]; 387 sys_info->freq_fman[0] = freq_c_pll[CONFIG_SYS_FM1_CLK];
388 break; 388 break;
389 case 2: 389 case 2:
390 sys_info->freq_fman[0] = freq_c_pll[CONFIG_SYS_FM1_CLK] / 2; 390 sys_info->freq_fman[0] = freq_c_pll[CONFIG_SYS_FM1_CLK] / 2;
391 break; 391 break;
392 case 3: 392 case 3:
393 sys_info->freq_fman[0] = freq_c_pll[CONFIG_SYS_FM1_CLK] / 3; 393 sys_info->freq_fman[0] = freq_c_pll[CONFIG_SYS_FM1_CLK] / 3;
394 break; 394 break;
395 case 4: 395 case 4:
396 sys_info->freq_fman[0] = freq_c_pll[CONFIG_SYS_FM1_CLK] / 4; 396 sys_info->freq_fman[0] = freq_c_pll[CONFIG_SYS_FM1_CLK] / 4;
397 break; 397 break;
398 case 5: 398 case 5:
399 sys_info->freq_fman[0] = sys_info->freq_systembus; 399 sys_info->freq_fman[0] = sys_info->freq_systembus;
400 break; 400 break;
401 case 6: 401 case 6:
402 sys_info->freq_fman[0] = freq_c_pll[CONFIG_SYS_FM1_CLK + 1] / 2; 402 sys_info->freq_fman[0] = freq_c_pll[CONFIG_SYS_FM1_CLK + 1] / 2;
403 break; 403 break;
404 case 7: 404 case 7:
405 sys_info->freq_fman[0] = freq_c_pll[CONFIG_SYS_FM1_CLK + 1] / 3; 405 sys_info->freq_fman[0] = freq_c_pll[CONFIG_SYS_FM1_CLK + 1] / 3;
406 break; 406 break;
407 default: 407 default:
408 printf("Error: Unknown FMan1 clock select!\n"); 408 printf("Error: Unknown FMan1 clock select!\n");
409 case 0: 409 case 0:
410 sys_info->freq_fman[0] = sys_info->freq_systembus / 2; 410 sys_info->freq_fman[0] = sys_info->freq_systembus / 2;
411 break; 411 break;
412 } 412 }
413 #if (CONFIG_SYS_NUM_FMAN) == 2 413 #if (CONFIG_SYS_NUM_FMAN) == 2
414 #ifdef CONFIG_SYS_FM2_CLK 414 #ifdef CONFIG_SYS_FM2_CLK
415 #define FM2_CLK_SEL 0x00000038 415 #define FM2_CLK_SEL 0x00000038
416 #define FM2_CLK_SHIFT 3 416 #define FM2_CLK_SHIFT 3
417 rcw_tmp = in_be32(&gur->rcwsr[15]); 417 rcw_tmp = in_be32(&gur->rcwsr[15]);
418 switch ((rcw_tmp & FM2_CLK_SEL) >> FM2_CLK_SHIFT) { 418 switch ((rcw_tmp & FM2_CLK_SEL) >> FM2_CLK_SHIFT) {
419 case 1: 419 case 1:
420 sys_info->freq_fman[1] = freq_c_pll[CONFIG_SYS_FM2_CLK + 1]; 420 sys_info->freq_fman[1] = freq_c_pll[CONFIG_SYS_FM2_CLK + 1];
421 break; 421 break;
422 case 2: 422 case 2:
423 sys_info->freq_fman[1] = freq_c_pll[CONFIG_SYS_FM2_CLK + 1] / 2; 423 sys_info->freq_fman[1] = freq_c_pll[CONFIG_SYS_FM2_CLK + 1] / 2;
424 break; 424 break;
425 case 3: 425 case 3:
426 sys_info->freq_fman[1] = freq_c_pll[CONFIG_SYS_FM2_CLK + 1] / 3; 426 sys_info->freq_fman[1] = freq_c_pll[CONFIG_SYS_FM2_CLK + 1] / 3;
427 break; 427 break;
428 case 4: 428 case 4:
429 sys_info->freq_fman[1] = freq_c_pll[CONFIG_SYS_FM2_CLK + 1] / 4; 429 sys_info->freq_fman[1] = freq_c_pll[CONFIG_SYS_FM2_CLK + 1] / 4;
430 break; 430 break;
431 case 5: 431 case 5:
432 sys_info->freq_fman[1] = sys_info->freq_systembus; 432 sys_info->freq_fman[1] = sys_info->freq_systembus;
433 break; 433 break;
434 case 6: 434 case 6:
435 sys_info->freq_fman[1] = freq_c_pll[CONFIG_SYS_FM2_CLK] / 2; 435 sys_info->freq_fman[1] = freq_c_pll[CONFIG_SYS_FM2_CLK] / 2;
436 break; 436 break;
437 case 7: 437 case 7:
438 sys_info->freq_fman[1] = freq_c_pll[CONFIG_SYS_FM2_CLK] / 3; 438 sys_info->freq_fman[1] = freq_c_pll[CONFIG_SYS_FM2_CLK] / 3;
439 break; 439 break;
440 default: 440 default:
441 printf("Error: Unknown FMan2 clock select!\n"); 441 printf("Error: Unknown FMan2 clock select!\n");
442 case 0: 442 case 0:
443 sys_info->freq_fman[1] = sys_info->freq_systembus / 2; 443 sys_info->freq_fman[1] = sys_info->freq_systembus / 2;
444 break; 444 break;
445 } 445 }
446 #endif 446 #endif
447 #endif /* CONFIG_SYS_NUM_FMAN == 2 */ 447 #endif /* CONFIG_SYS_NUM_FMAN == 2 */
448 #else 448 #else
449 sys_info->freq_fman[0] = sys_info->freq_systembus / CONFIG_SYS_FM1_CLK; 449 sys_info->freq_fman[0] = sys_info->freq_systembus / CONFIG_SYS_FM1_CLK;
450 #endif 450 #endif
451 #endif 451 #endif
452 452
453 #ifdef CONFIG_FSL_ESDHC_USE_PERIPHERAL_CLK 453 #ifdef CONFIG_FSL_ESDHC_USE_PERIPHERAL_CLK
454 #if defined(CONFIG_ARCH_T2080) 454 #if defined(CONFIG_ARCH_T2080)
455 #define ESDHC_CLK_SEL 0x00000007 455 #define ESDHC_CLK_SEL 0x00000007
456 #define ESDHC_CLK_SHIFT 0 456 #define ESDHC_CLK_SHIFT 0
457 #define ESDHC_CLK_RCWSR 15 457 #define ESDHC_CLK_RCWSR 15
458 #else /* Support T1040 T1024 by now */ 458 #else /* Support T1040 T1024 by now */
459 #define ESDHC_CLK_SEL 0xe0000000 459 #define ESDHC_CLK_SEL 0xe0000000
460 #define ESDHC_CLK_SHIFT 29 460 #define ESDHC_CLK_SHIFT 29
461 #define ESDHC_CLK_RCWSR 7 461 #define ESDHC_CLK_RCWSR 7
462 #endif 462 #endif
463 rcw_tmp = in_be32(&gur->rcwsr[ESDHC_CLK_RCWSR]); 463 rcw_tmp = in_be32(&gur->rcwsr[ESDHC_CLK_RCWSR]);
464 switch ((rcw_tmp & ESDHC_CLK_SEL) >> ESDHC_CLK_SHIFT) { 464 switch ((rcw_tmp & ESDHC_CLK_SEL) >> ESDHC_CLK_SHIFT) {
465 case 1: 465 case 1:
466 sys_info->freq_sdhc = freq_c_pll[CONFIG_SYS_SDHC_CLK]; 466 sys_info->freq_sdhc = freq_c_pll[CONFIG_SYS_SDHC_CLK];
467 break; 467 break;
468 case 2: 468 case 2:
469 sys_info->freq_sdhc = freq_c_pll[CONFIG_SYS_SDHC_CLK] / 2; 469 sys_info->freq_sdhc = freq_c_pll[CONFIG_SYS_SDHC_CLK] / 2;
470 break; 470 break;
471 case 3: 471 case 3:
472 sys_info->freq_sdhc = freq_c_pll[CONFIG_SYS_SDHC_CLK] / 3; 472 sys_info->freq_sdhc = freq_c_pll[CONFIG_SYS_SDHC_CLK] / 3;
473 break; 473 break;
474 #if defined(CONFIG_SYS_SDHC_CLK_2_PLL) 474 #if defined(CONFIG_SYS_SDHC_CLK_2_PLL)
475 case 4: 475 case 4:
476 sys_info->freq_sdhc = freq_c_pll[CONFIG_SYS_SDHC_CLK] / 4; 476 sys_info->freq_sdhc = freq_c_pll[CONFIG_SYS_SDHC_CLK] / 4;
477 break; 477 break;
478 #if defined(CONFIG_ARCH_T2080) 478 #if defined(CONFIG_ARCH_T2080)
479 case 5: 479 case 5:
480 sys_info->freq_sdhc = freq_c_pll[1 - CONFIG_SYS_SDHC_CLK]; 480 sys_info->freq_sdhc = freq_c_pll[1 - CONFIG_SYS_SDHC_CLK];
481 break; 481 break;
482 #endif 482 #endif
483 case 6: 483 case 6:
484 sys_info->freq_sdhc = freq_c_pll[1 - CONFIG_SYS_SDHC_CLK] / 2; 484 sys_info->freq_sdhc = freq_c_pll[1 - CONFIG_SYS_SDHC_CLK] / 2;
485 break; 485 break;
486 case 7: 486 case 7:
487 sys_info->freq_sdhc = freq_c_pll[1 - CONFIG_SYS_SDHC_CLK] / 3; 487 sys_info->freq_sdhc = freq_c_pll[1 - CONFIG_SYS_SDHC_CLK] / 3;
488 break; 488 break;
489 #endif 489 #endif
490 default: 490 default:
491 sys_info->freq_sdhc = 0; 491 sys_info->freq_sdhc = 0;
492 printf("Error: Unknown SDHC peripheral clock select!\n"); 492 printf("Error: Unknown SDHC peripheral clock select!\n");
493 } 493 }
494 #endif 494 #endif
495 #else /* CONFIG_SYS_FSL_QORIQ_CHASSIS2 */ 495 #else /* CONFIG_SYS_FSL_QORIQ_CHASSIS2 */
496 496
497 for_each_cpu(i, cpu, cpu_numcores(), cpu_mask()) { 497 for_each_cpu(i, cpu, cpu_numcores(), cpu_mask()) {
498 u32 c_pll_sel = (in_be32(&clk->clkcsr[cpu].clkcncsr) >> 27) 498 u32 c_pll_sel = (in_be32(&clk->clkcsr[cpu].clkcncsr) >> 27)
499 & 0xf; 499 & 0xf;
500 u32 cplx_pll = core_cplx_PLL[c_pll_sel]; 500 u32 cplx_pll = core_cplx_PLL[c_pll_sel];
501 501
502 sys_info->freq_processor[cpu] = 502 sys_info->freq_processor[cpu] =
503 freq_c_pll[cplx_pll] / core_cplx_pll_div[c_pll_sel]; 503 freq_c_pll[cplx_pll] / core_cplx_pll_div[c_pll_sel];
504 } 504 }
505 #define PME_CLK_SEL 0x80000000 505 #define PME_CLK_SEL 0x80000000
506 #define FM1_CLK_SEL 0x40000000 506 #define FM1_CLK_SEL 0x40000000
507 #define FM2_CLK_SEL 0x20000000 507 #define FM2_CLK_SEL 0x20000000
508 #define HWA_ASYNC_DIV 0x04000000 508 #define HWA_ASYNC_DIV 0x04000000
509 #if (CONFIG_SYS_FSL_NUM_CC_PLLS == 2) 509 #if (CONFIG_SYS_FSL_NUM_CC_PLLS == 2)
510 #define HWA_CC_PLL 1 510 #define HWA_CC_PLL 1
511 #elif (CONFIG_SYS_FSL_NUM_CC_PLLS == 3) 511 #elif (CONFIG_SYS_FSL_NUM_CC_PLLS == 3)
512 #define HWA_CC_PLL 2 512 #define HWA_CC_PLL 2
513 #elif (CONFIG_SYS_FSL_NUM_CC_PLLS == 4) 513 #elif (CONFIG_SYS_FSL_NUM_CC_PLLS == 4)
514 #define HWA_CC_PLL 2 514 #define HWA_CC_PLL 2
515 #else 515 #else
516 #error CONFIG_SYS_FSL_NUM_CC_PLLS not set or unknown case 516 #error CONFIG_SYS_FSL_NUM_CC_PLLS not set or unknown case
517 #endif 517 #endif
518 rcw_tmp = in_be32(&gur->rcwsr[7]); 518 rcw_tmp = in_be32(&gur->rcwsr[7]);
519 519
520 #ifdef CONFIG_SYS_DPAA_PME 520 #ifdef CONFIG_SYS_DPAA_PME
521 if (rcw_tmp & PME_CLK_SEL) { 521 if (rcw_tmp & PME_CLK_SEL) {
522 if (rcw_tmp & HWA_ASYNC_DIV) 522 if (rcw_tmp & HWA_ASYNC_DIV)
523 sys_info->freq_pme = freq_c_pll[HWA_CC_PLL] / 4; 523 sys_info->freq_pme = freq_c_pll[HWA_CC_PLL] / 4;
524 else 524 else
525 sys_info->freq_pme = freq_c_pll[HWA_CC_PLL] / 2; 525 sys_info->freq_pme = freq_c_pll[HWA_CC_PLL] / 2;
526 } else { 526 } else {
527 sys_info->freq_pme = sys_info->freq_systembus / 2; 527 sys_info->freq_pme = sys_info->freq_systembus / 2;
528 } 528 }
529 #endif 529 #endif
530 530
531 #ifdef CONFIG_SYS_DPAA_FMAN 531 #ifdef CONFIG_SYS_DPAA_FMAN
532 if (rcw_tmp & FM1_CLK_SEL) { 532 if (rcw_tmp & FM1_CLK_SEL) {
533 if (rcw_tmp & HWA_ASYNC_DIV) 533 if (rcw_tmp & HWA_ASYNC_DIV)
534 sys_info->freq_fman[0] = freq_c_pll[HWA_CC_PLL] / 4; 534 sys_info->freq_fman[0] = freq_c_pll[HWA_CC_PLL] / 4;
535 else 535 else
536 sys_info->freq_fman[0] = freq_c_pll[HWA_CC_PLL] / 2; 536 sys_info->freq_fman[0] = freq_c_pll[HWA_CC_PLL] / 2;
537 } else { 537 } else {
538 sys_info->freq_fman[0] = sys_info->freq_systembus / 2; 538 sys_info->freq_fman[0] = sys_info->freq_systembus / 2;
539 } 539 }
540 #if (CONFIG_SYS_NUM_FMAN) == 2 540 #if (CONFIG_SYS_NUM_FMAN) == 2
541 if (rcw_tmp & FM2_CLK_SEL) { 541 if (rcw_tmp & FM2_CLK_SEL) {
542 if (rcw_tmp & HWA_ASYNC_DIV) 542 if (rcw_tmp & HWA_ASYNC_DIV)
543 sys_info->freq_fman[1] = freq_c_pll[HWA_CC_PLL] / 4; 543 sys_info->freq_fman[1] = freq_c_pll[HWA_CC_PLL] / 4;
544 else 544 else
545 sys_info->freq_fman[1] = freq_c_pll[HWA_CC_PLL] / 2; 545 sys_info->freq_fman[1] = freq_c_pll[HWA_CC_PLL] / 2;
546 } else { 546 } else {
547 sys_info->freq_fman[1] = sys_info->freq_systembus / 2; 547 sys_info->freq_fman[1] = sys_info->freq_systembus / 2;
548 } 548 }
549 #endif 549 #endif
550 #endif 550 #endif
551 551
552 #ifdef CONFIG_SYS_DPAA_QBMAN 552 #ifdef CONFIG_SYS_DPAA_QBMAN
553 sys_info->freq_qman = sys_info->freq_systembus / 2; 553 sys_info->freq_qman = sys_info->freq_systembus / 2;
554 #endif 554 #endif
555 555
556 #endif /* CONFIG_SYS_FSL_QORIQ_CHASSIS2 */ 556 #endif /* CONFIG_SYS_FSL_QORIQ_CHASSIS2 */
557 557
558 #ifdef CONFIG_U_QE 558 #ifdef CONFIG_U_QE
559 sys_info->freq_qe = sys_info->freq_systembus / 2; 559 sys_info->freq_qe = sys_info->freq_systembus / 2;
560 #endif 560 #endif
561 561
562 #else /* CONFIG_FSL_CORENET */ 562 #else /* CONFIG_FSL_CORENET */
563 uint plat_ratio, e500_ratio, half_freq_systembus; 563 uint plat_ratio, e500_ratio, half_freq_systembus;
564 int i; 564 int i;
565 #ifdef CONFIG_QE 565 #ifdef CONFIG_QE
566 __maybe_unused u32 qe_ratio; 566 __maybe_unused u32 qe_ratio;
567 #endif 567 #endif
568 568
569 plat_ratio = (gur->porpllsr) & 0x0000003e; 569 plat_ratio = (gur->porpllsr) & 0x0000003e;
570 plat_ratio >>= 1; 570 plat_ratio >>= 1;
571 sys_info->freq_systembus = plat_ratio * CONFIG_SYS_CLK_FREQ; 571 sys_info->freq_systembus = plat_ratio * CONFIG_SYS_CLK_FREQ;
572 572
573 /* Divide before multiply to avoid integer 573 /* Divide before multiply to avoid integer
574 * overflow for processor speeds above 2GHz */ 574 * overflow for processor speeds above 2GHz */
575 half_freq_systembus = sys_info->freq_systembus/2; 575 half_freq_systembus = sys_info->freq_systembus/2;
576 for (i = 0; i < cpu_numcores(); i++) { 576 for (i = 0; i < cpu_numcores(); i++) {
577 e500_ratio = ((gur->porpllsr) >> (i * 8 + 16)) & 0x3f; 577 e500_ratio = ((gur->porpllsr) >> (i * 8 + 16)) & 0x3f;
578 sys_info->freq_processor[i] = e500_ratio * half_freq_systembus; 578 sys_info->freq_processor[i] = e500_ratio * half_freq_systembus;
579 } 579 }
580 580
581 /* Note: freq_ddrbus is the MCLK frequency, not the data rate. */ 581 /* Note: freq_ddrbus is the MCLK frequency, not the data rate. */
582 sys_info->freq_ddrbus = sys_info->freq_systembus; 582 sys_info->freq_ddrbus = sys_info->freq_systembus;
583 583
584 #ifdef CONFIG_DDR_CLK_FREQ 584 #ifdef CONFIG_DDR_CLK_FREQ
585 { 585 {
586 u32 ddr_ratio = ((gur->porpllsr) & MPC85xx_PORPLLSR_DDR_RATIO) 586 u32 ddr_ratio = ((gur->porpllsr) & MPC85xx_PORPLLSR_DDR_RATIO)
587 >> MPC85xx_PORPLLSR_DDR_RATIO_SHIFT; 587 >> MPC85xx_PORPLLSR_DDR_RATIO_SHIFT;
588 if (ddr_ratio != 0x7) 588 if (ddr_ratio != 0x7)
589 sys_info->freq_ddrbus = ddr_ratio * CONFIG_DDR_CLK_FREQ; 589 sys_info->freq_ddrbus = ddr_ratio * CONFIG_DDR_CLK_FREQ;
590 } 590 }
591 #endif 591 #endif
592 592
593 #ifdef CONFIG_QE 593 #ifdef CONFIG_QE
594 #if defined(CONFIG_ARCH_P1021) || defined(CONFIG_ARCH_P1025) 594 #if defined(CONFIG_ARCH_P1021) || defined(CONFIG_ARCH_P1025)
595 sys_info->freq_qe = sys_info->freq_systembus; 595 sys_info->freq_qe = sys_info->freq_systembus;
596 #else 596 #else
597 qe_ratio = ((gur->porpllsr) & MPC85xx_PORPLLSR_QE_RATIO) 597 qe_ratio = ((gur->porpllsr) & MPC85xx_PORPLLSR_QE_RATIO)
598 >> MPC85xx_PORPLLSR_QE_RATIO_SHIFT; 598 >> MPC85xx_PORPLLSR_QE_RATIO_SHIFT;
599 sys_info->freq_qe = qe_ratio * CONFIG_SYS_CLK_FREQ; 599 sys_info->freq_qe = qe_ratio * CONFIG_SYS_CLK_FREQ;
600 #endif 600 #endif
601 #endif 601 #endif
602 602
603 #ifdef CONFIG_SYS_DPAA_FMAN 603 #ifdef CONFIG_SYS_DPAA_FMAN
604 sys_info->freq_fman[0] = sys_info->freq_systembus; 604 sys_info->freq_fman[0] = sys_info->freq_systembus;
605 #endif 605 #endif
606 606
607 #endif /* CONFIG_FSL_CORENET */ 607 #endif /* CONFIG_FSL_CORENET */
608 608
609 #if defined(CONFIG_FSL_LBC) 609 #if defined(CONFIG_FSL_LBC)
610 uint lcrr_div; 610 sys_info->freq_localbus = sys_info->freq_systembus /
611 #if defined(CONFIG_SYS_LBC_LCRR) 611 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_LBC_CLK_DIV;
612 /* We will program LCRR to this value later */
613 lcrr_div = CONFIG_SYS_LBC_LCRR & LCRR_CLKDIV;
614 #else
615 lcrr_div = in_be32(&(LBC_BASE_ADDR)->lcrr) & LCRR_CLKDIV;
616 #endif
617 if (lcrr_div == 2 || lcrr_div == 4 || lcrr_div == 8) {
618 #if defined(CONFIG_FSL_CORENET)
619 /* If this is corenet based SoC, bit-representation
620 * for four times the clock divider values.
621 */
622 lcrr_div *= 4;
623 #elif !defined(CONFIG_ARCH_MPC8540) && !defined(CONFIG_ARCH_MPC8541) && \
624 !defined(CONFIG_ARCH_MPC8555) && !defined(CONFIG_ARCH_MPC8560)
625 /*
626 * Yes, the entire PQ38 family use the same
627 * bit-representation for twice the clock divider values.
628 */
629 lcrr_div *= 2;
630 #endif
631 sys_info->freq_localbus = sys_info->freq_systembus / lcrr_div;
632 } else {
633 /* In case anyone cares what the unknown value is */
634 sys_info->freq_localbus = lcrr_div;
635 }
636 #endif 612 #endif
637 613
638 #if defined(CONFIG_FSL_IFC) 614 #if defined(CONFIG_FSL_IFC)
639 sys_info->freq_localbus = sys_info->freq_systembus / 615 sys_info->freq_localbus = sys_info->freq_systembus /
640 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_IFC_CLK_DIV; 616 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_IFC_CLK_DIV;
641 #endif 617 #endif
642 } 618 }
643 619
644 620
645 int get_clocks (void) 621 int get_clocks (void)
646 { 622 {
647 sys_info_t sys_info; 623 sys_info_t sys_info;
648 #ifdef CONFIG_ARCH_MPC8544 624 #ifdef CONFIG_ARCH_MPC8544
649 volatile ccsr_gur_t *gur = (void *) CONFIG_SYS_MPC85xx_GUTS_ADDR; 625 volatile ccsr_gur_t *gur = (void *) CONFIG_SYS_MPC85xx_GUTS_ADDR;
650 #endif 626 #endif
651 #if defined(CONFIG_CPM2) 627 #if defined(CONFIG_CPM2)
652 volatile ccsr_cpm_t *cpm = (ccsr_cpm_t *)CONFIG_SYS_MPC85xx_CPM_ADDR; 628 volatile ccsr_cpm_t *cpm = (ccsr_cpm_t *)CONFIG_SYS_MPC85xx_CPM_ADDR;
653 uint sccr, dfbrg; 629 uint sccr, dfbrg;
654 630
655 /* set VCO = 4 * BRG */ 631 /* set VCO = 4 * BRG */
656 cpm->im_cpm_intctl.sccr &= 0xfffffffc; 632 cpm->im_cpm_intctl.sccr &= 0xfffffffc;
657 sccr = cpm->im_cpm_intctl.sccr; 633 sccr = cpm->im_cpm_intctl.sccr;
658 dfbrg = (sccr & SCCR_DFBRG_MSK) >> SCCR_DFBRG_SHIFT; 634 dfbrg = (sccr & SCCR_DFBRG_MSK) >> SCCR_DFBRG_SHIFT;
659 #endif 635 #endif
660 get_sys_info (&sys_info); 636 get_sys_info (&sys_info);
661 gd->cpu_clk = sys_info.freq_processor[0]; 637 gd->cpu_clk = sys_info.freq_processor[0];
662 gd->bus_clk = sys_info.freq_systembus; 638 gd->bus_clk = sys_info.freq_systembus;
663 gd->mem_clk = sys_info.freq_ddrbus; 639 gd->mem_clk = sys_info.freq_ddrbus;
664 gd->arch.lbc_clk = sys_info.freq_localbus; 640 gd->arch.lbc_clk = sys_info.freq_localbus;
665 641
666 #ifdef CONFIG_QE 642 #ifdef CONFIG_QE
667 gd->arch.qe_clk = sys_info.freq_qe; 643 gd->arch.qe_clk = sys_info.freq_qe;
668 gd->arch.brg_clk = gd->arch.qe_clk / 2; 644 gd->arch.brg_clk = gd->arch.qe_clk / 2;
669 #endif 645 #endif
670 /* 646 /*
671 * The base clock for I2C depends on the actual SOC. Unfortunately, 647 * The base clock for I2C depends on the actual SOC. Unfortunately,
672 * there is no pattern that can be used to determine the frequency, so 648 * there is no pattern that can be used to determine the frequency, so
673 * the only choice is to look up the actual SOC number and use the value 649 * the only choice is to look up the actual SOC number and use the value
674 * for that SOC. This information is taken from application note 650 * for that SOC. This information is taken from application note
675 * AN2919. 651 * AN2919.
676 */ 652 */
677 #if defined(CONFIG_ARCH_MPC8540) || defined(CONFIG_ARCH_MPC8541) || \ 653 #if defined(CONFIG_ARCH_MPC8540) || defined(CONFIG_ARCH_MPC8541) || \
678 defined(CONFIG_ARCH_MPC8560) || defined(CONFIG_ARCH_MPC8555) || \ 654 defined(CONFIG_ARCH_MPC8560) || defined(CONFIG_ARCH_MPC8555) || \
679 defined(CONFIG_ARCH_P1022) 655 defined(CONFIG_ARCH_P1022)
680 gd->arch.i2c1_clk = sys_info.freq_systembus; 656 gd->arch.i2c1_clk = sys_info.freq_systembus;
681 #elif defined(CONFIG_ARCH_MPC8544) 657 #elif defined(CONFIG_ARCH_MPC8544)
682 /* 658 /*
683 * On the 8544, the I2C clock is the same as the SEC clock. This can be 659 * On the 8544, the I2C clock is the same as the SEC clock. This can be
684 * either CCB/2 or CCB/3, depending on the value of cfg_sec_freq. See 660 * either CCB/2 or CCB/3, depending on the value of cfg_sec_freq. See
685 * 4.4.3.3 of the 8544 RM. Note that this might actually work for all 661 * 4.4.3.3 of the 8544 RM. Note that this might actually work for all
686 * 85xx, but only the 8544 has cfg_sec_freq, so it's unknown if the 662 * 85xx, but only the 8544 has cfg_sec_freq, so it's unknown if the
687 * PORDEVSR2_SEC_CFG bit is 0 on all 85xx boards that are not an 8544. 663 * PORDEVSR2_SEC_CFG bit is 0 on all 85xx boards that are not an 8544.
688 */ 664 */
689 if (gur->pordevsr2 & MPC85xx_PORDEVSR2_SEC_CFG) 665 if (gur->pordevsr2 & MPC85xx_PORDEVSR2_SEC_CFG)
690 gd->arch.i2c1_clk = sys_info.freq_systembus / 3; 666 gd->arch.i2c1_clk = sys_info.freq_systembus / 3;
691 else 667 else
692 gd->arch.i2c1_clk = sys_info.freq_systembus / 2; 668 gd->arch.i2c1_clk = sys_info.freq_systembus / 2;
693 #else 669 #else
694 /* Most 85xx SOCs use CCB/2, so this is the default behavior. */ 670 /* Most 85xx SOCs use CCB/2, so this is the default behavior. */
695 gd->arch.i2c1_clk = sys_info.freq_systembus / 2; 671 gd->arch.i2c1_clk = sys_info.freq_systembus / 2;
696 #endif 672 #endif
697 gd->arch.i2c2_clk = gd->arch.i2c1_clk; 673 gd->arch.i2c2_clk = gd->arch.i2c1_clk;
698 674
699 #if defined(CONFIG_FSL_ESDHC) 675 #if defined(CONFIG_FSL_ESDHC)
700 #ifdef CONFIG_FSL_ESDHC_USE_PERIPHERAL_CLK 676 #ifdef CONFIG_FSL_ESDHC_USE_PERIPHERAL_CLK
701 gd->arch.sdhc_clk = sys_info.freq_sdhc / 2; 677 gd->arch.sdhc_clk = sys_info.freq_sdhc / 2;
702 #else 678 #else
703 #if defined(CONFIG_ARCH_MPC8569) || defined(CONFIG_ARCH_P1010) 679 #if defined(CONFIG_ARCH_MPC8569) || defined(CONFIG_ARCH_P1010)
704 gd->arch.sdhc_clk = gd->bus_clk; 680 gd->arch.sdhc_clk = gd->bus_clk;
705 #else 681 #else
706 gd->arch.sdhc_clk = gd->bus_clk / 2; 682 gd->arch.sdhc_clk = gd->bus_clk / 2;
707 #endif 683 #endif
708 #endif 684 #endif
709 #endif /* defined(CONFIG_FSL_ESDHC) */ 685 #endif /* defined(CONFIG_FSL_ESDHC) */
710 686
711 #if defined(CONFIG_CPM2) 687 #if defined(CONFIG_CPM2)
712 gd->arch.vco_out = 2*sys_info.freq_systembus; 688 gd->arch.vco_out = 2*sys_info.freq_systembus;
713 gd->arch.cpm_clk = gd->arch.vco_out / 2; 689 gd->arch.cpm_clk = gd->arch.vco_out / 2;
714 gd->arch.scc_clk = gd->arch.vco_out / 4; 690 gd->arch.scc_clk = gd->arch.vco_out / 4;
715 gd->arch.brg_clk = gd->arch.vco_out / (1 << (2 * (dfbrg + 1))); 691 gd->arch.brg_clk = gd->arch.vco_out / (1 << (2 * (dfbrg + 1)));
716 #endif 692 #endif
717 693
718 if(gd->cpu_clk != 0) return (0); 694 if(gd->cpu_clk != 0) return (0);
719 else return (1); 695 else return (1);
720 } 696 }
721 697
722 698
723 /******************************************** 699 /********************************************
724 * get_bus_freq 700 * get_bus_freq
725 * return system bus freq in Hz 701 * return system bus freq in Hz
726 *********************************************/ 702 *********************************************/
727 ulong get_bus_freq (ulong dummy) 703 ulong get_bus_freq (ulong dummy)
728 { 704 {
729 return gd->bus_clk; 705 return gd->bus_clk;
730 } 706 }
731 707
732 /******************************************** 708 /********************************************
733 * get_ddr_freq 709 * get_ddr_freq
734 * return ddr bus freq in Hz 710 * return ddr bus freq in Hz
735 *********************************************/ 711 *********************************************/
736 ulong get_ddr_freq (ulong dummy) 712 ulong get_ddr_freq (ulong dummy)
737 { 713 {
738 return gd->mem_clk; 714 return gd->mem_clk;
739 } 715 }
740 716
arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc86xx/speed.c
Diff comments   View file @ add63f9
1 /* 1 /*
2 * Copyright 2004 Freescale Semiconductor. 2 * Copyright 2004 Freescale Semiconductor.
3 * Jeff Brown 3 * Jeff Brown
4 * Srikanth Srinivasan (srikanth.srinivasan@freescale.com) 4 * Srikanth Srinivasan (srikanth.srinivasan@freescale.com)
5 * 5 *
6 * (C) Copyright 2000-2002 6 * (C) Copyright 2000-2002
7 * Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, wd@denx.de. 7 * Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, wd@denx.de.
8 * 8 *
9 * SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+ 9 * SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+
10 */ 10 */
11 11
12 #include <common.h> 12 #include <common.h>
13 #include <mpc86xx.h> 13 #include <mpc86xx.h>
14 #include <asm/processor.h> 14 #include <asm/processor.h>
15 #include <asm/io.h> 15 #include <asm/io.h>
16 16
17 DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR; 17 DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR;
18 18
19 /* used in some defintiions of CONFIG_SYS_CLK_FREQ */ 19 /* used in some defintiions of CONFIG_SYS_CLK_FREQ */
20 extern unsigned long get_board_sys_clk(unsigned long dummy); 20 extern unsigned long get_board_sys_clk(unsigned long dummy);
21 21
22 void get_sys_info(sys_info_t *sys_info) 22 void get_sys_info(sys_info_t *sys_info)
23 { 23 {
24 volatile immap_t *immap = (immap_t *) CONFIG_SYS_IMMR; 24 volatile immap_t *immap = (immap_t *) CONFIG_SYS_IMMR;
25 volatile ccsr_gur_t *gur = &immap->im_gur; 25 volatile ccsr_gur_t *gur = &immap->im_gur;
26 uint plat_ratio, e600_ratio; 26 uint plat_ratio, e600_ratio;
27 uint lcrr_div;
28 27
29 plat_ratio = (gur->porpllsr) & 0x0000003e; 28 plat_ratio = (gur->porpllsr) & 0x0000003e;
30 plat_ratio >>= 1; 29 plat_ratio >>= 1;
31 30
32 switch (plat_ratio) { 31 switch (plat_ratio) {
33 case 0x0: 32 case 0x0:
34 sys_info->freq_systembus = 16 * CONFIG_SYS_CLK_FREQ; 33 sys_info->freq_systembus = 16 * CONFIG_SYS_CLK_FREQ;
35 break; 34 break;
36 case 0x02: 35 case 0x02:
37 case 0x03: 36 case 0x03:
38 case 0x04: 37 case 0x04:
39 case 0x05: 38 case 0x05:
40 case 0x06: 39 case 0x06:
41 case 0x08: 40 case 0x08:
42 case 0x09: 41 case 0x09:
43 case 0x0a: 42 case 0x0a:
44 case 0x0c: 43 case 0x0c:
45 case 0x10: 44 case 0x10:
46 sys_info->freq_systembus = plat_ratio * CONFIG_SYS_CLK_FREQ; 45 sys_info->freq_systembus = plat_ratio * CONFIG_SYS_CLK_FREQ;
47 break; 46 break;
48 default: 47 default:
49 sys_info->freq_systembus = 0; 48 sys_info->freq_systembus = 0;
50 break; 49 break;
51 } 50 }
52 51
53 e600_ratio = (gur->porpllsr) & 0x003f0000; 52 e600_ratio = (gur->porpllsr) & 0x003f0000;
54 e600_ratio >>= 16; 53 e600_ratio >>= 16;
55 54
56 switch (e600_ratio) { 55 switch (e600_ratio) {
57 case 0x10: 56 case 0x10:
58 sys_info->freq_processor = 2 * sys_info->freq_systembus; 57 sys_info->freq_processor = 2 * sys_info->freq_systembus;
59 break; 58 break;
60 case 0x19: 59 case 0x19:
61 sys_info->freq_processor = 5 * sys_info->freq_systembus / 2; 60 sys_info->freq_processor = 5 * sys_info->freq_systembus / 2;
62 break; 61 break;
63 case 0x20: 62 case 0x20:
64 sys_info->freq_processor = 3 * sys_info->freq_systembus; 63 sys_info->freq_processor = 3 * sys_info->freq_systembus;
65 break; 64 break;
66 case 0x39: 65 case 0x39:
67 sys_info->freq_processor = 7 * sys_info->freq_systembus / 2; 66 sys_info->freq_processor = 7 * sys_info->freq_systembus / 2;
68 break; 67 break;
69 case 0x28: 68 case 0x28:
70 sys_info->freq_processor = 4 * sys_info->freq_systembus; 69 sys_info->freq_processor = 4 * sys_info->freq_systembus;
71 break; 70 break;
72 case 0x1d: 71 case 0x1d:
73 sys_info->freq_processor = 9 * sys_info->freq_systembus / 2; 72 sys_info->freq_processor = 9 * sys_info->freq_systembus / 2;
74 break; 73 break;
75 default: 74 default:
76 sys_info->freq_processor = e600_ratio + 75 sys_info->freq_processor = e600_ratio +
77 sys_info->freq_systembus; 76 sys_info->freq_systembus;
78 break; 77 break;
79 } 78 }
80 79
81 #if defined(CONFIG_SYS_LBC_LCRR) 80 sys_info->freq_localbus = sys_info->freq_systembus;
82 /* We will program LCRR to this value later */
83 lcrr_div = CONFIG_SYS_LBC_LCRR & LCRR_CLKDIV;
84 #else
85 lcrr_div = in_be32(&immap->im_lbc.lcrr) & LCRR_CLKDIV;
86 #endif
87 if (lcrr_div == 2 || lcrr_div == 4 || lcrr_div == 8) {
88 sys_info->freq_localbus = sys_info->freq_systembus
89 / (lcrr_div * 2);
90 } else {
91 /* In case anyone cares what the unknown value is */
92 sys_info->freq_localbus = lcrr_div;
93 }
94 } 81 }
95 82
96 83
97 /* 84 /*
98 * Measure CPU clock speed (core clock GCLK1, GCLK2) 85 * Measure CPU clock speed (core clock GCLK1, GCLK2)
99 * (Approx. GCLK frequency in Hz) 86 * (Approx. GCLK frequency in Hz)
100 */ 87 */
101 88
102 int get_clocks(void) 89 int get_clocks(void)
103 { 90 {
104 sys_info_t sys_info; 91 sys_info_t sys_info;
105 92
106 get_sys_info(&sys_info); 93 get_sys_info(&sys_info);
107 gd->cpu_clk = sys_info.freq_processor; 94 gd->cpu_clk = sys_info.freq_processor;
108 gd->bus_clk = sys_info.freq_systembus; 95 gd->bus_clk = sys_info.freq_systembus;
109 gd->arch.lbc_clk = sys_info.freq_localbus; 96 gd->arch.lbc_clk = sys_info.freq_localbus;
110 97
111 /* 98 /*
112 * The base clock for I2C depends on the actual SOC. Unfortunately, 99 * The base clock for I2C depends on the actual SOC. Unfortunately,
113 * there is no pattern that can be used to determine the frequency, so 100 * there is no pattern that can be used to determine the frequency, so
114 * the only choice is to look up the actual SOC number and use the value 101 * the only choice is to look up the actual SOC number and use the value
115 * for that SOC. This information is taken from application note 102 * for that SOC. This information is taken from application note
116 * AN2919. 103 * AN2919.
117 */ 104 */
118 #ifdef CONFIG_ARCH_MPC8610 105 #ifdef CONFIG_ARCH_MPC8610
119 gd->arch.i2c1_clk = sys_info.freq_systembus; 106 gd->arch.i2c1_clk = sys_info.freq_systembus;
120 #else 107 #else
121 gd->arch.i2c1_clk = sys_info.freq_systembus / 2; 108 gd->arch.i2c1_clk = sys_info.freq_systembus / 2;
122 #endif 109 #endif
123 gd->arch.i2c2_clk = gd->arch.i2c1_clk; 110 gd->arch.i2c2_clk = gd->arch.i2c1_clk;
124 111
125 if (gd->cpu_clk != 0) 112 if (gd->cpu_clk != 0)
126 return 0; 113 return 0;
127 else 114 else
128 return 1; 115 return 1;
129 } 116 }
130 117
131 118
132 /* 119 /*
133 * get_bus_freq 120 * get_bus_freq
134 * Return system bus freq in Hz 121 * Return system bus freq in Hz
135 */ 122 */
136 123
137 ulong get_bus_freq(ulong dummy) 124 ulong get_bus_freq(ulong dummy)
138 { 125 {
139 ulong val; 126 ulong val;
140 sys_info_t sys_info; 127 sys_info_t sys_info;
141 128
142 get_sys_info(&sys_info); 129 get_sys_info(&sys_info);
143 val = sys_info.freq_systembus; 130 val = sys_info.freq_systembus;
144 131
145 return val; 132 return val;
146 } 133 }
147 134